Cabinet

_________________________________________________________________________ - Page 1 - Decisions & Minutes CABINET Thursday, 7 November 2024 at 7pm Meeting held at Committee Room 6 - Civic Centre, High Street, Uxbridge UB8 1UW Decisions published on: 8 November 2024 Decisions come into effect from: 5pm, 15 November 2024 or as stated Cabinet Members Present: Ian Edwards (Chair) Jonathan Bianco (Vice-Chair) Martin Goddard Susan O'Brien Jane Palmer Eddie Lavery Steve Tuckwell Other Members Present: Barry Nelson-West 1. APOLOGIES FOR ABSENCE All Cabinet Members were present. 2. DECLARATIONS OF INTEREST IN MATTERS BEFORE THIS MEETING No interests were declared by Members present. 3. TO APPROVE THE MINUTES OF THE LAST CABINET MEETING The minutes and decisions of the Cabine t meeting held on 10 October 2024 were agreed as a correct record. 4. TO CONFIRM THAT THE ITEMS OF BUSINESS MARKED PART 1 WILL BE CONSIDERED IN PUBLIC AND THAT THE ITEMS OF BUSINESS MARKED PART 2 IN PRIVATE It was confirmed that items of busine ss marked Part 1 would be considered in public and those marked Part 2 in private. On behalf of the Ca binet and for the record, t he Leader of the Council expressed gratitude for Councillor Douglas Mills’ exceptional 22 years of service as a Cabinet Member. The Leader acknowledged the significant contributions Councillor Mills had made to Hillingdon residents and the Council. Additionally, the Leader welcomed Councillor Steve Tuckwell to his first Cabinet meeting. _________________________________________________________________________ - Page 2 - 5. SOCIAL HOUSING ALLOCATION POLICY RESOLVED: That the Cabinet: 1) Consider the outcome of the consultation detailed in the Consultation Report at Appendix A. 2) Consider the findings of the Equality Impact Assessment at Appendix B. 3) Approve the revised Hillingdon Council Soci al Housing Allocation Policy at Appendix C. Reasons for decision Cabinet approved a revised Social Housing Allocation Policy, following consideration of the consultation responses and an Equality Impact Assessment. The Cabine t Member for Planning, Hous ing & Growth presented a report on the social housing allocation policy. He expressed gratitude to Councillor Lavery for his significant contributions to the development of the policy which aimed to assess housing needs, advertise available social housing and allocate properties to households in need. The Cabinet Member noted that in July 2024, the Cabinet approved changes to the policy for public consultation, which ran for 11 weeks from August to October 2024. The consultation h ad included an online surve y, paper copies, and engagement events with key stakeholders, resulting in positive feedback from 62 to 75% of respondents. The Cabinet Member explained that the feedback supported a clearer framework for prioritising applications, continued priority for long- term residents, and extended options to relieve overcrowding and support vulnerable groups. It was also noted that an equality impact assessment had found no concerns and supported the proposed changes. Councillor Lavery, th e Cabinet Member for Commun ity & Environment also spoke and highlighted that the new policy would provide residents with a clearer understanding of their position in the housing queue, reducing misunderstandings and inquiries. The Leader of the Council thanked the Cabinet Members involved for their efforts, noting that the policy would help manage business more efficiently and alleviate overcrowding. Alternative options considered and rejected None, as Cabinet considered the policy needed to respond to changes in housing need and to enable the Council to fulfil its functions in an efficient and effective way. Relevant Select Committee Residents’ Services Expiry date for any scrutiny call-in / date decision can be implemented (if no call-in) This matter can be called in by the r elevant select committee by 5pm, Friday 15 November 2024. If not called-in, Cabinet’s decisions can then be implemented. _________________________________________________________________________ - Page 3 - Officer(s) to action Debbie Weller Directorate Homes & Communities Classification Public - The report and any background papers relating to this decision by the Cabinet are available to view on the Council's website or by visiting the Civic Centre, Uxbridge. 6. MONTHLY COUNCIL BUDGET MONITORING REPORT RESOLVED: That the Cabinet: 1. Note the budget monitoring position and t reasury management update as at September 2024 ( Month 6), noting the actions proposed by officers as outlined in Part A of this report. 2. Approve the financial recommendations set out in Part B of this report: a) Approve acceptance of £20k grant funding from th e Greater London Authority (GLA) to support costs associated with implementing auto - enrolment of eligible families / pupils for the National Free School Meals grant. b) Note the request to extend the CPA limit to finalise payments with Castlefield Recruitment Ltd and Ambient People, two recruitment suppliers. c) Accept the Household Support Fund grant (£2,069,342) for the period 1st October 2024 to 31 March 2025 and approve the policy statement as set out in the Appendix B1. d) Delegate authority to the Head of Lega l Services, in consultation with the Cabinet Member for Finance & Transformation, to set and vary legal fees chargeable to external third parties in respect of legal work undertaken by o r on behalf of the London Borough of Hillingdon. Fees set or varied pu rsuant to this delegation shall be reported to Cabinet as part of the regular budget reporting processes. Reasons for decision The Cabinet Member for Finance & Transformation introduced the monthly Council budget monitoring report, addressing the financi al position as of the end of September 2024. It was noted that the report highlighted a projected in -year overspend of £30.5 million, which was an improvement from the previous month. Identified savings measures could reduce the overspend to £6.9 million, resulting in closing reserves of £28.2 million. Key overspend areas highlighted by the Cabinet Member included adult social care, looked-after children, and homelessness. The Cabinet Member advised that the Zero -Based Budgeting project had identified total savings of £47.6 million, with significant savings expected in future years and emphasised that these savings would not impact key frontline services. General fund capital expenditure was projected to be £106.7 million, with delays causing an £18.7 million underspend. The dedicated schools grant had seen operational _________________________________________________________________________ - Page 4 - improvements, reducing costs by £8.3 million, though a deficit remained. Furthermore, the housing revenue account faced a £0.6 million pressure due to delayed housing stock arrivals but remain ed on track overall. The Cabinet Member sought Cabinet’s approval of an updated Household Support Fund Scheme and highlighted how this would support residents eligible for pension credit but not receiving it due to application complexities. The Leader of the Council acknowledged the financial challenges and praised the efforts to manage costs without affecting frontline services. Alternative options considered and rejected None. Relevant Select Committee Corporate Resources & Infrastructure Expiry date for any scrutiny call-in / date decision can be implemented (if no call-in) Cabinet’s decision in 2 (a, c & d) only can be called in by the relevant select committee by 5pm, Friday 15 November 2024. If not called-in, Cabinet’s decisions can then be implemented. Officer(s) to action Richard Ennis / Andy Goodwin Directorate Finance Classification Public - The report and any background papers relating to this decision by the Cabinet are available to view on the Council's website or by visiting the Civic Centre, Uxbridge. 7. PUBLIC PREVIEW OF MATTERS TO BE CONSIDERED IN PRIVATE RESOLVED: That Cabinet note the reports to be considered later in private and Part 2 of the Cabinet agenda and comment on them as appropriate for public information purposes. Reasons for decision The Leader of the Council introduced the report which provided a public summary of the matters to be discussed in the private part of the Cabinet meeting later, increasing the Council’s transparency. Alternative options considered and rejected These were set out in the public Cabinet report. Relevant Select Committee Expiry date for any scrutiny call-in / date decision can be This matter is not for call-in, as noting only. _________________________________________________________________________ - Page 5 - implemented (if no call-in) Officer(s) to action Mark Braddock Directorate Corporate Services Classification Public - The report and any background papers relating to this decision by the Cabinet are available to view on the Council's website or by visiting the Civic Centre, Uxbridge. 8. YIEWSLEY HOUSING - FALLING LANE DEVELOPMENT RESOLVED: That Cabinet: 1) Accept an offer of grant from the GLA relating to both the Otterfield Road and Falling Lane development sites at an aggregate total of £22,625k. 2) Accept the tender from Bugler Develo pments Ltd to construct the new residential units following the procurement exercise as set out in Appendix A; 3) Agree Philip Pank Partnership LLP continue to act as Employers Agents at a cost of £201k 4) Agree to the capital release request of £22,533k to comp lete the project; and 5) Delegate authority to the Corporate Director of Place, in consultation with the Cabinet Member for Corporate Services & Property, to undertake any necessary due di ligence relating to the completion of the contract award and thereafter to manage and monitor the delivery of the project through to its completion Reasons for decision Following on from the Cabinet’s decision in July 2024 to proceed with Lot 2 (Otterfield Road site), Cabinet agreed to progress Lot 1 (Falling Lane site), to provide new housing and community facilities, enhancing the Yiewsley area. The Cabinet Member for Corporate Services & Property noted the additional level of grant funding provided towards the project. Alternative options considered and rejected Alternative options considered by Cabinet were set out in the confidential report. Relevant Select Committee Corporate Resources & Infrastructure Expiry date for any scrutiny call-in / date decision can be implemented (if no call-in) Cabinet’s decisions on this matter can be called in by a majority of the select committee by 5pm, Friday 15 November 2024. If not called-in, Cabinet’s decisions can then be implemented. Officer(s) to action Michael Naughton Directorate Place Directorate _________________________________________________________________________ - Page 6 - Classification Private - Whilst the Cabinet's decisions above are always made public, the officer report relating to this matter is not because it was considered in the private part of the meeting and contained information relating to the financial or business affairs of any pa rticular person (including the Authority holding that information) and the public interest in withholding the information outweighed the public interest in disclosing it in accordance wi th Section 100(A) and paragraph 3 of Part 1 of Schedule 12 (A) to the Local Government Act 1972 (as amended). 9. TEMPORARY AGENCY STAFF CONTRACT RESOLVED: That the Cabinet a ccept the direct award extension contract proposal from Pertemps Recruitment Partnership Limited via the MSTAR 3 framework for a 2 - year period with the option of a 15-month break clause as set out in the report. Reasons for decision Cabinet gave approval to extend the contract for the provision of agency workers. The Ca binet Member for Corporate Services & Property advised such staff woul d supplement, and at short notice, the Council's directly employed workforce in front line services such as social care and refuse and recycling. Alternative options considered and rejected Alternative options were considered by Cabinet, as set out in the confidential report. Relevant Select Committee Corporate Resources & Infrastructure Expiry date for any scrutiny call-in / date decision can be implemented (if no call-in) Cabinet’s decisions on this matter can be called in by a majority of the select committee by 5pm, Friday 15 November 2024. If not called-in, Cabinet’s decisions can then be implemented. Officer(s) to action Stephen Ball Directorate Corporate Services Classification Private - Whilst the Cabinet's decisions above are always made pub lic, the officer report relating to this matter is not because it was considered in the private part of the meeting and contained information relating to the financial or business affair s of any particular person (including the Authority holding that information) and the public interest in withholding the information outweighed the public interest in disclosing it in accordance with Section 100(A) and paragraph 3 of Part 1 of Schedule 12 (A) to the Local Government Act 1972 (as amended). _________________________________________________________________________ - Page 7 - 10. CONTRACT FOR THE PROVISION OF REFUSE AND RECYCLING BAGS RESOLVED: That the Cabinet: 1) Accept the tender from Cromwell Polythene Limited for the Supply and Delivery of Refuse and Recyclin g Sacks on behalf of the London Borough of Hillingdon for a three-year period from 1 April 2025 to 31 March 2028 and at the estimated value of £1,488k. 2) Furthermore, agree that this includes the provision to extend the contract for a two-year period, (five years in total), delegating approval of any extension to the Corporate Director of Place, in consultation with the Cabinet Member for Community & Environment (at a total estimated contract value of £2,480k over the full five years). 3) Agree the short -term extension (four months) with the current supplier, JPK Trade Supplies Ltd, from 1 December 2024 to 31 March 2025 to support the mobilisation of the new contract. Reasons for decision Cabinet made the necessary contractual decisions to provide refuse and recycling sacks for its waste collection services. The Cabinet Member for Community & Environment welcomed the contract. Alternative options considered and rejected Alternative options for the site were considered by Cabinet, as set out in the confidential report. Relevant Select Committee Residents’ Services Expiry date for any scrutiny call-in / date decision can be implemented (if no call-in) Cabinet’s decisions on this matter can be called in by a majority of the select committee by 5pm, Friday 15 November 2024. If not called-in, Cabinet’s decisions can then be implemented. Officer(s) to action Anna Humphries / Nicola Herbert Directorate Place Directorate Classification Private - Whilst the Cabinet's decisions above are always made public, the of ficer report relating to this matter is not because it was considered in the private part of the meeting and contained information relating to the financial or business affairs of any particular person (including the Authority holding that information) and the public interest in withholding the information outweighed the public interest in disclosing it in accordance with Section 100(A) and paragraph 3 _________________________________________________________________________ - Page 8 - of Part 1 of Schedule 12 (A) to the Local Government Act 1972 (as amended). 11. MULTI LOT FRAMEWORK AGREEMENT - KITCHEN AND BATHROOM REPLACEMENT PROGRAMME RESOLVED: That the Cabinet accept the following tenders and approve the award of contract for the Planned Kitchen and Bathroom Renewals Framework as follows: 1) Lot 1 (North) - PFL ELECTRICAL LTD for the provision of KITCHEN AND BATHROOM REPLACEMENT PROGRAMME – AREA NORTH to the London Borough of Hillingdon for a 3+2 YEAR period at the potential estimated value of £6,800,000; 2) Lot 2 (Central) - BCS (ELECTRICAL AND BUILDING SERVICES) LTD for the provision of KITCHEN AND BATHROOM REPLACEMENT PROGRAMME – AREA CENTRAL to the London Borough of Hillingdon for a 3+2 YEAR period at the potential estimated value of £14,748,000; 3) Lot 3 (South) - PFL ELECTRICAL LTD for the provision of KITCHEN AND BATHROOM REPLACEMENT PROGRAMME – AREA SOUTH to the London Borough of Hillingdon for a 3+2 YEAR period at the potential estimated value of £27,237,000; 4) Lot 4 - PILON LIMITED for the provision of KITCHEN AND BATHROOM REPLACEMENT PROGRAMME – BACK UP (reserve to all areas) to the London Borough of Hillingdon for a 3+2 YEAR period at th e potential estimated value of £250,000. Reasons for decision Cabinet agreed a number of contracts for specialist contractors to undertake the planned installation and renewal of kitchens, bathrooms and toilets as part of a programme to update the Council’s housing stock over a 5 -year period. The Cabinet Member for Corporate Services & Property welcomed the flexibility in the contractual arrangements. Alternative options considered and rejected Alternative options for the site were considered by Cabine t, as set out in the confidential report. Relevant Select Committee Corporate Resources & Infrastructure Expiry date for any scrutiny call-in / date decision can be Cabinet’s decisions on this matter can be called in by a majo rity of the select committee by 5pm, Friday 15 November 2024. If not called-in, Cabinet’s decisions _________________________________________________________________________ - Page 9 - implemented (if no call-in) can then be implemented. Officer(s) to action Merrick Knight / Gary Penticost Directorate Place Directorate Classification Private - Whilst the Cabinet's decisions above are always made public, the officer report relating to this matter is not because it was considered in the private part of the meeting and contained information relating to the financial or business affairs of any particular person (includ ing the Authority holding that information) and the public interest in withholding the information outweighed the public interest in disclosing it in accordance with Section 100(A) and p aragraph 3 of Part 1 of Schedule 12 (A) to the Local Government Act 1972 (as amended). 12. PROVISION OF WASTE WEEKENDS FOR DISPOSAL OF BULKY HOUSEHOLD WASTE RESOLVED: That Cabinet accepts the direct award contract to Powerday PLC for the provision of Waste Weekends in the London Borough of Hillingdon. The contract is for a three-year period from 4 January 2025 to 3 January 2028 and at the estimated value of £3,741k. Reasons for decision Cabinet agreed a contract for the provision of the Wa ste Weekend services at Tavistock Road, Yiewsley. The Cabinet Member f or Community & Environment welcomed the new contract arrangements. Alternative options considered and rejected Alternative options for the site were considered by Cabinet, as set out in the confidential report. Relevant Select Committee Residents’ Services Expiry date for any scrutiny call-in / date decision can be implemented (if no call-in) Cabinet’s decisions on this matter can be called in by a majority of the select committee by 5pm, Friday 15 November 2024. If not called-in, Cabinet’s decisions can then be implemented. Officer(s) to action Anna Humphries / Nicola Herbert Directorate Place Directorate Classification Private - Whilst the Cabinet's decisions above are always made public, the officer report relating to this matter is not because it was considered in the private part of the meeting and contained information relating to the financial or business affairs of any particular person (including the Authority holding that _________________________________________________________________________ - Page 10 - information) and the public interest in withholding the information outweighed the public interest in disclosing it in accordance with Section 100(A) and paragraph 3 of Part 1 of Schedule 12 (A) to the Local Government Act 1972 (as amended). 13. DEMOLITION AND REBUILD OF FIRE DAMAGED PROPERTY AT VERNON DRIVE, HAREFIELD RESOLVED: That the Cabinet: 1. Agree to the project to demolish a fire -damaged residential property Vernon Drive, Harefield and rebuild both properties creating two new properties for housing use as set out in the report. 2. Accept the tender from AM CASS Construction Engineering Group Limited to demolish, prepare site and construct the new houses at a total cost of £1,262,096 following a procurement exercise as set out in the Tender Appendix. 3. Approve the capital release of £1,553,339 to be funded fro m the unallocated housing acquisitions and development budget within the Council’s approved HRA capital programme budget and concurrently, instruct the Corporate Director of Place to exp lore external grant funding opportunities for the project to potentially offset the budget. 4. Delegate authority to the Corporate Director of Place, in consultation with the Cabinet Member for Corporate Services & Property, to make any further necessary decisions regarding the project’s implementation. Reasons for decision Cabinet agreed to the demolition and rebuild of a house site in Harefield that had been subject to a fire, for the provision of 2 new 5 bedroom homes, which had received planning permiss ion. The Cabinet Member for Corporate Services & Property welcomed the exploration of grant funding towards the project. Alternative options considered and rejected Alternative options for the site were considered by Cabinet, as set out in the confidential report. Relevant Select Committee Corporate Services & Infrastructure Expiry date for any scrutiny call-in / date decision can be implemented (if no call-in) Cabinet’s decisions on this matter can be called in by a majority of the select committee by 5pm, Friday 15 November 2024. If not called-in, Cabinet’s decisions can then be implemented. _________________________________________________________________________ - Page 11 - Officer(s) to action Liam Bentley / Gary Penticost Directorate Place Directorate Classification Private - Whilst the Cabinet's decisions above are always made public, the officer report relating to this matter is not because it wa s considered in the private part of the meeting and contained information relating to the financial or business affairs of any particular person (including the Authority holding that information) and the public interest in withholding the information outweighed the public interest in disclosing it in accordance with Section 100(A) and paragraph 3 of Part 1 of Schedule 12 (A) to the Local Government Act 1972 (as amended). 14. ANY OTHER ITEMS THE CHAIR AGREES ARE RELEVANT OR URGENT No further items were considered by Cabinet. The meeting closed at 7:21pm Internal Use only* Implementation of decisions & scrutiny call-in When can these decisions be implemented by officers? Officers can implement Cabinet’s decisions in these minutes only from t he expiry of the scrutiny call -in period, unless otherwise stated in the minutes above, which is: 5pm, Friday 15 November 2024 However, this is subject to the decision not being called in by Councillors on the relevant Select Committee. Upon receipt of a valid call-in request, Democratic Services will immediately advise the relevant officer(s) and the Cabinet decision must then be put on hold. Councillor scrutiny call-in of these decisions Councillors on the relevant Select Committee shown in these minutes for the relevant decision made may request to call-in that decision. The call -in request must be before the expiry of the scrutiny call-in period above. Councillors should use the Scrutiny Call-in App (link below) on their devices to initiate any call -in request. Further advice can be sought from Democratic Services if required: Scrutiny Call-In - Power Apps (secure) Notice These decisions have been taken under The Local Authorities (Executive Arrangements) (Meetings and Access to Information) (England) Regulations 2012. This Cabinet meeting was also broadcast live on the Council’s YouTube channel here for wider resident engagement. _________________________________________________________________________ - Page 12 - Please note that these minutes and decisions are the definitive record of proceedings by the Council of this meeting. If you would like further information about the decisions of the Cabinet, please contact the Council below: democratic@hillingdon.gov.uk Democratic Services: 01895 250636 Media enquiries: 01895 250403

Cabinet report – 12 December 2024 (Part 1 Public) SPECIALIST RESOURCE PROVISION FOR PHYSICAL DISABILITIES AT COTEFORD INFANT SCHOOL Cabinet Member & Portfolio Cllr Sus an O’Brien - Cabinet Member for Children, Families and Education Responsible Officer Julie Kelly – Corporate Director of Children Services Report Author & Directorate Abi Preston – Director of Education & SEND Papers with report Appendix 1 – Letter to school outlining reasons for the proposed SRP Appendix 2 – Letter outlining the process of closing an SRP Appendix 3 – Text for the school’s webpage Appendix 4 – FAQ's about closing a SRP Appendix 5 – A letter for all the school community Appendix 6 – Public Notice Appendix 7 – Consultation Proposal HEADLINES Summary Cabinet is asked to consider the proposal to close the Physical Difficulties (PD) Specialist Resourced Provision (SRP) at Coteford Infant School having regard to the outcome of the Consultation. This proposal is in response to falling demand for places at the SRP, and the aim of supporting parental choice for children with a physical disability to attend mainstream schools, with reasonable adjustments as appropriate, alongside their peers. Putting our Residents First Delivering on the Council Strategy 2022-2026 This report supports our ambition for residents / the Council of: An efficient, well-run, digital-enabled council working with partners to deliver services to improve the lives of all our residents This report supports our commitments to residents of: Thriving, Healthy Households This also supports the Local Area SEND & AP Strategy 2023-28 and the emerging Hillingdon Education Strategy. Financial Cost There is no financial impact as a result of this proposal. Funding will remain the same for all pupils on roll at the SRP at Coteford Infant school, and no funding for these pupils will be withdrawn as a result of this proposal. Select Committee Children, Families and Education Select Committee Ward(s) Eastcote, All Cabinet report – 12 December 2024 (Part 1 Public) RECOMMENDATIONS That the Cabinet: 1) In coming to a decision, has regard to the 292 responses and 2 petitions from the consultation in response to the proposed closure; 2) Agrees the closure of the Specialist Resourced Provision for children with Physical Disabilities at Coteford Infant School. Reasons for recommendation(s) School place planning is a statutory function of the Council as a Local Education Authority (LEA) and involves liaison with all schools and Trusts in the Borough, and with neighbouring Local Authorities. The duty is to have a sufficiency of school places to meet parent demand across the borough for all children, including those with Special Education Needs & Disabilities (SEND). There is an expectation that all schools are inclusive with all children having their needs assessed where necessary, and the appropriate funding provided to the relevant school to enable them to meet those needs. Over the last few years there has been a decline in the demand for commissioned places at the Specialist Resourced Provision ( SRP) for children with Physical Disabilities (PD) at Coteford Infant School and Officers followed the statutory process to consult to close the SRP. The proposed closure of the SRP would not impact the support provided by the school for children as outlined in their Education, Health, and Care, Plan (EHCP), and the school would continue to receive the same level of funding for those pupils currently on roll at the SRP. This proposal is to close the SRP at Coteford Infants at the end of the academic year 2024 / 25, and does not affect the mainstream school, which will continue to support children with a wide range of needs and abilities. The school will continue to offer education to the local community, and any parent / family will still be able to express a preference for their child to attend Coteford Infants, which will be assessed against the school’s admissions criteria. Coteford Infant School is a community -maintained school, rated ‘Good’ by Ofsted, which until August 2024, was a 3 Form Entry (FE) school. At the request of the school, due to a declining roll, a consultation to reduce the P ublished Admissions Number (P AN) was conducted by the Local Authority (LA) as the Admissions Authority for the school, in the period during the Autumn term 2022, between 24th October and 19th December 2022. The result of the consultation was to reduce the admission number to 2FE, with Cabinet approving the proposal in February 2023. Coteford Infant School historically has had a SRP model for children with PD for up to 10 commissioned places al though it is not based on a typical SRP model. Following the Cabinet decision in February 2023, the school approached the Council to request the commissioned places for the SRP to be reduced to 7 pupils taking into consideration the PAN reduction, which was approved to take effect from September 2024. This was agreed by the Council due to the declining demand for places. Cabinet report – 12 December 2024 (Part 1 Public) Ordinarily, SRPs operate in a separate classroom or bespoke area within the school and there is a teacher assigned to the provision to oversee and deliver the curriculum to the children according to their needs. “In SRPs pupils spend most of their time (usually well over 50% of their timetable) in mainstream classes. They only attend the SRP facilities for individual support, to learn a specific skill (for example braille for VI pupils), to receive medical or therapeutic support (for PD pupils) or to access specialist equipment.” (Building bulletin 104, Dec 2015). Coteford Infant School has an alternative set up where there is no separate physical space where the children are taught, as they are fully integrated into mainstream classes for their entire timetable. The proposed closure of the SRP would not impact children or families attending Coteford Infant school. This is because children on roll at the SRP are currently included in mainstream lessons full-time, and there is no separate provision in the s chool for the SRP, as is the case for a traditional model. The school is currently operating as an inclusive mainstream school. The difference between children on roll at the SRP compared to a child with an EHCP on roll in the mainstream school is the difference in who delivers the therapy provision - the type and level of therapy remains the same. Therefore, the school is already operating as an inclusive mainstream school for these children. The funding and the support for the children on roll at the SRP would not change as a result of this proposal. Officers followed the statutory process to consult on proposals to close the SRP at Coteford Infants, and c onversations have been ongoing with the school since the end of last year to understand the demand and provision available for pupils with physical disabilities, and the Council continues to work closely with the school regarding this proposal and process. Alternative options considered / risk management I. No change and keep the SRP open at Coteford Infant school for Physical Disabilities This was not felt a suitable option as there is a lack of demand, and the 3 current pupils will leave the school in the next 2 years . There is also an expectation that children with a primary need of Physical Disabilities should be able to have their needs met in a mainstream school without the need for a SRP. II. Change the type of SRP at Coteford Infant school Coteford Infant school was offered the opportunity to consider hosting an alternative SRP or Designated Unit (DU) if the current PD SRP was closed, but the school declined the offer as they do not have any available space, and did not want to have any alternate specialist provision on site. Democratic compliance / previous authority Under the Council’s Constitution, Cabinet authority is required to determine school organisational changes where there are objections received. Select Committee comments This proposal was discussed at the Children, Families & Education Select Committee meeting on 13th November 2024, and the following comments were agreed following the meeting: Cabinet report – 12 December 2024 (Part 1 Public) “Though the Committee recognises that the proposal to close the specialist resource provision (SRP) at Coteford Infant School has become a contentious issue within the local community, the committee was given assurances that the proposal to close the SRP will not impact the support provided by the school for the children with EHC Ps, nor will it affect the mainstream school. Additionally, the school will continue to receive the same level of funding for those pupils currently on roll at the SRP until they leave the school.” SUPPORTING INFORMATION Sufficiency of Places 1. Officers continue to review the sufficiency of high -quality specialist provision, in both mainstream and special school settings, to meet the future needs of children and young people with SEND in Hillingdon. This is underpinned by the Hillingdon Local Area SEND and Alternative Provision Strategy 2023 -28 - Hillingdon Council with clearly defined ambitions: Ambition 1: The right support, at the right time, in the right place Ambition 2: Fully inclusive education for all Ambition 3: Provision meets the needs of Hillingdon s children and young people Ambition 4: Children and young people live happy and fulfilled lives where they are included in the community Ambition 5: There is a flexible offer and range of interventions available for children to access Alternative Provision 2. As a result of the ongoing review, it has been identified that there is a grea ter demand for specialist provision for children and young people with Autistic Spectrum Condition (ASC), and the Council has increased the provision available in SRPs and Designated Units (DUs) by 72 places, with new settings opening during the last 12 months. 3. The Council is also working with more schools across the Borough to further increase the number of places available for secondary aged pupils with ASC and communication needs where there is still a high demand, which will allow more pupils to be educated in their local community with the appropriate support. Cabinet report – 12 December 2024 (Part 1 Public) 4. The ambitions within the new strategy highlight the importance of ensuring that we create provision that meets the needs of Hillingdon’s children and young people and enables them to receive excellent education in their local community. 5. As part of the ongoing review of all school places within the Council, maintained and specialist provision, it was noted that o ver the last few years there had been a decline in the demand for places on roll at the PD SRP (i.e. Physical Disability as the primary need) as detailed in the table below. This is in line with the expectation that children with physical disabilities should be able to have their needs met in any mainstream school with reasonable adjustments. 6. As of September 2024, there are only 3 pupils on roll at the SRP with one pupil in Year 2 moving out of the school at the end of this academic year. This will leave only 2 pupils on roll at the SRP at Coteford Infants in September 2025. Should this proposal be approved, these children will remain at the school and be part of the mainstream roll. 7. The reduced demand is also evident nationally as demonstrated in the table below, where the number of SRP or DU provision for children or young people with Physical Disability as their primary need has reduced by 37% over the last 4 years. It also shows that there has been a 22% reduction in the number of Councils with a SRP or DU supporting children with PD as their primary need, reducing from 58 to 45. Cabinet report – 12 December 2024 (Part 1 Public) Data above obtained from Get Information About Schools (GIAS) ‘Establishment Fields’ on 28 th October 2024 8. Many specialist settings support children and young people w ith a range of needs, and many children and young people have more than one need, dependent on their disability. For example, people with cerebral palsy may have minor or very complex symptoms, and this may or may not affect their physical, cognitive, and communication abilities. Therefore, children and young people with this condition may have different primary needs, based on the most relevant need at the time of the assessment, which may also change over time. Equality Impact Assessment 9. An equality impact assessment was considered, however, as the children on roll at the SRP will continue to receive the same level of provision as outlined in their EHCP, and the school will receive the same level of funding, there is not expected to be any impact on these children from the proposed closure of the SRP. Also, unlike a traditional SRP, children on roll at the SRP at Coteford Infant’s already spend the entire school day in mainstream lessons, and the school is, therefore, already supporting an inclusive education model for all pupils. Children with physical disabilities living in the borough currently not on the roll at the school will similarly not be impacted as their needs can be met in mainstream education with funding through an EHCP as necessary. 10. Therefore, there would not be any impact on the children currently on roll at the SRP as a result of the proposal as there would be:  No change to the support outlined in the child’s EHCP  No change in the equipment provided  No change in the level of funding provided to the school as a result of this proposal, as it will remain as it is for each pupil, as detailed in their individual EHCP Financial Implications Funding will remain the same for all pupils on roll at the SRP at Coteford Infant school, and no funding for these pupils will be withdrawn as a result of this proposal. The funding mechanism will change; SRP places are currently commissioned at the school for £6,000 per place. If the proposal is approved, the Council will no longer commission these places. However, Hillingdon operates a non-statutory funding stream called ‘exceptional funding’ which identifies schools with higher levels of EHCPs and funds children over an agreed level with an additional £6,000 per place to support schools who are highly inclusive. The school benefitted from this funding last year and continues to have higher levels of EHCPs supported in the school. Children who are part of the SRP are excluded from this funding due to the different funding mechanism, however, if the SRP is approved for closure, the children currently attending the SRP will beco me part of the mainstream roll and will therefore be included in the exceptional funding. Therefore, the funding the school receives in respect of the children attending the SRP will continue to be the same. Cabinet report – 12 December 2024 (Part 1 Public) Coteford Infants are in an improving deficit po sition and officers are working with the school to support recovery towards a balanced budget. The Council finance and operational teams will continue to work with and support the school during this process. RESIDENT BENEFIT & CONSULTATION The benefit or impact upon Hillingdon residents, service users and communities? The Council has a statutory duty to ensure there are sufficient places for every resident pupil. The Council must plan, organise and commission places for all state-funded schools in Hillingdon to ensure high standards are maintained, diverse school communities supported, and sufficient places are available. As part of this ongoing review and in line with Hillingdon Local Area SEND and Alternative Provision Strategy 2023-28 - Hillingdon Council. This proposal will meet Ambition 3: Provision meets the needs of Hillingdon’s children and young people. Consultation & Engagement carried out Taking into account that there is no longer a statutory ‘pre -publication’ consultation period for proposed prescribed alteration changes, it should be noted as part of the Council’s commitment to meeting the needs of our children and young people and providing sufficient places at appropriate education settings, we continue to review the existing specialist provision in Hillingdon, to ensure we are able to meet the demand for places. As part of the ongoing sufficienc y review, officers have been liaising with the school since last year, including a discussion in February 2024 to understand how the space for the SRP was used. It was confirmed that the children on roll at the SRP are based in mainstream classes and fully integrated with mainstream peers. The school did not have a “unit” or separate area unlike a traditional SRP. Conversations continued with Coteford Infant School in June and July 2024 to discuss the needs of the children currently attending the provision and the level of support being provided as well as the proposal of removing the SRP. During this time , Coteford Infant school was offered the opportunity to consider hosting an alternative SRP or DU if the current PD SRP was closed, but the school declined the offer as they do not have any available space, and did not want to have any alternate specialist provision on site. Following the summer break another meeting was held with the school in September 2024 to confirm the proposal would progress with the understanding that information including FAQs, and the consultation process would be shared via the sc hool with stakeholders ahead of the formal consultation. Information about the consultation was shared by Officers with the school , which was added to their school's webpage prior to the consultation beginning in line with statutory guidance , with a link to the Hillingdon Council consultation pages: Cabinet report – 12 December 2024 (Part 1 Public)  13th September 2024 - a letter to the school outlining reasons for the proposed SRP closure (Appendix 1), a letter outlining the process of closing a SRP (Appendix 2), text for the school’s webpage (Appendix 3) and FAQs about closing a SRP (Appendix 4),  18th September 2024 - a letter for all the school community (Appendix 5)  23rd September 2024 a link to the London Borough of Hillingdon consultation webpage was shared Formal consultation on the proposal to close the Specialist Resource Provision (SRP) for Physical Disabilities (PD) at Coteford Infant School started on 25th September at 9am and ended on 25th October 2024 at 5pm. Public Notice of the proposal is set out in Appendix 6 and the full proposal consulted on in Appendix 7 . The Public Notice was published in the Gazette on the 25 th of September and copies were put up surrounding the school site for the start of the consultation. In addition, Officers contacted each of the 3 families of children on roll at the SRP in advance of the consultation to explain the process and the proposal , and assure them that the level of support, the provision, and the funding would not be changing, and therefore there would not be any change for their children. Engagement with these families has continued throughout the consultation, and Officers will continue to provide support for as long as necessary. Statutory process The prescribed alterations require a minimum of a 4 -week consultation period. The formal consultation was designed to ensure that the following received notification of the consultation, in line with the guidance “ Making significant changes (‘prescribed alterations’) to maintained schools”:  the governing body/local authority (as appropriate);  the parents of every registered pupil at the school – where the school is a special school;  if it involves or is likely to affect a school which has been designated as having a religious character:  the Diocesan Boards of Education for any diocese of the CofE any part o f which is comprised in the area of the local authority;  the bishop(s) of a diocese of the RC Church any part of which is comprised in the area of the local authority; or  the relevant faith group in relation to the school; and  any other body or person that the proposer thinks is appropriate e.g., any affected educational institutions in the area, or neighbouring local authorities. Proposals affecting a special school should go to any Council that has commissioned a place at the school (i.e., all relevant au thorities who have made an out of county/borough placement there). The consultation document was available from Wednesday 25th September 9am to Friday 25th October 2024 5pm on the consultation page of the Hillingdon Council website. This included a brief outline of the proposed change, the full proposal, and a questionnaire to obtain feedback in direct response to each proposal. Cabinet report – 12 December 2024 (Part 1 Public) Information regarding the consultation was publicised to all the schools within the Borough via email. As Hillingdon Council also receives school place applications from residents who live outside of the Borough, the consultation was designed to be inclusive. Therefore, officers contacted the following surrounding Councils to share details of the consultation:  London Borough of Ealing  London Borough of Hounslow  London Borough of Brent  London Borough of Harrow  Hertfordshire County Council  Buckinghamshire County Council  Slough Borough Council The details of the proposal were also shared with the Hillingdon Parent Carer Forum. The 3 families affected by the proposal who have children in the PD SRP were informed and consulted prior to the publication of the consultation, and officers have conti nued to speak with families during this process. A virtual Question and Answer session with Officers took place on 2nd October 2024 from 5pm to 6pm for stakeholders to have the opportunity to ask questions about the proposal. There was one attendee whose views are included in the themes below. There was also a drop -in session at the school where Officers were on hand to answer any questions in person and to explain the proposal as necessary. This was held on 4th October 2024, 2:30 to 3:30pm for stakeholder s, including parents/guardians, school staff and residents. The intention was to meet with school staff separately from 3.30pm but the original session continued with all stakeholders until 4:50pm with 17 attendees; the majority of whom were staff. The vie ws of attendees are included in the themes below. Consultation Responses 292 responses were received in total during the consultation period with 290 submitted via the online questionnaire, and 2 further responses were received by email in support of keep ing the SRP open. The responses are summarised belo w and detailed in full under the background papers for review, along with the notes from the face-to-face and online Q&A sessions. During the consultation period, there were 208 page views of the Council’s consultation page for Coteford infant school. Online Questionnaire responses are summarised below: 1. 8 respondents agreed with the proposal to close the Physical Disabilities (PD) SRP provision at Coteford Infant School?  Yes - 8  No - 280  Don’t know – 2 Cabinet report – 12 December 2024 (Part 1 Public) 2. Of the 282 respondents that answered 'No' or 'Don't know', reasons have been summarised below in the paper 3. 10 respondents agreed that the proposed changes will not disadvantage any Hillingdon residents.  Yes - 277  No - 10  Don’t know – 3 4. Of the 277 respondents that agreed that the changes will disadvantage Hillingdon residents' reasons have been summarised below in the paper. 5. 290 respondents have confirmed their interest in the proposal as:  A parent/ Carer/guardian – 96  A staff member – 17  A local resident – 108  Other – 45  Prefer not to say – 13  Blank - 11 6. 178 respondents stated that they have children under the age of 18 living in their household. 7. Respondents were invited to state which school(s) their child(ren) currently attend, and the responses were as follows:  Coteford Infant School - 30  Coteford Junior School – 20  Coteford (non-specified) - 17  Bishop Ramsey Church of England School – 4  Bishop Winnington-Ingram CofE School – 1  Deanesfield Primary School – 2  Field End Infant School – 1  Glebe Primary School – 3  Grangewood School – 2  Harefield Junior School – 1  Harefield Academy – 3  Harlyn Primary School – 3  Haydon School – 8  Home Educated – 1  Meadow High School – 4  Newnham Infant School – 2  Newnham Junior School – 1  Newnham (non-specified) - 4  Northwood School – 3  Oak Wood School – 2  Out of borough school – 17 Cabinet report – 12 December 2024 (Part 1 Public)  Pentland School – 1  Queensmead School – 4  Ruislip Gardens Primary School – 1  Sacred Heart Primary School – 4  Special School (non-specified) - 1  The Willows School – 1  Vyners School – 1  Warrender Primary School – 3  Whitehall Junior School – 1  Whitehall (non-specified) - 1  Whiteheath Infant School – 10  Whiteheath Junior School – 2  Whiteheath (non-specified) – 4  No school recorded - 17 8. Additional comments from the questionnaire have been summarised below. Please see themes of consultation responses below: It is important to note that many responses to the consultation did not specifically relate to the proposed closure of the SRP at Coteford Infants, but were in relation to wider funding, or education challenges. The information below seeks to set out the themes from the consultation which proposes to close the SRP at Coteford Infants. However, the mainstream school is not expected to be affected by this proposed closure and will continue to operate as an inclusive school for children with all levels of needs and abilities. 1. Impact on Children with Disabilities: Many respondents emphasi sed that children with physical disabilities and s pecial educational needs (SEN) rely heavily on the SRP for specialised support, therapies, and equipment that mainstream schools cannot adequately provide. The expectation is that children with physical disabilities should be able to have their needs met in any mainstream school with reasonable adjustments based on parental preference. The school currently have only 3 pupils on roll at the SRP, reducing to 2 from September 2025, and 0 from September 2026 currently (based on current children). As the level of funding available for each child will not change as a result of this proposal, the school have the choice whether to retain their current therapists, or to opt for a therapy service available to all other mainstream schools across Hillingdon, which is commissioned jointly between the Council and the Integrated Care Board (ICB), for the children on roll at the SRP. This jointly commissioned therapy service already supports children with an EHCP attending Coteford Infants who are in mainstream classes. All therapy services delivered through the jointly commissioned service are delivered in a school setting in Hillingdon, unless a family requests the therapy to be delivered in a clinic as an exception. Therefore, regardless of the decision of the school, therapy will continue to be delivered at the school for any children who are currently on roll at the SRP. This is the current situation for all children accessing therapy across all Hillingdon mainstream schools, including children in Coteford Infants. Cabinet report – 12 December 2024 (Part 1 Public) Concerns were raised about the negative impact on these children’s education, physical development, and overall well-being if the SRP is closed. The children on roll at the SRP are already based in mainstream classes and fully integrated with mainstream peers. The support for each child will remain as outlined in the child’s individual EHCP and no support or funding is being removed as a result of this proposal. There will be no change to how the school operates or how the children are supported. 2. Lack of Alternative Provisions: Respondents highlighted the absence of similar provisions in the area, meaning that closing the SRP would leave a significant gap in support for children with disabilities. The expectation is that children with physical disabilities should be able to have their needs met in any mainstream school with reasonable adjustments and the provision in Section F of their EHCP being implemented. Increasingly parents want their children to be able to attend their local school with their siblings and children within their community with whom they can make friendships. The potential increase in travel time and costs for families seeking alternative provisions outside the borough was also a major concern. The expectation is that children with physical disabilities should be able to have their needs met in any mainstream school with reasonable adjustments based on parental preference. Any children whose needs are assessed to be significantly higher, or with a range of complex needs will be able to access a local special school, and there is a home to school travel policy available to support families ( School transport for children and young people with SEND - Hillingdon Council). 3. Strain on Mainstream Schools: There were worries that mainstream schools are already underfunded and overstretched, and integrating SRP students without additional resources would further strain teachers and staff. The children on roll at the SRP are curren tly based in mainstream classes full time at Coteford Infants and fully integrated with mainstream peers. The support for each child will remain as outlined in the child’s individual EHCP. Each child will have a level of funding that matches their assessed needs which will be provided to the relevant school, so the child can receive the appropriate level of support to meet their needs. 4. Historical Success and Community Trust: The SRP at Coteford has a long history of success and is highly regarded within the community. Many respondents mentioned the trust and confidence they have in the school’s ability to support children with disabilities. Coteford Infants are a good example of an inclusive school, and they have a model of resources and support which the Council are not proposing to remove. The support outlined in the pupils’ EHCP will continue, and we would expect the school to share its Cabinet report – 12 December 2024 (Part 1 Public) model of inclusive practice with other schools across the Borough supporting more children and young people. The SRP’s closure is seen as a loss of a valuable and trusted resource that has benefited many families over the years. The children on roll at the SRP are based in mainstream classes and fully integrated with mainstream peers. The support for each child will remain as outlined in the child’s individual EHCP and we are not expecting any reduction in pupil funding as a result of this proposal. Parents will still be able to access the school through the school admissions process as they do currently, so there is not any change expected. The staff currently employed by Coteford Infants are a valuable resource for the school and the wider community and will co ntinue to support children across the school. As children on roll at the SRP are included in mainstream lessons all the time, there will not be any impact on staff from the proposed closure of the SRP, especially due to the low numbers of children on roll at the SRP compared to the overall pupils in the school (1.4%). Headteachers and SENCOs across all schools meet on a regular basis to share best practice, and look for opportunities to work collaboratively, which provides plenty of scope to share learning and ideas to improve the experience of all children in Hillingdon schools. 5. Inclusive Education Benefits: Several respondents pointed out the benefits of inclusive education, where children with and without disabilities learn together. This fosters unders tanding, empathy, and social integration among all students. The children on roll at the SRP are based in mainstream classes and fully integrated with mainstream peers. The support for each child will remain as outlined in the child’s individual EHCP. Other families that choose to access other mainstream schools also benefit from this model of education where all children are included regardless of any additional needs they may have and learn together with their peers. This proposal is only to close the S RP at Coteford Infants, and does not affect the mainstream school, which will continue to support children with a wide range of needs and abilities. The school will continue to offer education to the local community, and any parent / family will still be a ble to express a preference for their child to attend Coteford Infants which will be assessed against the school’s admissions criteria. It is the expectation of the Council that all schools will offer inclusive education as outlined in the Hillingdon Local Area SEND and Alternative Provision Strategy 2023-28 - Hillingdon Council. Although there were high numbers of objection s to the proposed closure of the SRP through the consultation, many people commented that children with a physical disability should be able to learn alongside their peers without a physical disability which would benefit all pupils. Inclusion is a key driver for the proposed decision to close the PD SRP at Coteford Infants and enable all children and young people with a physical disability to be able to learn alongside their peers, regardless of any additional needs they all may have. Cabinet report – 12 December 2024 (Part 1 Public) 6. Concerns about Consultation Process: Some respondents expressed skepticism about the consultation process, feeling that the decision to close the SRP had already been made and that the consultation was merely a formality. The Council are following statutory process as per t he guidance “ Making significant changes (‘prescribed alterations’) to maintained schools.” As part of the review of specialist provision across the Borough, there were a number of discussions with this school and other schools before the consultation proce ss started in line with best practice, to understand what proposals to put forward, based on evidence. 7. Advocacy for More Funding: Many called for increased funding and resources for the SRP rather than its closure, arguing that investment in such provisions is crucial for the well -being and development of children with disabilities. The expectation is that children with physical disabilities should be able to have their needs met in any mainstream school with reasonable adjustments based on parental preference. The core funding the Council receives from the Dedicated Schools Grant (DSG) is shared across all schools to meet the needs of all pupils fairly, and this process is overseen by the Schools Forum. Each child will have their needs assessed t hrough a thorough multi -agency process that results in the provision of an EHCP as relevant, whether they require a specialist provision or a mainstream school. This assessment will outline the support required to meet the needs of each child and there wil l be an appropriate level of funding provided to schools based on this assessment. Schools are funded for delivering the provision outlined in their EHCP. If needs change over time, schools can request a review. This may require a re -assessment of the needs of the child and will be considered on an individual basis. This is to ensure that children and young people have the appropriate support to meet any changing needs, or exceptional circumstances. 8. Travel implications A number of responses included refer ence to travel implications for families as a result of the closure of the SRP or related to children who attend the mainstream school. It is not expected that any children will leave the school. The children in the SRP will not be affected as the funding and support will remain the same as a result of this proposal, and there will therefore not be any need for them to move school. As the proposed closure only relates to the SRP, the children in the mainstream school will not be affected and therefore there will not be any implication on travel as nothing will change. Cabinet report – 12 December 2024 (Part 1 Public) Below is a table showing the distance that current pupils live from the school for reference. Distance Number of pupils Up to 1 mile 168 Over 1 mile to 2 miles 22 Over 2 miles to 5 miles 30 Over 5 miles 1 As you can see, the vast majority of children of the 221 children currently attending the school live within 2 miles of the school (86%), with the rest of the pupils living within 5 miles, apart from 1 child who is living just ov er 5 miles from the school. All 3 children on roll at the SRP live between 2 and 5 miles from the school. Petitions During the consultation period, the Council received 2 petitions which were started by the ‘Friends of Coteford’, which are also being con sidered as part of this consultation, as permitted by the Council's Petition Scheme. One petition is in relation to the proposed closure of the PD SRP at Coteford Infants (a), and the other is in relation to admission to the PD SRP of an individual child (b). (a) Closure of the Coteford PD SRP petition A petition was received by the Council with a total of 1531 signatories before the end of the consultation (including 22 duplicate signatories), 1091 of these were London Borough of Hillingdon residents (71% of signatories). The details of the petition are below: ‘This petition “is to express the dissatisfaction of the LA's proposal to close the SRP unit at Coteford Infant School by the parents and local residents. We would like the Local Authority to reconsider the closure of the SRP unit and to consider the implications this will have on all children who attend the school. We would like the Local Authority to consider the eligibility criteria for children to be accepted into the Coteford Infant School SRP, to properly assess the demand for the SRP unit and to ensure the correct levels of fund ing are provided for a school where 23% of pupils have are on the SEND register, 6.5% have an EHCP which 2x higher than the national average, to ensure the SRP unit is able to function properly with correct levels of funding.”’ The Council note the contents of the petition and highlight that the figures presented in the petition are incorrect. Having investigated the data shared, we can confirm that the figures recorded for the Spring Census 2024 which was completed by the school, and shown in table below demonstrate that Coteford Infant school do have a higher percentage of children across all measures compared to other benchmarking groups. However, schools with a SRP often have a higher number of children with an EHCP compared to the national average, as some families will still choose to send their child to the school as they believe they will have a better learning experience. Cabinet report – 12 December 2024 (Part 1 Public) Please note that the figures in the table are including the 3 pupils on roll at the SRP, so. If we remove these children from the calculation for Coteford Infants, the percentage of children with an EHCP at the school reduces to 5.5% compared to the national average of 4.9%.” It is also important to note that Hillingdon schools have a policy in place to provide exception al funding to schools whose percentage of EHCPs exceed an agreed value above their Number on Roll (NOR), of which Coteford Infant school is already a benefactor. This is in recognition of the higher-than-average number of children attending the school with an EHCP, and funding is paid at an additional £6,000 per child to all qualifying schools. This is non-statutory funding which the Council has decided to provide to schools who are highly inclusive to ensure they have sufficient notional funding to appropriately support their children’s needs. This funding is specifically for children with EHCPs in mainstream schools and excludes children attending SRPs or DUs, as they are funded differently, with the £6,000 notional funding provided. In closing the SRP, the children would be counted as part of the exceptional funding figures. As Coteford Infant school has a higher -than-average number of children with EHCPs, the funding that would ordinarily be provided b y commissioning places at the SRP will instead be provided via the exceptional funding stream. Therefore, the funding the school receives for these children will continue to remain the same. If the number of children with an EHCP falls below the threshold at which the Council provides non-statutory exceptional funding, the Council will still provide the necessary funding for the children currently on roll at Coteford Infants SRP until they leave the school. (b) Individual child admission to the SRP petition A second petition was received relating to an individual pupil's circumstances, signed by 1230 signatories, of which 247 were London Borough of Hillingdon residents (20% of signatories). The details of the petition are below: The petition “is to express t he dissatisfaction of the LA's treatment of **********, by not allowing ******** admission into the SRP unit at Coteford Infant School by local residents via change.org. We would like the Local Authority to reconsider the ******** admission into the SRP un it and to consider the implications this will have on ********. This decision has impacted ******** right to thrive.” Although this second petition relates to an individual child, it does relate to the proposed closure of the PD SRP, and we have therefore taken the matter into consideration as part of the consultation. Council Officers are in contact with the family of this child directly to discuss the matter. Cabinet report – 12 December 2024 (Part 1 Public) CORPORATE CONSIDERATIONS Corporate Finance Corporate Finance have reviewed this report and concur with the Financial Implications set out above, noting there are no direct financial implications associated with the recommendations in this report. Legal Local authorities may propose changes to establish/alter or remove a SRP. They can do so by complying with the statutory process for prescribed alterations. The local authority must have regard to the consultation responses including the petition in reaching its decision. BACKGROUND PAPERS  Making significant changes (‘prescribed alterations’) to maintained schools. Area guidelines and net capacity - GOV.UK (www.gov.uk)  Individual Consultation Responses  On-line consultation event notes  Face to face consultation event notes

All schools are expected to be inclusive. Many local authorities across the country have already taken the decision to close their Physical Disability specialist provisions in light of similar changes and expectations. The Hillingdon SEND & Alternative Provision strategy sets out these aspirations and expectations for all of our schools (see SEND and AP Strategy). Impact for children currently accessing the SRP Unlike a traditional SRP, children who are admitted to the SRP at Coteford Infants are already attending mainstream full time, with the exception of therapeutic intervention, and do not access a separate provision. The proposal to close the SRP will not have any impact on the children attending now or any children who may wish to attend in future. There will be: No change in the equipment provided No change to the plan for the child Next Steps We will support the school through the process to consult on closing the SRP and will maintain close contact to keep you informed at all times. It will be important that parents are reassured in this process as the experience their children have at the school will not change from the formality of closing the provision. It is important that they are aware of this, and they are clear there is no We will also make direct contact with the families of children who are part of the SRP to reassure them that their child will not be affected by the proposed closure if it is agreed, and know we can count on your support to make this process as smooth as possible for them too. Timeline: The timeline for the consultation is set out below, and further information will be shared with the school as the process progresses. September 2024 o Mid-September the school will be provided with a Public Notice to be displayed in and around the school notifying local residents and parents of the ongoing consultation o Consultation will then last 4 weeks (25th September to 25th October) where local residents and parents will be able to submit their views - links to the consultation page on school and will need to be added to the Coteford Infants website. November 2024 o Following the consultation closing, a report will be written and submitted to Children, Families and Education Select Committee (13th November) December 2024 o The report will then go to Cabinet (12th December) for approval and a formal decision will be shared with DfE. July 2025 o If the proposal is approved at Cabinet, the SRP will formally close in July 2025 at the latest, but may close earlier in conjunction with the school, and based on any responses to the consultation. This may be an unsettling time for parents and carers, and it is important that they are reassured that the support and provision for their children will not change through this process. The closure of the SRP is a formality rather than a change to any element of the delivery of children will continue to receive the strong support that Coteford Infant School continue to provide for children with physical disabilities. I look forward to further discussions regarding this matter, and to working with you to ensure that the children continue to be supported appropriately and the school are informed and supported at each stage. Please do not hesitate to contact me if you have any queries. Yours sincerely, Gary Binstead Senior SEND & Inclusion Commissioner

Appendix 02 – Closure of SRP Process Coteford Infant - Process for the Closure of Specials Resourced Provision (SRP) The below process is covered in Making significant changes (‘perscribed alterations’) to maintained schools guidance - Page 29 to 30 and 35 to 40. For a community school, the Local Authority is the proposer and the decision maker to establish, remove or alter a SEN provision within a mainstream school and must follow the statutory process. Local Authority Officers will therefore lead on the consultation process and any reports that need to be submitted. Proposed Timeline: The timeline for the consultation is set out below, and furt her information will be shared with the school as the process progresses. September 2024  Mid-September the school will be provided with a Public Notice to be displayed in and around the school notifying local residents and parents of the ongoing consultation  Consultation will then last 4 weeks (25th September to 25th October) where local residents and parents will be able to submit their views - links to the consultation page on Hillingdon’s website will be shared with the school and will need to be added to the Coteford Infants website. November 2024  Following the consultation closing, a report will be written and submitted to Children, Families and Education Select Committee (13th November) December 2024  The report will then go to Cabinet (12th December) for approval and a formal decision will be shared with DfE. July 2025  If the proposal is approved at Cabinet, the SRP will formally close in July 2025 at the latest, but may close earlier in conjunction with the school, and based on any responses to the consultation. Note: If there are not any objections to the consultation proposal, the decision can be made to close the SRP by the Lead Member, without a report being submitted to Cabinet.

Appendix 03 – Text for School Webpage Consultation on the Proposed Closure of the SRP at Coteford Infant School Hillingdon Council are intending to stop commissioning places at the Physical Disabilities (PD) Specialist Resourced Provision (SRP) at Coteford Infant School, and are proposing to consult in the Autumn term 2024 on the closure of the specialist resourced provision at the school. Why are we proposing this change? Hillingdon Council have noticed over the last few years that there has been a decline in the demand for places in the PD SRP as you can see from the table below. This is largely due to greater inclusivity within Hillingdon schools (see SEND and AP Strategy) where it is possible to meet the needs of more children with EHCP’s in mainstream settings. This has meant that more children with a physical disability are being educated in mainstream settings with the school providing a dditional support and equipment for the child where it may be required. In September 2024, there will be 3 pupils attending the SRP. Impact for children currently accessing the SRP Unlike a traditional SRP, children accessing the SRP at Coteford Infant school already spend the entire school day in mainstream lessons, and the school is therefore already supporting an inclusive education model. This means there will not be any impact on the children currently accessing the SRP as there will be:  No change to the support outlined in the child’s Educational Health Care Plan  No change in the equipment provided  No change to the plan for the child Officers at Hillingdon Council will continue to work with the school to ensure that the children currently accessing the provision continue to be supported appropriately. If you have any queries or concerns please do not hesitate to contact the team via email: schoolplaceplanning@hillingdon.gov.uk.

Appendix 04 – Closing a SRP FAQs Closure of a Specialist Resourced Provision FAQs What are we consulting on? Hillingdon Council are consulting on the proposal to close the Physical Disabilities (PD) Specialist Resourced Provision (SRP) at Coteford Infant School to take effect in July 2025. Why are we proposing this change? Hillingdon Council have noticed over the last few years that there has been a decline in the demand for places in the PD SRP as you can see from the table below. What is the Impact for children currently accessing the SRP? There will not be any impact on the children currently accessing the SRP as they already spend the entire school day in mainstream lessons, and the school is therefore already supporting an inclusive education model. Hillingdon Council will continue to work with the school to ensure there will be: o No change to the support outlined in the child’s Educational Health Care Plan o No change in the equipment provided o No change to the plan for the child How do I take part in the consultation? Here is the link to the consultation or you can request a paper version from schoolplaceplanning@hillingdon.gov.uk Will my child be affected? Children in the school will be unaffected by the proposed change as the school already supports an inclusive education model where all children are taught in mainstream lessons. Appendix 04 – Closing a SRP FAQs How will you meet the needs of other children or young people with a physical disability if you close the SRP? All schools are expected to be inclusive and able to meet the needs of children with a physical disability. There is the ability to make adaptions to schools where necessary to meet the needs of all children and young people.

Appendix 05 – Letter to all Parents outlining reasons for SRP Closer 18.09.24 18th September 2024 Dear Parents/ Guardians of Pupils at Coteford Infant School, Re: Letter to parents outlining the reasons for Proposal to Close the Physical Disability Specialist Resourced Provision We wanted to inform you that Hillingdon Council are proposing to close the Specialist Resource Provision (SRP) for Physical Disabilities (PD) at Coteford Infant School. If appropriate approvals are agreed, as a result of the consultation, it is likely that closure of the SRP will take place at the end of the Summer term in July 2025. This does not affect the main school. This is the information, from the London Borough of Hillingdon, that I have been asked to convey to you: Impact for children currently accessing the SRP Unlike a traditional SRP, children who are admitted to the SRP at Coteford Infants are already attending mainstream classes full time, with the exception of therapeutic interventions, and do not access a separate provision. The proposal to close the SRP will not have any impact on the wider elements of the school, or the children attending the school now, or any children who may wish to attend the school in the future. There will be:  No change to the support outlined in any child’s Educational Health Care Plan  No change in any equipment provided  No change to the plan for any child Please note that the SRP is not a traditional, additionally resourced learning space at Coteford Infant School, and therefore the closure is not the closure of a specific unit or classroom. All students who have SRP provision in their EHCP for Coteford Infant School, access mainstream classes at all times alongside their peers. The Local Authority is working closely with the school to support them through this process and ensure that children are not impacted by the proposed changes. Why are we proposing this change? Hillingdon Council regularly reviews the needs of the population, and the evidence s hows that there has been a significant decline in the demand for places for an SRP for PD needs. There is also an expectation that children with physical disabilities should have their needs met in mainstream schools with reasonable adjustments, and therefore, we no longer require a separate SRP provision to meet the needs of these children. Appendix 05 – Letter to all Parents outlining reasons for SRP Closer 18.09.24 All schools are expected to be inclusive. Many local authorities across the country have already taken the decision to close their Physical Disability specialist provisions in light of similar changes and expectations. The Hillingdon SEND & Alternative Provision strategy sets out these aspirations and expectations for all of our schools (see SEND and AP Strategy). We want to reassure you that the experience of children at the school will not change if the decision is taken to close the provision, and we will continue to work with the Council to ensure that children’s needs are met. The consultation period will run from Wednesday 25th September to Friday 25th October 2024 and represents an opportunity to learn about the proposal, ask questions and make comments that will be recorded and summarised in a consultation report. The Proposal will be published on the Hillingdon website alongside a survey and can be accessed via this link The consultation will involve a drop-in session at the school for anyone affected by the proposal where Officers will be on hand to answer any questions in person and to explain the proposal as necessary on Friday 4 th October 2024, 2.30pm - 3.30pm. This will be also offered virtually for stakeholders to attend on Wednesday 2nd October, 5pm - 6pm using the following link: Join the meeting now Paper copies of the consultation document will be available at the drop-in sessions and from the school office on request. Anyone is welcome to make contributions to the consultation. There will also be a list of frequently asked questions available on the school website , and the Council website related to the consultation. Please do not hesitate to contact me if you have any queries. Yours sincerely, Louise Crook Headteacher – Coteford Infant School

Appendix 06 – Public Notice LONDON BOROUGH OF HILLINGDON Statutory Notice Physical Disability (PD) Specialist Resource Provision (SRP) at Coteford Infant School Fore Street, Eastcote, Pinner, HA5 2HX URN: 102375 Part 1: Prescribed Alteration to Coteford Infant School (Maintained Community) Notice is given in accordance with The School Organisation (Prescribed Alterations to Maintained Schools) (England) Regulations 2013 that the London Borough of Hillingdon is proposing to close Physical Disability (PD) Specialist Resource Provision (SRP) at Coteford Infant School by July 2025. The prescribed alterations will provide:  Remove the places in the PD SRP at Coteford Infant School This Notice is an extract from the complete proposal, copies of which may be obtained from School Place Planning Team, Hillingdon Council, Civic Centre, 3N/01, High Street Uxbridge, UB8 1UW Email: schoolplaceplanning@hillingdon.gov.uk. Within four weeks from the date of publication of this proposal, any person may object to or make comments on the proposal via School Place Planning Team, Hillingdon Council, Civic Centre, 3N/01, High Street, Uxbridge, UB8 1UW Email: schoolplaceplanning@hillingdon.gov.uk Responses must be received by 25th October 2024 at 5pm. Signed: ABI PRESTON Date: 25th September 2024

Appendix 07 – Consultation Proposal Hillingdon Council - School Place Planning Consultation Formal Consultation to Remove the Physical Difficulties (PD) Specialist Resource Provision (SRP) at Coteford Infant School Coteford Infant School Fore Street, Eastcote, Pinner, HA5 2HX URN: 102375 This proposal is published following the Department for Education Statutory Guidance (January 2023) Making Significant Changes (‘prescribed alterations’) to maintained schools. Type of Proposal Remove/ alter Special Educational Needs (SEN) Provision Proposal Hillingdon Council proposes to close the Physical Disabilities (PD) Specialist Resource Provision (SRP) at Coteford Infant School to new pupils/admissions for pupils scheduled to join the roll on or after 1st September 202 5. This will result in a phased closure of the provision. For pupils already placed within the SRP, there will be no change to their education or support, and they will continue as pupils of the school with the understanding that the provision continues to be appropriate to meet their needs as stated in their Education Health and Care Plan (EHCP). Young people may still leave the SRP earlier if an alternative setting is named on their Educational Health Care Pla n (EHCP) in consultation with parents/carers. Proposer The proposer is Hillingdon Local Authority Consultation Responses Appendix 07 – Consultation Proposal We welcome all feedback. If you would like to make any comments or suggestions in response to the consultation, please complete the online questionnaire by visiting the consultation page www.hillingdon.gov.uk/consultation or by emailing schoolplaceplanning@hillingdon.gov.uk. If you have any questions that have not been covered in the consultation document or that are specific to your circumstances and you would like to discuss, please email schoolplaceplanning@hillingdon.gov.uk or call 01895 250063. Or you can submit a written response to: School Place Planning Team Hillingdon Council Civic Centre, 3N/01 High Street Uxbridge UB8 1UW Consultation Period As described in the DFE statutory guidance the consultation period is 4 weeks and does not include school holidays. The consultation period will run from Wednesday 25 th September to Friday 25 th October 2024 All consultation responses must be received by 5pm on Friday 25th October 2024. Decision The Local Authority, Hillingdon will be the decision maker, and they must satisfy themselves that an appropriate fair and open local consultation has been carried out. The Local Authority will decide within two months of the closure of the consultation period. When the decision has been taken the Local Authority will publish the outcome of the decision on their website and communicate the outcome to relevant stakeholders in writing. Implementation Date If following the conclusion of the consultation, the Local Authority approve the proposal, then it will effectively be implemented from 1st September 2025. Appendix 07 – Consultation Proposal Description of Proposed Alteration From September 2024, Coteford Infant School will have a Published Admission number (PAN) of 60 and this proposal will not change this. The school has seen a decline in pupil numbers which resulted in a consultation being carried out in the Autumn term 2022 to reduce the PAN from 81 to 60 from September 2024 and this proposal will not change the PAN. Following the Cabinet decision the sch ool approached the LA to request the commissioned numbers for the SRP to be reduced taking into consideration the PAN reduction which was approved to take effect on September 2024. Coteford Infant School has historically been commissioned by the Local Aut hority to provide an SRP for children with PD for up to 10 commissioned places , but unlike a traditional SRP, children who are admitted to the SRP at Coteford Infant School are already attending mainstream lessons full time, with the exception of therapeutic intervention, and do not access a separate provision. The proposal to close the SRP will not have any impact on the children attending the school now or any children who may wish to attend the school in future. There will be no change to:  the support outlined in the child’s Educational Health Care Plan (EHCP).  the equipment provided.  the plan for the child. Effect on other Educational Establishments The phased closure of the specialist resourced provision is unlikely to have any significant effect on other educational establishments in the area as the closure will not increase or decrease the Published Admission Number of Coteford Infant School, nor will it alter the admissions criteria. Coteford Infant School will continue to admit students with EHCPs if the school is the most appropriate education setting for the pupil. Project Costs The Published Admission Number will remain constant so there will be no effect on funding. There are no legal fees or other fees associated with the proposed change. Appendix 07 – Consultation Proposal The Consultation Process The consultation process represents an opportunity for people to learn about the proposal, ask questions and make comments that will be recorded and summarised in a consultation report. The Proposal will be published on the Hillingdon website. The consultation will involve a drop-in session for anyone affected by the proposal where Officers will be on hand to answer any questions in person and to explain the proposal as necessary. This will be also offered virtually for stakeholders to attend. Drop-in Session Location Date/Time Session Coteford Infant School Fore Street Pinner HA5 2HX Friday 4th October 2024 2.30pm- 3.30pm Drop in – Question and Answer On-Line session Location Date/Time Session Microsoft Teams Join the meeting now Wednesday 2nd October 5pm - 6pm On-line - Question and Answer Paper copies of the consultation document will be available at the drop -in sessions and from the school office on request. Anyone is welcome to make contributions to the consultation A Public Notice (Appendix 1) describes how details of the consultation c an be accessed and will also be included in publication of a local newspaper, and it will also be displayed in the reception area of the school, and at the school gates. Who will we make information about the consultation widely available to: Appendix 07 – Consultation Proposal The formal consultation was designed to ensure that the following received notification of the consultation, in line with the guidance “Making significant changes (‘prescribed alterations’) to maintained schools”:  the governing body/local authority (as appropriate);  the parents of every registered pupil at the school – where the school is a special school;  if it involves or is likely to affect a school which has been designated as having a religious character: o the Diocesan Boards of Education for any diocese of the CofE any part of which is comprised in the area of the local authority; o the bishop(s) of a diocese of the RC Church any part of which is comprised in the area of the local authority; or o the relevant faith group in relation to the school; and  any other body or person that the proposer thinks is appropriate e.g., any affected educational institutions in the area, or neighbouring local authorities. The above list does not prevent any member of the public accessing the consultation document and making representations to the consultation, the school will make every effort to ensure that the consultation is communicated to as many people as possible and as widely as possible.

Cabinet report – 12 December 2024 (Part I – Public) HILLINGDON EDUCATION STRATEGY 2024-29 Cabinet Member & Portfolio Cllr Susan O Brien , Cabinet Member for Children, Families & Education Responsible Officers Abi Preston & Julie Kelly – Children’s Services Report Author & Directorate Michael Hawkins, Children’s Services, Education & SEND Papers with report Education Strategy 2024-2029 HEADLINES Summary This report seeks Cabinet’s approval of the Hillingdon Education Strategy 2024-29, following consultation and engagement with stakeholders. The proposed Education Strategy sets out the main priorities that should be a key focus of the Council education teams, schools, academies, Early Years and Further Education providers over the next five years to support them in their work of raising education standards and performance outcomes at key stages of a young person’s education. Putting our Residents First Delivering on the Council Strategy 2022-2026 This report supports our ambition for residents / the Council of: Have opportunities to earn an income that supports their families This report supports our commitments to residents of: Thriving, Healthy Households And if there are any other sub-strategies or policies, e.g. Joint Health & Wellbeing Strategy, Housing Policy add these here. Financial Cost NIL cost Select Committee Children, Families & Education Select Committee Ward(s) All RECOMMENDATION That the Cabinet approve the Education Strategy 2024-29. Cabinet report – 12 December 2024 (Part I – Public) Reasons for recommendation 1. The proposed Education Strategy sets out priorities which many schools and settings have already identified as priorities, such as the attendance of young people at school. The Strategy provides an area wide focus to these challenges and the opportunities this brings for schools to work together and learn from each other. 2. Hillingdon’s vision is that all young people are prepared for their adult life w hile they are educated at school or other settings. It is hoped children enter adulthood able to make active choices about the paths they take, because they understand what is available to them across society and they have the qualifications that act as a common currency to embark on these paths. 3. The priorities detailed in the strategy have been identified through data analysis, feedback from schools and from listening to young people to understand what is important to them: Priority 1: Every Hillingdon child and young person benefits from high quality, supportive and inclusive learning in a good school or setting. Priority 2: Preparation for Adulthood: Supporting all our children and young people to reach their potential, understand their options, promoting independence and be ready for their future. Priority 3: Addressing the issues of the decade: Schools, settings and key partners collaborate to address the key issues that put some children & young people at risk of educational underachievement. Currently these are:  Closing the achievement gap for disadvantaged children and young people  Closing the achievement gap for White British & Black Caribbean heritage students and other disadvantaged cohorts  Improving outcomes at Key Stage 5  Improving inclusion by improving attendance  Addressing Emotionally Based School Non-Attendance (EBSNA)  Reducing suspensions and exclusions The full Strategy is attached as an Appendix. Select Committee comments The draft Strategy was discussed at the Children, Families & Education Select Committee meeting on 13th November 2024, and the following comments were agreed following the meeting: “The Draft Education Strategy demonstrates the Council’s strong commitment to continuous improvement within education and employment opportunities for our children and young people. Through collaborative working and shared practices, the strategy sets out ambitious targets that Cabinet report – 12 December 2024 (Part I – Public) focus on providing high quality, supportive and inclusive learning, the preparation for ad ulthood and addresses key issues which put some young people at risk of educational underachievement. The Committee endorses this Draft Education Strategy.” SUPPORTING INFORMATION 1. The process for the Education Strategy started in 2022, when performance data was first published again after the Covid-19 pandemic. The data was published with a caution about what it could tell us, after a turbulent two years since the onset of the pandemic. This data revealed themes that were explored pre -pandemic and again in 2022 -23. The themes showed us which cohorts of young people had bounced back from the pandemic and which had not done as well. 2. In addition to this, we have been consulting with school headteachers about their own school improvement needs, including the needs of their staff for their own ongoing professional development. Overwhelmingly, we have been told they would like more school-to-school development opportunities and more sharing with their peers from other schools. This has informed Priority One. We believe that with over 100 schools in Hillingdon, there already exists enough expertise and outstanding practice to support other schools and address the area wide priorities. This has been an aspect that was adversely impacted by the pandemic and, as such, we need to work hard on bringing it back. 3. The key area wide themes we have extrapolated in Hillingdon are that our young people who are identified as non -disadvantaged are doing very well. However, disadvantaged students are performing much lower than their non -disadvantaged peers. The disadvantaged groups we are focussing on are those supported by Pupil Premium funding, due to having Free School Meals, being students with Special Educational Needs, disadvantaged white British and black Caribbean heritage students. The performance gap for these students existed per -pandemic and continues to exist today. This has informed Priority Three. 4. The ‘disadvantaged gap’ is a national challenge as well as one seen in Hillingdon, so it is important that we continue working with our schools and settings to do everything possible to address this. Just under 25% of our student cohort are classed as disadvantaged. The gap starts in Early Years education and continues to widen through primary school and secondary. By the time a disadvantaged student is entering Year 11, their GCSE exam year, they are statistically 12 months behind their non -disadvantaged peers ( see table inside Education Strategy appendices). The overwhelming majority of our young people Not in Education, Employment or Training (NEET) come from disadvantaged groups. For that reason, it has been identified as an area that we must look at together as area priority to see what more we can do to close this gap. 5. Priority Three also includes other connected themes which both hard and soft data have revealed to us: attendance to school has become a barrier for a large group of young people since the onset of the pandemic. Attendance statistics in the Strategy docume nt show a significant number of young people are absent for at least ten percent of their school week and this has become a barrier to their achievement. As an area, we must Cabinet report – 12 December 2024 (Part I – Public) work together to understand its causes and work to overcome it. 6. One strand of non-attendance is Emotionally Based School Non-Attendance (EBSNA). All schools have cases of students who cite extreme anxiety and other health concerns as the reason they can’t attend school. This is supported by our mental health providers who are working with these young people. Again, we need to understand how we work together to tackle this so that schools are supported and young people can continue their education. 7. In 2022-23, exclusions and suspensions were the highest in Hillingdon for many years. We know that exclusion from school puts a young person’s life chances at risk and, as part of Priority Three, we want to work with schools to help reduce exclusions and suspensions. 8. Finally in Priority Three, we have included the performance of our young pe ople at Key Stage Five, when they take Advanced Level courses and other similar qualifications. Compared to other London boroughs, our Key Stage data has not been strong. A number of our schools have this as a priority area already. By including it in our Strategy, we believe it will provide an opportunity for schools and further education providers to collaborate and make improvement together. 9. The focus on disadvantage, including for white British, black Caribbean heritage students and the need to review Key Stage Five were identified by the Education Select Committee in March 2024 as areas for development. Financial Implications There are no financial implications arising from this report , any changes to service delivery as a result of the updated strategy will be brought back for consideration, with the financial implications of such changes to be considered in these later updates. RESIDENT BENEFIT & CONSULTATION The benefit or impact upon Hillingdon residents, service users and communities? Children, young people and their families live healthy, active and independent lives. Improved educational outcomes will enable them to find better employment as adults, provide them with more active choices in their careers and contribute to the local economy. Consultation & Engagement carried out (or required) 1. We have been consulting with schools for more than a year, sharing the area wide data and asking them to identify our area wide priorities. We have shared at headteacher termly events, with the School Strategic Partnership Board and other key events. We have been consulting with young people and their families through a variety of fora, including SEND forum. 2. Young people have been asked what else they want from their education that would help prepare them for their adult life. Overwhelmingly, they have as ked for education about finance and financial literacy, employability skills, taxes, credit, politics and the political system. For this reason, Priority Two focuses on a Universal Preparation for Adulthood, Cabinet report – 12 December 2024 (Part I – Public) where all school and settings understand the role they can play in ensuring young people are ready for their adult lives. This starts in Early Years and continues into lifelong learning. It also covers healthy lives, diets, exercise, developing mental resilience, all areas schools are already working on . In many other parts of the country, local areas have developed Preparation for Adulthood Strategies to create a framework for this and help schools to address this. We believe this will help schools recognise what they already do well and identify areas where young people say they want more education. CORPORATE CONSIDERATIONS Corporate Finance Corporate Finance have reviewed this report and concur with the Financial Implications set out above, noting the recommendation to approve the new Education Strategy for the period 2024 to 2029. Furthermore, it is noted that the financial implications of the strategy will be reviewed as and when service updates are presented that deliver against the strategy set out in this report. Legal There are no legal impediments to the recommendation within the report. BACKGROUND PAPERS NIL

1 Hillingdon Education Strategy 2024-29 Hillingdon Education Strategy 2024-29 Stronger Together 2 Hillingdon Education Strategy 2024-29 Stronger Together Foreword I am pleased to introduce Hillingdon’s Education Strategy 2024 -29. In formulating this Strategy, we have taken time to listen to and consult with our teachers, our parents and our young people to understand both our strengths and what we need to do to beco me even better. We have looked at what our data tells us and have compared that to our data before the Covid-19 pandemic caused great disruption to our education provision, some of which we have dealt with and some whose effects are still being felt today, as reported by our schools and by our young people. This Strategy is intended to set the direction for the next five years, by using our strengths and knowledge to address the issues we face today. We constantly strive to improve, while recognising the excellent work of our schools and other settings. In id entifying our priorities within this Strategy, we look to work together across Hillingdon to achieve them. We are fortunate to have many excellent schools and teachers as well as very aspirational young people. We have a world -renowned higher education provider in Hillingdon and one of London’s foremost providers of Further Education. No one organisation or individual can achieve this solely, we require a shared partnership and vision to work together to tackle our priorities; to learn from each other by sharing our ideas and ways of working; to pool our knowledge and expertise to tackle the big issues that face us; and to ensure that we are guided by the views and desires of our young people, because it is their futures we are helping them to prepare for. In Hillingdon, we are stronger together and we must ensure that collaboration and mutual support across our education settings is the driver of our success! Councillor Susan O Brien Cabinet Member for Children, Families & Education 3 Hillingdon Education Strategy 2024-29 Resetting our priorities: Building on our strengths together to tackle the issues we face Hillingdon as a b orough has many strengths : in its schools and Early Years settings ; it’s outstanding and in novative further education provider s; a world -renowned university ; outstanding children and adolescent social care provision; in the broad range of wrap around and support services that are available to support children, young people and families when they need extra help; a thriving local economy that looks to our students as their next employees, leaders, innovators and entrepreneurs. However, we need to utilise these strengths more collaboratively to address the challenges that have arisen in this decade that threaten the ability of some of our young people to learn, progress, achieve and enter adult life with the skills and options that will enable them to lead varied, fulfilled lives as citizens in our democracy. Our children and young people are ambitious and aspirational . The Education, Employment and Training opportunities available to them from post-16 are expanding rapidly and the choices are greater than ever before. We need to ensure all young people know the opportunities available to them, so they can make informed choices about their futures. Young people also tell us they are very anxious about their futures and some struggle to see how they will fit into the adult world. While many of our young people succeed at school, a growing number are not achieving their potential, either because of their own personal barriers to learning or because the curriculum is too narrow, not offering enough vocational pathways that young people say they want. For young people and families from disadvantaged backgrounds, the pandemic and cost of living crisis worsened educational outcomes and widened inequalities i. Those who had access to fewer resources found it more difficult to learn at home and young people told us how it affected their social lives, physical and mental health and families’ economic situations. This gap starts when they enter nursery education and it continues through to post-16. At the same time, a growing number of children are being identified with Special Educational Needs and Disabilities (SEND). This is becoming more common when children enter nurseries and continues into formal schooling. As an education workforce, we will need to equip everyone with the tools and skills to address these challenges through mainstream and special provision. The last few years have also shown our educators at their best. Our schools and settings were a focus of hope, strength and stability during uncertain times. They have supported families with breakfasts, lunches, laundry, warm spaces and kindness, as well as driving learning. They are at the heart of our communities and play a key role in supporting better outcomes. Our k ey partners , such as the Council, health services, public health and community organisations will need to work closely with education to ensure children and young people continue to progress despite the challenges they may face . We want to ensure every school or setting can share ideas and learn from the practice of their peers, 4 Hillingdon Education Strategy 2024-29 as well as benefit from evidence-based approaches from key external partners, such as the Education Endowment Fund. i Education Endowment Foundation, (2022) The Impact of Covid-19 on Learning The context for Hillingdon schools and settings The population is diverse and people are living longer. Hillingdon’s demographic includes more affluent areas (within the top 20% nationally) as well as areas of deprivation (within the lowest 20% nationally). In 2019/20, there were 11,671 children under 16 living in low- income families in Hillingdon. In 2023, just under 25% of our children and young people were eligible for the Pupil Premium. Hillingdon’s rate of Looked After Children is currently 48 per 100,000. This number has doubled in the last few years, mainly as a result of a high number of unaccompanied asylum-seeking children. 71,000 children under the age of 18 live in Hillingdon. There are over 7,700 children and young people aged 0-25 years with SEND in Hillingdon which constitutes approx imately 10% of our children. During 202 3-24, Hillingdon identified 15.4% of pupils who have either an EHC Plan or are receiving SEND support in school. In January 2024, there were 3503 EHCPs. The White British population in the borough has decreased by 20.7% and 51.8% of the borough population is from a global majority ethnic group Hillingdon has great schools , 94% judged Good or better, 13% Outstanding at time of publication. They are led by highly skilled and committed leaders and governors, who are managing a range of challenges, notably financial challenges in the current climate . Primary pupil numbers have been falling in the last few years impacted by lower birth- rates and high mobility. Secondary schools have predominantly been full, although some face competition for applications from cross-border schools. The lower number of pupils from primary schools will begin to be felt in secondary schools in the next two years. School budgets have been more challenging in recent years, as a result of a combination of falling rolls, increasing staffing, energy, building and suppl y costs. This financial pressure will continue and the financial advice we give to schools will be crucial. There are currently 99 state funded schools in Hillingdon. 50 are maintained schools and there are currently 49 academies or free schools. There are also 9 independent schools, 2 non-maintained special schools and Uxbridge College, part of Harrow, Richmond and Uxbridge College. In a shifting policy landscape, the Local Authority (LA) still has a legal duty, ‘to promote high standards and ensure that every child fulfils his or her educational potential’ . Hillingdon Council sees our role as championing all children and young people, particularly those who are vulnerable and those with special educational needs and disabilities (SEND). 5 Hillingdon Education Strategy 2024-29 Improving education for our children and young people We remain committed to supporting Hillingdon schools with the Council playing a brokering role amongst schools and settings and between schools and key partners. Evidence show s us that successful partnerships can drive up standards, promote inclusion and broaden opportunities for all. These partnerships are also crucial to keeping children and young people safe and well - physically and mentally. Therefore, promoting a range of effective partnerships to the benefit of our children and young people remains a primary objective. Existing strategies working together Education strategy Council corporate strategy SEND strategy Stronger Families Early Help Strategy 2021-25 Attendance Strategy (in development) Hillingdon Council Joint Health and Wellbeing Strategy 2022-2025 Hillingdon Safeguarding Children Education Inclusion Toolkit Hillingdon Family Hub Strategy Youth Justice strategy Some of the broader aims for children and young people in Hillingdon are: • A single access point for families and children for services so that children can access the right support more quickly, including emotional and mental health support, as well as wider family support. • Development of Family Hubs. • Systematically gathering the views of children and young people to inform our offer. • Redesigning our local SEND system to improve outcomes for those with SEND around our five ambitions. 6 Hillingdon Education Strategy 2024-29 Co-production of the strategy Hillingdon Education Strategy 202 4-2029 has been developed in consultation with key stakeholders: children and young people; parents/carers; head teachers and governors; the local area SEND partnership board and wider Council services. Ambitious, aspiring learners in Hillingdon Feedback from young people in the Health Education Survey report April 2024 • 78% primary age children say they have a trusted adult to talk to. • 57% secondary age young people say they have a trusted adult to talk to. • For young people with SEND it is 37%. • For young people on Free School Meals, it is 36%. • For young people in Hayes, it is 29%. • 20% of children and young people have a low resilience score. • 48% for females in secondary. • 29% worry about crime a lot We asked young people in our primary and secondary schools what they want from their education. This is what they told us: “I want to learn about credit and finance and taxes. I don’t know anything about it.” Year 9 student “I want my voice to be heard, to be listened to. ” Year 9 female student “I want to learn key life skills for the future.” Multiple students from years 9-12 “Having supportive and friendly teachers has really helped me develop confidence and self- esteem. That’s what we want more of.” Year 12 student “Too academic – not enough vocational options at school.” Year 10 student “My teacher knows what I like. She asks me questions about my life. She pushes me to do well. I like that. ” Year 6 pupil “The reading programme really helped me be a better reader. ” Year 5 pupil “I wish my school had more support for children who have special needs or disadvantages such as ramps to be placed round the school or elevators.” Year 8 student with SEND “To feel safe at school, on the bus before and after school. ” Year 9 girl 7 Hillingdon Education Strategy 2024-29 “To treat all students the same. I was bullied a lot at school, hit and called names. I told the teachers, but they did nothing about it. In the end, I had to leave. ” Year 10 student of Gypsy, Roma Traveller heritage “Bad Behaviour = punishment: reasons for behaviour not always looked at meaning you can’t receive help. Teachers need to understand the reasons for the behaviour. ” Year 9 student Ambitious, aspiring parents, carers and communities in Hillingdon Parents and carers and the community are ambitious for their children. They told us that they want clear information to be able to make the best choices for them. They want good schools and colleges in Hillingdon where children from all backgrounds are included and do well. They value schools who are welcoming of their children, who can be sympathetic and adaptable when families are faced with adversity and work with them to ensure their children can continue to make progress at school and thrive. They want more opportunities to work with schools; to have shared expectations of each other, particularly at secondary transfer when rules and expectations change. They want schools to support them to help their children learn and develop skills they’ll need in the world of work . In some schools, they want to know who they can go to when they have concerns and need help, for example with mental health worries. Parents want schools to be fair and transparent in how they engage with them. Some families of children with SEND want more schools to be welcoming and adaptable to the needs of their children. Above all, parents, carers and communities want their children to be safe, well and able to thrive and learn so they are ready to embrace their futures. 8 Hillingdon Education Strategy 2024-29 Ambitious, aspiring school leaders in Hillingdon School leaders have said that we need to attract and retain the next generation of leaders in a competitive education landscape. One way they said we can do this is by offering high quality continuing development to staff. School leaders told us that we need to build on a model towards a self -sustaining system by strengthening and increasing collaborative partnerships , involving Hillingdon Learning Part nership and more school -to-school networking . School leaders recognise that, whilst schools are responsible for their own high performance and academic achievement, collaboration with other schools and settings is key to their success, alongside high-quality support services to schools. School leaders want to share good practice to help address common issues. They also want to understand the full range of support services available to them when issues arise. They want to be part of clear strategi c approaches that improve attendance, address growing mental health related concerns , address behaviour related issues and equip the education workforce to deal with these. They want the professional development opportunities to come from highly valued providers and lead to impact in their schools. School leaders are asking for more clarity and support on supporting children with SEND and those with Education Health Care Plans. For some of our schools, leaders have said they deal with higher numbers of children and families with disadvantage, children with SEND and higher mobility than other schools . They want to work more collaboratively with local services to meet the support families need and they are also asking all schools to take an equitable share of children with particular needs . In Hillingdon, w e need to continually ensure schools are aware of the range of local services that can support children and families and that services work closely with education to meet needs as they emerge. Education, Local Authority and multiagency partnerships need to further develop to promote good health and wellbeing, inclusion and positive cultures, with early help for those who need it. 9 Hillingdon Education Strategy 2024-29 The key principles that underpin the Hillingdon Education Strategy Collective responsibility Developing collective responsibility for the wellbeing and achievement of all our children and young people, wherever they are educated. Collaboration Harness collective capacity, share great practice, foster innovation to deliver excellent achievement. Inclusion and Equity An inclusive education system and inclusive schools where every child and young person knows they belong, are celebrated, and can fulfil their potential. A culture which promotes respect and equality, actively recognises and tackles inequality and celebrates diversity. The voice of children and young people Putting the voice of our learners at the heart of our actions. Asking them the right questions, listening to their feedback, acting on what they tell us. Proactivity, engagement and prevention Identifying and anticipating issues early and working with key partners to ensure the right resources are utilised to promote young people’s outcomes and wellbeing Sustainability Provide structures that are financially sustainable over the course of the strategy , increasing resilience and maximising expertise to improve outcomes. 10 Hillingdon Education Strategy 2024-29 Our Education Priorities Priority 1: Every Hillingdon child and young person benefits from high quality , supportive and inclusive learning in a good school or setting. Priority 2: Preparation for Adulthood: Supporting all our children and young people to reach their potential, understand their options , promot ing independence and be ready for their future. Priority 3: Addressing the issues of the decade: Schools, settings and key partners collaborate to address the key issues that put some children & young people at risk of educational underachievement. Currently these are: • Closing the achievement gap for disadvantaged children and young people • Closing the achievement gap for White British & Black Caribbean heritage students and other disadvantaged cohorts • Improving outcomes at Key Stage 5 • Improving inclusion by improving attendance • Addressing Emotionally Based School Non-Attendance (EBSNA) • Reducing suspensions and exclusions 11 Hillingdon Education Strategy 2024-29 Priority 1 Every Hillingdon child and young person benefits from high quality, supportive and inclusive learning in a good school or setting We want to ensure all schools and settings provide high quality learning opportunities for our broad range of learners. This includes learners with special educational needs and disabilities and those with known vulnerabilities at risk of educational underachievement. We want to support all schools and settings to be strong, resilient, financially sustainable in order deliver high quality learning in the face of a changing and sometimes uncertain social landscape. We want to ensure there are more opportunities to share practice between schools and settings and to learn from each other. We also want to engage all of our schools, settings and key partners in initiatives that address identified local issues that impact on the success of children and young people. We want to equip all education leaders to be able to provide professional peer support and challenge to other schools and to work alongside nationally recognised key external partners. These include locally and nationally recognised education leaders, the independent sector, Brunel University , Harrow, Richmond and Uxbridge College, Hillingdon Learning Partnership and professional bodies for subject leadership ( for example, National College, STEM, Education Endowment Fund). We recognise that schools and settings should be able to choose the support and approach that best suits their children’s needs. By providing a broad base of support and challenge, we can ensure Hillingdon schools have the tools to be truly inclusive to the diverse range of learners that the area has. We will achieve this priority by: 1. Focusing school/setting improvement activity on teaching and learning; relevant curricula; inclusion and narrowing the attainment gap between identified groups of pupils and their peers. 2. Increasing and developing collaborative networks that engage leaders and governors to develop a self-sustaining, system led model. 3. Increasing and develop ing opportunities for more school -to-school collaboration, support and challenge: peer review and sharing effective practice across all phases of education. 12 Hillingdon Education Strategy 2024-29 4. Ensuring that schools who are at risk of being judged as Ofsted Requires Improvement/ Inadequate in any of the four OFSTED inspection areas are proactively supported to avoid this outcome. 5. Supporting and closely monitor ing those schools already identified as requiring improvement, whether maintained school or academy. 6. Developing and disseminating a core body of self -evaluation tools for school leaders and governors to facilitate school/ setting led improvement. 7. Refining, further developing and sharing the intelligent use of LA and school level data to identify target areas for improvement (demographic/attainment groups and subjects) leading to collaborative working with schools to progress of key areas of need. 8. Working with schools/ settings to define an inclusive, equitable school and education service; developing and embedding a framework for self-evaluation and accountability. 9. Effective planning of high-quality school places (including for SEND) to meet demand through continuous monitoring and review of population projections. 10. Ensuring post-16 provision in Hillingdon reflects the wider offer available to young people nationally. 11. Amalgamating infants and junior schools to create sustainable primary schools that serve their local communities 12. Working with key partners to provide schools/ settings with access to a broad range of high impact, evidence based professional development (Hillingdon Learning Partnership, Harrow, Richmond and Uxbridge College, Brunel University, Educational Endowment Foundation, STEM) and use of research that brings impact in schools and settings. 13. Working with schools around financial sustainability to ensure they can deliver a high- quality education offer. 14. Continuing to evolve the Hillingdon Learning Partnership to meet the needs of our schools and to respond to trends in our pupil population/ outcomes. 15. Developing governor training, support and guidance to ensure they are aware of their roles and responsibilities in supporting inclusion and holding leaders to account. 16. Local SEND cluster groups will be formed to bring local schools together to work closely to meet their area’s needs, including an improved approach to transition for children with SEND needs. Our success criteria: • An increase in the number of schools/ settings rated good or better in the OFSTED inspection areas and a r eduction in the number of schools or academies causing concern. • An increase in engagement and professional practice sharing opportunities through Hillingdon Learning Partnership, Local Authority or school led hubs, clusters and networks. • An increase in school lead peer review and peer support across Early Years, primary and secondary phases of education leading to improved outcomes. • New resources to support schools to have core quality assurance documents to support school improvement and school self-evaluation. • Mainstream schools are more confident in meeting the range of needs of learners with SEND. 13 Hillingdon Education Strategy 2024-29 • The local post-16 offer reflects the national offer and students at secondary school are aware of the range of options available to them from Year 7. • Schools/ settings and academies work closely with the Local Authority and partners to address area-wide priorities, such as closing the disadvantage gap. • School places available reflect learner demand. • Successful amalgamation of most infants and junior schools. • A reduction in the number of schools in financial difficulty. Priority 2 Preparation for Adulthood: Supporting all our children and young people to reach their potential and be ready for their future Our children and young people need to be prepared for their adult life in a rapidly changing world. This must involve more than purely academic learning to include key skills they will need to u se to function in adult life. In their early education, we need to ensure all children develop their communication, self-regulation and socialisation skills. Children and their families need to understand the importance of physical activity and good diet on their long-term health and wellbeing. If we embed this early, there is a greater chance that this will impact positively a child’s health and wellbeing as they progress towards adulthood. In early education, we need to ensure every child is working towards at least functional literacy , numeracy and digital skills to prepare them for their next steps. In secondary education, y oung people tell us they want to understand more about their role as future voters, managing credit and finance, understanding renting and mortgages and developing key skills for the future . They also tell us they are interested in entrepreneurship and employability skills and do not want to wait until they are 18 to learn them. Young people in Hillingdon have also told us there aren’t enough vocational options available in school. This causes a significant number to lose interest too early. We need to support our young people see the connection to what they are learning and its application in the adult world. Preparation for adulthood needs to be a universal offer for all learners, not just those with Education, Health Care Plans. We need to ensure that a child’s development does not stall at the sign of problems, that they are excluded from a chance to work through this and reach their potential. As educators, we all have a collective responsibility to work together to ensure each individual child or young person is progressing and can be as ready as possible for their futures. We need to start this journey from early years, so settings and schools are preparing Hillingdon’s children and young people for their futures to build independence, confidence and knowledge to succeed in adulthood. 14 Hillingdon Education Strategy 2024-29 We will achieve this priority by: 1. Creating a universal Preparation for Adulthood strategy to set out its key components for all schools and settings. 2. Building upon Early Years partnerships to support home learning, personal, social and emotional, communication and physical development and ensuring conversations start early to focus on future aspirations throughout the education journey. 3. Ensuring Early Years settings increase the numbers of children achieving a Good Level of Development. 4. Strengthening information sharing to support effective transitions from EY settings in to primary school and primary/ secondary transfer. 5. Tracking all children to intervene early if they are at risk of not making progress due to learning, wellbeing or behavioural factors. 6. Supporting school leavers to be equipped with the skills needed to progress onto meaningful post-16 pathways that they have chosen. 7. Providing early identification and pathways for learners at risk of Not being in Education, Employment of Training (NEET). 8. Consulting more systematically with children and young people about what they want from education and acting on their feedback. 9. Facilitating best practice sharing around strategies to support parents to engage in their children’s learning, working in partnership with community and parent groups. 10. Providing curriculum and other opportunities to develop skills for adulthood, e.g. credit and finance, key skills for the future. 11. Creating a clear multi-agency process to support a family where a child’s progress is in danger of stalling. Success criteria • The universal Preparation for Adulthood policy sets out the aims and components of PfA with a common self-evaluation tool for all stakeholders. • An increase in the number of schools and setting s that can evidence activities that achieve PfA objectives. • All schools and settings are committed to the need for PfA and engagement with local support services where needed to ensure a child’s progress does not stall. • PfA goals are tracked for all children and young people. • PfA plans are in place for children and young people with SEND. • Evidence of the increase in activities identified in the PfA policy across schools and settings and within the local offer for residents. • Positive feedback from a range of young people that we heard their views and acted upon their wishes. • An increase in employer and external stakeholder engagement to provide some of this PfA work. 15 Hillingdon Education Strategy 2024-29 Priority 3 Addressing the issues of the decade: Schools, settings and key partners collaborate to address the key issues that put some children & young people at risk of educational underachievement The issues might change over the course of the decade and we must be adaptable in order to respond to any changes and shape our priorities around any emerging need. Pre and post the pandemic, our data tells us that the achievement gap for young people who are disadvantaged in Hillingdon due to eligibility for free school meals, SEND needs or social care involvement is wide and has become wider over the last four years . Disadvantaged young people in Hillingdon achieve better than their disadvantaged counterparts nationally, but less well than other London boroughs and statistical neighbours. In Hillingdon, roughly one quarter of our schools ’ population is eligible for Pupil Premium funding due to disadvantage. If we can close this gap for many of our disadvantaged young people, it will have a significant impact on outcomes. (Please see Appendix 1, part A for data on pupil outcomes). In terms of ethnicity, th e la rge achievement gap is also true for white British , black Caribbean heritage children and those from Gypsy, Roma and Traveller heritage backgrounds. For many identified in this way, their ethnicity overlaps with their disadvantage and disaffection with education, as a result of feeling unjustly labelled, stereotyped and unfairly treated. For G ypsy, Roma and Traveller children, they are not merely marginalised in education terms, but also in health, housing and other local support services. If we can shine a torch on these groups of learners and use our collective expertise to understand their barriers to achievement, we can be forensic about tackling this gap. By closing this gap, we improve life chances, give young people options, we improve results and we deliver on school improvement priorities. Some of our other priorities likely overlap with the causes of the gaps: school attendance and persistent abse nce; emotionally based school non -attendance; a high number of school suspension and exclusions. We need to use our collective knowledge to creatively tackle these issues that affect all of our schools. As a local area, we must all be part of providing the solution. 1. Closing the achievement gap for disadvantaged children and young people 2. Closing the achievement gap for white British, black Caribbean heritage and other disadvantaged cohorts 16 Hillingdon Education Strategy 2024-29 We will achieve these priorities by: 1. Launching an area wide programme to close the gap for disadvantaged students, including white British, black Caribbean heritage & other disadvantaged cohorts. 2. Partnering with Brunel University, Hillingdon Learn Partnership and the Education Endowment Fund (EEF) to engage schools, Early Years settings and other stakeholders in taking action to close the gap. 3. Setting up a partnership board to work with the EEF to understand the causes of the disadvantage gap, how many students it affects and to drive the direction of the ‘Achievement for All Young People’ in Hillingdon Programme (AfA). 4. Launching the findings of the Hillingdon Gypsy, Roma & Traveller research and set up a cross phase, multi-agency working party to enact the recommendations from that research as part of the AfA Programme. 5. Use the EEF Research School Programme in year 1 to understand the causes of white British and black Caribbean underachievement and to produce a Hillingdon based learning document for schools and wider teams. 6. Inviting schools with identified gaps to commit to being part of the AfA Programme and engage in the evidenced-based learning and implementation process. 7. Engaging children, young people and families the gap affects to contribute to the discussion about what is needed and will work. 8. Identifying, disseminat ing and track ing the use of evidenced -based high impact approaches from Early Years to post-16. 9. Identifying the wrap around support across the area that can be utilised to support schools and settings to close the achievement gap. 10. Tracking the careers advice, guidance and progression of these groups to ensure they progress on to meaningful education, employment or training pathways at post-16. 11. Reviewing the use of Pupil Premium funding in light of its impact in closing the achievement gaps and making recommendation for its use. 12. Developing a Hillingdon based good practice resource for schools and settings to exemplify effective practice and influence future practice. 13. Utilising lead schools and settings to lead localised professional development hubs. Success criteria: • At least two thirds of schools and settings with identified gaps participate in the AfA Programme. • Evidence-based effective practice is identified across Hillingdon and shared across all schools and settings. • National evidence -based approaches and shared and utilised by Hillingdon schools and settings. • The current causes of the gap are identified and there is a clear plan of action to address these. • Local hub activities lead to measurable improvements across the AfA action plan. 17 Hillingdon Education Strategy 2024-29 • An increase in the achievement of children and young people eligible for Free School Meals and Pupil Premium funding , those with SEND needs and Education Health Care Plans and those with known social care involvement. • An increase in the achievement of children and young people from white British, black Caribbean heritage and other disadvantaged cohorts. • An increase in uptake of Education, Employment and Training pathways at post-16 for the identified groups. • A body of high impact successful approaches are embedded in the approaches of schools and settings work with these vulnerable groups. • The achievement gap closes in Hillingdon between disadvantaged and non - disadvantaged students. 3. Improve outcomes at Key Stage 5 Key Stage 5 outcomes have been on a downward trend since the pandemic started. This has mainly focussed on A Level results. In 2023, Hillingdon attainment was significantly below other London boroughs and national outcomes. (Please see Appendix 1, part B for KS5 outcome data). While the pandemic may have contributed to this, it would have also affected other areas of the country. Our schools have many strengths and this provides an opportunity to review the quality of education at Key Stage 5, particularly teaching and learning, as a collaborative exercise. This would possibly reveal common themes and issues across our schools and college, identify good practice so this can then be used by schools to make improvements. The pandemic provides us an opportunity to look at our outcomes with fresh eyes and supports closer school collaboration. We will achieve this priority by: 1. Undertaking a review of teaching and learning at Key Stage 5 to include schools’ own findings of strengths and weaknesses. 2. Setting up a series of network events to share the findings of the review with the support of the Hillingdon Learning Partnership and the 14 -19 strategy group. This can then feed into their subject themed networks for secondary provision. 3. Using the events to allow schools to share identified good practice and encourage collaborative working across the key stage. 4. Asking schools to identify areas of focus that they will work on over the next few years with built in tracking of implementation and impact. 5. Using peer reviews to evaluate the progress of the development work. 18 Hillingdon Education Strategy 2024-29 Success criteria: • At least two thirds of the schools and college commitment to working together to review teaching and learning. • The review identifies a clear series of actions that inform the network events. • Schools and the college engage in peer review and professional sharing of practice. • The attainment and progress outcomes of students at Key Stage 5 improves. • An evidence -based tool is produced that exemplifies the successes and learning from the focus on this area. 4. Improving inclusion by improving attendance 5. Addressing Emotionally Based School Non-Attendance (EBSNA) Government statistics have shown that the pandemic and its aftermath has had a damaging effect on school attendance, which has lasted longer than originally anticipated. The rate of absence in schools in England has increased significantly since the pandemic. This is a national problem, not merely a Hillingdon problem. (Please see Appendix 1, part C for attendance data). However, in Hillingdon we need to work together to understand the barriers to better attendance and work together to address this . Missing half a day a week of school equates to one full year of schooling missed by the end of Year 11. Increased non-attendance is a type of exclusion from learning and has a huge impact on outcomes. There has also been a growing trend of emotionally -based school refusers who are referred in increasing numbers to Child and Adolescent Mental Health Services (CAMHS). Children describe extreme anxiety and even suicidal thoughts when thinking about being in school. We need to explore ways of tackling this issue in order to ensure we can help young people progress on their journey to adulthood. We will achieve this priority by: 1. Producing a Hillingdon atten dance strategy to reflect the new statutory guidance on attendance that goes live in September 2024. 2. Working with our schools (maintained, academy, independent) to better understand the key causes of poor attendance, persistent absence and severe attendance. Ensure all settings participate in termly attendance meetings with the attendance teams to intervene early and work collaboratively to improve outcomes. 3. Working with parents to understand their views on attendance and to reinforce the importance of good attendance in educational outcomes. 19 Hillingdon Education Strategy 2024-29 4. Offering a broader range of wrap around support to families and schools to address emerging attendance issues. 5. Creating a protocol for the early identification of possible Emotionally-Based School Non-Attendance with support materials for schools and Council teams. 6. Increasing the professional development offer around attendance and EBSNA for settings and schools. 7. Monitoring, supporting and challenging emerging attendance issues through the use of live data dashboards. 8. The LA to consider a traded offer for attendance to further support settings with improving their attendance outcomes Success criteria: • Overall attendance increase year on year. • Persistent absence and severe absence decreases. • Good practice approaches to reducing absence are widely promoted to schools and utilised by them. • A Team around the Child approach has high impact in addressing the most complex cases. 6. Reducing suspensions and exclusions During academic year 2022/23, Hillingdon processed a total of 51 permanent exclusions, with a further 20 being either overturned or rescinded with the support of the Exclusions and Reintegration team. This has increased year on year since 2020. In total, there were 2,084 suspensions issued by Hillingdon schools in 2022/23 compared to 2,062 in the previous academic year. These suspensions were issued to 1,176 unique children, meaning 908 children received more than one period of suspension during this academic year. The breakdown of all suspensions was as follows: • 91% of all suspensions were issued by secondary school settings • 66% were issued to boys • 37% were issued to children with SEND (Please see Appendix 1, part D for exclusions and suspensions data) The outcomes for children who are suspended and permanently excluded are poor. Statistically, young people who are permanently excluded from school are more likely to be victims of criminal and sexual exploitation, being drawn into gangs and known to the police and young justice system. 20 Hillingdon Education Strategy 2024-29 Nationally, young people on free school meals are 4 times more likely to be excluded than non-free school meals students. Young people from Gypsy , Roma, Traveller backgrounds have the highest exclusion rate, mirroring a national trend. We believe everyone is better served if we can work together with schools and settings to reduce the number of suspensions and exclusions. We will achieve this priority by: 1. Proactively increasing early support for children at risk of permanent exclusion or suspension through developing our offer of early intervention packages and supportive alternative education. 2. Continuing to develop a ‘Team Around the Child’ pilot for any child with a social worker placed at The Skills Hub. 3. Developing alternative support pathways for some primary age children at The Skills Hub. 4. Further developing the Alternative Provision (AP) offer and rollout of a directory of alternative providers schools can commission to support children at risk. 5. Increasing the use of bespoke training and behaviour related consultancy to schools and settings to equip them to support children to remain in their school or setting. 6. Create a multi -disciplinary team of professionals to support settings with behaviour challenges for children with EHCPs. Success measures • Reduced permanent exclusions at primary and secondary school. • Rate of suspensions at both primary and secondary decrease. • Improved collaborative working with schools and settings that provide better interventions and alternative options. 21 Hillingdon Education Strategy 2024-29 Appendix 1: Data This document was produced using data up to the end of the academic year 2022- 23. As soon as the full dataset for academic year 2023-24 becomes available, this will be updated. A. Pupil outcomes for disadvantaged pupils A key measure of pupil progress is how many months behind non-disadvantaged white British pupils another group is at key transitions in their education: end of Early Years provision; end of Key Stage 2 and end of Key Stage 4. The table below sets out the extent of the gaps in terms of months behind other pupils. This table sets out the attainment, gaps and progress for key groups in Hillingdon. Progress score is a measure of whether an individual pupil has met expected progress based on their earliest baseline assessments. Red indicates below expected progress. Blue exceeds expected progress. Number of months behind group and non-disadvantaged white British pupils at end of each Key Phase Pupil group EY KS2 KS4 2019 2023 2019 2023 2019 2023 National - Non-disadvantaged white British 0 0 0 0 0 0 National - Disadvantaged 4.2 4.6 9.3 10.3 18.1 19.2 National - SEN (non EHCP) 11.8 12.5 18.4 17.1 24.4 22.1 National - SEND EHCP 19.7 19.9 28.1 27.5 41.1 39.9 National - Disadvantaged white British 6 11 23 National - Black Caribbean 1.1 1.9 5 5.2 7.5 10.9 National - Gypsy, Roma, Traveller 8.9 8.2 19.2 18.2 34 30.3 London - Disadvantaged 2.6 3.4 5.2 6.3 10.4 10.4 Hillingdon - Disadvantaged 2.9 4.2 8.9 8.9 13 12.9 Pupil Group Attainment, gap and progress score: LBH group and LBH non-disadvantaged white British pupils EY KS2 KS4 2023 Gap % 2023 Gap % Progress score 2023 Gap % Progress score National-all pupils 67.2 0 60.00 0.00 64 0 London-all pupils 69.1 1.9 67 7 71.2 7.2 Hillingdon-all pupils 68.7 1.5 62.00 2.00 0.8 70.1 6.1 0.25 LBH Non-Disadvantaged 73 0 68 0 1.4 76 0 0.42 LBH Disadvantaged 53.4 -19.6 46 -18 -0.7 54 -18 -0.2 LBH SEN Support 24.9 -48.1 26 -42 -0.4 34 -42 -0.26 LBH SEN EHCP 3.7 -69.3 10 -58 -3.5 11 -65 -0.98 LBH Black Caribbean n/a n/a 45 -23 -1.2 56 -20 -0.29 LBH White 67.9 -3.1 57 -11 0.2 63 -13 -0.17 22 Hillingdon Education Strategy 2024-29 KEY Stage 2 data 2023 23 Hillingdon Education Strategy 2024-29 24 Hillingdon Education Strategy 2024-29 Key Stage 4 data 25 Hillingdon Education Strategy 2024-29 B. Key Stage 5 Outcomes 26 Hillingdon Education Strategy 2024-29 C. Attendance data for Hillingdon schools The graph below shows the rates of attendance and absence across the three terms of the academic year and indicates the rates in all three metrics remained broadly consistent across the year: Source: Department for Education Aug 23 The graph below shows Hillingdon’s Statutory School Age attendance rates during the last academic year compared to those nationally. Source: Department for Education Aug 23 The data shows that whilst Hillingdon’s overall attendance and rate of unauthorised absence is broadly in line with figures recorded nationally, the rate of persistent absence is higher. 27 Hillingdon Education Strategy 2024-29 D. Exclusions Data for Schools in Hillingdon Key Figures for Permanent Exclusions The rate of permanent exclusion over the previous five academic years can be seen in the chart below: Key Figures for Suspensions The reasons for suspensions across the year were:

Cabinet report – 12 December 2024 (Part 1 Public) EXTENDING THE AGE RANGE OF THE ASSESSMENT BASE AT RUISLIP GARDENS PRIMARY SCHOOL Cabinet Member & Portfolio Cllr Sus an O’Brien - Cabinet Member for Children, Families and Education Responsible Officer Julie Kelly – Corporate Director Children Services Report Author & Directorate Abi Preston – Director of Education & SEND Papers with report Appendix 1 – Public Notice Appendix 2 – Full Proposal HEADLINES Summary Cabinet is asked to consider the outcome of consultation and make a decision on the current age range of the Specialist Assessment Base for 3-5 years olds at Ruislip Gardens Primary School to include 2-year-olds when appropriate and necessary in exceptional circumstances. Putting our Residents First Delivering on the Council Strategy 2022-2026 This report supports our ambition for residents / the Council of: An efficient, well-run, digital-enabled council working with partners to deliver services to improve the lives of all our residents This report supports our commitments to residents of: Thriving, Healthy Households This also supports the emerging Education Strategy of the Council. Financial Cost Funding will remain the same for all pupils on roll at Ruislip Gardens. This proposal does not impact the financial model in place with the school. Select Committee Children, Families and Education Select Committee Ward(s) All / South Ruislip Cabinet report – 12 December 2024 (Part 1 Public) RECOMMENDATIONS That the Cabinet: 1. Have regard to the 12 responses from the consultation; 2. Agree the proposal to expand the current age range of the Specialist Assessment Base for 3-5 years olds at Ruislip Gardens Primary School to include 2-year-olds when appropriate and necessary in exceptional circumstances. Reasons for recommendation School place planning is a statutory function of the Council as a Local Education Authority (LEA) and involves liaison with all schools and Trusts in the borough, and with neighbouring Councils. The duty is to have a sufficiency of school places to meet parent de mand across the borough including for all children, including those with Special Education Needs & Disabilities (SEND). With the growing number of children with EHCPs nationally and in Hillingdon, early identification will allow the Council to ensure that children are placed in the correct type of school setting to meet their identified needs and also support planning for SEND sufficiency in Hillingdon schools. To help meet this demand, Officers consulted on the proposal to expand the current age range of the Specialist Assessment Base for 3 -5 years olds at Ruislip Gardens Primary School from January 2025 to include 2 -year-olds when appropriate and necessary in exceptional circumstances. Cabinet is asked to consider the consultation set out in this report and determine whether to proceed with the proposed changes. Alternative options considered / risk management The Specialist Assessment Base is currently open for 3 –5-year olds at Ruislip Gardens Primary School and this proposal seeks to expand the age range of that provision to include 2-year-olds when appropriate and necessary in exceptional circumstance. This proposal further supports early intervention to be available for children in Hillingdon. Democratic compliance / previous authority Under the Council’s Constitution, Cabinet authority is required to determine school organisational changes where there are objections received. Select Committee comments This proposal was discussed at the Children, Families & Education Select Committee meeting on 13th November 2024, and the following comments were agreed following the meeting: “The Committee supports the proposal to extend the age range of the assessment base at Ruislip Gardens Primary School. The i nclusion of 2 -year-olds when appropriate and necessary in exceptional circumstances will allow the Council to identify needs much earlier. This early assessment will ensure that correct support is provided so that children are able to progress Cabinet report – 12 December 2024 (Part 1 Public) according to their needs and abilities. This will also enable the families of those children to receive the support from multi agencies as appropriate.” SUPPORTING INFORMATION 1. Ruislip Gardens Primary School is a community-maintained school. It was built as a 3 Form of Entry (FE) school but was reduced to 2FE due to a declining roll. The reduction in the Published Admissions Number (PAN) provided capacity to accommodate a Specialist Assessment Base and a Specialist Resource Provision (SRP) which opened in Summer 2024. 2. Due to an increase in children with additional needs, early identification is key to ensuring that the Council are able to provide the right support, at the righ t time and the right place. This proposal is to extend the age range of the Specialist Assessment Base to include 2 - year-old children in some exceptional circumstances, when it is appropriate and necessary, as approved by the Early Health Notification panel. Exceptional circumstances may include admission of a 2-year-old child who is due to be three within the next term, or admission of a 2-year-old child with very complex medical needs for assessment. 3. Officers and the school are in agreement of this prop osal, which will allow the placement of 2-year-old children subject to the Early Health Notification Panel approval, in exceptional circumstances. 4. One of the Council’s objectives is to better monitor 0 –5-year-old children with SEND, to provide them with appropriate provision and improve targeted support where needed. The established Early Years Tracking Panel is helping to support this work. Specialist Assessment Base 5. The Specialist Assessment Base is the first of its kind in the Borough, and the school continues to develop the provision alongside the SEND services in the Council but also draw on various models from other local authorities. 6. This provision currently meets the demand for specialist teaching and further diagnosis of young children aged 3 – 5 who clearly have additional needs but may not have one obvious need. The pupils are assessed to plan the best future education provision to meet their needs. The assessment base has been created to accommodate 16 full time places and is located on the ground floor of the main building and includes 2 classrooms, therapy and group spaces. 7. The Specialist Assessment Base will allow the Council to identify needs much earlier and therefore provide the correct support so that children are able to progress in line with their ability and their families receive the support from multi agencies as appropriate. 8. Officers have been liaising with the Headteacher and have the full support of the Governing Body with the proposal. Cabinet report – 12 December 2024 (Part 1 Public) Financial Implications Funding will remain the same for all pupils on roll at Ruislip Gardens. This proposal does not impact the financial model in place with the school. Ruislip Gardens has a positive surplus balance. The Council finance and operational teams will continue to work with and support the school during this process. RESIDENT BENEFIT & CONSULTATION The benefit or impact upon Hillingdon residents, service users and communities? The Council has a statutory duty to ensure there are sufficient places for every resident pupil. The Council must plan, organise and commission places for all state-funded schools in Hillingdon to ensure high standards are maintained, diverse school communities supported, and sufficient places are available. As part of this ongoing review and in line with Hillingdon Local Area SEND and Alternative Provision Strategy 2023-28 - Hillingdon Council. This proposal will meet Ambition 1: The right support, at the right time, in the right place and Ambition 3: Provision meets the needs of Hillingdon’s children and young people. Consultation & Engagement carried out (or required) Formal consultation on the proposal to expand the current age range of the Specialist Assessment Base for 3 -5 years olds at Ruislip Gardens Primary School to include 2 -year-olds, when appropriate and necessary in exceptional circumstances, started on 25th September 2024 at 9am and ended on 25th October 2024 at 5pm. Public Notice of the proposals is set out in Appendix 1 and the full proposal consulted on in Appendix 2. The Public Notice was published in the Gazette on 25 th September and copies were put up surrounding the school site for the start of the consultation. Statutory Process The prescribed alterations require a minimum of a 4 -week consultation period. The formal consultation was designed to ensure that the following received notification of the consultation, in line with the guidance “ Making significant changes (‘prescribed alterations’) to maintained schools”:  the governing body/local authority (as appropriate);  the parents of every registered pupil at the school – where the school is a special school;  if it involves or is likely to affect a school which has been designated as having a religious character:  the Diocesan Boards of Education for any diocese of the CofE any part of which is comprised in the area of the local authority;  the bishop(s) of a diocese of the RC Church any part of which is comprised in the area of the local authority; or  the relevant faith group in relation to the school; and  any other body or person that the proposer thinks is appropriate e.g., any affected educational institutions in the area, or neighbouring local authorities. Cabinet report – 12 December 2024 (Part 1 Public) Proposals affecting a special school should go to any local authority that has commissioned a place at the school (i.e., all relevant authorities who have made an out of county/borough placement there). The consultation document was available from Wednesday 25th September to Friday 25th October 2024 on the consultation page of the Hillingdon Council website. This included a brief outline of the proposed change, the full proposal, and a questionnaire to obtain feedback in direct response to each proposal. Information regarding the consultation was publicised to all the schools within the Borough by email. As Hillingdon Council also receives school place applications from residents who live outside of the Borough, the consultation was designed to be inclusive. Therefore, officers contacted the following surrounding Local Authorities:  London Borough of Ealing  London Borough of Hounslow  London Borough of Brent  London Borough of Harrow  Hertfordshire County Council  Buckinghamshire County Council  Slough Borough Council The details of the proposal were also shared with the Parent Carer Forum. A virtual Question and Answer session with Officers took place on Tuesday 1st October 2024 from 5pm to 6pm for stakeholders to have the opportunity to ask questions about the proposal. There were no attendees. There was also a drop -in session at the school where Officers were on hand to answer any questions in person and to explain the proposal as necessary. This was held in the afternoon on Thursday 3 rd October 2024 for stakeholders such as parents, guardians and residents. There were no attendees. Consultation Responses 12 responses were received in total during the consultation period and submitted via the online questionnaire and none were received by email. The responses are summarised below. During the consultation period, there were 2 9 page views of the Council’s consultation page for Ruislip Gardens Primary school. Cabinet report – 12 December 2024 (Part 1 Public) Online Questionnaire responses are summarised below: 1. 11 agreed with the proposal to expand the age range to include 2 year olds to access the Specialist Assessment Base at Ruislip Gardens Primary School in exceptional circumstances  Yes - 11  No - 1  Don’t know – 0 2. Of the 1 respondent that answered 'No' or 'Don't know', reasons have been summarised below. 3. 0 agreed that the proposed changes will disadvantage any Hillingdon residents.  Yes - 0  No - 10  Don’t know – 2 4. 0 respondent agreed that the changes will disadvantage Hillingdon residents. 5. 12 respondents are confirmed their interest in the proposal as:  A parent/ Carer/guardian – 4  A staff member – 1  A local resident – 4  Other – 1  Prefer not to say – 2 6. 10 respondents stated that they have children under the age of 18 living in their household. 7. Respondents were invited to state which school(s) their child(ren) currently attend, and the responses were as follows:  Ruislip Gardens Primary School – 2  Coteford Junior School – 1  Lady Bankes Primary School – 1  Queensmead School – 1  Newham (non-specified) - 1  Ruislip High School – 1  Ryefield Primary School – 2  Not specified - 1 8. There were several comments from the questionnaire which are contained in the background papers section of the report. Cabinet report – 12 December 2024 (Part 1 Public) Conclusion The formal statutory consultation helped to collate views and queries from stakeholders such as parents/carers, residents and staff. The consultation process outlined support from all but one responder with 91% of respondents supportive of the proposal. Whilst one response was not in agreement to the proposal to expand the current age range of the Specialist Assessment Base for 3 -5 years olds at Ruislip Gardens Primary School to include 2 -year-olds, when appropriate and necessary in exceptional circumstances, there was instead a suggestion to increase the age range for older children, rather than allow for younger children in the Assessment Base. This response has been noted and the expectation is when children are of statutory school age and the school has identified a child with potential SEND (where they have put in a graduated support offer and the child is not making the progress) staff would make a referral for an Education, Health and Care Needs Assessment (EHCNA) to ensure the correct support is in place for the child. Therefore, there is already significant provision in Hillingdon to support the assessment of children of statutory school age, as this can be carried out in all mainstream settings. For children and young people with an EHCP, their needs can be met within either mainstream or specialist provision as appropriate to their assessed needs. CORPORATE CONSIDERATIONS Corporate Finance Corporate Finance have reviewed this report and concur with the Financial Implications set out above, noting there are no direct financial implications associated with the recommendations in this report. Legal There are no legal impediments to the recommendation within the report. Local authorities may propose changes to the age range of one or more -year groups for community schools, which includes adding or removing a nursery provision. They can do so by complying with the statutory process for prescribed alterations. The local authority must have regard to the consultation in coming to a decision. BACKGROUND PAPERS  Making significant changes (‘prescribed alterations’) to maintained schools. Area guidelines and net capacity - GOV.UK (www.gov.uk)  Individual Consultation Responses

Appendix 1 – Public Notice LONDON BOROUGH OF HILLINGDON Statutory Notice Specialist Assessment Base at Ruislip Gardens Primary School Stafford Road, Ruislip, Middlesex, HA4 6PD URN: 102416 Part 1: Prescribed Alteration to Ruislip Gardens Primary School (Maintained Community) Notice is given in accordance with The School Organisation (Prescribed Alterations to Maintained Schools) (England) Regulations 2013 that the London Borough of Hillingdon is proposing to expand current age range of the Specialist Assessment Base for 3-5 years olds at Ruislip Gardens Primary School to include 2-year-olds when appropriate and necessary in exceptional circumstances from January 2025. The prescribed alterations will provide:  Upto 16 full time places for children in the Specialist Assessment Base for pupils aged 2-5 years. This Notice is an extract from the complete proposal, copies of which may be obtained from School Place Planning Team, Hillingdon Council, Civic Centre, 3N/01, High Street Uxbridge, UB8 1UW Email: schoolplaceplanning@hillingdon.gov.uk Within four weeks from the date of publication of this proposal, any person may object to or make comments on the proposal via School Place Planning Team, Hillingdon Council, Civic Centre, 3N/01, High Street, Uxbridge, UB8 1UW Email: schoolplaceplanning@hillingdon.gov.uk Responses must be received by received by 25th October 2024 at 5pm Signed: Abi Preston Date: 25th September 2024

Appendix 2 - Consultation Proposal Hillingdon Council - School Place Planning Consultation Expand the current age range of the Specialist Assessment Base for 3-5 years olds at Ruislip Gardens Primary School to include 2-year-olds Ruislip Gardens Primary School Stafford Road, Ruislip, Middlesex, HA4 6PD URN: 102416 This proposal is published following the Department for Education Statutory Guidance (January 2023) Making Significant Changes (‘prescribed alterations’) to maintained schools. Type of Proposal Change of age range Remove/ alter Special Educational Needs (SEN) Provision Proposal Hillingdon Council proposes to consult on expanding the current age range of the Specialist Assessment Base for 3-5 years olds at Ruislip Gardens Primary School to include 2 -year-olds when appropriate and necessary in exceptional circumstances with the change coming into effect in January 2025. The proposal has been discussed in detail with the school and agreed by the Governors. There are currently 16 full time places (32 part time places) for children in the Specialist Assessment Base. The places will continue to be used to assess and support children with additional needs and/ or disability. Proposer The proposer is Hillingdon Local Authority Consultation Responses Appendix 2 - Consultation Proposal We welcome all feedback. If you would like to make any comments or suggestions in response to the consultation, please complete the online questionnaire by visiting the consultation page www.hillingdon.gov.uk/consultation or by emailing schoolplaceplanning@hillingdon.gov.uk. If you have any questions that have not been covered in the consultation document or that are specific to your circumstances and you would like to discuss, please email schoolplaceplanning@hillingdon.gov.uk or call 01895 250063. Or you can submit a written response to: School Place Planning Team Hillingdon Council Civic Centre, 3N/01 High Street Uxbridge UB8 1UW Consultation Period As described in the D fE statutory guidance the consultation period is 4 weeks and does not include school holidays. The consultation period will run from Wednesday 25 th September to Friday 25 th October 2024. All consultation responses must be received by 5pm on Friday 25th October 2024. Decision The Local Authority, Hillingdon will be the decision maker, and they must satisfy themselves that an appropriate fair and open local consultation has been carried out. The Local Autho rity will decide within two months of the closure of the consultation period. When the decision has been taken the Local Authority will publish the outcome of the decision on their website and communicate the outcome to relevant stakeholders in writing. Implementation Date Appendix 2 - Consultation Proposal If following the conclusion of the consultation, the Local Authority approve the proposal, then it will effectively be implemented from 1st January 2025. Description of Proposed Alteration The Assessment Base opened in Summer 2024 to meet the demand for specialist teaching and further diagnosis of the young children aged 3 – 5 who clearly have additional needs but may not have one obvious need. This proposal is to extend the age range of the Specialist Assessment Base to include 2-year-old children in some exceptional circumstances, when it is appropriate and necessary as approved by the Early Health Notification panel. Exceptional circumstances may include admission of a 2-year-old child who is due to be three within the next term, or admission of a 2 -year-old child with very complex medical needs for assessment. Officers and the school are in agreement of this proposal, which will allow the placement of 2 -year-old children subject to the Early Health Notifica tion Panel approval in exceptional circumstances. Project Costs There will be no financial costs to the school as the Published Admission Number will remain constant so there will be no effect on funding. There are no legal fees or other fees associated with the proposed change. The Consultation Process The consultation process represents an opportunity for people to learn about the proposal, ask questions and make comments that will be recorded and summarised in a consultation report. The Proposal will be published on the Hillingdon website. The consultation will involve a drop -in session for anyone affected by the proposal where Officers will be on hand to answer any questions in person and to explain the proposal as necessary. Drop-in Sessions Appendix 2 - Consultation Proposal Location Date/Time Session Ruislip Gardens Primary School, Stafford Road, Ruislip Gardens, Ruislip, HA4 6PD Thursday 3rd October 2024 2.30pm- 3.30pm Drop in – Question and Answer Virtual Session Join the meeting now Tuesday 1st October 2024 5pm – 6pm On-line - Question and Answer Paper copies of the consultation document will be available at the drop -in sessions and from the school office on request. Anyone is welcome to make contributions to the consultation. A Public Notice (Appendix 1) describes how details of the consultation can be accessed and will also be included in publication of a local newspaper, and it will also be displayed in the reception area of the school, and at the school gates. Who will we make information about the consultation widely available to: The formal consultation was designed to ensure that the following received notification of the consultation, in line with the guidance “Making significant changes (‘prescribed alterations’) to maintained schools”:  the governing body/local authority (as appropriate);  the parents of every registered pupil at the school – where the school is a special school;  if it involves or is likely to affect a school which has been designated as having a religious character: o the Diocesan Boards of Education for any diocese of the CofE any part of which is comprised in the area of the local authority; o the bishop(s) of a diocese of the RC Church any part of which is comprised in the area of the local authority; or o the relevant faith group in relation to the school; and  any other body or person that the proposer thinks is appropriate e.g., any affected educational institutions in the area, or neighbouring local authorities. Appendix 2 - Consultation Proposal The above list does not prevent any member of the public accessing the consultation document and making representations to the consultation, the school will make every effort to ensure that the consultation is communicated to as many people as possible and as widely as possible.

Cabinet report – 12 December 2024 (Part I – Public) PROPOSAL TO LOWER THE AGE RANGE AT 3 COMMUNITY SCHOOLS Cabinet Member & Portfolio Cllr Susan O’Brien , Cabinet Member for Children, Families and Education Responsible Officer Abi Preston, Director of Education & SEND Report Author & Directorate Philip Ryan, Adult Social Care and Health Papers with report Appendices A -C - responses from consultation on proposal s, carried out from 25 September to 25 October 2024 HEADLINES Summary This report presents the recommendations to lower the school age at three community schools (Colham Manor Primary School, Field End Infant School, and Minet Infant and Nursery School) following statutory public consultation, allowing them to offer funded childcare places for 2-year-olds. The changes will be implemented in schools by September 2025. Each school governing body agrees with the proposed changes. Putting our Residents First Delivering on the Council Strategy 2022-2026 This report supports our ambition for residents / the Council of: Have opportunities to earn an income that supports their families This report supports our commitments to residents of: A Thriving Economy Financial Cost This proposal does not incur any cost to the Council. The schools will be eligible to receive Early Years DSG funding for qualifying children. Additionally, schools may apply for DfE capital funding available to support the expansion of Early Years entitlements. However, this is a competitive application process, and approval of the recommendations is not dependent on the agreement of capital funding. Select Committee Children, Families and Education Select Committee. Ward(s) This report relates to the following Wards: - Colham & Cowley Ward (Colham Manor Primary School) - Eastcote and South Ruislip Wards (Field End Infant School) - Wood End Ward (Minet Infant and Nursery School) However, children from neighbouring wards may attend the schools and therefore also benefit from the recommendations. Cabinet report – 12 December 2024 (Part I – Public) RECOMMENDATIONS That the Cabinet consider the consultation responses and agree: 1) That the age range of Colham Manor Primary School may be lowered from 3-11 years to 2-11years; 2) That the age range of Field End Infant School may be changed from 3- 7 years to 2- 7 years; and 3) That the age range of Minet Infant and Nursery School may be changed from 3-7 years to 2-7years. Reasons for recommendations The purpose of this report is to present recommendations for lowering the school age at three community schools: Colham Manor Primary School, Field End Infant School, and Minet Infant and Nursery School. This change will allow these schools to offer funded childcare places for 2- year-olds, following a statutory public consultation which Cabinet is asked to consider. Subject to Cabinet’s decision, the proposed changes would be implemented by September 2025, with each school's governing body agreeing to the proposed change. Lowering the age range of these three community schools will provide more funded childcare places for eligible two-year-olds. Alternative options considered / risk management 1. If the decision is made not to lower the school's age range, eligible two-year-olds, particularly those from disadvantaged families, may face challenges in securing childcare. The council may also be unable to fulfil its statutory duty to ensure sufficiency of childcare places, in so far as is reasonable, for working parents or parents who are studying and training for employment. 2. The primary risk of expanding provision for two-year-olds in schools is the potential impact on the sustainability of local private and independent childcare settings. However, enabling thee above named schools to provide places for two-year-olds is unlikely to significantly affect other local childcare providers as the number of places offered by schools for two-year-olds will be limited. An assessment of parental demand in the vicinity of each school indicates that there is unmet need for childcare which is not currently addressed by existing providers. 3. Furthermore, schools provide a different model of childcare compared to many existing providers; for example, school-based childcare places usually cover only the school day rather than operating from 8 am to 6 pm, which is common among other childcare settings. Additionally, school-based childcare places are typically only available during term time, while many other providers offer year-round availability. This distinction reduces direct competition between schools and local childcare settings. Cabinet report – 12 December 2024 (Part I – Public) Democratic compliance / previous authority Under the Council’s Constitution, Cabinet authority is required to determine school organisational changes where there are objections received. Select Committee comments This proposal was discussed at the Children, Families & Education Select Committee meeting on 13th November 2024, and the following comments were agreed following the meeting: “With the expansion of the Early Years Entitlements, the Committee recognises that developing the provision for 2-year-old children in the three named schools will support parents and families to have choice and accessibility in the childcare market.” SUPPORTING INFORMATION Early Years Childcare Entitlements for 2-year-olds 1. Previously, early years childcare has been universally funded for all 3- and 4-year-olds, for 15 hours a week, 38 weeks a year. This was subsequently extended to 30 hours funded childcare for children whose parents were working, subject to meeting the eligibility criteria for the additional hours. 2. Children aged 2 years, who may be disadvantaged, are also able to access 15 hours of funded early years childcare (38 weeks per year) from the term after their second birthday, if they meet any of the following criteria:  Parents a re in receipt of an eligible benefit e.g. Income Support, Income -based Jobseeker’s Allowance;  Are looked after by a local authority;  Have an Education, Health and Care Plan;  Get Disability Living Allowance;  Have left care under an adoption order, special guardianship order or a child arrangements order. (Full eligibility criteria can be found at: Help paying for childcare: Free education and childcare for 2-year-olds if you claim certain benefits - GOV.UK) 3. In April 2024, the Early Years Entitlements were expanded with the principal aim of supporting more parents to return to work. The new entitlement often referred to as the ‘working parent’ entitlement was introduced, providing 15 hours of funded childcare per week for 38 weeks per year, for 2 -year-olds whose parents are working (subject to meeting the eligibility criteria), thereby increasing the number of 2-year-olds eligible for funded childcare. 4. This entitlement is set to rise from 15 to 30 hours of funded childcare for 2 -year-old children with eligible working parents from September 2025. At the same time the ‘working parent’ entitlement for children aged 9-23 months will also be increased from 15 to 30 hours. Cabinet report – 12 December 2024 (Part I – Public) Sufficiency of Childcare 5. The Childcare Act 2006 places a legal duty on local authorities to secure sufficient childcare (so far as is reasonably practicable) for working parents or parents who are studying or training for employment. 6. In Hillingdon, the childcare market is diverse; childcare is provided by childminders, group care providers such as day nurseries and playgroups and school-based providers. The introduction of the Early Years Foundation Stage, changes to the registration and inspection arrangements for childcare, and the expansion of the early years entitlements has seen the market change significantly over time. The number of sessional care providers, such as playgroups has significantly reduced, and in recent years there ha s also been a decline in the number of childminders. However, group care provision remains relatively stable, supporting sufficiency across the early years age ranges. 7. Estimates provided by the DfE indicated that the increase in the number of 2-year-olds eligible to receive funded childcare from April 2024, would mean that a further 955 children would be using funded childcare hours each term. In Hillingdon, the actual number of additional children using funded hours has been 1,059 in the summer term and 1,121 in the autumn term. 8. To date, the local childcare market has been able to provide sufficient places for children eligible for the ‘working parents’ entitlement , when considering the borough as whole . However, DfE projections anticipate a lack of childcare in some wards for children to access funded early years childcare, and it is anticipated that this may be exacerbated with the expansion in hours from September 2025. 9. It is also of note that the number of ‘disadvantaged’ 2 -year-olds accessing funded childcare appears to have reduced. This may be due to families exercising parental choice, as early years childcare in non-statutory and they may prefer to keep their children at home or for them to be cared for by family members. Alternatively, it may be that some families are eligible for funded childcare under both schemes and are utilising the ‘working parent’ entitlement in anticipation of the increase in hours in the future. 10. Officers continue to closely monitor the uptake of places for ‘dis advantaged’ 2-year-olds to understand the impact of the new entitlements on the availability of childcare places for this cohort. 11. Schools are well placed to support families to access childcare; at least 2 schools already host private childcare providers on site, thus enabling families to readily access childcare. However, it may also be prudent for some schools to directly deliver childcare to a younger cohort of children, and the local authority is disposed to support this for 2 -year-olds in areas where analysis of supply and demand shows this is needed. 12. It is important to remember that schools would be required to meet the differing requirements of the Early Years Foundation Stage for a younger cohort. Of particular note are the higher adult-child ratios (1:5), staff qualifications and experience, the appropriateness of the environment (both indoors and outdoors) including provision for sleep and toileting, and a curriculum that meets the needs and responds to the interests of young children. 13. Where schools have expressed an interest in supporting younger children, they are being supported by the Early Years Quality Team to ensure that they understand and are able to meet the needs of 2-year-olds and have the necessary space and business plans in plac e to do so well and in a sustainable way. Cabinet report – 12 December 2024 (Part I – Public) 14. Officers have liaised with colleagues in the Education Improvement and Partnership service and Schools Finance to ensure that there are no current concerns that may mean the proposed change would have a negative impact on the school. 15. Officers have also liaised with colleagues in School Place Planning to ensure that is no identified adverse impact for school places for the existing cohorts, should the school use existing space to develop and extend their provision to support 2-year-olds. 16. It should also be noted that the process for academies differs from that for maintained schools. Academy Trusts are responsible for conducting their own consultation process and reporting the outcome; 2 schools in the north of the borough completed this process in the summer term and commenced taking 2-year-olds with effect from September 2024. Financial Implications There are no anticipated financial implications for the local authority for this proposal. Prior to making this recommendation to change t he age range of these three schools, the schools were asked to provide a financial projection of the costs and income that would result from this change, to demonstrate that they understand the costs associated with providing places for two-year-olds. RESIDENT BENEFIT & CONSULTATION The benefit or impact upon Hillingdon residents, service users and communities? 17. The proposed recommendation will offer additional nursery places for eligible two -year-olds, improving the availability of childcare for Hillingdon residents. 18. Developing provision for 2-year-old children in schools will support the childcare market in the named wards where data suggests there is currently or likely to be insufficiency of places as a result of the expanded Early Years Entitlements. Creation of additional sessional care places will also support choice in the market and enable parents to more readily access childcare where best suits them. 19. Whilst it is recognised that there may be concerns regarding the sustainability of existi ng childcare providers in the proximity of these schools, should they start to take 2 -year-olds, it is important to note that the number of places that will be developed is relatively small (approximately 20 per school). Furthermore, schools will be offeri ng childcare during school term time, which is unlikely to meet the needs of all working parents, but will support ‘disadvantaged’ 2-year olds. 20. Parents may also choose to use both school based provision alongside local childminders and nurseries to access the childcare support as best meets their needs, as is already the case for many 3 and 4 year olds. 21. In reviewing sufficiency in areas where schools have expressed an interest in taking 2 year olds, officers have considered supply and demand data from the DfE, HMRC data regarding the validation of eligibility codes for ‘working parents’ and DWP data regarding eligibility for ‘disadvantaged’ 2 year olds. Cabinet report – 12 December 2024 (Part I – Public) Colham Manor Primary School 22. There is a lack of childcare in Colham and Cowley Ward for both elements of the early years’ entitlements for two-year-olds. 23. 54 two-year-olds in Colham and Cowley Ward are eligible for the disadvantaged two-year-old entitlement but only 27 children are accessing a place, suggesting that current childcare provision may not be sufficient to meet parental demand. 24. Data on the eligibility codes issued and validated in the area around Colham Manor Primary School, for the ‘working parents’ entitlement’ suggests that there is unmet need for funded childcare places for working parents. Colham and Cowley Ward, is in the lower half of wards in the borough (16 out of 21 ) for the percentage of eligibility codes issued that have been validated. This suggests that parents who are eligible are struggling to find a funded childcare place. Field End Infant School 25. In the area around Field End Infant School, there is unmet need for childcare places for two - year-olds. 26. 60 families in Eastcote and South Ruislip Wards are eligible fo r the entitlement for disadvantaged two-year-olds but only 22 children are accessing a place. This suggests that current childcare provision may not be sufficient to meet parental demand. 27. Data on the eligibility codes issued and validated for the ‘working parents’ entitlement in the area around Field End Infant School suggests that there is unmet need for funded childcare places for working parents. Eastcote and South Ruislip wards have the highest number of parents with an eligibility code for the working parents’ entitlement for two-year-olds. However, Eastcote ward has one of the lowest percentages of eligibility codes that have been validated (17 out of 21). This suggests that parents who are eligible may be struggling to find a funded childcare place. Minet Infant and Nursery School 28. In the area around Minet Infant and Nursery School, there is unmet need for childcare places for two-year-olds principally for the ‘disadvantaged’ entitlement. 29. 60 two-year-olds in Wood End Ward are eligible for the entitlement for disadvantaged two - year-olds but only 20 eligible children are accessing a place. This suggests that there may be a lack of sufficient childcare provision to meet parental demand. Consultation & Engagement carried out 30. A public consultation on the proposal was held from 25 September to 25 October 2024, for each of the named schools, and statutory notices were published and posted outside each school. Schools promoted the consultation to local parents and all schools and childcare providers in the borough were also notified. 31. These were from parents, childcare providers, school and local residents, some of whom have raised concerns regarding increased traffic and footfall in the area which schools may need to take steps to address should the proposal go ahead. 32. Detailed analysis of responses by school are shown below. Cabinet report – 12 December 2024 (Part I – Public) Colham Manor Primary School There were 121 responses to the consultation and feedback was as follows: Do you agree with the proposal to lower the age range of Colha m Manor Primary School from 3-11 to 2-11 years of age? Yes 100 (83%) No 19 (16%) Don’t know 2 (1%) Do you think this proposal will disadvantage any residents in Hillingdon? Yes 14 (12%) No 101 (83%) Don’t know 6 (5%) Are you completing this survey as: A parent / carer / guardian 68 (56%) A staff member at a school 26 (21%) Someone who works in childcare 9 (7%) A local resident 7 (6%) Other 7 (6%) Prefer not to say 4 (3%) A list of the comments received can be found in Appendix A. Field End Infant School There were 41 responses to the consultation and the feedback was as follows: Do you agree with the proposal to lower the age range of Field End Infant School from 3- 11 to 2-11 years of age? Yes 21 (51%) No 20 (49%) Do you think this proposal will disadvantage any residents in Hillingdon? Yes 14 (34%) No 22 (54%) Don’t know 5 (12%) Cabinet report – 12 December 2024 (Part I – Public) Are you completing this survey as: A parent / carer / guardian 19 (46%) A staff member at a school 0 (0%) Someone who works in childcare 10 (24%) A local resident 3 (7%) Other 5 (12%) Prefer not to say 4 (10%) Field End Infant School have separately assessed the interest from parents with children at the school and 74% have said that they would be interested in using the provision for two-year-olds, if it is available. This showed that most parents who responded would use the provision. A list of the comments received can be found in Appendix B. Minet Infant and Nursery School There were 50 responses to the consultation and the feedback was as follows: Do you agree with the proposal to lower the age range of Minet Infant and Nursery School from 3-11 to 2-11 years of age? Yes 37 (74%) No 13 (26%) Do you think this proposal will disadvantage any residents in Hillingdon? Yes 8 (16%) No 36 (72%) Don’t know 6 (12%) Are you completing this survey as: A parent / carer / guardian 31 (62%) A staff member at a school 2 (4%) Someone who works in childcare 7 (14%) A local resident 3 (6%) Other 6 (12%) Prefer not to say 1 (2%) A list of the comments received can be found in Appendix C. Analysis of consultation responses 33. Responses to the consultation were largely in favour of the proposal to lower the age range at all 3 community schools; however some respondents raised their concerns. Free flow text Cabinet report – 12 December 2024 (Part I – Public) comments have been analysed and grouped to understand the common themes reflected across all three consultations. These are provided below and mitigated for where appropriate. 34. Developmental concerns: several respondents indicated that children aged 2 might be too young to begin school. They emphasi sed the importance of emotional, social, and physical development at this age, which they felt could potentially be hindered by a structured school environment. There was also concern that schools might not offer the necessary emotional care, potentially leading to stress and anxiety for the children. 35. Reduced specialisation in early years care: some respondents highlighted what they considered environments nurseries and childminders provide, specifically designed for the developmental needs of 2 -year-olds. This extended to the necessary resources and trained staff to me et the specific needs of toddlers, including toilet training, sleep schedules, and responsive caregiving. They queried whether placing 2-year-olds in primary schools that are not tailored to their developmental stage might result in developmental delays. 36. Strain on resources and overcrowding: Some respondents were concerned that the inclusion of 2-year-olds in a primary school environment may potentially be disruptive for older students and burdensome for teachers. Respondents mentioned challenges related to dividing attention between younger and older children and the risk of teacher burnout. 37. Long-term educational impact : some responses questioned the long -term academic consequences of early exposure to formal education. Some respondents feared that beginning structured education too early could lead to a decline in children’s natural curiosity and intrinsic motivation for learning. 38. Regarding the concerns as to whether schools can meet the needs of two-year-olds in terms of their personal care needs, emotional well -being, and learning, it is important to note that each school has planned for the delivery of places for two -year-olds. The schools recognise that the care and learning needs of two-year-old children will differ from those of older children who already attend the school. Each school has also considered the environment required to specifically meet the needs of two-year-olds. 39. As previously stated, all childcare providers (including schools) are required to adhere to the Early Years Foundation Stage statutory framework, which sets out the safeguarding and welfare requirements in relation to staff qualifications , training and experience, and adult to child ratios. Similarly, the learning and development requirements stipulate that providers must consider the individual needs, interests and development of the children in their care. Childcare provision is regulated and inspected by Ofsted and schools will receive support locally from the Early Years Quality Improvement team, both before and after they start offering places for this younger age group. 40. Impact on existing early years providers: Some respondents pointed out potential negative effects on private nurseries, which might struggle to remain operational with reduced numbers of 2-year-olds attending and could result in the closure of private nurseries, job losses, and reduced availability of childcare options for local families . There were also some concerns about the availability of childcare during school holidays and the overall sustainability of the private sector. Lowering the school entry age may also exacerbate the current staffing crisis in early years education. 41. In meeting its statutory duti es to ensure sufficien cy of childcare, as far as is reasonably practicable, the local authority aims to support a variety of childcare options to offer parents choices that meet their needs. Since the expansion of funded childcare in April 2024, there Cabinet report – 12 December 2024 (Part I – Public) has been a notable increase in the number of children eligible for places. While many parents in Hillingdon have secured childcare places, the proportion of disadvantaged two -year-olds taking up places has decreased compared to previous years. The uptake by these children in the wards where these schools are located remains relatively low, indicating potential difficulties for these parents in accessing funded childcare. 42. For the ‘working parents’ entitlement’ for two-year-olds, the number of parents who have been able to find childcare in Colham & Cowley and Eastcote wards appears low, as measured by eligibility codes that have been validated by a setting. This suggests that parents may not have been able to find childcare that meets their needs. 43. From September 2025, the ‘working parents’ entitlement’ will expand further and this will increase the funded hours that eligible children can receive from 15 to 30 hours a week, from the term after they are nine months old. It is anticipated that this will in turn increase parental demand for childcare. 44. Enabling these three schools to offer childcare for two-year-olds will help to address a potential shortfall in places, when more parents wish to use funded childcare. Though it is understandable that existing childcare settings would be concerned about additional competition, these schools are planning to offer a different model of childcare to most other group childcare settings e.g. opening during standard school hours, term time only. 45. Impact on families : several respondents were concerned that primary schools would not offer the flexible hours and specialised care available at private nurseries, leading to different logistical and financial considerations for parents. Working families relying on year -round childcare could experience changes if private nurseries face sustainability challenges. 46. Whilst school based provision is unlikely to offer flexible hours, they create choice in the market for parents when considering the type of childcare they require to meet their needs. With the reduction in the number of playgroups, there are fewer settings offering part time, term time only places and this is the type of childcare that schools are well placed to provide. Whilst other types of childcare provider may be able to deliver p laces more flexibly, parents who require full daycare may choose to use a school based nursery and access additional childcare support from registered childminders, many of whom already drop off and pick up from schools across the borough. 47. Parental support: Numerous comments highlight ed the advantages of the proposal for parents, including easier access to nursery placements, support for working parents, and the potential for parents to return to full-time employment. The proposal is perceived as beneficial for families by providing better childcare options and alleviating parental burdens. 48. Community and local benefits: The proposal is positively regarded by some as a means to deliver a positive service to the local community, improve morning routines for parents with a single drop-off point, and assist local nurseries in offering increased spaces for young children. 49. Benefits of Lowering School Entry Age: some respondents suggest ed that lowering the school entry age would support more families by addressing the limited availability of nursery spaces due to staffing constraints, high demand, and waitlists. 50. Others stated that an earlier start in nursery would benefit children's progress and promote continuity of care, fostering stronger relationships and a sense of community. 51. Several respondents provided positive feedback about the proposal, highlighting the advantages for children's social development, knowledge acquisition, and preparedness for Cabinet report – 12 December 2024 (Part I – Public) the education system. School specific responses Colham Manor Primary School 52. Some comments raised concerns about the proposal, including the emotional impact on young children, and potential negative effects on existing school facilities and the impact on residents of additional footfall and parking in the area surrounding the school. Field End Infant School 53. Respondents believe that the proposal would benefit working parents by providing more convenient childcare options and simplifying the drop-off process for families with multiple children. Minet Infant and Nursery School 54. Whilst some respondents felt that that introducing younger children into schools may reduce the overall quality of education for all students , others noted potential benefits, such as convenience for families with multiple children and the belief that earlier education can help prepare children for future success. 55. There were some concerns about increased traffic and parking issues due to more parents attending the setting. CORPORATE CONSIDERATIONS Corporate Finance Corporate Finance have reviewed this report and concur with the Financial Implications set out above, noting there are not direct financial implications to the Council associated with the recommendations in this report due to the schools being eligible to receive Early Years DSG funding for qualifying children. Furthermore, it is noted that the schools have demonstrated to officers that they understand the costs associated with providing places for two -year olds by providing financial projections of the costs and income that would result from this change. Legal There are no legal impediments to the recommendations set out within the report. The local authority must have regard to the consultation in reaching a decision. BACKGROUND PAPERS NIL

Appendix A - Responses to the consultation on lowering the age range at Colham Manor Primary School If you an swered 'No' or 'Don't know' to the proposal to lower the age range at Colham Manor Primary School, please tell us why Response 1: Its too early for children aged 2 to start school Response 2: We are a private nursery that takes 2 year old children and will not be able to keep open without them Response 3: Lowering the age for primary schools to accept 2-year-olds raises significant concerns about the developmental, emotional, and educational impact on young children. Here are several reasons why this approach is problematic: 1. Developmental Appropriateness: Two-year-olds are at a critical stage of early childhood development, where their needs are primarily emotional, social, and physical. They are still mastering basic motor skills, language development, and socialization. Placing them in a structured primary school environment, which is designed for older children, risks overwhelming them. It could hinder their natural developmental milestones, as the school system may not have the flexibility or expertise to cater to such young children. 2. Emotional Readiness: Young children, particularly at the age of two, require high levels of emotional support, consistent nurturing, and a secure environment to thrive. Most are not yet emotionally ready to be away from their primary caregivers for extended periods in an academic setting. Forcing children into such an environment prematurely can lead to stress, anxiety, and separation issues that could negatively affect their mental well-being. 3. Lack of Specialized Care: Primary schools are not typically equipped with the resources or trained personnel to handle the specific needs of toddlers. Early years education requires specially trained professionals who understand the complexities of early childhood development, including potty training, nap times, and responsive caregiving, which are integral to the well-being of 2-year-olds. Without this specialized care, the children's emotional, physical, and cognitive needs may be overlooked. 4. Disruption to Established Early Years Education: The early years foundation stage (EYFS) system, which governs nursery and pre-school education, is specifically designed for children under 5. These environments provide a play- based, child-centered approach to learning, which is essential for very young children. Shifting them into a more formal primary school setting would disrupt this crucial period of learning through play, which fosters creativity, social skills, and a love for exploration. 5. Social Impact on Older Students: Integrating 2-year-olds into a primary school environment also presents challenges for older students. The needs and behaviors of toddlers are vastly different from those of children in key stages 1 and 2. Teachers and staff would be forced to divide their attention between a much younger and older cohort, potentially lowering the quality of education and care for all students involved. 6. Potential for Burnout Among Teachers: Primary school teachers are trained to handle students who are typically aged 4 and above. Introducing much younger children could place an additional burden on staff, leading to increased stress and burnout. Primary school teachers may not have the skills to handle the specific demands of toddlers, such as managing frequent crying, toileting needs, and the emotional volatility that comes with this age group. 7. Long-Term Academic Consequences: Early exposure to formal education settings can lead to burnout and disinterest in learning later in life. Children who start too early in structured environments may lose their natural curiosity and intrinsic motivation for learning, which are essential for long-term academic success. Response 4: Children of 2 years old need lots of care and nurturing, schools having a hands off approach will not support these children's emotional wellbeing. We already have many young children struggling with their emotional and mental health, this will not support them. From a business element, this will lead to many private nurseries having to close due to a lack of children as well as loosing staff to work in the schools. There is already a staffing crisis in early years and this will make it worse, it will have a huge impact on sustainability for the private sector. Private nurseries closing will have a knock on effect for parents who need childcare from 8-6pm all year round when there is already a lack of childcare places in the borough. Response 5: I think the teaching dynamics will change Response 6: I feel that these schools are just doing this to earn more money, don’t have the children’s interest to heart. 2 year olds need a lot more attention I.e nap times, nappy changes, different curriculum to 3/4 year olds, more adult supervision Response 7: As a local Childminder I think this will be very hard for such small children to be in a school setting and have their very young needs met. Also schools are only open 38 weeks of the year and parents will use this service to go to work so who will look after the children within the school Holidays? Response 8: Too young, child needs nurturing Response 9: Children aged 2 may have significantly different developmental needs compared to those aged 3. Younger children often require more attention and care, which could lead to distractions or disruption in the school environment. This may affect the overall learning experience for older students. Expanding the age range may require additional investments in facilities, equipment, and staff to properly cater to the younger children. This could stretch the school’s budget or resources, impacting the quality of education and care for all students Response 10: why would you channel children like this , you all are practically going mad. Response 11: 2 year old is too young Response 12: Because they can’t cope with the students they have and needs aren’t being fulfilled of students Response 13: As schools are predominantly education based 2-year-olds should be in a caring environment which offers learning through play. 2-year-olds need comfort which would include cuddles and closeness to the adults. My observations of schools, teachers, teach and don't have time for the care side of things needed. Response 14: 2 year olds are too young to be in a school environment Response 15: They are too young, they need more 1 to 1 nurturing. They need more personal care than staff could provide. How would this work for working parents ? Response 16: The 2year old are too young they spend already a lot off time at school Response 17: Think it will lower the learning standard for 3-4 year olds . The age gap is great at this age . Response 18: Two is not appropriate age to start nursery Response 19: I believe 2 is too young. Children of that age should still be allowed to stay at home and bond with family members Response 20: Can the school facilitate the number of children? The building they are in will need more staff due to ratios of 1-4. It will need its own entrance as parents will pick up at different times, including when the rest of the school is in class. Response 21: School internal and external facilities already in a poor shape. Outside Play areas are worst that prison exercise yard, hardly anything for children to play outside with. Play area in KS1 has been demolished in the summer and rubbish still on the playground 3 months later. School is clearly struggling and on daily basis pestering parents for "donations" . Whoever running the school should not run a bath...nevermind a school. If you answered ‘Yes’ to the question ‘do you think this proposed change will disadvantage any residents in Hillingdon?’ , please tell us why Response 1: Private preschools/nursery’s will be low on numbers to stay open Response 2: The proposed change to lower the age for primary schools to accept 2-year-olds in Hillingdon could disadvantage local residents in several ways: 1. Strain on Resources and Overcrowding Primary schools are already structured to cater to children aged 4 and above, and many schools in Hillingdon may already be working with limited resources and class sizes close to capacity. Accepting 2-year-olds would place additional strain on these resources— classroom space, teaching staff, and funding. This could lead to overcrowded classrooms and reduced attention for each student, affecting the quality of education for all children, including older students already enrolled. 2. Loss of Focus on Core Primary Education Primary school teachers are trained to teach key curriculum subjects and manage the emotional and educational needs of children aged 4 to 11. By requiring them to care for 2-year- olds, schools risk diluting their focus on core educational outcomes. Residents of Hillingdon may see a decline in academic standards as teachers are stretched to manage the vastly different needs of toddlers and older students simultaneously. 3. Impact on Existing Early Years Providers Hillingdon has a network of nurseries, pre-schools, and childminders who are specifically trained to care for very young children. Lowering the age for primary schools could undermine these providers, leading to closures or reduced enrolment in local nurseries. This shift could destabilize the early years sector in the borough, reducing choice and quality of childcare options for local families. 4. Reduced Specialization in Early Years Care Nurseries and childminders provide environments that are designed specifically for the emotional, physical, and developmental needs of 2-year-olds. These settings offer play-based, nurturing care that focuses on building social skills, early language development, and emotional resilience. If 2-year-olds are placed in primary schools that are not tailored to their developmental stage, they may miss out on crucial early years experiences, leading to developmental delays. This could disadvantage Hillingdon families who rely on high-quality, specialized early years education. 5. Increased Burden on Families While on the surface, allowing 2-year-olds into primary schools might seem convenient for parents, it could actually create additional burdens. Primary schools are not equipped with the flexible hours and specialized care that nurseries or childminders provide. For example, primary schools typically have shorter hours and may not offer the same level of one-on-one attention or services like potty training. This could result in parents needing to seek extra support outside of school hours, creating logistical challenges and additional costs. 6. Potential for Reduced Quality of Education Across the Borough The introduction of younger children into primary schools may reduce the overall quality of education for children across the board. With resources and teacher time stretched, children in Hillingdon could see less personalized attention, fewer extracurricular activities, and a general decrease in the quality of their learning environment. This could result in lower academic achievement and a less enriching school experience for all students, particularly those who rely on strong primary education foundations. 7. Social and Emotional Risks for Toddlers Primary school environments are structured to meet the needs of older children, and toddlers may struggle in these settings. Two-year-olds require more emotional support, flexible schedules, and age-appropriate activities that focus on play and discovery rather than formal learning. Exposing them to the more rigid structure of primary schools too early may lead to increased anxiety, behavioral issues, and difficulties adjusting, which could have long-term impacts on their emotional well-being. This puts Hillingdon’s youngest residents at risk of not getting the nurturing care they need. Response 3: Working families who need all year round, 8-6pm child care for their children, will be disadvantaged when private nurseries close due to sustainability and they are struggling to find quality affordable childcare Response 4: Local childminders and playgroups will suffer immensely Response 5: it could put a strain on existing resources, including space, staff, and funding. This might limit availability for older children (aged 3-11), potentially reducing the quality of education or services offered to them. Response 6: Children at the early years are suppose to enjoy their childhood, not to channel them in to main stream they cannot handle 30 hours in any given period Response 7: Because children will be at a disadvantage. School is poorly run Response 8: The hours that the schools offer are generally 9 - 11 and 1-3. There will be an increase in parents attending the setting, thus more travellers to the venue. If schools start taking 2 years olds they will be disadvantaging the PVI sector by not only taking the children they would usually need staff which would mainly come from the PVI sector. There is a crisis in the sector already for staff and lack of funding this could push settings to close as they will not have the staff/child ratios to operate. Response 9: Working parents. The children. Response 10: The bond between parents is very important. At two years they will mis the parents Response 11: Residents children attending new proposed class will be disadvantaged as most school facilities is in very poor condition and shape. Why add more children to school that is falling apart and is in poor shape and state. Parents already stugling to park around the school for drop off and pick up time. Residents around the school been complaining to school about parents parking in resident ONLY parking places for years now and school does nothing! So more children means more parking issues for residents. As a resident living next to school I'm against it! A comment to this question, that was in support of the proposal, was: Lowering the age will give parents more opportunity for meaningful childcare and support the children in become school ready sooner. Any other comments on the proposal: Response 1: We are owners of a private preschool in Hillingdon borough and if 2 year olds went straight to nursery school we would have to close Response 2: Instead of lowering the age for primary school entry, the better solution is to strengthen early years education through the expansion of nurseries and specialized early years units. This proposal focuses on: • Expanding access to high-quality early years care. • Enhancing training for early years educators. • Improving coordination between nurseries and primary schools. • Providing financial support to parents for quality childcare. • Emphasising play-based learning tailored to toddlers. • Offering flexible childcare hours to accommodate working parents. By maintaining age-appropriate learning environments and supporting families, this proposal ensures that both toddlers and school-age children in Hillingdon receive the best possible care and education at the right stages of their development. Response 3: I feel this would be beneficial as there are so many 2yr old's currently wanting spaces in nurseries and the nursery's cannot always accommodate this due to space, staffing or waitlists, I think this would be beneficial to parents seeking spaces for their children Response 4: Children need to be loved Response 5: its a very sensitive period of any child, they need to develop in warm and stimulating surrounding, you are playing with their emotions and expect them to grown up too quickly. People in government are fools in doing so Response 6: the school is ruined Response 7: As I have said, this will have a serious impact on the PVI sector. The borough has said there is a lack of places and although this will offer places for 2-year-olds, the lack of funds will be serious to PVI cashflows. Response 8: We need to give more help and support to families to help and encourage them to return to work. Good quality childcare is not always easy to find. The advantage of this is that the child would follow on through the whole school. Response 9: An excellent idea for local children. Response 10: Colham Manor already does fantastic work , to help support early years further would be brilliant. Response 11: I believe it will be easier for parents to come back full time to work having support from government. Rent and live is too expensive for only one parent to work. Having parents working required more clubs and entertainment for kids which is too expensive too. Response 12: There are many 2 year olds who are disadvantaged of starting school while’s their parents are active tax payers and not benefiting. If this proposal is approved, it will relieve parents some time to work and do other chores and activities to the benefit of the family and the government at large Response 13: We will be having another child in January this sounds like a great idea for us Response 14: This is a brilliant idea and will help alot of parents to get back to work without worrying about how much childcare would cost Response 15: I think it’s a great initiative and definitely benefit for working parents like us Response 16: My Daughter is 2 and there are no good nurseries in the area, as my son is already in the school this would help a lot and I know many other parents in the same situation. Response 17: Reject proposal as school is not fit for existing children, nevermind more children attending it. Most importantly where those extra parents will park they cars? Of course on resident only streets/bays! It's a big fat NOT APPROVED by me and my family! Response 18: More local nursery’s should do the same Response 19: If Colham manor was to lower their age for nursery I could enrol my son into nursery now rather than in January Response 20: I think it would provide a great service to the local community and allow parents to have better mornings; only needing to drop off at one school/nursery. Appendix B - Responses to the consultation on lowering the age range at Field End Infant School If you answered 'No' or 'Don't know' to the proposal to lower the age range at Field End Infant School, please tell us why Response 1: Its too early for children aged 2 to start school Response 2: We are a private preschool in Hillingdon borough and the majority of our children are 2 years old and without them we will have to close Response 3: Lowering the age for primary schools to accept 2-year-olds raises significant concerns about the developmental, emotional, and educational impact on young children. Here are several reasons why this approach is problematic: 1. Developmental Appropriateness: Two-year-olds are at a critical stage of early childhood development, where their needs are primarily emotional, social, and physical. They are still mastering basic motor skills, language development, and socialization. Placing them in a structured primary school environment, which is designed for older children, risks overwhelming them. It could hinder their natural developmental milestones, as the school system may not have the flexibility or expertise to cater to such young children. 2. Emotional Readiness: Young children, particularly at the age of two, require high levels of emotional support, consistent nurturing, and a secure environment to thrive. Most are not yet emotionally ready to be away from their primary caregivers for extended periods in an academic setting. Forcing children into such an environment prematurely can lead to stress, anxiety, and separation issues that could negatively affect their mental well-being. 3. Lack of Specialised Care: Primary schools are not typically equipped with the resources or trained personnel to handle the specific needs of toddlers. Early years education requires specially trained professionals who understand the complexities of early childhood development, including potty training, nap times, and responsive caregiving, which are integral to the well-being of 2-year-olds. Without this specialized care, the children's emotional, physical, and cognitive needs may be overlooked. 4. Disruption to Established Early Years Education: The early years foundation stage (EYFS) system, which governs nursery and pre-school education, is specifically designed for children under 5. These environments provide a play- based, child-centered approach to learning, which is essential for very young children. Shifting them into a more formal primary school setting would disrupt this crucial period of learning through play, which fosters creativity, social skills, and a love for exploration. 5. Social Impact on Older Students: Integrating 2-year-olds into a primary school environment also presents challenges for older students. The needs and behaviors of toddlers are vastly different from those of children in key stages 1 and 2. Teachers and staff would be forced to divide their attention between a much younger and older cohort, potentially lowering the quality of education and care for all students involved. 6. Potential for Burnout Among Teachers: Primary school teachers are trained to handle students who are typically aged 4 and above. Introducing much younger children could place an additional burden on staff, leading to increased stress and burnout. Primary school teachers may not have the skills to handle the specific demands of toddlers, such as managing frequent crying, toileting needs, and the emotional volatility that comes with this age group. 7. Long-Term Academic Consequences: Early exposure to formal education settings can lead to burnout and disinterest in learning later in life. Children who start too early in structured environments may lose their natural curiosity and intrinsic motivation for learning, which are essential for long-term academic success. In summary, lowering the age for primary schools to accept 2-year-olds undermines the importance of specialised early childhood care and education. It disregards the unique developmental needs of toddlers and may harm both the younger children and the primary school system as a whole. Early childhood education should remain separate, with a focus on nurturing, play, and age-appropriate learning experiences. Response 4: Children of 2 years old need lots of care and nurturing, schools having a hands-off approach will not support these children's emotional wellbeing. We already have many young children struggling with their emotional and mental health, this will not support them. From a business element, this will lead to many private nurseries having to close due to a lack of children as well as loosing staff to work in the schools. There is already a staffing crisis in early years and this will make it worse, it will have a huge impact on sustainability for the private sector. Private nurseries closing will have a knock-on effect for parents who need childcare from 8-6pm all year round when there is already a lack of childcare places in the borough. Response 5: I think that this is a very young age for children to be away from their parents and that this can impact on their development. Response 6: I think very young to go into a school setting. 2 year olds need a lot more one to one. Sleeping times, nappy changes, some still need to be fed, potty training. Then what happens when they only get 15 hours. Who collects them for working parents?????? Response 7: Children do not need to be in a school environment from the age of 2. Childrens needs and development is not being considered. If early years was funded correctly, we would have more childcare options. Also it is going to affect the childminders in the area. Response 8: Two is too young to be in an institution Response 9 As a local Childminder I think this will be very hard for such small children to be in a school setting and have their very young needs met. Also schools are only open 38 weeks of the year and parents will use this service to go to work so who will look after the children within the school Holidays? Response 10: It will impact on PVI's business Response 11: Children are in the education system till they are 18 as it is. At 2 years old they need a home from home environment. Where they can get a hug, have a nap ect…. It’s obvious the schools just want the funding not what’s best for the child! Response 12: There won’t be adequate teachers or helpers to look after the younger children Response 13: As schools are predominantly education based 2 year olds should be in a caring environment which offers learning through play. 2 year olds need comfort which would include cuddles and closeness to the adults. My observations of schools, teachers, teach and don't have time for the care side of things needed. Response 14: no i don’t think ite needed Response 15: Because if this goes ahead, it will affect all local preschools and nurseries and potentially put a lot of people out of work Response 16: There are still lots of early years settings with places for 2 year olds I know of and giving priority to mainstream will end up putting them out of business Response 17: Will have a very negative impact on private preschools causing closures and hundreds of job losses impacting on families and lives and mental health Response 18: 2 Year olds are far too young to be in a school environment Response 19: I don’t believe the school environment is the correct setting for 2 year olds. Schools and staff are already incredibly stretched. 2 year olds will need changing facilities, sleeping facilities and completely different resources from older children. Schools are not equipped to deal with their needs. Response 20: The school is not geared up for teaching two year olds. They need space, facilities and trained staff. The ratios of children to adult in a nursery environments are too high. Schools already cannot cope with children entering the state education system at age three and some are not even toilet trained. The Borough does not have sufficient funds to take on this more intense level of education and support for these children. Teachers are already on their knees and struggle to cope with current demands. If you answered ‘Yes’ to the question ‘do you think this proposed change will disadvantage any residents in Hillingdon?’ , please tell us why Response 1: Us and any private preschool/nurserys Response 2: The proposed change to lower the age for primary schools to accept 2-year-olds in Hillingdon could disadvantage local residents in several ways: 1. Strain on Resources and Overcrowding Primary schools are already structured to cater to children aged 4 and above, and many schools in Hillingdon may already be working with limited resources and class sizes close to capacity. Accepting 2-year-olds would place additional strain on these resources— classroom space, teaching staff, and funding. This could lead to overcrowded classrooms and reduced attention for each student, affecting the quality of education for all children, including older students already enrolled. 2. Loss of Focus on Core Primary Education Primary school teachers are trained to teach key curriculum subjects and manage the emotional and educational needs of children aged 4 to 11. By requiring them to care for 2-year- olds, schools risk diluting their focus on core educational outcomes. Residents of Hillingdon may see a decline in academic standards as teachers are stretched to manage the vastly different needs of toddlers and older students simultaneously. 3. Impact on Existing Early Years Providers Hillingdon has a network of nurseries, pre-schools, and childminders who are specifically trained to care for very young children. Lowering the age for primary schools could undermine these providers, leading to closures or reduced enrolment in local nurseries. This shift could destabilize the early years sector in the borough, reducing choice and quality of childcare options for local families. 4. Reduced Specialization in Early Years Care Nurseries and childminders provide environments that are designed specifically for the emotional, physical, and developmental needs of 2-year-olds. These settings offer play-based, nurturing care that focuses on building social skills, early language development, and emotional resilience. If 2-year-olds are placed in primary schools that are not tailored to their developmental stage, they may miss out on crucial early years experiences, leading to developmental delays. This could disadvantage Hillingdon families who rely on high-quality, specialized early years education. 5. Increased Burden on Families While on the surface, allowing 2-year-olds into primary schools might seem convenient for parents, it could actually create additional burdens. Primary schools are not equipped with the flexible hours and specialized care that nurseries or childminders provide. For example, primary schools typically have shorter hours and may not offer the same level of one-on-one attention or services like potty training. This could result in parents needing to seek extra support outside of school hours, creating logistical challenges and additional costs. 6. Potential for Reduced Quality of Education Across the Borough The introduction of younger children into primary schools may reduce the overall quality of education for children across the board. With resources and teacher time stretched, children in Hillingdon could see less personalized attention, fewer extracurricular activities, and a general decrease in the quality of their learning environment. This could result in lower academic achievement and a less enriching school experience for all students, particularly those who rely on strong primary education foundations. 7. Social and Emotional Risks for Toddlers Primary school environments are structured to meet the needs of older children, and toddlers may struggle in these settings. Two-year-olds require more emotional support, flexible schedules, and age-appropriate activities that focus on play and discovery rather than formal learning. Exposing them to the more rigid structure of primary schools too early may lead to increased anxiety, behavioral issues, and difficulties adjusting, which could have long-term impacts on their emotional well-being. This puts Hillingdon’s youngest residents at risk of not getting the nurturing care they need. Response 3: Working families who need all year round, 8-6pm child care for their children, will be disadvantaged when private nurseries close due to sustainability and they are struggling to find quality affordable childcare Response 4: Childminders who are offering a home to home service Response 5 Local childminders and playgroups will suffer immensely Response 6: They are taking away from Childminders & Nursery’s Response 7: I am a childminder and it would seriously effect my business Response 8: The hours that the schools offer are generally 9 - 11 and 1-3. There will be an increase in parents attending the setting, thus more travellers to the venue. If schools start taking 2 years olds they will be disadvantaging the PVI sector by not only taking the children they would usually need staff which would mainly come from the PVI sector. There is a crisis in the sector already for staff and lack of funding this could push settings to close as they will not have the staff/child ratios to operate. Response 9: already a busy school , lowering the age will increase the amount of traffic and there are already provisions in the community more suited to the 2-3 year age group than a large school Response 10: Again, this would affect a lot of local small nurseries preschools in the Hillingdon borough and put a lot of peoples businesses at risk Response 11: Will have a very negative impact on private preschools causing closures and hundreds of job losses impacting on families and lives and mental health Response 12: Quality of education and care will drop. You are talking of a provision which is open 9 to 3 and no longer hours. The government said that education provisions should provide wrap around care so parents can work. This doesn't allow this! Any other comments on the proposal: Response 1: Lots of private preschools and nursery’s in the borough would not be able to survive Response 2: Instead of lowering the age for primary school entry, the better solution is to strengthen early years education through the expansion of nurseries and specialized early years units. This proposal focuses on: • Expanding access to high-quality early years care. • Enhancing training for early years educators. • Improving coordination between nurseries and primary schools. • Providing financial support to parents for quality childcare. • Emphasising play-based learning tailored to toddlers. • Offering flexible childcare hours to accommodate working parents. By maintaining age-appropriate learning environments and supporting families, this proposal ensures that both toddlers and school-age children in Hillingdon receive the best possible care and education at the right stages of their development. Response 3: If the care is only going to be term time school hours only how does it support parents who need full time care? Have yous considered how it is going to affect childminders in the area and other nurseries? What staff will there be and what qualifications will they hold ? How many 2 year old children? Response 4: I feel this would benefit local families that struggle to get a nursery space as the demand for 2yr spaces in nurseries is increasing and this cannot always be accommodated due to space staffing or waitlist Response 5: This will have a major impact on small PVI business which could cause closures, meaning unemployment for staff and affecting the role out of the 9 month old funding. Response 6: I cannot see School staff being happy about nappy changes and potty training 30 children every day. Have they got the facilities for nap time, are they going to be able to help every child do coats and shoes. Help them to eat, how many staff per ratio will there be! What if a child has an accident because no one was watching? Whose bright idea was this? Response 7: As I have said, this will have a serious impact on the PVI sector. The borough has said there is a lack of places and although this will offer places for 2-year-olds, the lack of funds will be serious to PVI cashflows. Response 8: I personally don’t believe this would be any advantage to 2-year-olds as the majority of these children Will be leaving their parents for the first time and putting them in a nursery school setting could be really overwhelming with the different age ranges and the size difference then to a small nursery setting where they can get a lot more one-to-one time with key workers rather than one teacher and a TA Response 9: Will have a very negative impact on private preschools causing closures and hundreds of job losses impacting on families and lives and mental health Response 10: It will immensely help working parents if Field end infant school starts taking students from the age of 2 Response 11: My son attended field end nursery before he started reception there. The staff are outstanding in the nursery and any children that attend the nursery will be well looked after and cared for. Response 12: My 2 year old currently goes to a different private nursery, this will help in reducing time at drop off and him feeling secure with his sister in the infant school Response 13: My middle daughter who is in year 1 has been in Field end since nursery and i find the school to be fantastic. The teachers are so kind and really encourage a community feel in this school. Lowering the age range would only have a positive impact on the surrounding community. Appendix C - Responses to the consultation on lowering the age range at Minet Infant and Nursery School If you an swered 'No' or 'Don't know' to the proposal to lower the age range at Minet Infant and Nursery School, please tell us why Response 1: I think it’s too young to be in a school environment and it will make local child minders potentially give up as not enough work and those who then need longer provisions eg working until 6 will have even less choice than they have now. Response 2: It's too early for child to start school Response 3: Lowering the age for primary schools to accept 2-year-olds raises significant concerns about the developmental, emotional, and educational impact on young children. Here are several reasons why this approach is problematic: 1. Developmental Appropriateness: Two-year-olds are at a critical stage of early childhood development, where their needs are primarily emotional, social, and physical. They are still mastering basic motor skills, language development, and socialization. Placing them in a structured primary school environment, which is designed for older children, risks overwhelming them. It could hinder their natural developmental milestones, as the school system may not have the flexibility or expertise to cater to such young children. 2. Emotional Readiness: Young children, particularly at the age of two, require high levels of emotional support, consistent nurturing, and a secure environment to thrive. Most are not yet emotionally ready to be away from their primary caregivers for extended periods in an academic setting. Forcing children into such an environment prematurely can lead to stress, anxiety, and separation issues that could negatively affect their mental well-being. 3. Lack of Specialized Care: Primary schools are not typically equipped with the resources or trained personnel to handle the specific needs of toddlers. Early years education requires specially trained professionals who understand the complexities of early childhood development, including potty training, nap times, and responsive caregiving, which are integral to the well-being of 2-year-olds. Without this specialized care, the children's emotional, physical, and cognitive needs may be overlooked. 4. Disruption to Established Early Years Education: The early years foundation stage (EYFS) system, which governs nursery and pre-school education, is specifically designed for children under 5. These environments provide a play-based, child-centered approach to learning, which is essential for very young children. Shifting them into a more formal primary school setting would disrupt this crucial period of learning through play, which fosters creativity, social skills, and a love for exploration. 5. Social Impact on Older Students: Integrating 2-year-olds into a primary school environment also presents challenges for older students. The needs and behaviors of toddlers are vastly different from those of children in key stages 1 and 2. Teachers and staff would be forced to divide their attention between a much younger and older cohort, potentially lowering the quality of education and care for all students involved. 6. Potential for Burnout Among Teachers: Primary school teachers are trained to handle students who are typically aged 4 and above. Introducing much younger children could place an additional burden on staff, leading to increased stress and burnout. Primary school teachers may not have the skills to handle the specific demands of toddlers, such as managing frequent crying, toileting needs, and the emotional volatility that comes with this age group. 7. Long-Term Academic Consequences: Early exposure to formal education settings can lead to burnout and disinterest in learning later in life. Children who start too early in structured environments may lose their natural curiosity and intrinsic motivation for learning, which are essential for long- term academic success. In summary, lowering the age for primary schools to accept 2-year- olds undermines the importance of specialized early childhood care and education. It disregards the unique developmental needs of toddlers and may harm both the younger children and the primary school system as a whole. Early childhood education should remain separate, with a focus on nurturing, play, and age-appropriate learning experiences. Response 4: Children of 2 years old need lots of care and nurturing, schools having a hands-off approach will not support these children's emotional wellbeing. We already have many young children struggling with their emotional and mental health, this will not support them. From a business element, this will lead to many private nurseries having to close due to a lack of children as well as loosing staff to work in the schools. There is already a staffing crisis in early years and this will make it worse, it will have a huge impact on sustainability for the private sector. Private nurseries closing will have a knock-on effect for parents who need childcare from 8-6pm all year round when there is already a lack of childcare places in the borough Response 5: As a local Childminder I think this will be very hard for such small children to be in a school setting and have their very young needs met. Also schools are only open 38 weeks of the year and parents will use this service to go To work so who will look after the children within the school Holidays? Response 6: I think they are to young to be in a school setting Response 7: More staff will be needed more class room space needed and will be over crowded Response 8: Because they don't take care as much as other nursery do and make the kids knowledgeable and teach them.losts of stuff with fun Response 9: I believe this is way to early for children to start school Response 10: Schools are predominated education based and 2 year olds should be in a caring environment which is totally play based. Response 11: Because I don’t think it’s fair on the staff or older children Response 12: 2 Year olds are far too young to be in a school environment Response 13: There too young If you answered ‘Yes’ to the question ‘do you think this proposed change will disadvantage any residents in Hillingdon?’ , please tell us why Response 1: The proposed change to lower the age for primary schools to accept 2-year-olds in Hillingdon could disadvantage local residents in several ways: 1. Strain on Resources and Overcrowding Primary schools are already structured to cater to children aged 4 and above, and many schools in Hillingdon may already be working with limited resources and class sizes close to capacity. Accepting 2-year-olds would place additional strain on these resources— classroom space, teaching staff, and funding. This could lead to overcrowded classrooms and reduced attention for each student, affecting the quality of education for all children, including older students already enrolled. 2. Loss of Focus on Core Primary Education Primary school teachers are trained to teach key curriculum subjects and manage the emotional and educational needs of children aged 4 to 11. By requiring them to care for 2-year- olds, schools risk diluting their focus on core educational outcomes. Residents of Hillingdon may see a decline in academic standards as teachers are stretched to manage the vastly different needs of toddlers and older students simultaneously. 3. Impact on Existing Early Years Providers Hillingdon has a network of nurseries, pre-schools, and childminders who are specifically trained to care for very young children. Lowering the age for primary schools could undermine these providers, leading to closures or reduced enrolment in local nurseries. This shift could destabilize the early years sector in the borough, reducing choice and quality of childcare options for local families. 4. Reduced Specialization in Early Years Care Nurseries and childminders provide environments that are designed specifically for the emotional, physical, and developmental needs of 2-year-olds. These settings offer play-based, nurturing care that focuses on building social skills, early language development, and emotional resilience. If 2-year-olds are placed in primary schools that are not tailored to their developmental stage, they may miss out on crucial early years experiences, leading to developmental delays. This could disadvantage Hillingdon families who rely on high-quality, specialized early years education. 5. Increased Burden on Families While on the surface, allowing 2-year-olds into primary schools might seem convenient for parents, it could actually create additional burdens. Primary schools are not equipped with the flexible hours and specialized care that nurseries or childminders provide. For example, primary schools typically have shorter hours and may not offer the same level of one-on-one attention or services like potty training. This could result in parents needing to seek extra support outside of school hours, creating logistical challenges and additional costs. 6. Potential for Reduced Quality of Education Across the Borough The introduction of younger children into primary schools may reduce the overall quality of education for children across the board. With resources and teacher time stretched, children in Hillingdon could see less personalized attention, fewer extracurricular activities, and a general decrease in the quality of their learning environment. This could result in lower academic achievement and a less enriching school experience for all students, particularly those who rely on strong primary education foundations. In summary, lowering the age for primary schools to accept 2-year-olds could significantly disadvantage residents of Hillingdon. It risks overcrowding schools, straining resources, lowering the quality of education, and negatively impacting both younger and older children. Additionally, it could harm the local early years sector, increase financial burdens, and create social and emotional challenges for toddlers who are not ready for a primary school environment. Response 2: Working families who need all year round, 8-6pm child care for their children, will be disadvantaged when private nurseries close due to sustainability and they are struggling to find quality affordable childcare Response 3: Local childminders and playgroups will suffer immensely Response 4: More traffic, parking Response 5: The hours that the schools offer are generally 9 - 11 and 1-3. There will be an increase in parents attending the setting, thus more travellers to the venue. If schools start taking 2 years olds they will be disadvantaging the PVI sector by not only taking the children they would usually need staff which would mainly come from the PVI sector. There is a crises in the sector already for staff and lack of funding this could push settings to close as they will not have the staff/child ratios to operate. Response 6: I think it will affect the children and the staff as there will be more responsibilities on the staff and the children might get missed Comments to this question that approved the proposal were: Response 1: Minet Infant and Nursery School Is very nice place for our children to be placed ,I think nursery’s care and facilities are really in high standard and it will be very beneficial if our children have opportunity to attend the nursery from year 2 . My son is turning 2 after couple of weeks and could be amazing if he goes to Minet Infant and Nursery School as my eldest daughter attend Reception there .Its close and convenient for me and my family to drop and pick up them together Response 2: My youngest will be 2 in a few months time which can definitely benefit me. Response 3: Educating children earlier helps them now and prepares them for a brighter future. Parents and the economy also benefits now as well as in the long run. Any other comments on the proposal: Response 1: Instead of lowering the age for primary school entry, the better solution is to strengthen early years education through the expansion of nurseries and specialized early years units. This proposal focuses on: • Expanding access to high-quality early years care. • Enhancing training for early years educators. • Improving coordination between nurseries and primary schools. • Providing financial support to parents for quality childcare. • Emphasising play-based learning tailored to toddlers. • Offering flexible childcare hours to accommodate working parents. By maintaining age-appropriate learning environments and supporting families, this proposal ensures that both toddlers and school-age children in Hillingdon receive the best possible care and education at the right stages of their development. Response 2: I feel this would be beneficial to the area as currently their are limited spaces at nurseries due to staffing, demand and waitlists so I feel this would be a good idea to have the age lowered in school to support more families Response 3: I think this idea is brilliant for the children's. They will progress more if they will start nursery early. Response 4: This will benefit many children as this will promote continuity of care for the children as they will attend the school from 2 - 11 years. It allows them to feel a sense of community and belonging as well as develop stronger relationships with children and adults! Response 5: I think, Children when they younger age to join school (nursery) is a loat advantage for them for their future to develop their knowledge, social life with whole school people, addiction to learn and when they used to more the more they gone be ready for their education system. Response 6: As I have said, this will have a serious impact on the PVI sector. The borough has said there is a lack of places and although this will offer places for 2 year olds, the lack of funds will be serious to PVI cashflows. Response 7: I think it’s really great for 2 year olds to be offered this opportunity especially since they’re at their peak ‘discovery’ stage, they’re learning so much already and especially with it being a tech era, I definitely think it’s a great opportunity for children to socialise with each other and get out of those screens for once

Cabinet report – 12 December 2024 (Part 1 Public) CONSIDERATION OF SETTING A LICENSED DEFICIT BUDGET IN 2024/25 FOR CERTAIN SCHOOLS IN THE BOROUGH Cabinet Members & Portfolios Councillor Susan O’Brien, Cabinet Member for Children, Families & Education / Councillor Martin Goddard, Cabinet Member for Finance & Transformation Responsible Officer Richard Ennis, Corporate Director of Finance Report Author & Directorate Andrew Good, Deputy Head of Finance, Children & Young People Services Papers with report None HEADLINES Summary This report seeks Cabinet’s approval to set Licensed Deficits for a number of Maintained Schools. Putting our Residents First Delivering on the Council Strategy 2022-2026 This report supports our ambition for residents / the Council of: Have opportunities to earn an income that supports their families This report supports our commitments to residents of: A Digital-Enabled, Modern, Well-Run Council Financial Cost Funding for schools and school related expenditure is provided through the Dedicated Schools Grant (DSG) and the Pupil Premium and as such has no impact on the Council’s budget requirement, although the Council will need to provide the schools with sufficient cash-flow by means of paying the schools DSG Budget in advance of receipt of the grant. It should be noted that schools cannot borrow money unless they have written permission of the Secretary of State. Select Committee Children, Families & Education Select Committee Ward(s) All Wards RECOMMENDATION That the Cabinet approves the application for a licensed deficit for the schools outlined within this report. Cabinet report – 12 December 2024 (Part 1 Public) Reasons for Recommendation Cabinet is the decision-making body for setting a License Deficit for a school. By setting a License Deficit the school will be compliant with regulations and have certainty of funding whilst they bring their schools back into a balanced position. Alternative options considered / risk management No alternative options have been considered as a Licensed Deficit is required for school s proposing to set an in-year deficit. SUPPORTING INFORMATION It is evident that a number of the maintained schools are facing significant financial issues in the medium term. Schools Forum have been updated with the concerns regarding the future of schools’ budgets and officers continue to engage with Schools Forum members to encourage that they consider ways t hat the situation could be addressed. Additionally, the Local Authority Schools Finance team continue to work with schools to closely monitor and support those that are a cause for concern in relation to their financial position. Under the new ‘Schools in Financial Difficulty’ policy where a school is unable to set a balanced budget, the service works closely with the Board of Governors and Head Teacher to review the underlying pressures together with improvements and efficiencies to mitigate the costs. Council officers from Education Improvement and Finance will meet with these schools (Headteachers, Chairs of Governors and business managers etc) to develop the Recovery Plan, agree an action plan and arrange for a termly meeting to monitor the Budget position against the Recovery Plan and challenge their spending to close the gap as soon as possible. The Council will also ask these schools to submit a provisional budget for 2025/26 financial year by March 2025. If this provisional budget shows a cumul ative deficit balance at end of 202 5/26 the Council will engage with the school to discuss ways of bringing the budget back into a surplus year position. If such a budget is not achieved by the end of June 202 5, the Council will need to decide whether to licence a deficit budget for 2025/26 with an agreement that the school will come back into surplus by the end of 2025/26 or within 3 years (in extreme circumstances). Alternatively, the Council could refuse to licence the deficit and ask the school to work on revised 2025/26 budget that shows a surplus at end of 2025/26. The list below summarises the current forecast deficit at the end of the financial year 2024/25 for those schools requiring a Licensed Deficit:  Coteford Infants School - £122k: the school was visited on the 18th October and a number of actions are being developed which may yield additional savings;  Bishop Winnington -Ingram CofE School - £343k: deficit relates to historic redundancy costs and progress on recovery will be closely monitored; Cabinet report – 12 December 2024 (Part 1 Public)  Oak Farm Primary School - £283k: financial deficit meeting scheduled for the 30 th November. School has been in challenging financial position primarily because of staffing pressures – work is required to focus on recovery activity;  Oak Wood School - £2,080k: significant historical deficit, the school now has strong leadership and a n improved financial management approach. Further work required to move the school progressively into balance;  St Swithun Wells’ Catholic - £136k: main contributor to the deficit has been ongoing high legal costs, which is expected to continue into 2025. Further focus required to see what savings opportunities exist;  Whiteheath Junior School - £134k – a drop in pupil numbers in 2024/25, a capital contribution to roofing and Senior Leadership Team costs (which are reducing) has resulted in the deficit. A monitoring meeting is scheduled for December 2024. Financial Implications Funding for schools and school related expenditure is provided through the Dedicated Schools Grant (DSG) and the Pupil Premium and as such has no direct impact on the Council’s general fund budget requirement. The Council will need to provide the schools with sufficient cash-flow by means of paying the schools DSG Budget in advance of receipt of the grant. Schools in Financial Deficit is likely to remain an ongoing issue for many of our schools moving forward and continued focus will be required to ensure schools continue to set or work towards eradicating financial deficits. RESIDENT BENEFIT & CONSULTATION The benefit or impact upon Hillingdon residents, service users and communities? By approving the above licensed deficits, schools will have certainty of funding and it will ensure we are compliant with existing regulations. Consultation carried out or required Council officers from Education Improvement and Finance are in ongoing engagement with these schools. CORPORATE CONSIDERATIONS Corporate Finance Corporate Finance has reviewed this report and associated financial implications, noting that there is no direct financial impact to the Council’s General Fund from granting of licenced deficits for local authority schools , noting the Statutory Override protects the General Fund from any deficits within the DSG. Where licenced deficits are supported by cash advances from the Council, Cabinet report – 12 December 2024 (Part 1 Public) these represent an opportunity cost to the General Fund which is reflected within budgets held for interest and investment income. Legal The Council's Scheme for Financing Schools as required by Section 48 of the School Standards and Framework Act 1998 authorises Cabinet to licence a deficit in respect of a school. There are no legal impediments to Cabinet agreeing the recommendations set out in the report. BACKGROUND PAPERS Previous Cabinet reports and decisions

Cabinet Report – 12 December 2024 (Part 1 Public) STATEMENT OF GAMBLING POLICY Cabinet Member & Portfolio Councillor Eddie Lavery , Cabinet Member for Community and Environment Responsible Officer Dan Kennedy, Corporate Director of Homes & Communities Report Author & Directorate Daniel Ferrer, Licensing Team Manager Homes & Communities Papers with report Appendix A – Proposed Statement of Gambling Policy (circulated separately) Appendix B - Equalities Impact Assessment HEADLINES Summary The Council is obliged under s.349 Gambling Act 2005 to publish its Statement of Principles (Statement of Gambling Policy) to be applied when exercising various functions under the Act. The policy has been reviewed following consultation and in line with the Council’s objectives. This report seeks a recommendation to be made to full Council for the adoption of the updated Statement of Gambling Policy for 2025-2028 which is a Policy Framework document. Putting our Residents First Delivering on the Council Strategy 2022- 2026 This report supports our ambition for residents/the Council of: An efficient, well-run, digital-enabled council working with partners to deliver services to improve the lives of all our residents This report supports our commitments to residents of: Modern, Well-Run Council Financial Cost There are no financial implications anticipated in relation to the recommendation to this report. Select Committee Residents’ Services Select Committee. Ward(s) All RECOMMENDATION That Cabinet, following consideration of the consultation responses, recommends to Full Council the adoption of the updated Statement of Gambling Policy. Cabinet Report – 12 December 2024 (Part 1 Public) Reasons for recommendation To ensure the Council has an up -to-date Gambling Policy, which has been subject to public consultation and views sought from relevant stakeholders. The revised Statement of Gambling Policy has been drafted to include updates in legislation , Government guidance and to reflect current working practices. This will provide residents and service users with an up to date and fit for purpose policy document. Alternative options considered / risk management To not make a recommendation for adoption of the Statement of Gambling Policy would mean the Council would not be able to meet its statutory obligations and legal challenges may follow. Democratic compliance / previous authority On 12th September 2024 , Cabinet agreed to a public consultatio n for the draft Statement of Gambling Policy to take place from 13 September 2024 to 25 October 2024. SUPPORTING INFORMATION The Council is required to review its Statement of Gambling Policy at regular intervals to ensure that it is carrying out licensing functions in accordance with current legislation. During this review, consideration has been given to how changes might improve the way in which services are being delivered and to make them more efficient and customer friendly. In the intervening time, since 12 January 2023, there have been only minor changes to legislation and guidance and as such there are very few changes proposed to this policy. This has been incorporated into the revised policy. In summary, the changes relate to:  Sentence Structure: Improved in various paragraphs.  Terminology Updates: Words like “empowered” replaced with “authorised”, “not complied with” replaced with “breached”.  Additions: New sentences and sections added, such as Representations, Direct Marketing, and Duty to Protect/Martyn’s Law.  Authority References: “Council” replaced with “Licensing Authority”  Guidance Inclusions: New paragraphs added for ‘Think 25’ guidance and Appeals section.  Equality Act: Added reference to the Equality Act 2010 and the Public Sector Equality Duty.  Contact Details: Updated for Responsible Authorities The Statement of Gambling Policy is a Policy Framework document and, therefore, under the law and the Council's Constitution, it requires final approval by full Council. The proposed Policy being recommended for approval is attached in Appendix A. Cabinet Report – 12 December 2024 (Part 1 Public) Financial Implications Any costs associated with the proposed adoption of the Statement of Gambling Policy will be funded from gambling licence fees (as set out in Appendix 1) and therefore contained within existing revenue budgets. There have been no legislative changes to the set licensing fees for Gambling licence applications. The fees remain statutory and have not been amended since the Gambling Act was brought into force in September 2007. RESIDENT BENEFIT & CONSULTATION The benefit or impact upon Hillingdon residents, service users and communities The effect of the updated Statement of Gambling Policy will be that firstly residents will have further clarity regarding how they are able to submit valid representations to applications that they are concerned with. Service users can be confident that additional safeguarding measures such as ‘Think 25’ and those in relation to Direct marketing will be followed by businesses. Finally, communities, can be reassured that the Licensing Authority are committed to Public Health initiatives and strategies and also focusing on wider issues such as Counter Terrorism and Martyn’s Law. An Equalities Impact Assessment was carried out on 25 th July 2024. The Licensing Authority identified that there are a number of gambling premises whose customers are from a Black, Asian, Minority and Ethnic background. Licensing Officers will take appropriate steps to support customers of these licensed premises and members of the public when it comes to Gambling queries and relevant applications. The Licensing Team will offer telephone advice to residents and customers and consideration will be given to meeting residents and c ustomers at Council Offices to assist them in clarifying relevant application forms. The Equalities Impact Assessment is attached in Appendix B. Consultation Carried Out A six-week consultation period took place from 13 September 2024 to 25 October 2024. The Licensing Authority consulted with the Responsible Authorities under the Gambling Act 2005, residents’ associations, trade representatives, all Members and neighbouring Licensing Authorities. The Licensing Authority received three submissions during the consultation . These were from Gamble Aware, the Lotteries Council and Gamcare. Gamble Aware comments Gamble Aware provided the Lice nsing Authority useful links to interactive maps showing prevalence of problem gambling in each local authority. Also, they provided links to publications from the Local Government Association which set out a range of options available to local authorities to deal with gambling related harm. They stated that they are fully supportive of local authorities which conduct an analysis to identify areas with increased levels of risk. Cabinet Report – 12 December 2024 (Part 1 Public) The Lotteries Council comments The Lotteries Council responded stating that they have reviewed the draft Policy and had no comment. Gamcare comments Gamcare welcomed the position Hillingdon Council is taking to go beyond the mandatory and default conditions of the Gambling Act 2005. They stated that Local Authorities can play a role in reducing gambling harm, particularly for those who experience harm in land -based gambling venues. They stated that the Council should develop a local picture of the level of gambling harms and pursue a Local Area Profile approach. This topic is referred to in Section 4 of the existing current Policy. Gamcare stated that changes to Hillingdon Council’s statement of principles should be viewed in the context of the Gambling Act Review and subsequent process of white paper consultations, so as to take account of the rapidly changing regulatory environment. In addition, they have stated that they would like to see a commitment to a public health approach to gambling. Therefore, an additional, specific ‘Public Health Approach’ section shall be added to the draft policy at sections 1.70 and 1.71 to read: “The Licensing Authority will endeavour to support all initiatives and strategies which lead the way for local public health approaches to reduce gambling harms and health inequalities across Great Britain”. This will in volve c lose working with the Council’s own Public Health Team but also collaborating with relevant external partners and organisations to share best practices across local authorities.” Residents’ Services Select Committee comments The draft Policy was considered by the Residents’ Services Select Committee on 24 September 2024. Members sought further clarification regarding possible saturation in some areas noting the existence of six gambling establishments within a small area of Hayes. The Select Committee heard that all applications were considered on their individual merits – all of the relevant data and the impact on the local area were taken into account. It was noted that the number of complaints received in relation to gambling establishments was low compared to those received regarding alcohol-related premises. Members noted the importance of safeguarding and sought further clarification as to how officers ensured that the Gambling Policy was being adhered to. In response to this, it was confirmed that risk-related inspections were carried out proactively by the enforcement team . Recent visits with the Gambling Commission had also been undertaken. Licensing Committee comments The Licensing Committee met on 9 October 2024 and the Licensing Team Manager outlined the changes. A Member expressed that the Gambling Policy together with its amendments were sufficient in terms of safeguarding. There was a query in relation to how many consultation submissions had been received so far it was reminded that it was within everyone’s remit to share Cabinet Report – 12 December 2024 (Part 1 Public) that the consultation was taking place with residents and resident associations. Finally, questions were asked around the Council’s role in relation to the prevention of ‘on-line’ gambling and it was noted that the whilst the Gambling Commission were the main regulator for ‘on -line’ gambling, the Licensing Authority were responsible for land-based gambling. However, it was put forward that the Licensing Authority could work closer with the Gambling Commission and make arrangements to provide useful guidance and support for residents on the Council’s website page. CORPORATE CONSIDERATIONS Corporate Finance Corporate Finance has reviewed this report and concurs with the Financial Implications set out above, noting that any costs associated with the proposed adoption of the Statement of Gambling Policy will be funded from gambling licence fees and therefore contained within existing revenue budgets, with a full set of Gambling Fees & Charges included in Annex A in line with the approved values in Cabinet and Council in February 2024. Legal Legal Services are satisfied that the Council has discharged its duty under the Gambling Act 2005. Legal Services has reviewed this report and confirms that following the consultation, there are no specific legal implications arising at the current time. It should be noted that all policies are subject to challenge and will be dealt with accordingly should this arise. BACKGROUND PAPERS Current Statement of Gambling Policy https://www.hillingdon.gov.uk/gambling Gambling Commission - Guidance to Licensing Authorities last updated May 2021 https://www.gamblingcommission.gov.uk/guidance/guidance-to-licensing-authorities Gambling Commission – Licence Conditions & Codes of Practice last updated Oct 2020 https://www.gamblingcommission.gov.uk/licensees-and-businesses/lccp Summer 2023 Consultation – proposed changes to LCCP and RTS: https://www.gamblingcommission.gov.uk/consultation-response/summer-2023-consultation- proposed-changes-to-lccp-and-rts-consultation High Stakes: Gambling Reform for the Digital Age, April 2023 https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/high-stakes-gambling-reform-for-the-digital-age Cabinet Report – 12 December 2024 (Part 1 Public) Annex A: Gambling Fees & Charges Type Current Charge Residents Current Charge Non- Residents Vat Status Proposed Charge Residents Increase Proposed Charge Non residents Increase Date of last change to charge £ £ £ % £ % The Gambling Act 2005 Registration of small society lottery B 40.00 40.00 NB 40.00 0.00% 40.00 0.00% 01-Apr-10 Renewal of registration of small society lottery B 20.00 20.00 NB 20.00 0.00% 20.00 0.00% 01-Apr-10 Application for a premises licence - Bingo B 3,500.00 3,500.00 NB 3,500.00 0.00% 3,500.00 0.00% 01-Apr-10 Application for a premises licence - Adult Gaming Centre B 2,000.00 2,000.00 NB 2,000.00 0.00% 2,000.00 0.00% 01-Apr-10 Application for a premises licence - Family Entertainment Centre B 2,000.00 2,000.00 NB 2,000.00 0.00% 2,000.00 0.00% 01-Apr-10 Application for a premises licence - Betting Premises (Track) B 2,500.00 2,500.00 NB 2,500.00 0.00% 2,500.00 0.00% 01-Apr-10 Application for a premises licence - betting Premises (Other) B 3,000.00 3,000.00 NB 3,000.00 0.00% 3,000.00 0.00% 01-Apr-10 Annual fee for a premises licence - Bingo B 1,000.00 1,000.00 NB 1,000.00 0.00% 1,000.00 0.00% 01-Apr-10 Annual fee for a premises licence - Adult Gaming Centre B 1,000.00 1,000.00 NB 1,000.00 0.00% 1,000.00 0.00% 01-Apr-10 Annual fee for a premises licence - Family Entertainment Centre B 750.00 750.00 NB 750.00 0.00% 750.00 0.00% 01-Apr-10 Annual fee for a premises licence - Betting Premises (Track) B 1,000.00 1,000.00 NB 1,000.00 0.00% 1,000.00 0.00% 01-Apr-10 Annual fee for a premises licence - betting Premises (Other) B 600.00 600.00 NB 600.00 0.00% 600.00 0.00% 01-Apr-10 Application for a variation of premises licence - Bingo B 1,750.00 1,750.00 NB 1,750.00 0.00% 1,750.00 0.00% 01-Apr-10 Application for a variation of premises licence - Adult Gaming Centre B 1,000.00 1,000.00 NB 1,000.00 0.00% 1,000.00 0.00% 01-Apr-10 Application for a variation of premises licence - Family Entertainment Centre B 1,000.00 1,000.00 NB 1,000.00 0.00% 1,000.00 0.00% 01-Apr-10 Cabinet Report – 12 December 2024 (Part 1 Public) Appendix 1: Gambling Fees & Charges Type Current Charge Residents Current Charge Non- Residents Vat Status Proposed Charge Residents Increase Proposed Charge Non residents Increase Date of last change to charge £ £ £ % £ % Application for a variation of premises licence - Betting Premises (Track) B 1,250.00 1,250.00 NB 1,250.00 0.00% 1,250.00 0.00% 01-Apr-10 Application for a variation of premises licence - Betting Premises (Other) B 1,500.00 1,500.00 NB 1,500.00 0.00% 1,500.00 0.00% 01-Apr-10 Application for a transfer of premises licence - Bingo B 1,200.00 1,200.00 NB 1,200.00 0.00% 1,200.00 0.00% 01-Apr-10 Application for a transfer of premises licence - Adult Gaming Centre B 1,200.00 1,200.00 NB 1,200.00 0.00% 1,200.00 0.00% 01-Apr-10 Application for a transfer of premises licence - Family Entertainment Centre B 1,200.00 1,200.00 NB 1,200.00 0.00% 1,200.00 0.00% 01-Apr-10 Application for a transfer of premises licence - Betting Premises (Track) B 950.00 950.00 NB 950.00 0.00% 950.00 0.00% 01-Apr-10 Application for a transfer of premises licence - betting Premises (Other) B 1,200.00 1,200.00 NB 1,200.00 0.00% 1,200.00 0.00% 01-Apr-10 Application for an Unlicensed Family Entertainment Centre Gaming Machine Permit B 300.00 300.00 NB 300.00 0.00% 300.00 0.00% 01-Apr-10 Licensed premises gaming machine permit B 150.00 150.00 NB 150.00 0.00% 150.00 0.00% 01-Apr-10 Annual fee for licensed premises gaming machine permit B 50.00 50.00 NB 50.00 0.00% 50.00 0.00% 01-Apr-10 Application for club gaming / gaming machine permit B 150.00 150.00 NB 150.00 0.00% 150.00 0.00% 01-Apr-10 Annual fee for club gaming / gaming machine permit B 50.00 50.00 NB 50.00 0.00% 50.00 0.00% 01-Apr-10 Transfer of gaming machine permit B 25.00 25.00 NB 25.00 0.00% 25.00 0.00% 01-Apr-10 Notification of 2 x gaming machines B 50.00 50.00 NB 50.00 0.00% 50.00 0.00% 01-Apr-10

1 ITEM 10 – APPENDIX A Statement of Gambling Policy The Gambling Act 2005 Effective – 2025-2028 2 Contents Page PART 1: The Gambling Act 2005 Introduction Consultation Declaration Authorised Activities Licensing Authority Functions Responsible Authorities Designated Body Protecting Children from Harm Interested Parties Representations Exchange of Information Enforcement Equality Duty Modern Day Slavery Primary Authority Advertising Human Rights Counter Terrorism Public Health Approach PART 2: Promoting the Licensing Objectives Preventing gambling from being a source of crime or disorder Ensuring that gambling is conducted in a fair and open way Protecting children and vulnerable persons from being harmed PART 3: Integrating Strategies and Other Regulatory Regimes Integrating Strategies PART 4: Local Risk Assessments and Local Area Profiles Local Risk Assessments Local Area Profiles PART 5: Premises Licences General Principles Definition of Premises Provisional Statements Location Conditions Door Supervisors Casino Premises Bingo Premises Members Clubs and Commercial Clubs Betting Premises Tracks Adult Gaming Centres (Licensed) Family Entertainment Centres Travelling Fairs Review of Premises Licences Appeals 4 5 6 6 7 7 8 9 10 11 12 14 14 14 15 15 16 16 17 18 19 22 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 30 30 32 33 33 34 36 37 38 38 39 3 PART 6: Gaming and Gaming Machine Permits Introduction to Permits Gaming Machines (Unlicensed) Family Entertainment Centre Gaming Machne Permits Club Gaming and Club Machine Permits Alcohol Licensed Premises Gaming Machine Permits Prize Gaming Permits PART 7: Notices Temporary Use Notices Occasional Use Notices PART 8: Registration of Small Society Lotteries Definition of Small Society Lottery Licensing and Registration Scheme PART 9: Decision Making The Licensing Committee Delegation of decision-making responsibilities PART 10: Annexes Annex: A: Schedule of Consultees Annex: B: Schedule of Responsible Authorities and Contact details Annex: C: Summary of Delegations Annex: D - Ward Councillor Call-in 40 40 41 45 45 47 49 50 51 54 54 55 57 59 60 4 PART 1 THE GAMBLING ACT 2005 INTRODUCTION 1.1 The London Borough of Hillingdon Council is the Licensing Authority under the Gambling Act 2005. This means that the Council is responsible for granting Premises Licences in respect of betting premises, bingo premises, casino premises, adult gaming centres and family entertainment centres . The Licensing Authority also issues a range of gaming permits and other authorisations for gambling within the Borough. As a Licensing Authority, we are also authorised under the Act to impose conditions and review licences, as well as take enforcement action when an offence under the Act has been committed . This includes when premises or activities are unlicensed, or licence conditions are breached. This is coupled with powers of entry and inspection to ensure compliance and the promotion of the Licensing Objectives under the Act. The Licensing Framework 1.2 In exercising most of our decision-making functions the Licensing Authority must have regard to the three Licensing Objectives set out in Section 1 of the Gambling Act, namely: ● Preventing gambling from being a source of crime or disorder, being associated with crime or disorder or being used to support crime ● Ensuring that gambling is conducted in a fair and open way ● Protecting children and other vulnerable persons from being harmed or exploited by gambling 1.3 The Licensing Authority is also bound by section 153 of the Act, which requires us, in making decisions concerning Premises Licences and Temporary Use Notices, to aim to permit the use of premises for gambling insofar as we think fit, subject to such decisions being: ● In accordance with any relevant code of practice under Section 24 of the Act, the Licence Conditions and Codes of Practice (LCCP) ● In accordance with any relevant guidance issued by the Gambling Commission ● Reasonably consistent with the licensing objectives; and ● In accordance with this Statement of Licensing Principles 1.4 The effect of this duty is that the Licensing Authority must approach our functions in a way that seeks to regulate gambling by using our powers to moderate its impact on the licensing objectives rather than initially starting out to preventing it all together. 5 The Policy 1.5 Section 349 of the Act requires the Licensing Authority to publish a Statement of Principles (or policy) that we will apply when exercising our various functions under the Act. This Statement of Principles fulfils that statutory requirement and details throughout the document the Council’s general approach to the making of licensing decisions. 1.6 Nothing in this policy will override the right of any person to make an application under the Act and have that application considered on its individual merits. Equally, nothing in this policy will undermine the right of any person to make representations on an application or seek a review of a licence where there is a legal power to do so. 1.7 This document should be read in conjunction with the Act, Regulations made under the Act and Guidance issued by the Gambling Commission. Our Statement of Principles is designed to be a strategic (Gambling) Licensing Policy, not an operational guide to the Gambling Act or a guide to the application process. 1.8 This policy is supplemented by guidance documents for residents and the trade on the application and licensing process. These documents will assist applicants and objectors in understanding their rights and responsibilities under the Act in respect of: ● Applying for licenses and other gambling permissions. ● Making representations. ● Complaints about a premises licensed under the Act and review rights. ● Committee hearings and the decision-making process. ● The information is available on the Council’s website or on request by contacting the Licensing Authority. 1.9 The licensing authority’s policy will have effect for a maximum of three years and must be reviewed thereafter, but the Licensing Authority may review and alter the Policy at any time during the three-year period. Where the Policy is reviewed and changes proposed the licensing authority must consult on any revision. CONSULTATION 1.10 The Council has, in accordance with the section 349(3) of the Gambling Act, consulted with: a. London Borough of Hillingdon Council Licensing Authority b. The Gambling Commission c. The Chief Officer of Police for the London Borough of Hillingdon d. London Fire & Emergency Planning Authority, Hillingdon Fire Station e. London Borough of Hillingdon Council Planning Authority f. Hillingdon Local Safeguarding Board 6 g. HM Revenue and Customs h. Authority for Vulnerable Adults i. A Licensing Authority in whose area the premises are situated (i.e. the Council itself and also any adjoining Council where premises straddle the boundaries between the two). j. Persons who appear to this authority to represent the interests of persons carrying on gambling businesses in the borough of Hillingdon and neighbouring boroughs k. Persons who appear to us to represent the interests of persons who are likely to be affected by the exercise of this authority’s functions under the Gambling Act 2005. 1.11 A comprehensive list of the persons and/or bodies we have consulted is attached at Annex A. A summary of the consultation responses can be found on the Council’s website. The full list of comments made and consideration given to those responses is available on request by contacting the Authority’s Licensing Service. 1.12 Our consultation took place between 13th September 2024 and 25th October 2024. DECLARATION 1.13 In producing the final Statement of Principles, this Licensing Authority declares that it has had regard to the Licensing Objectives , the Gambling Act 2005, the Guidance issued by the Gambling Commission and responses from those consulted on the policy statement. AUTHORISED ACTIVITIES 1.14 Gambling’ is defined in the Act as either gaming, betting or taking part in a lottery: ● Gaming means playing a game of chance for a prize ● Betting means making or accepting a bet on the outcome of a race, competition, or any other event; the likelihood of anything occurring or not occurring; or whether anything is true or not true ● A Lottery is where persons are required to pay in order to take part in an arrangement, during the course of which one or more prizes are allocated by a process that relies wholly on chance. 1.15 Private gaming in private dwellings and on domestic occasions is exempt from licensing or registration providing that no charge is made for participating; only equal chance gaming takes place; and it does not occur in a place to which the public have access. Domestic betting between inhabitants of the same premises or between employees of the same employer is also exempt. 1.16 Non-commercial gaming and betting (where no parts of the proceeds are for private gain) may be subject to certain exemptions. Further advice should be 7 sought from the Council’s Licensing Team where appropriate. LICENSING AUTHORITY FUNCTIONS 1.17 Under the Act, the Licensing Authority will be responsible for: ● Licensing of premises where gambling activities are to take place by issuing premises licences. ● Issuing Provisional Statements. ● Regulating Members’ Clubs and Miners’ Welfare Institutes who wish to undertake certain gaming activities via issuing club gaming permits and/or club machine permits. ● Issuing Club Machine Permits to commercial clubs. ● Granting permits for the use of certain lower stake gaming machines at unlicensed Family Entertainment Centres. ● Receiving Notifications from Alcohol Licensed premises (under the Licensing Act 2003) of the use of two or less gaming machines. ● Granting licensed premises gaming machine permits for premises licensed to sell/supply alcohol for consumption on the licensed premises, under the Licensing Act 2003, where more than two machines are required. ● Registering Small Society Lotteries below prescribed thresholds. ● Issuing Prize Gaming Permits. ● Receiving and endorsing Temporary Use Notices. ● Receiving Occasional Use Notices. ● Providing information to Gambling Commission regarding details of Licenses issued (see section on Information Exchange). ● Maintaining Register of Licenses and Permits issued under these functions. ● Exercising its powers of enforcement under the Act in partnership with the Gambling Commission and other relevant responsible Authorities. 1.18 It should be noted that licensing authorities are not involved in licensing remote gambling at all, which is regulated by the Gambling Commission via operating licenses. RESPONSIBLE AUTHORITIES 1.19 These are generally public bodies that must be notified of all applications and who are entitled to make representations to the Council if they ar e relevant to the licensing objectives. 1.20 Within the meaning of Section 157 of the Act, those authorities are: a) London Borough of Hillingdon Council Licensing Authority. b) The Gambling Commission. c) The Chief Officer of Police for the London Borough of Hillingdon (where relevant, Chief Officer of Police for Heathrow). d) London Fire & Emergency Planning Authority, Hillingdon Fire Station. e) London Borough of Hillingdon Council Planning Authority. f) London Borough of Hillingdon Council Environmental Protection Unit (i.e. 8 authority responsible for pollution and harm to human health). g) Hillingdon Local Safeguarding Board. h) HM Revenue and Customs. i) Authority for Vulnerable Adults. j) A Licensing Authority in whose area the premises are situated (i.e. the Council itself and also any adjoining Council where premises straddle the boundaries between the two). For Vessels only: Section 211(4) of the Act provides that the following are Responsible Authorities in addition to the authorities listed under section 157 of the Act: A. The Navigation Authority (whose statutory functions are in relation to waters where the vessel is usually moored or berthed) B. The Environment Agency, C. British Waterways and D. The Secretary of State for Digital, Culture, Media and Sport (DDCMS). 1.21 Subject to any other person being prescribed in Regulations by the Secretary of State. The contact addresses for these authorities are illustrated at Annex B, or available via the Council’s website. DESIGNATED BODY PROTECTING CHILDREN FROM HARM 1.22 The Council is required by regulations to state the principles it will apply in exercising its powers under Section 157(h) of the Act to designate, in writing, a body which is competent to advise the Licensing Authority about the protection of children from harm. 1.23 The principles are that: ● The designated body must be responsible for an area covering the whole of the Licensing Authority’s area. ● The designated body must be answerable to democratically elected persons, rather than any particular vested interest group etc. 1.24 In accordance with the Gambling Commission’s Guidance for local authorities this authority designates the Local Safeguarding Children Board for this purpose. 1.25 The remit of the Board is to co -ordinate and scrutinise arrangements for safeguarding and promoting the welfare of Hillingdon's children. It operates throughout the Borough, is responsible for the area covered by the Licensing Authority and this Policy; and has specialist knowledge and experience in the protection of children to fulfil this role. INTERESTED PARTIES 9 1.26 Interested parties can make representations about licence applications or apply for a review of an existing licence. (see annex A with regard to Councillors making representations). For the purposes of the Gambling Act 2005 interested parties will include persons who: ● Live sufficiently close to premises carrying out gambling activities. ● Have business interests that might be affected; and ● Represent persons listed above. 1.27 We are required by regulations to state the principles we will apply in exercising our powers under the Gambling Act 2005 to determine whether a person is an interested party. This Licensing Authority's principles are set out in the following paragraphs: 1.28 Each case will be decided upon its merits. We will not apply a rigid rule to our decision- making. In the case of doubt, the benefit will be given to the party making the representation until the contrary can be shown. 1.29 Interested parties can include trade associations and unions; and residents’ or tenants’ associations, providing that they can show they represent someone who would be classed as an interested party in their own right. Within the meaning of the Act, interested parties can also be persons who are democratically elected such as Councillors and MPs. 1.30 Generally, the principles we will apply when deciding whether or not a person is an interested party will include look ing at the size of the premises where larger premises may be considered to affect people over a broader geographical area compared to smaller premises offering similar facilities and the nature of the activities being conducted on the premises. As to the d ifferent elements of the definition of “Interested Party”, the Licensing Authority will take into account the following specific matters of principle: 1.31 Persons living "Sufficiently Close" The Licensing Authority recognises "sufficiently close to be likely to be affected" could have a different meaning for, for instance, a private resident, a residential school for children with problems and a residential hostel for vulnerable adults and will therefore deal with each representation on its individual merits. 1.32 In determining whether someone lives sufficiently close to a particular premises as to likely to be affected by the authorised activities the Council may take account of the: ● Size of the premises. ● Nature of the premises. ● Nature of the authorised activities being proposed. ● Distance of the premises from the person making the representation. ● Characteristics of the complainant. 10 ● Potential impact of the premises. 1.33 Persons with business interests likely to be affected With regard to those persons with business interests that could be affected, the Licensing Authority will (in addition to the factors set out in paragraph 1.38 above) need to be satisfied that the relevant business is indeed likely to be affected and the following factors will therefore be taken into account: i) The ‘catchment’ area of the premises (i.e. how far people travel to visit); ii) Whether the person making the representation has business interests in that catchment area that might be affected. iii) Whether or not the representation is purely based on ‘competition’ as the Licensing Authority does not consider this to be a relevant representation. 1.34 Persons/bodies representing persons named above With regard to persons representing persons living sufficiently close and persons having business interests that may be affected, the Licensing Authority will include trade associations and unions. 1.35 Where a Councillor represents an interested party, in order to avoid conflict of interest, the Councillor cannot be part of the Licensing Committee dealing with the licence application. When in doubt, Councillors are asked to contact the Council's Legal Services to gain further advice. 1.36 Other than Councillors and MPs, this authority will require written evidence that a person represents someone who either lives sufficiently close to the premises to be likely to be affected by the authorised activities and/or business interests that might be likewise affected. A letter from one of these persons confirming their wish to be represented will be sufficient. Representations 1.37 ‘Interested Parties’ and ‘Responsible Authorities’ may make comments to an application in the form of a Representation. Representations must be ‘relevant’ and should therefore include one or more of the following:  relate to the licensing objectives  relate to this gambling policy  relate to Gambling Commission’s Guidance  relate to the Gambling Commission’s Codes of Practice  relate to the premises concerning that application  are not frivolous nor vexatious Exchange of Information 11 1.38 Under the Gambling Act, we will have a key role in providing information to the Gambling Commission to assist it in carrying out its functions. This Licensing Authority recognises the need to work closely with the Gambling Commission in exchanging information as and when required. 1.39 As the Licensing Authority we are required to include in our policy statement the principles we intend to apply in exercising the functions under sections 29 and 30 of the Act with respect to the exchange of information between us and the Gambling Commission, and the functions under section 350 of the Act with respect to the exchange of information between us and the other persons listed in Schedule 6 to the Act. Statement of Principles 1.40 This Licensing Authority will act in accordance with the provisions of the Gambling Act 2005 in its exchange of information which includes the provision that the General Data Protection Regulations 2018 will not be contravened. The Licensing Authority will also have regard to any Guidance issued by the Gambling Commission to Local Authorities on this matter, as well as any relevant regulations issued by the Secretary of State under the powers provided in the Gambling Act 2005. 1.41 Details of applications and representations which are referred to a Licensing Sub- Committee for determination will be published in reports that are made publicly available in accordance with the Local Government Act 1972 and the Freedom of Information Act 2000. Personal details of people making representations will be disclosed to applicants and only be withheld from publication on the grounds of personal safety where the Licensing Authority is asked to do so. 1.42 The Licensing Authority will normally share the information it holds about licensed premises with the Gambling Commission, Local Police Enforcement in Hillingdon; and with other Responsible Authorities where there is a need for exchange of information on specific premises. 1.43 We are aware that the Gambling Commission recommends in its Guidance to Local Authorities that a Protocol for the sharing of such information should be established between, us, the Licensing Authority, the Gambling Commission itself and relevant Responsible Autho rities in order to target agreed problem and high risk premises that require greater attention while providing a lighter touch in respect of well-run, low risk premises. Partnership Working 1.44 The local authority shall work in partnership with the Gambling Commission to regulate gambling. In doing so the Commission will tend to focus on operators and issues of national or regional significance whilst the Licensing Authority will take the lead on regulating gambling locally. 1.45 The Commission and licensing authorities may work directly together on particular 12 issues. By working in collaboration jointly we are able to prevent such risks growing into a more widespread problem and to ensure that both the Commission and Licensing Authority resources are used efficiently. 1.46 Licensing authorities should aim to work with local businesses to reduce the risk to the licensing objectives to acceptable levels. The Act does not envisage regulation by either the Commission or licensing authorities being aimed at preventing legitimate gambling. Enforcement 1.47 Licensing authorities are required by regulation under the Gambling Act 2005 to state the principles to be applied by the authority in exercising the functions under Part 15 of the Act with respect to the inspection of premises; and the powers under section 346 of the Act to institute criminal proceedings in respect of the offences specified. 1.48 This Licensing Authority’s principles are that: ● It will be guided by the Gambling Commission’s Guidance for local authorities and it will endeavour to be: ● Proportionate: we will only intervene when necessary, remedies will be appropriate to the risk posed, and costs identified and minimised. ● Accountable, with decisions being justifiable, and be subject to public scrutiny. ● Consistent: rules and standards will be joined up and implemented fairly. ● Transparent and Open: Licence conditions will be kept simple and user friendly. ● Targeted: Regulation will be focused on the problem, and minimise side effects. ● The Council will avoid duplication with other regulatory regimes so far as possible. ● This licensing authority will also keep itself informed of developments as regards the work of the Better Regulation Executive in its consideration of the regulatory funct ions of local authorities. Furthermore, the licensing authority will take into account any guidance issued by the Better Regulation Executive. ● We note the Gambling Commission’s guidance that: in order to ensure compliance with the law, this Licensing Authority must prepare a Risk- based Inspection Programme and that we carry out regular ‘routine’ daytime programmed inspections, based on risk assessment in the categories High, Medium and Low; and that we also carry out ‘non routine’ evening programmed inspections. Where one -off events are taking place under a Temporary Use Notice or Occasional Use Notice, the Licensing Authority may also carry out inspections to ensure the Licensing Objectives are being promoted. ● High-risk premises are those premises th at require greater attention with low-risk premises needing only a lighter touch so that resources 13 are effectively concentrated on problem premises. 1.49 Enforcement may include test purchasing activities to measure compliance of licensed operators with aspect s of the Gambling Act. When undertaking test purchase activities, this licensing authority will undertake to liaise with the Gambling Commission and the operator to determine what other, if any, test purchasing schemes may already be in place. Irrespective of the actions of an operator on their overall estate, test purchasing may be deemed an appropriate course of action. 1.50 The Licensing Authority should consult with operators in the first instance where they have concerns about the underage access and age verification policies or who they plan to test purchase. This will enable the Licensing Authority to identify what programmes are in place to manage the business risk and take these into account in planning a test purchase exercise. 1.51 The Licensing Authority should consult with the Gambling Commission before undertaking any test purchasing operations . This is to ensure that there is no conflict between any ongoing investigation or enforcement activity related to either the premises or the operator. Furthermore, the Licensing Authority shall share any test purchasing results with the Gambling Commission. 1.52 The main enforcement and compliance role for this licensing authority in terms of the Gambling Act 2005 will be to ensure compliance with the Premise s Licences and other permissions which is authorises. 1.53 Authorised persons of the licensing authority exercise their inspection powers in accordance with the Act, the guidance and the principles set out in the Licensing Authority’s policy. 1.54 Any enforcement action taken in relation to the duties of this Licensing Authority under the Gambling Act 2005 will comply with the London Borough of Hillingdon Council's current 'Prosecutions and Sanctions Policy' 1.55 Enforcement Officers will also comply wit h 'The Code for Crown Prosecutors published by the Crown Prosecution Service which can be accessed at: https://www.cps.gov.uk/publication/code-crown-prosecutors 1.56 The Gambling Commission will be the enforcement body for the Operator and Personal Licences. Concerns about manufacture, supply or repair of gaming machines will not be dealt with by the licensing authority but will be notified to the Gambling Commission. This authority also understands that the Gambling Commission will be responsible for compliance as regards unlicensed premises. 1.57 In considering enforcement action, the Licensing Authority will bear in mind the Human Rights Act 1998, in particular: i) Article 1 of the First Protocol: that every person is entitled to the peaceful enjoyment of his or her possessions, including for example the possession 14 of a licence. ii) Article 6: that in the determination of civil rights and obligations everyone is entitled to a fair h earing within a reasonable time by an independent and impartial tribunal established by law. iii) Article 8: that everyone has the right to respect for his or her home and private family life. iv) Article 10: that everyone has the right to freedom of expression wi thin the law. Equality Duty 1.58 The Licensing Authority have a public sector equality duty to the following protected characteristics:  Age  Disability  Sex, gender reassignment, sexual orientation  Pregnancy and maternity  Race, religion or belief  Marriage and civil partnership 1.59 Under s.149 of the Equality Act 2010 a Public Authority must in the exercise of its function have due regard to the need to:- (a) eliminate discrimination, harassment, victimisation and any other conduct that is prohibited under the 2010 Act (b) advance equality of opportunity between persons who share a relevant protected characteristic and persons who do not share it (c) foster good relations between persons who share a relevant protected characteristic and persons who do not share it 1.60 The Licensing Authority has considered the Equality and Diversity issues that may arise from the Policy. The Licensing Authority considers that this policy does not raise any concerns with regard to equality and diversity Modern Day Slavery 1.61 The Licensing Authority acknowledges the implementation of the Modern Day Slavery Act 2015 and will therefore fully take on their responsibilities and statutory duties under the Act. 1.62 This Licensing Authority recognises the role it can play in proactively preventing modern slavery, which includes consideration of:-  Identification and referral of victims during inspections and visits  Reporting and referring for investigation via the Nat ional Crime Agency’s national referral mechanism any of its licence holders or managers of premises as a cause for concern  Assisting partners with Community safety services and disruption activities. 15 Primary Authority 1.63 The Primary Authority (PA) scheme, administered by the Office for Product Safety and Standards provides for a statutory partnership to be formed between a business and a single authority. That single authority, the PA, can provide a national inspection strategy within which other local regu lators can operate (Primary Authority statutory guidance), to improve the effectiveness of visits by local regulators and enable better sharing of information between them. The PA scheme therefore aims to ensure that local regulation is consistent at the national level. 1.64 Since October 2013, the PA scheme has been extended to include age-restricted sales of gambling in England and Wales . It does not apply to any other aspect of the Act. This means that the Licensing Authority must follow any age restricted sales of gambling national inspection plans and strategies that are published on the PA register when considering proactive age restricted sales (gambling) activity including testing. Advertising 1.65 The Act permits the advertising of gambling in all forms, provided that it is legal and there are adequate protections in place to prevent such advertisements undermining the licensing objectives. The Advertising Standards Authority (ASA) is the UK’s independent regulator of advertising. It enforces the UK Advert ising Codes (the Codes), written by the Committees of Advertising Practice. The Codes cover the content and placement of advertising and are designed to ensure that advertisements for gambling products are socially responsible, with particular regard to th e need to protect children, young persons under 18 and other vulnerable persons from being harmed or exploited. The Codes also require that advertisements for gambling products or services do not mislead. Any complaint about the content and placement of ad vertising or marketing communications should be sent directly to the ASA. Direct Marketing 1.66 Gambling premises are required to provide customers with options to opt -in to direct marketing based on the product types (for example betting, bingo and casino) they are interested in and the channels (for example email, SMS) through which they wish to receive marketing. Human Rights 1.67 When considering applications and taking enforcement action, the Licensing Authority will be subject of the Human Rights Act 1998 and should bear in mind  Article 1 – peaceful enjoyment of possessions.  Article 6 – right to a fair hearing  Article 8 – respect for private and family life  Article 10 – right to freedom of expression 16 Counter- Terrorism 1.68 Applicants for gambling premises are encouraged to consider:  Undertaking a terrorism threat risk assessment to ensure that any security related concerns are identified and , appropriate reasonable and proportionate steps are taken to reduce any risks from a terrorist attack, and  Undertaking an ACT security plan, including completion of a preparedness plan, information sharing and training. 1.69 More relevant information and advice regarding counter terrorism measures can be found on the Protect UK Website: www.protectuk.police.uk Public Health Approach 1.70 The Licensing Authority will endeavour to support all initiatives and strategies which lead the way for local public health approaches to reduce gambling harms and health inequalities across Great Britain 1.71 This will involve close working with the Council’s own Public Health Team but also collaborating with relevant external partners and organisations to share best practices across local authorities. PART 2 PROMOTING THE LICENSING OBJECTIVES 17 2.1 In exercising its functions under the Gambling Act 2005, London Borough of Hillingdon Council will have regard to the three statutory licensing objectives, which are: (i) Preventing gambling from being a source of crime or disorder, being associated with crime or disorder or being used to support crime. (ii) Ensuring that gambling is conducted in a fair and open way. (iii) Protecting children and other vulnerable persons from being harmed or exploited by gambling. 2.2 In promoting these objectives, the Council has considered the Gambling Commission’s Guidance to Local Authorities and makes the following observations as to the principles it intends to apply when considering the three objectives: PREVENTING GAMBLING FROM BEING A SOURCE OF CRIME OR DISORDER, BEING ASSOCIATED WITH CRIME OR DISORDER OR BEING USED TO SUPPORT CRIME. 2.3 The Gambling Commission will play a leading role in preventing gambling from being a source of crime and will maintain rigorous licensing procedures that aim to prevent criminals from providing facilities for gambling. 2.4 Anyone applying to the Council for a Premises Licence will have to hold an Operating Licence from the Gambling Commission before a licence can be issued. Therefore, the Council will not generally be concerned with the suitability of an applicant. However, if during the course of considering a Premises Licence application or at any other time, the Licensing Authority receives such information that causes it to question the suitability of the applicant; those concerns will be brought to the immediate attention of the Gambling Commission. 2.5 If an application for a licence or permit is received in relation to premises which are in an area noted for particular problems with organised crime or crime directly associated with gambling premises, the Council will, in consultation with the Police and other relevant Responsible Authorities, consider wh ether specific controls need to be applied to prevent those premises from being a source of crime. In appropriate circumstances, the Licensing Authority may consider appropriate conditions to be attached to the Licence, such as Door Supervisors. 2.6 Issues of disorder should only be dealt with under the Act if the disorder amounts to a form of activity, which is more serious and disruptive than mere nuisance and it can be shown that gambling is the source of that disorder. A disturbance 18 might be serious enough to constitute disorder if police or ambulance assistance was required to deal with it. Another factor which could be taken into account is how threatening the behaviour was to those who could see or hear it, and whether those people live suf ficiently close to be affected or have business interests that might be affected. 2.7 The Licensing Authority recognises that disorder may be focused on premises and therefore recommends an applicant takes such controls as necessary to prevent such disorder and nuisance. Examples may include thought given to the way that gambling is conducted on the premises, sighting of large payout machines, levels of noise from public address systems that should ideally be sited at the back of the premises away from residential areas. 2.8 Where there are persistent levels of disorder, the Licensing Authority will liaise closely with the Gambling Commission to consider the suitability of the applicant as an operator. In addition, the Licensing Authority will strive to have a goo d working relationship with the Police in accordance with any protocol that is currently in place. ENSURING THAT GAMBLING IS CONDUCTED IN A FAIR AND OPEN WAY 2.9 All gambling should be fair in the way it is played with transparent rules such that players know what to expect. Examples may include easily understandable information being made available on the rules and probability of winning/losing, ensuring the rules are fair and that advertising is not misleading. Further recommendations would be to ensure that the results of competitions/events are made public; and that machines, equipment and software meet the required standards set by the Gambling Commission. 2.10 Generally, it is for the Gambling Commission to ensure this Licensing Objective is complied with through the Operating and Personal Licence regime covering the management of a gambling business and the suitability and actions of an individual. 2.11 However, with regard to racetracks, where Betting Track Operators do not need an Operator's Licence from th e Gambling Commission, the role of the Licensing Authority is more significant. The Licensing Authority, in certain circumstances, may seek to impose conditions to ensure that the environment in which betting takes place is suitable. The Licensing Authority may wish to know the nature of the venue, have sight of a plan of the track which would include access to the tent where gambling is to take place, where the operators will conduct on course betting and whether or not there are any off-course betting operators. 19 PROTECTING CHILDREN AND OTHER VULNERABLE PERSONS FROM BEING HARMED OR EXPLOITED BY GAMBLING 2.12 Apart from one or two limited exceptions, the intention of the Act is that children and young persons should not be allowed to gamble and should therefo re be prevented from entering gambling premises which are ‘adult-only’ environments. 2.13 This Authority notes and endorses the Gambling Commission statement that: “The requirement in relation to children is explicitly to protect them from being harmed or exploited by gambling “. 2.14 In practice, steps will generally be taken to prevent children from taking part in, or being in close proximity to, gambling, where they are not legally permitted to do so, especially with regard to premises situated in areas where there may be a high rate of reported truancy. There may also be restrictions on advertising so that gambling products are not aimed at children or advertised in such a way that makes them particularly attractive to children. The advertising of Gambling services is regulated by the Gambling Commission under the Gambling (Licensing and Advertising) Act 2014. In relation to casinos only, the Gambling Commission will be issuing a code of practice about access to casino premises for children and young persons. 2.15 When considering whether to grant a premises licence or permit the Council will consider whether any measures are necessary to protect children or vulnerable young persons from being harmed or exploited by gambling, such as the supervision of entrances, th e segregation of gambling from areas frequented by children and the supervision of gaming machines in non -adult gambling specific premises, such as pubs, clubs, betting tracks etc. These measures will be particularly relevant on mixed use premises, tracks where children have freedom of movement in betting areas on race days and in particular to the non -gambling areas of casinos. Other such measures may include appropriate signage, location of machines and numbers of staff on duty. 2.16 Whilst the Gambling Act does not prohibit vulnerable groups in the same manner as children and young persons, with regard to vulnerable people, the Licensing Authority will consider whether or not any measures have been taken to protect such a group. Any s uch considerations will be balanced against the Licensing Authority’s aim to permit the use of premises for gambling; each application will be treated on its own merit. The term "vulnerable persons" has not been defined under the Act, but in seeking to pro tect vulnerable people the Council will consider that “vulnerable persons” include (but not limited to): (i) People who gamble more than they want to. (ii) People who gamble beyond their means, and (iii) People who may not be able to make informed or balanced decisions about gambling, perhaps due to a mental impairment, alcohol or drugs. 20 2.17 Gambling operators will be expected to demonstrate that they have adequate training and staffing procedures in place to ensure that vulnerable persons are protected from gambling related harm. Staff working at gambling premises will also need to be aware of challenges present in the local area and vicinity of the licensed premises which may impact on the protection of children and vulnerable persons. 2.18 Children (defined in the Act as under 16s) and young persons (16 -17s) may take part in private and non -commercial betting and gaming but the Act contains a number of restrictions on the circumstances in which they may participate in gambling or be on premises where gambling is taking place. An adult is defined as 18 and over. In summary: i) Betting Shops cannot admit anyone under the age of 18. ii) Bingo Clubs may admit those under the age of 18 but must have policies to ensure they do not gamble, except on category D machines. iii) Adult Entertainment Centres cannot admit those under the age of 18. iv) Family Entertainment Centres and premises with an alcohol premises licence such as pubs) can admit under-18s, but they may not play category C machines which are restricted to those over the age of 18. v) Clubs with a Club Premises Certificate can admit under-18s, but they must have policies to ensure those under the age of 18 do not play machines other than category D machines. vi) Tracks will be required to have policies to ensure that under 18s do not participate in gambling other than on category D machines. 2.19 With this Licensing Objective in mind, the Licensing Authority will take particular care when considering applications for more than one licence for a building and those relating to a discrete part of a building used for other non-gambling purposes, such as shopping malls or airport terminals. Where relevant, applicants will be expected to take measures to ensure young persons, and children are not in close proximity to gambling. Such measures could include sighting machines at the back of a premises so as to ensure young children do not have sight of such machines, not advertising gambling so as to encourage children and ensuring there is no accidental access to observe or enter premises used for gambling. 2.20 The Licensing Authority recommends that measures are taken to ensure entrances and exits from parts of a building covered by one or more licences are separate and identifiable so that people do not drift into a gambling area in error. Such measures could include appropriate signage, physically separating Family Entertainment Centres and Adult Gaming Centres, and supervision of entrances. 2.21 The Licensing Authority will pay particular attention to applications where access to the licensed premises is through another premises and will consider whether or not children can gain access; the compatibility of the two establishments and its ability to comply with the requirements of the Gambling Act. The Licensing Authority will also consider whether the co-location of the licensed premises with 21 other facilities will create an arrangement that is likely to be prohibited under the Act. 2.22 The Licensing Authority will consider multiple licences carefully and applicants are recommended to configure these buildings carefully if they seek to develop multipurpose developments and in particular consider how they will protect children from being harmed by gambling as well as preventing children from being in close proximity to gambling. Applicants are also requested to consider entrances and exits from parts of the building covered by one or more licences. These exits and entrances should be separate and identifiable to ensure children do not ‘drift’ into a gambling area. 2.23 The Licensing Authority recommends that all staff are suitably trained and aware of the Gambling laws, social responsibility and statutory requirements related to age restrictions on gaming machines. Appropriate measures should be taken to prevent underage use of such machines, including clear and appropriate signage, an approved Proof of Age scheme, a requirement for staff to be vigilant and aware at all times and ensuring the Adult Gaming area is not visible from the street. 2.24 The Council will always treat each case on its own individual merits and when considering whether specific measures are required to protect children and other vulnerable people it will balance its considerati ons against the overall principle of aiming to permit the use of premises for gambling. 2.25 When determining the location of proposed gambling facilities, this Licensing Authority in appropriate circumstances, will have regard to any Local Risk Assessment detailed in this policy and will consider very carefully the following factors when considering applications for Premises Licences, permits and other permissions: i) Proximity of premises to local schools. ii) Proximity of premises to centres that pose a high risk to vulnerable and young persons. iii) Proximity of premises to residential areas where there is a high concentration of children and young people. 22 PART 3 INTEGRATING STRATEGIES AND OTHER REGULATORY REGIMES INTEGRATING STRATEGIES 3.1 The Council considers that the Licensing Statement of Principles should provide clear indications of how we, as Licensing Authority, will secure the proper integration of this policy with local crime prevention, planning, transport, tourism, equalities and diversity schemes together with other Council plans introduced for the management of town centres and the night -time leisure economy. Many of these strategies are not directly related to the promotion of the three licensing objectives, but indirectly impact upon them. Coordination and integration of such policies, strategies and initiatives, so far as is possible and consistent with the licensing objectives, is therefore important to us. We will liaise with the relevant authorities or its directorates with regard to t his and in doing so adopt a multi - disciplinary approach to ensure proper integration of local and national strategies to promote the licensing objectives, including making arrangements for the Council’s Licensing Committee to receive reports from time to time on the: i) Needs of the local tourist economy; ii) Cultural strategy for the area; iii) Employment situation in the area and the need for new investment and employment where appropriate; iv) Local Crime Prevention Strategies; v) Race Equality Schemes; vi) Enforcement Policy. 3.2 Reports to the Licensing Committee from other relevant departments should enable the various agencies or departments with their own strategies, aims and objectives to keep the Licensing Committee aware of the wider picture in pursuance of the lice nsing objectives. It is our intention that we will, through the Council's Licensing Committee, monitor how the matters above set out impact on the licensing of gambling activities and facilities and other functions in order to achieve seamless integration of our licensing function with other relevant strategies and initiatives. 3.3 In order to avoid duplication with other statutory regimes, the Licensing Authority will not attach conditions to a licence unless they are considered necessary for the promotion of the licensing objectives. Conditions will generally be considered unnecessary if they are already adequately covered by other legislation. 3.4 Similarly, where other legislation confers powers on inspection and enforcement agencies in relation to separate activities and concerns relating to licensed premises, this policy does not affect the continued use of such powers by the relevant agency. 23 3.5 This authority will seek to avoid any duplication with other statutory or regulatory systems where possible, including the statutory planning regime. 3.6 We emphasise that under section 210 of the Act this Licensing Authority is not entitled to have regard to whether or not a proposal by the applicant is likely to be permitted in accordance with the law relating to planning or building control. 3.7 The Planning Department are a Responsible Authority under this Act and have the opportunity to make representations should they desire so to do. The Licensing Authority will therefore consider relevant representat ions from the local planning authority about the effect of the grant of a premises licence on an extant planning permission where this relates to the licensing objectives, a Commission code of practice, or this Statement of Policy. This authority will also listen to, and consider carefully, any concerns about conditions that cannot be met by licensees due to planning restrictions, should such a situation arise. Otherwise, the two regimes will be treated as completely separate. 24 PART 4 LOCAL RISK ASSESSMENTS AND LOCAL AREA PROFILE Local Risk Assessments 4.1 The Gambling Commission's Licence Conditions and Code of Practice (LCCP) which were revised and published in October 2020 formalised the need for operators to consider local risks. 4.2 Social Responsibility (SR) code 10.1.1 requires licensees to assess the local risks to the licensing objectives posed by the provision of gambling facilities at each of their premises, and to have policies, procedures and control measures to mitigate the risks. In undertaking the risk assessments, they must take into account the relevant matters identified in this policy statement. 4.3 Licensees are required to undertake a local risk assessment when applying for a new premises licence. Their risk assessment must also be updated: ● When applying for the variation of a premises licence. ● To take account of significant changes in local circumstances, including those identified in this policy statement. ● Where there are significant changes licensee's premises that may affect their mitigation of local risks. 4.4 The SR provision is supplemented by an ordinary code provision that requires licensees to share their risk assessment with the licensing authority when applying for a premises licence or applying for a variation to existing licensed premises, or otherwise at the request of the licensing authority. 4.5 Where concerns do exist, perhaps prompted by new or existing risks, the licensing authority will request that the licensee share a copy of its own risk assessment which will set out the measures the licensee has in place to address specific concerns. This practice should reduce occasions on which a premises review and the imposition of licence conditions are required. 4.6 Where this policy statement sets out its approach to regulation with clear reference to local risks, the licensing authority will facilitate operators being able to better understand the local environment and therefore proactively mitigate risks to the licensing objectives. In some circumsta nces, it might be appropriate to offer the licensee the opportunity to volunteer specific conditions that could be attached to the premises licence. 25 Local Area Profile 4.7 The licensing authority can complete their own assessment of the local environment as a means of 'mapping out' local areas of concern, which will be reviewed and updated to reflect changes to the local landscape. Such an assessment is known as the local ar ea profile. There is no statutory duty on the licensing authority to complete a local area profile; however benefits for both the licensing authority and operators would be in having a better awareness of the local area and risks. Importantly, risk in this context includes potential and actual risk, thereby taking into account possible future emerging risks, rather than reflecting current risks only. 4.8 There is no mandatory requirement to have a local area profile and the licensing authority will, where appr opriate, engage with responsible authorities ensure any new or variation application assessed taking the local area profile and any risks into account. 26 PART 5 PREMISES LICENCES GENERAL PRINCIPLES 5.1 Premises Licences authorise the provision of gambling facilities on the following: i) Casino Premises. ii) Bingo Premises. iii) Betting Premises, including race tracks used by betting intermediaries iv) Adult Gaming Centres. v) Family Entertainment Centres. 5.2 Except in the case of Tracks (where the occupier may not be the person offering gambling), Premises Licences will only be issued to persons, including limited companies with the relevant Operating Licences. 5.3 The Gambling premises fees are set out in The Gambling (Premises Licence Fees) (England and Wales) Regulations 2007 and can be viewed at: www.hillingdon.gov.uk/gambling. 5.4 Premises Licences will be subject to the permissions/restrictions set out in the Gambling Act 2005 and regulations, as well as specific mandatory and default conditions which will be detailed in Regulations issues by the Secretary of state. 5.5 We as the Licensing Authority will be able to exclude default conditions and also attach other conditions, where we believe it to be appropriate. 5.6 Under the Act, the Licensing Authority has no discretion to grant Premises Licences in circumstances where th at would mean departing from the Gambling Commission Guidance and Codes of Practice and this Licensing Authority’s own Statement of Licensing Principles. Therefore, our primary focus shall be to aim to permit the use of premises for gambling in so far as we think it is: i) In accordance with the ‘Licence Conditions and Codes of Practice’, issued by the Gambling Commission. ii) In accordance with the ‘Guidance to Licensing Authorities’, issued by the Gambling Commission. iii) Consistent with the Licensing Objectives. iv) In accordance with this Statement of Licensing Principles. 5.7 The Council appreciates that gambling can be an emotive subject but acknowledges and endorses the Gambling Commission Guidance that “moral objections to gambling are not a valid reason to reject a pplications for premises 27 licences “(except as regards any “no casino resolution”) and also that unmet demand is not a criterion for a Licensing Authority. 5.8 We recognise that the responsibility for an individual's gambling is his or her own and that the res ponsibility to exercise a duty of care lies with the site operator. However, the Licensing Authority recommends applicants for Adult Gaming and Family Entertainment Centres consider adopting relevant guidance published by the British Amusement Catering Trade Association (BACTA) Definition of Premises 5.9 The Council will act in accordance with the gambling commission guidance on ensuring the primary activity of the licensed premises. Gaming machine s may be available in licensed betting premises only at times when there are also sufficient facilities or betting operators. They will also need to demonstrate that betting will continue to be the primary activity of a premise s when seeking variations to licences. In making this determination, the Licensing Authority will have regard to the six indicators on betting as a primary gambling activity: ● The offer of established core product (including live events pictures and its range). ● The provision of information on products and events. ● The promotion of gambling opportunities and products. ● The actual use made of inspecting facilities. ● The size of premises. ● The delivery of betting facilities. 5.10 Premises are defined in the Act as “any place”. Different premises licences cannot apply in respect of a single premise at different times. It is however possible for a single building to be subject to more than one premises licence, providing that each licence is for a different part of the building and such different parts can reasonably be regarded as different premises. 5.11 The Licensing Authority will judge each case on its individual merits to decide as a matter of fact, whether different parts of a building can be properly regarded as being separate premises. 5.12 In addition to other relevant factors, the Licensing Authority will have regard to the Gambling Commission guidance which lists the following factors which may be taken into account: ● Do the premises have a separate registration for business rates? ● Is the premises' neighbouring premises owned by the same person or someone else? ● Can each of the premises be accessed from the street or public 28 passageway? ● Can the premises only be accessed from another gambling premises? 5.13 We note that the Gambling Commission, in their guidance, do not consider that areas of a building that are artificially or temporarily separate can be properly regarded as different premises. We support this view. 5.14 This licensing authority takes particular note of the Gambling Commission’s Guidance for Local Authorities, which states that: i) Licensing Authorities should take particular care in considering applications for multiple licences for a building and those relating to a discrete part of a building used for other (non-gambling) purposes. In particular, they should be aware that entrances and exits from parts of a building covered by one or more licences should be separate and identifiable so that the separation of different premises is not compromised and that people do not ‘drift’ into a gambling area. ii) Licensing authorities should pay particular attention to applications where access to the licensed premises is through other premises (which themselves may be licensed or unlicensed). Clearly there will be specific issues that authorities should consider before granting such applications, for example, whether children can gain access; compatibility of the two establishments; and the ability to comply with the requirements of the Act. But in addition, an overriding consideration should be whether, taken as a whole, the co-location of the licensed premises with other facilities has the effect of creating an arrangement that otherwise would, or should, be prohibited under the Act. Provisional Statement 5.15 Under t he Act an applicant may apply for a Provisional Statement where a premises is under construction . The Gambling Commission has advised that reference to the term, “the premises” are to the premises in which gambling may now take place. Therefore, a licence to use premises for gambling will only be issued in relation to premises that are ready to be used for gambling or are intended to be used for gambling. 5.16 It is a question of fact and degree whether premises are finished to a degree that they can be considered for a premises licence. The Gambling Commission emphasises that requiring the building to be complete ensures that the Licensing Authority can, if necessary, inspect it fully, as can other responsible authorities, with inspection rights under the Act. 5.17 In deciding whether a premises licence can be granted where there are construction works, at existing premises, the Licensing Authority will determine applications on their merits, applying a two-stage consideration process:

Appendix B - Equality Impact Assessment STEP A) Description of what is to be assessed and its relevance to equality What is being assessed? Please tick  Review of a service  Staff restructure  Decommissioning a service  Changing a policy  Tendering for a new service  A strategy or plan  The review of the Council's Statement of Gambling Policy which takes place every 3 years and must be implemented by January 2025. Who is accountable? E.g. Head of Service or Corporate Director London Borough of Hillingdon – ‘The Licensing Authority’ Date assessment completed and approved by accountable person 22nd November 2024 Names and job titles of people carrying out the assessment Daniel Ferrer, Licensing Team Manager A.1) What are the main aims and intended benefits of what you are assessing? Comprehensive review and consultation to implement the Council's new Statement of Gambling Policy. As a result, it is intended that this assessment will support effective and efficient delivery of licensing functions and the Council's objectives and allow for stakeholders views to be taken into account. A.2) Who are the service users or staff affected by what you are assessing? What is their equality profile? The main users of the service that will be affected will be the residents of Hillingdon. The resident’s equality profile can be found in the data and analysis from the 2021 Census and the Office for National Statistics. It highlighted the following: Sex Out of the 305,909 residents, 50.6% were recorded as female and 49.4% as male. Age Between the last two censuses (held in 2011 and 2021), the average (median) age of Hillingdon increased by one year, from 35 to 36 years of age. Marriage & Civil Partnership In Hillingdon, the percentage that said they were married (or in a civil partnership) rose from 47.5% in 2011 to 48.7% in 2021. The percentage of adults who had never married or registered a civil partnership in Hillingdon increased from 36.4% to 37.0%, while the percentage of adults who had divorced or dissolved a civil partnership decreased from 7.5% to 7.1%. Religion In 2021, 14.4% of Hillingdon residents described themselves as Muslim, up from 10.6% in 2011. The rise of 3.8 percentage points was the largest increase of all broad religious groups in Hillingdon. In 2021, 39.0% of people in Hillingdon described themselves as Christian (down from 49.2%), while 19.4% reported having "No religion" (up from 17.0% the decade before). Ethnic Group In 2021, 33.3% of Hillingdon residents identified their ethnic group within the "Asian, Asian British or Asian Welsh" category, up from 25.3% in 2011. The 8.0 percentage- point change was the largest increase among high -level ethnic groups in this area. In 2021, 48.2% of people in Hillingdon identified their ethnic group within the "White" category (compared with 60.6% in 2011), while 7.8% identified their ethnic group within the "Black, Black British, Black Welsh, Caribbean or African" category (compared with 7.3% the previous decade). Disability The percentage of people who were identified as being disabled and limited a lot in Hillingdon fell from 8.4% to 6.5%, while the percentage of people who were identified as being disabled and limited a little decreased from 9.6% to 8.2%. A.3) Who are the stakeholders in this assessment and what is their interest in it? Stakeholders Interest Applicants and licence holders Residents Licensing Committee, Cabinet & Council Chief Executive, Corporate Directors & Staff That their premises are compliant with the legislation and government guidance. In addition, that they are fully informed of the process and the implications of the reviewed Statement of Gambling Policy. Ensuring that they are able to examine an application and submit a valid objection/representation under the legislation. Furthermore, that premises are complying with legislation and not having an adverse effect on the community. Ensuring that processes are followed in accordance with licensing legislation and that all information is presented to them in full so appropriate, reasonable and proportionate decisions can be made. Ensuring that processes are followed in accordance with licensing legislation and that all information is presented to them in full so appropriate, reasonable and proportionate decisions can be made. A.4) Which protected characteristics or community issues are relevant to the assessment?  in the box. Only tick the boxes which relate to the data you have in A2. Age  Religion or belief  Disability  Sex  Gender reassignment Sexual Orientation Marriage or civil partnership  Community Cohesion Pregnancy or maternity Community Safety Race/Ethnicity  Other – please state STEP B) Consideration of information; data, research, consultation, engagement B.1) Consideration of information and data - what have you got and what is it telling you? In relation to the ethnic background of residents in Hillingdon, the 2021 Census provides the following breakdown of groups: In addition, the 2021 Census Area Profile provides data regarding household language in the Borough: Household language Households Hillingdon Local Authority count % All households 109,228 100.0 All adults in household have English in England, or English or Welsh in Wales as a main language 80,103 73.3 At least one but not all adults in household have English in England, or English or Welsh in Wales as a main language 11,547 10.6 No adults in household, but at least one person aged 3 to 15 years, has English in England or English or Welsh in Wales as a main language 4,657 4.3 No people in household have English in England, or English or Welsh in Wales as a main language 12,921 11.8 Source: ONS - 2021 Census (TS025) Consultation B.2) Did you carry out any consultation or engagement as part of this assessment? Please tick  NO  YES  If no, explain why: B.3) Provide any other information to consider as part of the assessment The new Statement of Gambling Policy is not anticipated to have a significant impact as there is a strong degree of consistency between the old and new document, it is merely reflecting minor updates to legislation and guidance. On the whole, the amendments proposed have been drafted to clarify, formalise and, in some cases, simplify the processes in relation to applications under the Gambling Act 2005. The principles governing the Statement of Gambling Policy and the statutory fees remain consistent with the previous policy statement and recognise the wider community impacts that the Licensing Authority, residents, business community and other stakeholders must be aware of when participating in the licensing process. The new Statement of Gambling Policy recognises the need for a balance between the rights of businesses and the community. The Licensing Authority have a public sector equality duty to the following protected characteristics:  Age  Disability  Sex, gender reassignment, sexual orientation  Pregnancy and maternity  Race, religion or belief  Marriage and Civil Partnership Under the Equality Act 20 10 (S.149) a public author ity must, in the exercise of it s functions, have due regard to the need to:- (a) Eliminate discrimination, harassment, victimisation and any other conduct that is prohibited under the 2010 Act (b) Advance equality of opportunity between persons who share a relevant protected characteristic and persons who do not share it (c) Foster good relations between persons who share a relevant protected characteristic and persons who do not share it . C) Assessment What did you find in B1? Who is affected? Is there, or likely to be, an impact on certain groups? C.1) Describe any NEGATIVE impacts (actual or potential): Equality Group Impact on this group and actions you need to take Race/Ethnicity Low Impact. Some residents may require guidance with understanding the details set out in licensing applications and submitting representations. The Licensing Team will offer advice on the telephone and will accommodate appointments during office hours. In addition, consideration will be given to officers carrying out site visits to meet residents, so they are able to gain a better understanding of any proposed applications and an effective way of submitting representations. C.2) Describe any POSITIVE impacts Equality Group Impact on this group and actions you need to take Race/Ethnicity Residents will feel valued and felt heard when expressing their views on be half of their community. Furthermore, better relationships will be formed between Council Officers, members of the public and businesses. In relation to the other Equality Groups – Age, Disability, Sex, Marriage and Civil Partnership and Religion, these have also been carefully assessed and it is deemed there will be a low impact. The draft Statement of Gambling Policy applies equally to all groups and does not discriminate against any group. D) Conclusions Taking into account the data, the responses from the consultation and the purpose and principles of the Gambling Act 2005, it is deemed that the draft Policy will not have any adverse effects on the protected characteristics. Signed and dated: 22.11.2024 Name and position: Daniel Ferrer, Licensing Team Manager

Cabinet Report – 12 December 2024 (Part 1 – Public) OLDER PEOPLE’S PLAN UPDATE Cabinet Member & Portfolio Cllr Jane Palmer, Cabinet Member for Health & Social Care Responsible Officer Sandra Taylor, Corporate Director of Adult Social Care & Health Report Author & Directorate John Wheatley – Corporate Services Directorate Papers with report None. HEADLINES Summary This report updates Cabinet on developments regarding services for older people and the Council’s Older People’s plan over the last year. Putting our Residents First Delivering on the Council Strategy 2022-2026 This report supports our ambition for residents / the Council of: Live active and healthy lives This report supports our commitments to residents of: Safe and Strong Communities  Council Strategy 2022-2026  Joint Health & Wellbeing Strategy 2022-2025  Better Care Fund Plan 2023 - 2025 Financial Cost There are no costs arising directly because of this report: services cited are covered through existing budget setting processes. Relevant Select Committee Health and Social Care Select Committee. Relevant Ward(s) All RECOMMENDATION That the Cabinet notes the activities underway across services and with partners to support older people in Hillingdon. Cabinet Report – 12 December 2024 (Part 1 – Public) Reasons for recommendation To provide Cabinet with oversight of activity particularly related to support for older people. Alternative options considered / risk management The alternative would be not to receive a report or update on such services, this would not provide Cabinet with the direct oversight of such activity. Democratic compliance / previous authority The last report to Cabinet on the Older People’s plan was in September 2023 . This is for information and demonstrates the Council’s long -standing commitment to supporting older residents. Select Committee comments The Health and Social Care Select Committee welcomes the opportunity to comment on the Older People’s Plan report. Wh ilst the work undertaken to support older tenants living in the Council’s housing stock is commended, Members are concerned that there does not appear to be as much support available for older homeowners who are asset rich but cash poor in relation to home improvements such as insulation and replacement boilers. The Committee is aware that falls are the major cause of admittance to residential care following a hospital stay for residents aged over 65. The provision of activities such as chairobics classes had helped with falls prevention by increasing residents’ strength. The chairobics sessions had been very popular so sessions had been recorded to enable more people to get involved and take part at home. Whilst in-person activities such as chairobics provide participants with social contact, concern has been expressed that this is just not possible from a video. Consideration needs to be given to the social integration opportunities available to those residents who participate in remote activities s uch as chairobics as well as how to monitor the impact that the activity is having on their lives. Insofar as digital access is concerned, Members are keen to ensure that all residents are able to access services. To this end, the Committee is pleased that measures are being put in place to support those older residents in the Borough who are unable to use devices to ensure that they continue to be able to access services. Members commend the action to provide activities that older residents love and ask that statistics and stories be included in future reports to provide an understanding of the actual benefits of the activities and the impact of the action. Further work is also needed to ensure that the Council is satisfied that those residents wh o need the services that are provided are aware of (and using) them and more thought could be given to how rising risk groups can be encouraged to live healthier lifestyles when they get older by targeting health and social care resources upstream and making sure that the right people are being targeted locally. Cabinet Report – 12 December 2024 (Part 1 – Public) SUPPORTING INFORMATION Council Strategy 2022-2026 1) The Council Strategy 2022-2026 superseded the Older People’s Plan which coordinated support for older people provided by the Council and by voluntary sector partners and had been in place for over 15 years. 2) The Council Strategy carries forward many of the actions contained within the Older People’s Plan. Our vision for residents remains Putting Residents First. We will continue to engage with older residents and organisations that work with and represent olde r people, through partnership working and through engagement, including the regular consultation forum, the Older People’s Assembly. 3) The following ambitions contained in the Council Strategy are particularly relevant to older people. We want all our residents to:  Live active and healthy lives  Be/feel safe from harm  Stay living independently for as long as they are able. 4) In addition, the new Strategy sets out the Council’s commitments to residents , including older people. It states that we will: i. Work to keep residents safe from harm ii. Enable children, young people, their families and vulnerable people and older people to live healthy, active and independent lives. iii. Develop housing options for vulnerable adults and older people that promote active independent living. iv. Work with the NHS and other partners to continue to develop joined-up services to meet the health, care and support needs of residents in the community. v. Work with partners to ensure better access to healthcare in the community. vi. Explore ways to work innovatively with the voluntary sector to help improve health and wellbeing outcomes for residents. vii. Improve digital access for all. Developing the Older People’s Plan 5) The Hillingdon Older People’s Plan grouped activities under the following headings:  Safety and Security  Preventative Care  Keeping Independent and Healthy  Supporting Older People in the Community. 6) Many of the activities contained in the plan are ongoing and remain important parts of the offer for older people. We have included these in an assessment of activities under the seven commitments to residents within the new strategy and these are set out below, to Cabinet Report – 12 December 2024 (Part 1 – Public) form the basis of a revised, forward-looking Older People’s Plan based on the Council’s Strategy 2022-2026. The Council Strategy commitments are: Work to keep residents safe from harm 7) The Street Scene Enforcement team and Licensing team ensure pavements are kept clear from obstructions such as overgrowing hedges and tables or chairs outside cafes and restaurants so that pavement users are not forced to step off into the road to get by. 8) The Anti-Social Behaviour and Localities team investigate reports of issues affecting the quality of life in a local area and coordinate work across the Council's teams and with partners to tackle those problems. 9) The Environmental Protection team investi gates reports of excessive noise disturbing residents in their homes, including operating a response service in the evening and night between Thursday and Sundays. 10) The Safer Communities team meet monthly with Police teams to agree joint action to tackle crime and disorder in the borough, including crimes which disproportionately impact on older people. 11) Trading Standards priorities include protecting vulnerable residents from rogue traders. Where an older resident is targeted by cold -callers, Trading Standards will respond and intervene to ensure the trader provides the legally required calling-off periods and that they do not mislead residents over the work required on their properties. 12) The Stronger Communities team work with the Police and other local or ganisations to promote good relationships between different parts of our community and to prevent hate crime. This includes delivering hate crime workshops to community groups, faith groups and local voluntary organisations, promoting the Hate Crime Upstan ders scheme and supporting the Hillingdon Inter-Faith network. 13) Live monitored public space CCTV is provided across the borough to deter crime and aid the identification of persons involved in crime or anti-social behaviour. The CCTV network is also used to help locate people who go missing unexpectedly. 14) The Safer Communities team also support the Hillingdon Community Risk Multi -Agency Risk Assessment Conferences which brings together organisations from across the area to review the support being provided to people who may be at increased risk of harm. Support for vulnerable older people can be sought at these conferences and they are attended by Hillingdon Mind and Age UK so comprehensive support can be facilitated. They are also working with partners to s trengthen our support for people who 'hoard' in their homes, bringing risks to themselves and others who visit their homes. Cabinet Report – 12 December 2024 (Part 1 – Public) Enable children, young people, their families and vulnerable people and older people to live healthy, active and independent lives. Financial advice and support 15) For the winter of 2024/25 , winter fuel allowance s and the Pensioner Cost of Living Payment for winter will be withdrawn from people of pension age unless they are in receipt of the means-tested Pension Credit. This change has increased the importance of income maximisation work. The Council is working with the voluntary sector in Hillingdon to provide a proactive enhanced support service to increase the take -up of Pension Credit and other financial support that older residents are eligible to receive – this programme commenced in October. 16) In response to the cut in winter fuel payments by the government, the Council has introduced 3 new initiatives using the Household Support Fund to support pensioners within Hillingdon. Information on our initiatives has been published on our website. We will commission a local charity or other third party to reach out to all pensioners in the borough and assist those that may be entitled to Pension Credit to submit a claim. Pensioners who may need support to navigate the online application system will receive help directly in their homes. 17) We are p rioritising our pensioner tenants for an energy efficiency improvement plan. Properties with older tenants which have an Energy Performanc e Certificate of D and below, will be prioritised for the programme, which will include new boilers, double glazing and improved insulation. There is more information on this below, under improving council homes for older tenants. 18) The Council has also created a Pensioners' Support Fund, to help eligible older residents stay warm this winter. Further details of this scheme will be provided in due course. 19) Age UK Hillingdon’s Information and Advice Service helped older residents to secure in total £1.72m in benefit income during 2023/24, helping to improve quality of life and preventing build-up of debt arising from the cost of living, particularly utilities, and prevent homelessness. Age UK’s Warm Homes programme has increased capacity and has enhanced the incomes of older clients by an average of £6k per annum. 20) The Household Support Fund has been used to provide a food and meals support service to older residents, financial assistance for those that are eligible and funding for partner voluntary sector organisations, including Bell Farm Christian Centre (BFCC) – to provide early intervention and prevention support services. Older people support, the Doorway information advice service delivered alongside the Yiewsley and West Drayton food bank, and social/recreational activities and training courses are all available to Hillingdon’s older residents. In the first quarter of this year BFCC provided support to a round 85 older people. Keeping Warm and Well 21) The Council’s Public Health Team works with partners to provide a network of Warm Cabinet Report – 12 December 2024 (Part 1 – Public) Welcome Centres network . In 2023/24 more than 7,000 residents attended a variety of locations, including churches, community centres, libraries and leisure centres that offered a range of activities from coffee m ornings to exercise classes, film screenings and game afternoons, as well as health talks, all with warm drinks and an opportunity to chat to others. 12 Health Champions were trained to provide winter wellness information to residents accessing the centres. 22) For winter 2024/25 , Warm Welcome Centres across the Borough will provide as a minimum a weekly offer, free hot drinks, have a nominated health champion and a commitment to support the wider health offer that is being developed, including information and guidance about keeping well in the cold weather, signposting to local service, and the importance of accessing winter vaccinations. 23) The Council is also providing training for Health Champions in Warm Welcome Centres that will help the targeted work on falls prevention, traini ng on Winter Wellness, Active Bystander Training, Mental Health First Aid, Safeguarding, and promoting winter vaccinations aligned to providers; GPs, pharmacists, and the NWL NHS roving vaccination team. There are also planned mini health pop-ups where residents can access information and mini health checks; blood pressure testing, atrial fibrillation readings, diabetes management, energy advice (Green Doctors) and financial advice supported with a published Winter Wellness Directory. 24) We have allocated f unding for the purchase and distribution of warm blankets to those residents identified as living in fuel poverty and in receipt of financial support. Age UK and H4All are facilitating this programme. 25) In September 2024 the Council once again organised a Day of the Older Person event in Uxbridge town centre. There were 34 stalls providing information and advice alongside activities and entertainment, and 480 people attended and provided positive feedback. 26) Two Healthy Ageing events are being arranged, for men in November 2024 and for women in March 2025. Dementia support 27) Hillingdon has held Dementia Friendly Community Status since 2018. Many organisations work together as members of the Hillingdon Dementia Action Alliance to make Hillingdon a Dementia friendly Borough. 28) The Council website now includes an online dementia pathway to enable residents to access information on services and activities relating to dementia from point of diagnosis to end of life. The content was developed in conjunction with partners including Alzheimer's UK and Age UK Hillingdon and follows the model of the NHS Dementia and Wellbeing pathway. The pathway helps explain the journey of someone living with dementia and offers guidance to prevention, help and support, services and activities in Hillingdon. To date, the online dementia pathway has had around 2 000 views with around 1000 people making use of the content. Cabinet Report – 12 December 2024 (Part 1 – Public) 29) Two dementia wellbeing days have been held, in Hayes in October 2023 and in Uxbridge in March 2024. 30) There are 7 Tovertafels in libraries. The ‘magic tables’ are used by dementia groups, with Care homes and the hospital Memory Service using them for their cognitive stimulation groups with residents living with dementia. The table in Uxbridge Library will be relocated to its own room in the new location. Falls prevention 31) A new Falls Prevention partnership was formed in January 2024, including Public Health, CNWL, H4ALL, Age U K Hillingdon and Adult Social Care to look at how to improve falls pathways for residents across the Borough. The partnership was awarded ICB funding to do a piece of work with the top ten Care Homes with A&E attendances related to falls. During 2024/25 the Public Health team will commission an exercise programme for Care Homes and a training programme for Care Home staff. 32) In the first round of the Strength and Balance 12 -week programme, between June and August 2024, 277 residents attended sessions, with an a verage of 16 peopl e per class . On average people attended 8 out of 12 possible classes. In addition to the classes, 18 filmed videos are to be made available to residents. 33) Brunel Uni versity undertook evaluation of the programme which showed that 74% of respondents r eported an improvement in balance function and 80% reported an improvement in their perceived control over falling. Tea Dances 34) Dances are running monthly at 3 locations across the borough: Christchurch, Uxbridge; Botwell Leisure Centre and Winston Churchill Hall. The monthly attendance is 120 residents. Chairobics seated exercise 35) The seated exercise and Strength and Balance classes have been combined to create a 12-week programme for residents. This pathway has been set up to increase throughput, enabling more and new participants to join the sessions and for those who have attended the existing chairobics for some time to be given opportunities to progress to other available sessions. The classes are at full capacity in 11 libraries with 17 sessions running weekly. Figures show 255 residents are attending each week. Walk Hillingdon programme 36) Between April 2023 and March 2024 there were 1,561 attendances (this is 10% lower than pre-Covid. There have been 203 walks across the year with 18 different routes to choose from. The walks remain popular and continue to be led by local volunteers. Cabinet Report – 12 December 2024 (Part 1 – Public) Sport and Physical Activity Strategy 37) The Sport and Physical Activity Strategy will be replaced with a Healthy Lifestyle Framework. This Framework will incorporate a broader range of partnerships and interventions across Hillingdon Health and Care Partners, with a focus on prevention, early intervention and supporting vulnerable residents and the ‘rising risk’ group. Public Health remains committed to offering older residents with a range of physical activities to support people stay healthy and remain independent. Brown Badge preferential parking scheme 38) The Brown Badge Older Person's parking scheme continues to be popular with older residents. Between April 2023 and March 2024 (inclusive), a total of 1,028 new Brown Badges were issued, along with 417 replacement badges where they had been lost or misplaced. At the start of April 2024 there were a total of 13,936 active Brown Badge users. Free Allotment scheme 39) There are currently 374 allotment plots allocated to over 65s and 120 allotment plo ts allocated to over 60s and those that are disabled and receive benefits on the concessionary rate. 40) The drainage ditch at Church Hill Allotments in Harefield, which is always the site of severe flooding, has been cleared - this has alleviated the problem s. The water tanks and waterpipes have been replaced at Field End Allotments in Ruislip. 41) The Council continues to carry out regular maintenance jobs, including repairing water leaks to troughs, repairs to fencing and gates along with any substantial waste being removed as required. The Spring borough wide communal area cut took place in July/August 2024 and the Autumn Cut started in October 2024. Age UK Hillingdon services 42) Age UK Hillingdon has been able to deliver a range of services to enable older peop le to live healthy active and independent lives. These include information and advice, exercise and social classes, befriending and Good Neighbours and Trusted Traders schemes along with domiciliary support services. From this programme of support:  5,693 requests for information and advice, 2,200 signposted or referred, 1,395 supported with casework and 699 seen with intensive casework,  £1.7m secured for older residents through benefit entitlement,  46 warm throws delivered to housebound residents with fina ncial needs, funded by Hillingdon’s Public Health programme,  1,544 face-to-face visits made by befriending volunteers, plus 1,570 phone calls,  412 participated in group activities,  255 Good Neighbours tasks completed  14,533 hospital patients supported Cabinet Report – 12 December 2024 (Part 1 – Public)  346 clients seen at home through the Help at Home scheme, with a total of 11,353 visits and  635 people signposted to the Trusted Traders scheme. Develop housing options for vulnerable adults and older people that promote active independent living Improving Council Homes for older tenants 43) We are continuing to improve council owned homes, for our residents, including improvements for warmer and cheaper to run properties. This includes measures such as loft and cavity wall insulation, energy efficient gas boilers, new double-glazed windows and for some properties external insulation. 1 in 4 of our Council tenants are aged 65 years or older (2,593 tenants). 44) Following improvement works 82% of properties have moved from lower energy-efficiency (EPC D-F) to the higher Band C energy efficiency rating. This helps to keep heating and hot water bills lower for our residents. The Council is accelerating the programme of works to ensure our tenants are benefitting from safe and warm homes, including those for older people, to help them keep warm and well this winter with lower energy bills. Telecare 45) This technology ranges from the traditional push button alarm to a v ariety of sensors and detectors that can help reduce risk and provide reassurance both to the older resident but also their relatives, especially those that may live far away. We have expanded our portfolio of Telecare equipment providers so we can keep future focused. Older people are the main beneficiaries of this service and are assessed on individual need as to the type of Telecare required to enhance their lives and support independence. The response service delivered by Comfort Care is particularly supportive to people who live on their own and means that they are less likely to suffer injuries or illnesses that can lead to hospitalisation or a decline in their overall health. This service is free to over 75s in Hillingdon.  Community equipment 46) The community equipment service continues to support residents with the provision of daily living aids ranging from raised toilet seats to electric profiling beds and hoists. The service also provides adaptations to residents' homes, such as grab rails by a door or a toilet and/or bath, valued up to £1k, as well as door entry systems to facilitate authorised access to the homes of residents where the resident is unable to directly open their front door because of a disability. Currently, there are 22,662 Hillingdon residents benefiting from equipment in their homes. Age UK Hillingdon Housing Options Service 47) The service offers information, advice and practical support including on downsizing, moving into retirement housing or supported housing, or staying put with additional support Cabinet Report – 12 December 2024 (Part 1 – Public) put in place. 98 clients were supported to make Locata housing applications online as well as making referrals to other services, including income maximization. Work with the NHS and other partners to continue to develop joined-up services to meet the health, care and support needs of residents in the community. Neighbourhood working 48) The Neighbourhood working model has made significant progress with the establishment of neighbourhood and borough -level structures, and the realignment of community services in health. The approach involves multi-agency teams working at a neighbourhood level, i.e., clusters of GP practices covering populations of around 50,000 people, proactively identifying the top 2% of the population aged 18 and above most at risk of hospital admission and target support with the aim of preventing a loss of independe nce. Older people are the main beneficiaries of this approach. Social work teams are aligned to the neighbourhood working model. 49) Key initiatives include the Hypertension Priority, which has seen the creation of a joined - up pathway, increased prevalence rates and the introduction of a library loan scheme. The Hypertension Priority initiative has been shortlisted for a Health Service Journal (HSJ) award and is transitioning to Business As Usual (BAU) within neighborhoods. Additionally, the Frailty initiative has trained staff to deliver retirement workshops, conducted a frailty pilot in supported living, and analysed findings from 50 assessments. There is an Anxiety and Depression initiative which has mapped mental health services and drafted a GIS map in collaboration with the Local Authority, with feedback currently being sought to layer neighbourhood services onto the map End of life care 50) A new coordination hub led by Harlington Hospice provides a single point of access to information, advice and support for people at end of life and those caring for them. 51) The Palliative Integrated Care Service (PICS) is designed to ensure that people at the end of their life receive the right care at the right time and in the right place. This is achieved through coordination and signposting to various services. The goal is to provide a systematic, person -centered approach that includes acute support and proactive care planning to avoid crises and respect the wishes of clients and their carers. Key achievements include the operationalisation of the PICS hub, training existing staff in new ways of working, recruiting new Wellbeing and Social Support Officers, and integrating teams to work with the same data and feedback to maximise service design and improvements. The service has also developed clear pathways to minimise repetition and handovers, ensuring that resources are moved to where they are needed in the system. 52) Residents benefit from this approach as it ensures they receive the right care when and where they need it, through a coordinated and person-centered approach. The integration of teams working with the same data and feedback maximizes service design and improvements, supporting stays with the patient and ensuring resources follow the patient. Additionally, the service provides psychological bereavement support an d reviews the Cabinet Report – 12 December 2024 (Part 1 – Public) needs of next of kin (NOK) and carers, ensuring they receive the necessary support. This comprehensive approach enhances the quality of care for residents, ensuring a more coordinated and efficient delivery of end-of-life care. Carer Support 53) The Carer Support Service, funded by the Council and currently provided by Carers Trust Hillingdon on behalf of the Hillingdon Carers Partnership, continues to offer a range of information, advice, and support services to carers of all ages. The service pr ovides a single point of access for both adult carers and young carers to support them in their caring roles. Adult carers, who are aged 18 and above, have the right to a carer’s assessment to determine whether they meet the national eligibility criteria for Council-funded support. 54) The Carer Support Service aims to ensure that carers receive the necessary support to manage their responsibilities effectively. In 2023/24, the service provided 4,686 individual pieces of information, performed 1,382 benefits checks, and conducted 1,001 face-to-face appointments. Additionally, they handled 2,035 telephone consultations and conducted 953 one-on-one support sessions. The service also secured £1,590,549.10 for residents in carer-related benefits, significantly impr oving the household incomes of at least 233 carers. These efforts demonstrate the extensive support provided to carers, ensuring they receive the necessary assistance to manage their responsibilities effectively. Admiral Nurse 55) The Council has contracted wi th Central North West London NHS Foundation Trust to provide an Admiral Nurse service. Admiral Nurses, supported by Dementia UK, are specialist dementia nurses who offer clinical, practical, and emotional support to families affected by dementia. The Hillingdon Admiral Nurse service, established in 2003, assists carers of individuals with a confirmed dementia diagnosis residing in the London Borough of Hillingdon. 56) Between April 2023 and March 2024, the service recorded 212 referrals, averaging 18 per month. The team supported an average of 143 people monthly, including new cases and ongoing ones. During this period, they delivered 1,924 activities through a mix of face -to- face and telephone contacts. The most common interventions included sharing knowledge and information, offering emotional support, and promoting physical well-being. 57) Resident feedback has been consistently positive, highlighting the invaluable support and expertise provided by the Admiral Nurse service to families dealing with dementia. Improve digital access for all 58) The Council’s Digital Strategy 2024-2027 notes our commitment to be a digital -enabled, modern, well-run sustainable Council with sound financial management, achieving positive outcomes for residents. The Digital Strategy sets out our vision to embrace technology to be efficient and make it easier for residents to use council services, including supporting those who are unable to use technology. This will be achieved using the principles of prioritising customer needs, using an agile approach to delivery, delivering new business Cabinet Report – 12 December 2024 (Part 1 – Public) models driven by data, and having a ‘One Council’ collaborative aim, facilitating cross - council project teams and sharing goals. 59) The Strategy confirms that the needs of residents will be prioritised through use of research and data to better understand what residents , including older people, need. This information will be used to build and develop products and services to meet those needs. 60) Our services will be accessible to all, with a range of measures to improve digital inclusion. Services will be tested to make sure they are simple and intuitive, and support those who are unable to go online. Financial Implications There are no direct financial implications arising from activities set out in the update on the older people's plan. All costs are covered in usual business planning and financial budgeting. RESIDENT BENEFIT & CONSULTATION The benefit or impact upon Hillingdon residents, service users and communities? The Older People’s plan sets out activities across services and with partners that support older residents, and these are set out under the commitments of the Council’s Strategy. Consultation carried out or required The Council’s strategy, which the Older People’s plan delivers against, was widely consulted on before being adopted in 2022. CORPORATE CONSIDERATIONS Corporate Finance Corporate Finance has reviewed this report and concurs with the Financial Implications set out above, noting there are no dire ct financial implications associated with the recommendation included in this report. Furthermore, it is noted that the activities set out in the Older People’s plan are existing services contained within various service areas budgets, which have been fact ored into Star Chamber outputs and captured as part of the refresh of the Council’s budget strategy to be presented to Cabinet in December. Legal Legal Services confirm that there are no specific legal implications arising from this report. Whenever necessary legal advice is given in relation to specific issues as they arise to ensure that the Council always meets its legal obligations. Cabinet Report – 12 December 2024 (Part 1 – Public) Comments from other relevant service areas The plan includes contributions from Public Health, Social Care, Green Spaces, Community Safety and from Age UK Hillingdon, Harrow and Brent. BACKGROUND PAPERS Previous updates to Cabinet.

Cabinet report – 12 December 2024 Page 1 (Part 1 Public) 2025/26 BUDGET AND FUTURE MEDIUM-TERM FINANCIAL STRATEGY Cabinet Member & Portfolio Cllr Martin Goddard, Cabinet Member for Finance and Transformation Responsible Officer Richard Ennis, Corporate Director of Finance Report Author & Directorate Andy Goodwin, Head of Strategic Finance & Deputy Section 151 Matt Davis, Director Strategic & Operational Finance Papers with report Appendix A – General Fund Budget Schedules Appendix B – Housing Revenue Account Budget Schedules Appendix C – Fees and Charges Proposals HEADLINES Summary This report sets out the progress on developing and refreshing the Council’s Medium -Term Financial Strategy [MTFS] and builds on the previous strategy set out and approved by Cabinet in December 2023 and finalised in the Budget and Council Tax Setting report approved by Council in February 2024. Local Government has experienced significant financial pressures over the last decades and is evidenced by the growing number of councils across the country drawing down on reserve levels and making difficult decisions or seeking exceptional financial support from Central Government. This report sets out proposals for members to consider, at this stage, in order to address the future challenges of the continued under -funding of the sector. Whilst the Council will ensure it takes advantage of any new Government funding to benefit our residents it is all very mindful that it must operate in a more efficient and effective way to continue to provide the best possible services for Hillingdon Residents. It will therefore undertake a significant piece of work to change its operating model (Target Operating Model). A number of uncertainties remain within the assumptions set out in this report and further revisions are expected to be made as further clarity becomes available – not least the Local Government Finance Settlement expected towards the end of December which will confirm in detail many of the core funding and grant streams provided by C entral Government, along with any additional requirement, to councils as well as the fine detail of measures relating to local government announced in the Chancellor’s recent Autumn Budget. Where possible and with a reasonable degree of probability grants have been estimated following the Autumn Budget Statement and later Local Government Finance Settlement Policy Statement announcement. The budget position, forecasts and proposed budget changes set out in this report , inform members of the current assumptions and outlook for the Council’s medium-term financial position Cabinet report – 12 December 2024 (Part 1 Public) and will be used as the basis for engaging with relevant stakeholders to undertake necessary consultation prior to a final budget and MTFS report being presented for consideration by Cabinet and Council in February 2025. Putting our Residents First Delivering on the Council Strategy 2022-2026 This report supports our ambition for residents / the Council of: An efficient, well-run, digital-enabled council working with partners to deliver services to improve the lives of all our residents This report supports our commitments to residents of: A Digital-Enabled, Modern, Well-Run Council Delivery of the Council’s core objectives and strategy is predicated on budgets being robust and adequately resourced over the short as well as medium-term together with sufficient reserves to mitigate any unforeseen pressures. This report sets out a draft budget framework to deliver on this. Financial Cost This report sets out a draft financial budget for 2025/26 and an outline medium-term financial strategy for a further four years. For the General Fund, available and usable reserves would fall from £35.1m at the start of 2024/25 to an expected £26.2m at the end of 2024/25 and thereafter to £19.8m by the end of 2025/26. The proposals set out in the Medium-Term Financial Strategy would, if all fully materialise as expected, see available and usable reserves rise to £29.8m by the end of 2029/30. Select Committee All Ward(s) All RECOMMENDATIONS That the Cabinet: 1) Approve the draft General Fund and Housing Revenue Account budgets and Capital Programme proposals for 2025/26 (as detailed in Appendices A and B) and beyond as the basis for consultation with Select Committees and other stakeholders; 2) Approve the proposed amendments to fees and charges to take effect in 2025/26 included in Appendix C, as the basis for consultation with Select Committees and other stakeholders; 3) Request the comments of individual Select Committees on the draft budget proposals relating to their areas of responsibility; Cabinet report – 12 December 2024 (Part 1 Public) 4) Note that the Provisional Local Government Finance Settlement is awaited from HM Government and the output from these will be factored into the final 2025/26 budget proposals to be considered by Cabinet in February 2025; 5) Authorise the Corporate Director of Finance, in consultation with the Cabinet Member for Finance & Transformation, to respond on behalf of the Council to the consultation on the provisional Local Government Finance Settlement and to the Mayor of London’s budget consultation; 6) Authorise the Chief Executive, in consultation with the Corporate Director of Finance and the Chief Operating Officer, the Leader of the Council and Cabinet Member for Finance and Transformation to develop specific savings proposals to meet (as a minimum) the savings currently identified as Target Operating Model savings; 7) Note the significant risks associated with this budget strategy in relation to the forecast level of reserves as set out in this report; and 8) Note the budget monitoring position and treasury management update as at October 2024 (Month 7), noting the actions proposed by officers as outlined in Section 3 of this report. 9) Delegate authority to the Cabinet Member for Finance and Transformation (in consultation with the Corporate Director of Finance) to approve the purchase of grounds maintenance equipment to be funded from this year’s budgeted capital contingency. Reasons for recommendation(s) The recommendations have been framed to comply with the Council’s Budget and Policy Framework rules. They require the presentation to Council of recommended budgets for 2025/26. This includes the impact on Council Tax, alongside housing rents and service charges. The Council has powers only to approve revenue budgets and set Council Tax and housing rents for the following financial year. Medium term revenue budgets are presented to aid future financial planning and support good decision- making, with this document outlining Cabinet’s budget strategy for the next five years. The Capital Programme is approved over a five- year period as the statutory framework and Prudential Code provides greater freedoms to encourage a longer - term approach to capital financing and borrowing decisions. If approved by Cabinet, these budget proposals will be presented to Select Committees , the business community and residents for consultation before being updated and presented to Cabinet in February 2025 for recommendation to full Council. Once approved by Council in February 2025 proposals will become effective immediately. Cabinet report – 12 December 2024 (Part 1 Public) Alternative options considered / risk management In order to comply with the Budget and Policy Framework, the Cabinet needs to publish a draft budget for consultation at this meeting. The Cabinet could, however, choose to vary the proposals set out in the report, with any amendments reflected in the papers consulted upon with Select Committees and other stakeholders during January 2025. Where appropriate, and following consultation, Equalities and Impact Assessments [ EQIA’s] will be provided to members prior to final budget decisions being made by members in February. This budget report has been prepared in the context of a broad range of risks faced by the Council, with key items noted in the report alongside mitigating and/or management strategies to suppress or contain these risks. The Council is not considering the latter three options for local authorities to close any budget gap as set out in paragraph 5.2 of this report. Democratic compliance / previous authority This is the first budget report in the 2025/26 to 2029/30 cycle, with consultation responses and latest updates to be factored into the budget report for February 2025 Cabinet. Select Committee comments A full report on the budget process, financial strategy and detailed budget proposals for the relevant Cabinet portfolios will be taken to Select Committees for review in January 202 5, with feedback presented to Cabinet alongside the final budget report to Cabinet on 13 February 2025. Cabinet report – 12 December 2024 (Part 1 Public) SUPPORTING INFORMATION 1. EXECUTIVE SUMMARY OF REPORT 1.1. The Council is currently running a billion-pound plus business as set out in the table below: Table 1: Total Council Budgeted Spend Budgeted Spend £m General Fund 499,181 Housing Revenue Account 81,736 Schools Budget 385,990 Total Expenditure 2024/25 966,907 General Fund Capital 207,078 Housing Revenue Account Capital 125,319 Grand Total 1,299,304 1.2. The Council aims to set a balance budget for 2025/26, with further focus on the period to 2029/30, with this report setting out in the appendices a 5-year budget strategy. In this setting this medium-term financial strategy, the objectives are: • To continue to drive value for money for our residents in our services; • To continue to be a low Council Tax charging borough; • To review our operating model to deliver even more efficient and effective services and make significant savings; • To invest in new assets for the borough , building out our infrastructure and seeking invest to save opportunities through our capital programme; • To invest in improving the quality of our homes for our housing residents; • To increase our income levels and charge appropriate levels of fees; • To continue to respond to inadequate levels of Government funding including lobbying central Government and the GLA for more funding for our residents; and • Rebuilding our financial resilience. 1.3. These are financially challenging times for l ocal authorities to deal with, and respond, to a number of significant national pressures , within a significantly reduced funding envelope . Particular pressures for Hillingdon include the increased cost of adult social care, children’s placements, homelessness, asylum seekers and ensuring it has an experienced workforce to deliver the best services it can to its residents. 1.4. The Council will continue to lobby national Government and the Greater London Authority [GLA] for increases in funding to deal with particular issues to us, such as the impacts of being a port authority. Cabinet report – 12 December 2024 (Part 1 Public) 2. CURRENT APPROVED BUDGET AND MEDIUM-TERM FINANCIAL STRATEGY 2.1. The Council approved a budget for 2024/25 and a Medium-Term Financial Strategy [MTFS] at its meeting on 22 February 2024. That budget set out projections for a balanced budget for 2024/25 but with further mitigations to be identified over the remainder of the MTFS planning period to achieve a continued balanced position. The gap inherent in the MTFS assumptions was forecast to have a residual budget deficit rising from £7.1m in 2025/26 to £18.5m by 2028/29. 2.2. The balanced budget for 2024/25 and forward- looking MTFS positions was predicated on the delivery of £15.7m of savings to be delivered in the first year and a further £17.8m over future years – a total of £33.4m over the full MTFS planning horizon. 2.3. The ability to balance the 2024/25 Budget was predicated on the full deliverability of the savings and being able to mitigate all other pressures that might emerge during the year. 2.4. During the first quarter of 2024/25, the Council assessed the budget set against current and forecast commitments and identified a requirement to rebase Service Operating Budgets to account for legacy issues including undelivered savings from 2023/24 and prior years that no longer had viable delivery options. The review concluded that Service Operating Budgets required an additional £14.1m of funding, with Cabinet approving this increase in the Month 6 monitoring report, effectively transferring service pressures and creating an additional saving requirement to be held in the corporate centre. The revised 2024/25 budgets following rebasing are set out in the table below. Cabinet report – 12 December 2024 (Part 1 Public) Table 2: 2024/25 Revised Portfolio Budgets Portfolio £m Property, Highways & Transport Expenditure 18.4 Income (9.9) Property, Highways & Transport Total 8.5 Finance & Transformation Expenditure 144.1 Income (105.7) Finance & Transformation Total 38.4 Corporate Services Expenditure 28.1 Income (2.0) Corporate Services Total 26.1 Residents' Services Expenditure 85.1 Income (47.0) Residents' Services Total 38.1 Children, Families & Education Expenditure 78.4 Income (18.3) Children, Families & Education Total 60.1 Health & Social Care Expenditure 170.7 Income (45.3) Health & Social Care Total 125.4 Development & Risk Contingency Expenditure 0.5 Development & Risk Contingency Total 0.5 Unallocated Budget Items Expenditure (12.7) Unallocated Budget Items Total (12.7) Funding (284.4) 3. LATEST BUDGET FORECAST FOR 2024/25 3.1. The Council has carried out a review of the budget monitoring position in conjunction with constructing the budget strategy, with the in- year position setting out the pressures and challenges that the Council faces , with the consultation budget setting out how these measures will be addressed over the medium term. 3.2. As at Month 7, the Council is reporting an adverse movement of £2.0m from the position presented at Month 6 due to increasing costs associated with homelessness support adding £1.5m, with a further £0.6m adverse movement from a reduction in the assumed benefit from the West London Waste Authority’s forecast release of surplus from energy sales, with this position being offset by a £0.1m favourable movement from Adult Social Care. Overall, the Council is forecasting an £8.9m adverse General Fund revenue variance. 3.3. Homelessness support is recognised as a national issue, with particular implications for London authorities, with London Councils, the collective of Local Government in the capital, Cabinet report – 12 December 2024 (Part 1 Public) reporting the capital are facing an overspend of £600m in 2024/25, averaging at £18.2m per borough. 3.4. The outputs from the Zero-Based Budgeting review at the beginning of the year continue to be the foundations of the Star Chamber interventions that reduce the in-year pressures and form the basis of the savings programme set out in this budget strategy report. 3.5. The below table sets out the Council’s Month 7 General Fund revenue monitoring position, presenting an overspend of £8.9m, representing a £2.0m adverse movement within Service Operating Budgets. Furthermore, the below table sets out the £14.1m of rebasing and £6.3m of unallocated savings that require unwinding, as set out in the Corporate Items section of the budget strategy. Table 3: Month 7 Monitoring Overview Service Approved Budget Forecast Outturn Underlying Variance Forecast Variance Prior Month Change in Variance £m £m £m £m £m Service Operating Budgets 297.9 310.9 13.0 11.0 2.0 Development & Risk Contingency 0.5 0.5 0.0 0.0 0.0 Unallocated Budget Items: Pay Award Inflation 6.4 5.5 (0.9) (0.9) 0.0 Unallocated Budget Items: Unallocated Savings (6.3) 0.0 6.3 6.3 0.0 Unallocated Budget Items: Rebasing (14.1) 0.0 14.1 14.1 0.0 Total Net Expenditure 284.4 316.9 32.5 30.5 2.0 Corporate Funding (284.4) (284.4) 0.0 0.0 0.0 Net Total 0.0 32.5 32.5 30.5 2.0 Star Chamber Outputs 0.0 (23.6) (23.6) (23.6) 0.0 Total 0.0 8.9 8.9 6.9 2.0 3.6. This position therefore takes General Fund reserves from £35.1m to £26.2m by 31 March 2025, with this being the opening position of the reserves as set out in Appendix A1 of this budget strategy. 4. ECONOMIC AND FINANCIAL OUTLOOK 4.1. The Council has been and will continue to be impacted by the general economic climate and financial situation affecting the whole economy, the public sector, and its own local position. The following summarises some of the critical factors that have impacted on the Council and have the potential to impact on future assumptions set out throughout this budget report. Cabinet report – 12 December 2024 (Part 1 Public) The Overall Economy 4.2. The national economy has gone through a turbulent time over the past fifteen years. The banking crisis led to a significant economic downturn starting around 2008 and was thereafter faced with a sustained period of government spending austerity. The decision of the UK to leave the European Union has meant a change in the way the country trades with it European neighbours. The impact of the Covid pandemic saw an unprecedented (and perhaps permanent) impact on the high street and business in general and more recently events in Ukraine have seen global adjustments to market prices particularly in the energy sector. 4.3. These three substantial shocks to the economy, together with an illustration of the United Kingdom’s historic structural underperformance in GDP growth of the economy are set out in the charts below: Chart 1: Gross Domestic Product Trends 4.4. Macro-economic policy has been one aimed at growing the economy and maintaining inflation levels at or around 2% in order to promote business confidence and stimulate economic activity. The shocks to the economy have led to a sustained period of low interest rates over the years 2009 to 2021. Cabinet report – 12 December 2024 (Part 1 Public) Chart 2: CPI Inflation and Interest Rate Trends 4.5. The Chancellor of the Exchequer’s recent Autumn Budget 2024 set out predictions that the then level of inflation would rise slightly from the then 1.7% to around 2.6% in 2025 before trending back down to the Bank of England’s target rate of 2.0% by 2029. Our MTFS modelling is based around low inflation rates continuing in the future but, as the chart above illustrates, can be prone to higher inflation spikes. 4.6. The ability of government to balance their budget over the life of the Parliament is predicated on growth above recent trends. Failure to deliver on these targets would jeopardise the government’s capacity to fund future spending levels. A summary of some key economic forecasts published as part of the Autumn Budget are set out below: Table 4: Key Economic Forecasts 4.7. The Autumn 2024 Budget represents Phase One of the government’s budget strategy and focusses on the short term. A new spending round is to take place over the first half of next year and this Phase Two will look to the longer term over the remainder of the Parliament. As previous governments have experienced, longer term economic forecasts are subject to variance from initial projections and economic shocks as experienced and illustrated in the previous charts. Cabinet report – 12 December 2024 (Part 1 Public) 4.8. Local authorities will be impacted by changes to the above assumptions both as a purchaser of supplies and services and provider of Council Tax benefits and other support such as temporary accommodation. Furthermore, the ability of government to adequately fund local government spending is predicated on the government’s growth agenda to boost revenue resources. Past experience would point to these potential risks being such that they cannot be ignored in considering the adequacy of the level of reserves held by local authorities. Local Government Funding and Spending 4.9. Local Government, like the economy as a whole, has faced significant financial headwinds over the last fifteen years. Our analysis of government ’s Departmental Expenditure Limits [DEL] for local government has seen the biggest reductions across the major departmental funding levels. Chart 3: Real Terms Change in Government Departmental Expenditure 4.10. The years of public sector austerity ha ve seen core funding for local authorities diminish in both terms of purchasing power and composition. Compared to 2008/09, English local authorities have seen the total of Revenue Support Grant [RSG]; specific grants; business rate; and council tax income decline in real terms by 22%. The greater proportional reliance on local council taxpayers and decline in the share funded from RSG is particularly marked. Cabinet report – 12 December 2024 (Part 1 Public) Chart 4: Change in Composition of Local Authority Funding The Autumn 2024 Budget Statement 4.11. The Chancellor’s Autumn Budget referenced a 3.2% increase in local government core spending power for 2025/26, but as such would include freedoms to increase Council Tax levels. As part of that overall increase, £1.3bn of new grant funding was announced and included £600m of new grant funding for social care. This announcement was made as part of a single- year settlement and fails to deliver on local government calls for greater future funding certainty with a multi -year settlement. We await more detailed clarification of the local government funding envelope to be released in late December 2024 when the Provisional Local Government Finance Settlement is announced, and more detailed allocations of funding is made clear on an individual council by council basis. 4.12. Whilst a real -terms increase in funding is welcomed, optimism at this stage must be tempered by potential pressures that may emerge from other announcements set out in the Autumn Budget. Pending further clarification and announcements, our initial assessment of the impact of the Autumn Budget highlighted the following potential headline impact on the Council: • The increase in Employers National Insurance [NI] rates from 13.8% to 15.0% was largely anticipated, but not a reduction in the secondary threshold (the point at which employers start paying national insurance) from £9,100 to £5,000 per employee . Whilst the government has committed to protecting public services from the impact of this change, we await confirmation that local government will fully benefit from that protection. The estimated impact of the changes would see around a £2.5m additional pressure on the Council’s Gener al Fund employee budgets - £1.8m of Cabinet report – 12 December 2024 (Part 1 Public) which is caused by the change in thresholds – but subject to protection for councils which has not been specified thus far; • The Impact of the NI changes on contracted expenditure will be significant, and whilst the Council is sympathetic to business and charities, it will not be possible for the Council to absorb the additional costs which will ensue. • Therefore, t he potential for increased costs of employment to filter into our own supply chain will need to be pushed back if the Council is not to see a potential cost pressure – particularly with regard to social care packages; • Changes to the Minimum Wage are not expected to impact on the costs of the Council’s own workforce but again may impact on contract costs chargeable to the Council; • The Retail, Hospitality and Leisure sector is to receive extended support in the form of business rate relief in 2025/26, with a view to more fundamental and permanent support to the sector from 2026/27. In the longer term, such support is expected to be funded from additional charges on other larger properties – this could have a negative impact on the rates payable across the Council’s high value properties it or its contractors occupy; • The announcement of an additional £1.3bn of grant funding for local government in 2025/26 includes the following: £600m for Social Care; £230m for Homelessness; and £470m, for other services. We await further details and individual notifications of exact allocations but provisionally estimate the allocations for Hillingdon to be £2.43m; £1.82m; and £1.58m respectively; • A £1bn national allocation to fund the Household Support Fund was announced for 2025/26 but is expected to be matched by corresponding spending obligations; • A levy on packaging used by suppliers is expected to raise £1.1bn nationally (£ 3m announced for Hillingdon) next year but may be largely offset by planned increas es in waste disposal costs and levies previously announced in the March Budget. This funding is expected to reduce over future years as suppliers react to the charges and reduce the amount of packaging produced; • Departmental efficiencies within government departments are targeted to deliver a 2% saving. Should that savings target be achieved by cuts in funding rather than operating savings, it would potentially reduce our Settlement Funding Assessment by up to £1.2m; • Funding for the UK Shared Prosperity Fund is extended for a further year into 2025/26 but at £900m nationally represents a 40% cut on current year levels. Scope exists for the Council to bid for project funding against this quantum; Cabinet report – 12 December 2024 (Part 1 Public) • A 6% real -terms increase in funding to support Special Education Needs and Disability [ SEND] could improve the Council’s existing funding shortfall by around £3m. Whilst this is welcome, it fails to tackle the underlying Dedicated Schools Grant [DSG] deficit position; and • The last major change in the local government funding in 2013/14 was based on then assessed needs and resources . A further review of local government funding allocations is promised. Whilst the 2013/14 Settlement top- sliced £4.5m of funding needed for Hillingdon to subsidise a damping grant for other councils, we are benefitting from over £9m of surplus on business rate growth which could also be lost by any reform of the local government funding methodology. 4.13. Further clarification over the specific changes in funding the above measures wi ll have on the Council is expected to emerge over the coming two months and, in particular, will be informed by the Local Government Finance Settlement [ LGFS] which is expected to be announced in the latter part of December 2024. However, a summary of our current working assumptions as to the impact on the General Fund are set out in the table below: Table 5: Summary of assumed Impacts from Autumn Budget Cabinet report – 12 December 2024 (Part 1 Public) Hillingdon’s Economic and Financial Environment 4.14. Since 2010/11, Hillingdon has seen its population numbers rise by more than the national average – this growth from 2013/14 has not been reflected in government’s determination of the subsequent core funding allocated. The Office for National Statistics [ONS] projects the population of Hillingdon to continue rising. Chart 5: Change in Hillingdon Population 4.15. Neither the increase in population n or relatively falling behind in the amounts raised in Council Tax compared to similar authorities have been reflected in the methodology used to allocate funding since 2013/14. The allocation of the 2013/14 core funding saw a top- slice of Hillingdon’s allocation of £4.5m in order to fund a damping grant made available to other authorities where their assessed allocation should have otherwi se fallen. This Council has thus effectively been under -funded by around £50m over the past eleven years in order to support other councils to receive more than the government’s formula funding methodology suggested they should have been allocated. 4.16. In terms of our spending profile, Hillingdon has an average level of need and deprivation and underspends in total when 2024/25 General Fund budgets are compared. The one significant outlier across service budgets relates to the costs associated with General Fund Housing Services (homelessness and temporary accommodation) where budgets are £21 per head higher than the average – this equates to £7m when multiplied by the 319,000 population level. Taken collectively, the Council spends £118 per head on average less than the rest of the CIPFA cohort and totals £38m when multiplied by popul ation numbers. The ability to deliver efficiencies across spend budgets is thus impaired by already being a comparatively low spend authority. Cabinet report – 12 December 2024 (Part 1 Public) Chart 6: Income & Spend per Head Compared to Cohort Average 4.17. The proportional underspend is matched by an equivalent lower level of funding to produce a balanced budget – our core funding (from business rates; revenue support grant and council tax) is thus £21 per head (or £38m in total) lower than the cohort average. 4.18. Most significantly within the lower -than-average funding sources available to finance the General Fund budget requirement is the income from council tax. Whilst the taxbase has grown broadly in line with that of the cohort comparator authorities over the last ten years and is now 20% higher than the level in 2013/14, the Band D equivalent charge did not increase until 2019/20 and results in a lower total yield for the Council. In 2014/15, Hillingdon’s charge (excluding the GLA precept) was £1,112.57 and compared to the average of the other cohort members of £1,127.57 . For the current year Hillingdon’s Band D charge is £1,392.51 (an incr ease of 25% over ten years) whereas the equivalent across the rest of the cohort has risen to £1,637.86 (45% increase). Had the Band D charge for Hillingdon residents increased by the cohort average, an additional £23m would have been able to be raised in 2024/25 and over the last ten years delivered total additional funding of £144m. The important counter factual of this is that the Council has enabled residents to keep more of their money in their pockets to decide where they wish to spend their earnings. Cabinet report – 12 December 2024 (Part 1 Public) Chart 7: Change in Council Tax Band D Charge and Yield 4.19. Regulations introduced under the Localism Act 2011 allow the Secretary of State to limit the annual increase in the Band D charge, beyond which a referendum must be held and won if a local authority wishes to increase their charge by more than this threshold. Any proposed budget that breaches the referendum threshold is required to be presented alongside a substitute budget that alternatively does not breach the limit. The cost of holding a referendum would be chargeable directly to the Council. The Local G overnment Finance Settlement Policy Statement confirmed that the threshold for 2025/26 increases will remain at the same 4.99% without the need to hold a referendum. 4.20. Based on the existing 2024/25 Council Tax Bases, the same percentage increase in the Band D charge yields differing gains across the nearest neighbo ur comparators. A 4.99% increase would yield £7.3m for Hillingdon, whereas the same percentage increase would yield £6.0m for Merton or £13.0m for Croydon. The chart below s hows the comparative ranking of Hillingdon’s Band D charge compared to other similar councils (both before and assuming a 4.99% increase next year). Cabinet report – 12 December 2024 (Part 1 Public) Chart 8: Band D Charge Comparison (Including assumed 5% Increase 4.21. The reductions in funding seen across the local government sector as a whole have impacted on this Council. In 2020/11 Hillingdon received £84m in core funding in the form of Revenue Support Grant and re-distributed National Non-Domestic Rates [NNDR]. Had that level of funding been maintained to keep pace with inflation it would have grown to £126m by the current year. However, the equivalent funding today is only £77m. To compound the scale of funding reduction, the £77m value includes a number of grants previously paid outside of core funding but now included within the headline £77m figure (including Supporting People Gr ant and Housing Benefit Subsidy). Excluding these grants would indicate an equivalent figure of just £39m in 2024/25 - an £87m or 69% reduction in real purchasing power from 2010/11. Cabinet report – 12 December 2024 (Part 1 Public) Chart 9: Underlying Change in Government Funding 4.22. The methodology previously used by government for allocating core funding to local government is one based on assessed needs and resources, subject to damping grants or contributions to limit the rise or fall between any two years. In the move to the local ised business rate system this assessment has not been refreshed since 2013/14 and thus has not kept pace with individual local authorities changing spending requirements or levels of council tax receipts. 4.23. The ability for a local authority to manage and mitigate the financial impact of in- year unbudgeted pressures and risks is largely dictated by the holding of adequate reserves and contingency provisions. Such reserves may be “earmarked” and held for specific purposes, or “general” against non-specific risks. 4.24. Excluding certain specific earmarked reserves which are required to be held against future known pressures or liabilities (including Schools/DSG; Business Rates Timing; Ho using; Private Finance Initiative; and Public Health reserves), the Council had £35m of general and earmarked reserves available at the start of 2024/25 to provide a buffer against emerging pressures. This total has seen steady decline over the last four years as illustrated in the chart below: Cabinet report – 12 December 2024 (Part 1 Public) Chart 10: Change in Reserves Levels 4.25. The current level of reserves is forecast to fall further as the latest reported General Fund budget monitoring position predicts a £8.9m variance. The £35m balance brought forward would thus decline to £26m by the end of 2024/25 based on that forecast but has potential to vary (either upwards or downwards) dependent on any further pressures or opportunities that may emerge over the coming months. 4.26. The Medium-Term Budget Strategy approved by Council in February 2024 recognised the need to replenish reserves and identified a target range of between £32m and £55m. A planned £1.5m annual contribution to general reserves was included in the budget assumptions to add £7.5m over the future five- year period to total £44.9m by the end of 2028/29. 4.27. The reserves are too low for a borough of our size and complexity, it is essential that the Council increases its level of reserves. The February budget report will include a clearer assessment and guidance on the level of reserves that we need to endeavour to achieve. It is essential that the Council delivers the value of savings programme within the report if the level of reserves are not going to be put at further risk of depletion. 5. THE CURRENT BUDGET DEFICIT 5.1. Over the Autumn, the Council has updated projections against Funding, Inflation, Demand- Led Growth and Corporate Items to assess the budget gap, with this refresh setting out a budget gap for 2025/26 of £39.0m, rising to a cumulative impact of £62.1m by 2029/30. To date, the Council has identified savings of £32. 6m in 2025/26, leaving a budget gap of £6.4m, with savings in later years increasing to a cumulative total of £6 5.2m. This budget Cabinet report – 12 December 2024 (Part 1 Public) strategy therefore forecasts reserves to reduce to £19 .8m by the end of 2025/26, before increasing to £29.8m by 31 March 2030, with this position set out in the table below: Table 6: Budget Gap Analysis 2024/25 2025/26 2026/27 2027/28 2028/29 2029/30 £m £m £m £m £m £m Gross Budget (Deficit)/Surplus (15.8) 39.0 48.7 53.0 57.2 62.1 Cumulative Savings 15.8 (32.6) (50.4) (55.2) (60.2) (65.2) Gross Budget (Deficit)/Surplus 0.0 6.4 (1.7) (2.2) (3.0) (3.1) Reserves 26.2 19.8 21.5 23.7 26.7 29.8 5.2. With a budget deficit for 2025/26 of £6. 4m, the Council faces a challenge to deliver a balanced budget by February 2025 in line with the statutory requirement. Local Authorities have a number of options available to them to close a budget gap, with details set out below: • Options the Council has used in this budget strategy: • Increased net savings (reducing expenditure and maximising income); • Council Tax policy (within Referendum Thresholds); and • Release funding from reserves. • Options the Council is not pursuing: • Seek Secretary of State approval for an increase in Council Tax above the Referendum Threshold; • Hold a Referendum to ask the Residents to support a Council Tax increase above the Referendum Threshold; and/or • Seek Secretary of State approval for Exceptional Financial Support [EFS] through a Capitalisation Direction, which is effectively a loan to the Council that is required to be repaid (potentially with extra interest charges) but gives an authority more time to identify and implement measures that close the budget gap. 5.3. The Council’s 2025/26 budget gap is driven by Inflation, Demographic Growth pressures and pressures classified as Corporate Items, ( with the latter pressures being cross-cutting in nature or relate to the overarching delivery of a local authority ). The breakdown of these items is set out as follows: • Inflation is driving £4.7m of the proposed increased expenditure for the authority, with an overarching inflation assumption that 2025/26 contracted expenditure will be maintained at 1.7% as per September’s CPI, in line with the Government's approach to index link many government-led uplifts to this measure. Workforce pay expenditure is forecast to increase by 3% in 2025/26, with these uplifts being offset by a forecast 11.1% reduction in energy inflation, with full details set out in the Inflation section of the report and Appendix A3. Cabinet report – 12 December 2024 (Part 1 Public) • Demand-Led Growth and demographic pressures are forecast to increase Council expenditure by a further £12.3m in 2025/26, with Adults & Children’s Social Care accounting for £4.6m of this growth and a further £5.0m due to exceptional demand for homelessness support in line with other authorities across the country. Demand for Waste services is projected to increase costs by a further £1.6m, with £1.1m coming from other smaller updates as set out in the Demand- Led Growth section of the report and Appendix A4. • Corporate Items add £37.3m to the Council’s running costs in 2025/26, this is being driven by £14.1m of rebasing Service Operating Budgets for historical pressures as set out above and in the Month 6 monitoring report. A further £6.4m is being added to write- out unallocated savings held in the corporate centre, a £9 .0m increase to fund financial risks, including £ 5.0m General Contingency and £4.0m is proposed in recognition of increasing risks associated with contracted expenditure, £2.9m is being added to fund capital financing costs largely associated with the borrowing requirement within the capital programme, with a further £2.5m forecast to be needed to increase bad debt provisions across the Council. Further items add £2.4m to this sum from smaller updates including £1.5m due to the Council’s pan-London responsibility to fund Concessionary Fares for residents as set out in the Corporate Items section of the report and Appendix A5. • Finally, a forecast increase in funding reduces this pressure by £15.3m due to £8.4m of increased income from Council Tax, £3.2m from Business Rates, £2.9m from Corporate Grant, £3.9m expected benefit from the Autumn Statement announcement, less £3.1m adverse movement from other updates, mainly the unwinding of the 2023/24 Collection Fund surplus, with the full breakdown of this movement included in the funding section of the report and Appendices A1 and A2. 5.4. The table below sets this out alongside 2026/27 and 2029/30: Cabinet report – 12 December 2024 (Part 1 Public) Table 7: Budget Gap Breakdown 2025/26 to 2029/30 2025/26 2026/27 2027/28 2028/29 2029/30 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 Changes in Recurrent Funding 14.4 9.5 9.6 10.1 8.6 Changes in One-Off Funding 0.9 (3.9) 0.0 0.0 0.0 Total Changes in Funding 15.3 5.6 9.6 10.1 8.6 Inflation 4.7 5.2 6.5 6.7 6.8 Corporate Items 12.3 4.6 5.4 4.3 4.3 Demand-Led Growth 37.3 5.5 2.0 3.3 2.4 Total Changes in Service Expenditure 54.3 15.3 13.9 14.3 13.5 Gross Annual Budget Deficit 39.0 9.7 4.3 4.2 4.9 Savings (32.6) (17.8) (4.8) (5.0) (5.0) Net Annual Budget Gap 6.4 (8.1) (0.5) (0.8) (0.1) Cumulative Budget Gap 6.4 (1.7) (2.2) (3.0) (3.1) 7. Inflation 7.1 Inflation is set to add £4 .7m to the Council’s budget gap in 2025/26, rising to £29.9m by 2027/28, with the breakdown of this set out in the below table: Table 8: Inflation 2025/26 to 2027/28 Base Budget 2025/26 2026/27 2027/28 2028/29 2029/30 Total £m £m £m £m £m £m £m Workforce Expenditure (including Pension Contributions) 144.4 3.3 1.6 3.0 3.1 3.2 14.2 Social Care Placements 136.3 2.3 2.8 2.8 2.9 2.9 13.7 Contracted Expenditure 36.8 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.8 0.8 3.7 SEND Transport 14.2 0.2 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 1.4 Energy & Fuel 5.7 (0.5) 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.3 0.4 Other Expenditure 13.6 0.4 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 1.6 Less: Externally Funded Items (23.8) (1.6) (0.7) (0.9) (0.9) (1.0) (5.1) Budgets Out of Scope of Inflation (42.6) 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 Total Inflation Requirement 284.6 4.7 5.2 6.5 6.7 6.8 29.9 7.2 Workforce Expenditure is forecast to increase by 3% in 2025/26 (less release of 2024/25 underspend) before returning to the Bank of England target rate of 2% thereafter, with the impact of this against the Council’s £144.4m workforce budget expected to increase expenditure by £3. 3m in 2025/25, the impact of the pay award has been offset by an expected 2% reduction in the employers pension contribution Cabinet report – 12 December 2024 (Part 1 Public) from 2026/27 as a result of the refreshed triennial review of the pension fund, leading to a net increase of a further £10.9m by 2029/30. 7.3 Social Care Placements costs are forecast to increase by 1.7% in 2025/26 in line with September CPI and in line with the Government’s approach to use this index to uplift many costs and income across the public sector, this adds £2.3m to the £136.3m spend in this area, with future uplifts based on the Bank of England target rate of 2%, adding a further £13.7m by 2029/30. 7.4 Contracted Expenditure is forecast to mirror Social Care expenditure, with the Council’s approach to contract negotiations in 2025/26 to use this index, with this position adding £0.6m in 2025/26, rising by a further £ 3.1m by 2029 /30. The Council are looking to mitigate against this increased cost with a Procurement saving of £0.6m per annum over the next three years as set out in the saving section below. 7.5 SEND Transport follows the same approach as Social Care Placements set out above, adding £1.4m to the Council’s running costs by 2029/30. 7.6 Energy & Fuel are set to see a decrease in unit costs, with the impact of high energy prices driven by conflicts in Ukraine and other parts of the world having previously driven up costs in this area, with 2025/26 forecast to see a reduction in energy costs of 11.1%, with Fuel forecast to increase by 2%, seeing an overall reduction in expenditure in this area by £ 0.5m, with future uplifts forecast to increase by 5% thereafter, adding £0.4m by 2029/30. 7.7 Other Expenditure relates to smaller items of Council spend and includes the Council’s own Business Rates and Council Tax liabilities as well as paying levies due from pan- London and regional arrangements, with expenditure in this area set to increase by £1.6m by 2029/30. 7.8 Externally Funded Items relates to funding streams that are directly linked to the Council’s expenditure, the largest items in this area include contributions to Social Care provision from service users and the NHS, with these contributions set to increase by £5.1m by 202 9/30, partially offsetting the increased costs associated with these services. 8. Demand-Led Growth 8.1 Demand-Led Growth is set to add £12.3m to the Council’s budget gap in 2025/26, rising by a further £1 0.0m to £30.9m by 2029 /30, with the breakdown of this set out in the below table: Cabinet report – 12 December 2024 (Part 1 Public) Table 9: Demand-Led Growth Breakdown Base Budget 2025/26 2026/27 2027/28 2028/29 2029/30 Total £m £m £m £m £m £m £m Waste Disposal Levy & Contracts 15.9 1.7 0.7 0.7 0.6 0.6 4.3 Support for Looked After Children 18.6 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 2.0 Support for Children with Disabilities 2.4 0.1 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.1 SEND Transport 15.2 1.0 1.2 1.6 0.5 0.5 4.8 Adult Social Care Placements 78.5 3.2 1.8 2.7 2.8 2.8 13.3 Homelessness Prevention 6.5 5.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 5.0 Digital & Intelligence Cost Rebasing 16.7 0.0 0.5 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.5 Private Sector Housing 7.1 0.4 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.4 Imported Food Office 0.6 0.3 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.3 Christmas Lighting Growth 0.0 0.2 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.2 Total 161.5 12.3 4.6 5.4 4.3 4.3 30.9 8.2 Waste Disposal Levy & Contracts are forecast to increase by £1.7m in 2025/26, rising by a further £ 2.6m per annum to 202 9/30 with the additional pressure in 2025/26 providing a mechanism to fund the additional pressures in 2024/25 due to West London Waste Authority (WLWA) Levy costs from residual tonnages being the key element for the in-year pressure. 8.3 Support for Looked After Children & Children with Disabilities is forecast to grow in line with population projections, adding £0.5m in 2025/26 and a further £1.6m per annum thereafter. The demand-led growth bid in this service represents the gross pressure on the service before interventions, with savings later in the report that more than mitigate against this pressure and lead to an overall reduction in spend for the service. 8.4 SEND Transport are forecasting an increase of £1.0m in 2025/26, rising by a further £3.8m over the following four years, the growth rate within the service is currently running at 7% per annum, with ongoing demand for Education, Health & Care Plan [EHCP], with an underspend in 2024/25 being released to offset the growth in 2025/26, with the latter years anticipating this to reduce as population projections forecast children numbers to decline in later years. 8.5 Adult Social Care Placements have seen exceptional demand since COVID -19, with ongoing pandemic related scarring continuing to impact on the service, since April 2023, the service has seen a 7% growth in headcount, with the majority of this landing in 2023/24 and remaining in the system, generating a full year impact in 2024/25 above Cabinet report – 12 December 2024 (Part 1 Public) the budgeted position, the growth in this area therefore funds this pressure on an ongoing basis, adding £3.2m in 2025/26, with a further £ 10.1m over the following four years. The service is looking to mitigate this pressure through a number of measures , including reviewing health funding eligibility, with savings proposals included later in this report that offer mitigating actions against this growth bid. 8.6 Homelessness Prevention is currently facing exceptional demand, with the in- year monitoring position reporting an overspend of £5.0m, with the increase in the budget strategy affectively funding the additional growth that is in the system, with savings included later in this report that set out the Council’s mitigating actions to address this pressure going forward. Homelessness support is a national issue and is forecast to generate an overspend of £170m across London in 2024/25. 8.7 Digital & Intelligence Cost Rebasing are currently forecasting a requirement to increase expenditure by £0.5m by 2026/27 in recognition of the Council’s increased investment in the Digital Strategy through the Capital Programme, ensuring that sufficient revenue resources are available to support to increased use of digital technology to support the Council’s efficiency drive, with savings associated with the digital strategy included in the savings section of this report. 8.8 Private Sector Housing require an investment of £ 0.4m in 2025/26 due to increasing statutory responsibilities, with the service unable to meet these without additional resource, with the service under increasing pressure due to inspections, including unlicenced HMOs in the borough, with the service generating income from fines that partially offsets the cost of the service. 8.9 Imported Food Office requires a £0.3m increase in budget to right-size the service, due to the service having an income budget that is greater than the expenditure budget, creating a net surplus budget when the service is required to deliver a breakeven service and cannot make a surplus. 8.10 Christmas Lighting Growth is required for £0.2m to write out the 2024/25 saving on a permanent basis, with a new saving proposal included in this budget report. 9. Corporate Items 9.1 Corporate Items are set to add £37. 3m to the Council’s budget gap in 2025/26, increasing to £50.5m by 2029/30 with movement in these items beyond year one largely driven by capital financing and concessionary fares pressures , with the breakdown of this set out in the below table. Cabinet report – 12 December 2024 (Part 1 Public) Table 10: Corporate Items Breakdown 2025/26 2026/27 2027/28 2028/29 2029/30 Total £m £m £m £m £m £m Capital Financing Costs 2.9 4.5 1.3 1.7 2.4 12.8 Rebasing - Adult Services & Health 1.4 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 1.4 Rebasing - Children & Young People Services 2.8 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 2.8 Rebasing - Place 6.1 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 6.1 Rebasing - Central Services 1.4 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 1.4 Rebasing - Chief Digital Data & Technology 0.8 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.8 Rebasing - Cross-Cutting 1.6 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 1.6 Reversal of Undelivered Savings 6.4 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 6.4 Increase in General Contingency 5.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 5.0 Create Contract Risk Contingency 4.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 4.0 Increase in Bad Debt Provision 2.5 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 2.5 Hillingdon First Enabling Developments 0.8 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.8 Cost of Older People Discount (0.1) (0.1) (0.1) (0.1) (0.1) (0.5) Concessionary Fares 1.6 1.0 0.7 1.6 0.0 4.9 Housing Benefit Subsidy (Recovery of Overpayments) 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.5 Total Corporate Items 37.3 5.5 2.0 3.3 2.4 50.5 9.2 Capital Financing Costs are forecast to increase by £2.9m in 2025/26, rising to £12.8m by 2029 /30, with this increases driven by the requirement to fund £94.5m from prudential borrowing to fund the proposed capital programme set out later in this report with this increase also including the servicing and repayment of the Council’s existing borrowing portfolio. 9.3 Rebasing adds £14.1m to the Council’s budget gap in 2025/26 as a result of an exercise carried out in 2024/25 that identified a number of legacy pressures within the Council’s budget related to the non- delivery of savings and unfunded pressures as a result of demand growth and income shortfalls. In October 2024, the Cabinet approved a budget virement to increase Service Operating Budgets by this amount and create an additional in-year saving target that is required to be written out of the Council’s base budget with the breakdown by Corporate Director set out in the table above. 9.4 Writing Out Undelivered Savings is a second element of the review of the Council’s base budget that writes out the remaining balance of legacy savings that have not been delivered that are held in year in Corporate Operating Budgets, writing out these savings adds £6.4m to the pressures to be funded in 2025/26. Cabinet report – 12 December 2024 (Part 1 Public) 9.5 Increase in General Contingency is proposed to be increased by £5 m to £ 5.5m in 2025/26 to provide adequate cover for unforeseen circumstances in 2025/26. With the Month 7 monitoring report presenting a pressure due to unfunded growth demand and an in- year rebasing exercise adding £14.1m to the budget gap, a greater level of contingency is required to ensure successful delivery of this budget strategy. 9.6 The budget strategy proposes to Create a Contract Risk Contingency in recognition of the ongoing impact external factors play in negotiating contract uplifts and ensuring suppliers are sustainable going forward, whilst also ensuring financial stewardship over public money. Any drawdowns from this contingency will need Corporate Director of Finance sign-off. 9.7 Given the increase in exposure to the debt repayment as a result of the cost -of-living crisis and impacts from the pandemic on households , an Increase in Bad Debt Provision due to the Council’s debt position has been increasing in recent times, the Council is forecasting an increase in the provision required to offer increased protection against the non-payment of debt, with this requirement adding £2.5m to the Council’s budget gap in 2025/26. 9.8 Hillingdon First Enabling Developments are forecast to unwind the dividend paid to the borough, with £0.8m of income being removed from the base budget due to all completed developments having been sold and the company not having any active developments in the pipeline, this position will be kept under review in line with market conditions. 9.9 Cost of Older People Discount continues to reduce as the Council closed the scheme to new entrants on 1 April 2021, with regular churn reducing this budget by £0.1m per annum. 9.10 Concessionary Fares relates to the Council funding the freedom pass for Hillingdon Residents, with cost being levied on the Council by Transport for London [TfL] based on usage statistics, with TfL forecasting future demand, with the forecast contained in the budget strategy adding £3.3m over the next three years. 9.11 Housing Benefit Subsidy (Recover of Overpayments) adds £0.1m to the Council’s expenditure per annum due to the transition from Housing Benefit to Universal Credit impact on the income recouped through the Housing Benefit Subsidy system. 10. Funding 10.1 Funding is forecast to increase by £15.3m 2025/26, increasing to £49.2m by 2029/30, with the breakdown of this set out in the below table. Cabinet report – 12 December 2024 (Part 1 Public) Table 11: Funding Breakdown 2024/25 2025/26 2026/27 2027/28 2028/29 2029/30 £m £m £m £m £m £m Council Tax Revenues 145.8 154.2 164.0 173.8 184.4 193.4 Business Rates Income 69.0 72.2 72.2 72.1 72.2 72.1 Corporate Grant Income 66.8 69.7 69.3 69.2 68.6 68.3 Total Recurrent Funding 281.6 296.1 305.5 315.1 325.2 333.8 Collection Fund Deficit 4.5 (0.1) 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 Rebuilding Reserves (1.5) 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 Autumn Statement 0.0 3.9 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 Total One-Off Funding 3.0 3.8 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 Total Resources 284.6 299.9 305.5 315.1 325.2 333.8 Annual Movement 15.3 5.6 9.6 10.1 8.6 Cumulative Movement 15.3 20.9 30.5 40.6 49.2 10.2 Council Tax Revenues are forecast to increase by £8.4m in 2025/26 with £1.0m of this coming from a net 754 increase in the taxbase driven by 1,048 increase in the gross taxbase, offset by 386 reduction from increased demand for the Council Tax Reduction Scheme [CTRS]. This position is compounded by £7.4m increase driven by a 4.99% proposed increase in the rate of Council Tax, taking the Band D increase from £1,392.51 to £1,534.95, equivalent to £1.33 increase per week for a two -adult household in a Band D property. 10.3 Business Rates Income is forecast to increase by £3. 2m in 2025/26 as a result of the Council releasing the final element of the 2023 rev aluation impact applied against the rating list that saw the Council’s commercial property taxbase increase by c5%, which the Council held in an appeals provision reserve in 2023/24 whilst the rating list stabilised, releasing funds in 2024/25 and again in 2025/26. 10.4 Corporate Grant Income grows by £2.9m 2025/26 as a result of an early indicative announcement of the Extended Producer Responsibility grant of £3.2m in relation to the Government taxing business for the amount of packaging they use and redistributing this across the Local Government sector , offset by a number of smaller movements leading to a net reduction of £0.3m. The majority of the Corporate Grant income is forecast to be cash flat as Council awaits the Provisional Local Government Settlement due to be published later in December. Included under one-off income is an assumption that the Council receives an additional £3.9m of funding from the Autumn Statement announcements above and beyond the Extended Producer Responsibility grant, with this element to be firmed up with the settlement. 10.5 Collection Fund Surplus in line with the Month 6 budget monitoring position, the Collection Fund reported a 2024/25 surplus of £0.1m, driven by a £1.3m deficit against Council Tax and £1.4m surplus against Business Rates, with any variances within the Cabinet report – 12 December 2024 (Part 1 Public) Collection Fund up to Month 9 impacting on the 2025/26 budget and any movement from this position between Month 9 and Outturn impacting on the 2026/27 budget. 10.6 Autumn Statement as set out above, this budget assumes an Autumn Statement favourable funding position of £3.9m against announcements made by the Chancellor, however, the overall budget position is forecast to be adverse from this statement due the impacts on contracted expenditure, with the £4.0m contract risk contingency being included under Corporate Items to provide a level of cover for impacts generated by Government policy adversely affecting Council expenditure pressures. 11. SAVINGS PROPOSALS TO BRIDGE THE GAP 11.1 The Council’s budget strategy includes £32.6m of savings for 2025/26, increasing to £65.2m by 2029/30 (including £5m Target Operating Model savings, rising to £15m by 202 9/30), with the breakdown of these savings at Cabinet Portfolio level set out in the table below: Table 12: Savings Programme 2025/26 to 2027/28 2025/26 2026/27 2027/28 2028/29 2029/30 Total £m £m £m £m £m £m Property, Highways & Transport (0.8) (0.5) 0.0 0.0 0.0 (1.3) Finance & Transformation (1.1) (0.2) (0.1) 0.0 0.0 (1.4) Corporate Services (5.1) (1.2) (0.2) 0.0 0.0 (6.5) Residents' Services (6.6) (1.1) (0.8) 0.0 0.0 (8.5) Children, Families & Education (5.2) (1.9) (2.0) 0.0 0.0 (9.1) Health & Social Care (7.8) (1.1) 0.0 0.0 0.0 (8.9) Target Operating Model (5.0) (10.0) 0.0 (5.0) (5.0) (25.0) Cross-Cutting Initiatives (1.0) (1.8) (1.7) 0 0 (4.5) Total Savings (32.6) (17.8) (4.8) (5.0) (5.0) (65.2) 11.2 Property, Highways & Transport have savings proposals totalling £0.8m in 2025/26, rising by a further £0.5m in 2025/26 with three savings against this portfolio associated with increased rent al yields from commercial properties and garages, with the third proposal centred around maximising the use of Council assets. 11.3 Finance & Transformation proposals amount to £1. 1m in 2025/26, with key proposals including: 11.3.1 A review of the Revenues & Benefits service, targeting increased automation and digital solutions to secure £0.3m in 2025/26, rising to £0.6m by 2027/28. 11.3.2 Further efficiencies from the new Oracle Fusion financial system, securing £100k in 2025/26 in addition to the £300k in 2024/25. 11.3.3 Process review and realignments of structures are forecast to reduce spend by £0.4m without impacting on service delivery. 11.3.4 The remaining proposed balance relates to technical updates, reviewing recharges and cashflow arrangements with full details set out in the Savings Appendix (A6).

The Council's Budget (2025/26 - 2029/30) - Medium Term Financial Strategy Appendix A1 2024/25 2025/26 2026/27 2027/28 2028/29 2029/30 Three Year Outlook Five Year Outlook £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 Resources Increase in Council Tax (%) 2.99% 2.99% 2.99% 2.99% 2.99% 2.99% Increase in Social Care Precept (%) 2.00% 2.00% 2.00% 2.00% 2.00% 2.00% Band D Council Tax (£) £1,392.51 £1,462.00 £1,534.95 £1,611.55 £1,691.97 £1,776.40 £219.04 £383.89 Increase in Council Tax Base (Band D) 1,043 754 1,442 982 1,160 1,076 Council Tax Base (Band D) 104,668 105,422 106,864 107,846 109,006 108,863 3,178 4,195 Change from Tax Base (£'000) 1,383 1,050 3,058 4,426 6,041 5,842 3,043 5,842 Change from Tax Increase (£'000) 6,928 7,326 15,222 23,622 32,643 41,791 16,694 41,791 Council Tax Revenues 145,751 154,127 164,031 173,799 184,435 193,384 28,048 47,633 Baseline Business Rates Income 51,887 51,887 51,887 51,887 51,887 51,887 0 0 Retained Business Rates Growth 17,943 20,242 20,242 20,242 20,242 20,242 2,299 2,299 Business Rates Income 69,026 72,129 72,129 72,129 72,129 72,129 3,103 3,103 Revenue Support Grant 8,660 8,660 8,660 8,660 8,660 8,660 0 0 Other Central Government Funding 58,122 61,004 60,643 60,492 59,944 59,608 2,370 1,486 Corporate Grant Income 66,782 69,664 69,303 69,152 68,604 68,268 2,370 1,486 Total Recurrent Funding 281,559 295,920 305,463 315,080 325,168 333,781 33,521 52,222 Collection Fund Surplus 3,651 (55) 0 0 0 0 (3,651) (3,651) Additional In-Year Collection Fund Surplus 800 0 0 0 0 0 (800) (800) Prior Release of COVID-19 Reserves 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Rebuilding Reserves (1,500) 0 0 0 0 0 1,500 1,500 Autumn Statement 0 3,930 0 0 0 0 0 0 Total One-Off Funding 2,951 3,875 0 0 0 0 (2,951) (2,951) Total Resources 284,510 299,795 305,463 315,080 325,168 333,781 30,570 49,271 General Fund Budget Corporate Summary The Council's Budget (2025/26 - 2029/30) - Medium Term Financial Strategy Appendix A1 2024/25 2025/26 2026/27 2027/28 2028/29 2029/30 Three Year Outlook Five Year Outlook £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 General Fund Budget Corporate Summary Service Expenditure Roll Forward Budget 263,278 284,510 306,172 303,715 312,878 322,167 Inflation 16,625 4,672 5,233 6,535 6,651 6,766 16,440 29,857 Demand-led Growth 14,286 12,250 4,602 5,428 4,343 4,343 22,280 30,966 Corporate Items 6,073 37,323 5,528 1,989 3,295 2,424 44,840 50,559 Savings Proposals (15,752) (32,583) (17,820) (4,789) (5,000) (5,000) (55,192) (65,192) Total Service Expenditure 284,510 306,172 303,715 312,878 322,167 330,700 28,368 46,190 Of which: Property, Highways & Transport 8,463 8,102 7,816 8,151 8,494 8,846 (312) 383 Finance 38,380 43,570 49,492 52,191 56,273 59,506 13,811 21,126 Corporate Services 26,108 22,394 21,929 22,127 22,564 23,008 (3,981) (3,100) Residents' Services 38,104 42,016 42,276 43,199 44,896 46,616 5,095 8,512 Children, Families & Education 60,181 57,843 57,380 57,091 58,844 60,598 (3,090) 417 Health & Social Care 125,424 127,235 131,610 138,607 144,584 150,614 13,183 25,190 Corporate Budgets (12,150) 5,012 (6,788) (8,488) (13,488) (18,488) 3,662 (6,338) Total Service Expenditure 284,510 306,172 303,715 312,878 322,167 330,700 28,368 46,190 Year on Year Change in Budget (Gap) / Surplus 0 (6,377) 8,125 454 799 80 2,202 3,081 Cumulative Budget (Gap) / Surplus for the Year 0 (6,377) 1,748 2,202 3,001 3,081 General Balances & Reserves 26,200 19,823 21,571 23,773 26,774 29,855 (2,427) 3,655 The Council's Budget (2025/26 - 2029/30) - Medium Term Financial Strategy Appendix A2 2024/25 2025/26 2026/27 2027/28 2028/29 2029/30 Three Year Outlook Five Year Outlook £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 Council Tax Base (Band D) Residential Properties 126,007 127,019 128,031 129,043 130,243 131,443 3,036 5,436 MOD Properties 683 760 760 760 760 760 77 77 Discounts & Exemptions (11,845) (11,940) (12,035) (12,130) (12,243) (12,243) (285) (398) Empty Property Premium 137 283 283 283 283 283 146 146 Gross Council Tax Base 114,982 116,122 117,039 117,956 119,043 118,820 2,974 3,838 Council Tax Reduction Scheme (9,257) (9,635) (9,096) (9,021) (8,936) (8,857) 236 400 Collection Rate (%) 99.00% 99.00% 99.00% 99.00% 99.00% 99.00% 0 0.00% Allowance for Losses in Collection (1,057) (1,065) (1,079) (1,089) (1,101) (1,100) (32) (43) Net Council Tax Base 104,668 105,422 106,864 107,846 109,006 108,863 3,178 4,195 Increase in Council Tax Base 1,043 754 1,442 982 1,160 1,076 3,178 5,414 Business Rates Revenues Inflationary Uplift (%) 6.70% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 6.70% 6.70% Implied Multiplier (0.xxx) 0.532 0.532 0.532 0.532 0.532 0.532 0.000 0.000 Annual Change in Rating List 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.000 0 Cash Value of Annual Changes 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.000 0 Retail Relief 0 6,991 0 0 0 0 0.000 0 Change in Business Rates Provisions 14,801 12,336 0 0 0 0 (14,801) (14,801) Non-Domestic Rating Income 386,447 405,774 405,774 405,774 405,774 405,774 19,327 19,327 30% 30% 30% 30% 30% 30% 0 0 115,934 121,732 121,732 121,732 121,732 121,732 5,798 5,798 Section 31 Grant Income 19,099 19,303 19,303 19,303 19,303 19,303 204 204 Forecast Business Rates Yield 135,033 141,035 141,035 141,035 141,035 141,035 6,002 6,002 General Fund Budget Funding Projections Local Share of Business Rates Yield The Council's Budget (2025/26 - 2029/30) - Medium Term Financial Strategy Appendix A2 2024/25 2025/26 2026/27 2027/28 2028/29 2029/30 Three Year Outlook Five Year Outlook £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 General Fund Budget Funding Projections Less: Baseline Business Rates Income (51,887) (51,887) (51,887) (51,887) (51,887) (51,887) 0 0 Less: Business Rates Tariff (56,281) (56,281) (56,281) (56,281) (56,281) (56,281) 0 0 Growth on Local Share 26,865 32,867 32,867 32,867 32,867 32,867 6,002 6,002 Less: Section 31 Grants Out of Scope (7,413) (7,617) (7,617) (7,617) (7,617) (7,617) (204) (204) Levy Rate on Growth 50% 50% 50% 50% 50% 50% 0 0 Levy on Growth (9,726) (12,625) (12,625) (12,625) (12,625) (12,625) (2,899) (2,899) Retained Growth 17,139 20,242 20,242 20,242 20,242 20,242 3,103 3,103 Other Central Government Funding Public Health Grant 19,532 19,532 19,532 19,532 19,532 19,532 0 0 Social Care Grant 20,578 20,578 20,792 21,010 21,010 21,010 432 432 Better Care Fund 8,338 8,505 8,675 8,849 8,849 8,849 511 511 Improved Better Care Fund 7,468 7,617 7,769 7,924 7,924 7,924 456 456 Extended Producer Responsibility 0 3,189 2,392 1,794 1,346 1,010 1,794 1,010 New Homes Bonus 541 541 541 541 541 541 0 0 Services Grant 330 330 330 330 330 330 0 0 Housing Benefit Administration Subsidy 624 524 424 324 224 224 (300) (400) Levy Allocation 395 0 0 0 0 0 (395) (395) UKSPF Funding 128 0 0 0 0 0 (128) (128) Local Voices & Community Reform 164 164 164 164 164 164 0 0 Extended Rights to Free Travel 24 24 24 24 24 24 0 0 Other Central Government Funding 58,122 61,004 60,643 60,492 59,944 59,608 2,370 1,486 The Council's Budget (2025/26 - 2029/30) - Medium Term Financial Strategy Appendix A3 2025/26 2026/27 2027/28 2028/29 2029/30 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 Inflation Rates Workforce Expenditure (including Pension Contributions) N/A 3.0% 2.0% 2.0% 2.0% 2.0% 7.0% 11.0% Added Years Pension Costs N/A 6.9% 2.0% 2.0% 2.0% 2.0% 10.9% 14.9% Energy N/A -11.1% 5.0% 5.0% 5.0% 5.0% -1.1% 8.9% Vehicle Fuel N/A 2.0% 5.0% 5.0% 5.0% 5.0% 12.0% 22.0% Contracted Expenditure N/A 1.7% 2.0% 2.0% 2.0% 2.0% 5.7% 9.7% Homecare Provision (Adult Social Care) N/A 1.7% 2.0% 2.0% 2.0% 2.0% 5.7% 9.7% Care Placements (Adult Social Care) N/A 1.7% 2.0% 2.0% 2.0% 2.0% 5.7% 9.7% Care Placements (Children's Services) N/A 1.7% 2.0% 2.0% 2.0% 2.0% 5.7% 9.7% SEND Transport N/A 1.7% 2.0% 2.0% 2.0% 2.0% 5.7% 9.7% Business Rates N/A 2.9% 2.0% 2.0% 2.0% 2.0% 6.9% 10.9% Levies N/A 2.2% 2.0% 2.0% 2.0% 2.0% 6.2% 10.2% Inflation Projections Workforce Expenditure (including Pension Contributions) 144,396 3,161 1,626 2,984 3,043 3,104 7,771 13,918 Added Years Pension Costs 1,881 130 60 41 42 43 231 316 Energy 4,431 (491) 197 207 217 228 (87) 358 Vehicle Fuel 1,219 24 25 25 26 26 74 126 Contracted Expenditure 36,799 611 747 762 777 793 2,120 3,690 Homecare Provision (Adult Social Care) 10,073 171 205 209 213 218 585 1,016 Care Placements (Adult Social Care) 95,990 1,632 1,952 1,991 2,031 2,071 5,575 9,677 Care Placements (Children's Services) 30,233 514 615 627 640 652 1,756 3,048 SEND Transport 14,217 242 289 295 301 307 826 1,434 Business Rates & Council Tax 3,530 101 74 76 77 79 251 407 Levies 8,186 181 186 190 195 200 557 952 Gross Inflation Requirement 350,955 6,276 5,976 7,407 7,562 7,721 19,659 34,942 Less: Externally Funded Items (23,817) (1,604) (743) (872) (911) (955) (3,219) (5,085) Budgets Out of Scope of Inflation (42,628) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Total Inflation Provision 284,510 4,672 5,233 6,535 6,651 6,766 16,440 29,857 General Fund Budget Inflation Provision 2024/25 Budget Annual Movement in Budget Requirement Three Year Outlook Five Year Outlook The Council's Budget (2025/26 - 2029/30) - Medium Term Financial Strategy Appendix A4 2025/26 2026/27 2027/28 2028/29 2029/30 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 Waste Disposal Levy & Contracts 15,941 1,643 651 653 620 620 2,947 4,187 Support for Looked After Children 18,552 373 392 412 433 433 1,177 2,043 Support for Children with Disabilities 2,373 38 40 42 44 44 120 208 SEND Transport 15,160 936 1,193 1,569 497 497 3,698 4,692 Adult Social Care Placements 78,453 3,244 1,826 2,752 2,749 2,749 7,822 13,320 Homelessness Prevention 6,536 5,021 0 0 0 0 5,021 5,021 Digital & Intelligence Cost Rebasing 16,680 0 500 0 0 0 500 500 Private Sector Housing 7,100 430 0 0 0 0 430 430 Imported Food Office 636 335 0 0 0 0 335 335 Christmas Lighting Growth 0 230 0 0 0 0 230 230 Total 161,431 12,250 4,602 5,428 4,343 4,343 22,280 30,966 General Fund Budget Demand-led Growth 2024/25 Budget Annual Movement in Budget Requirement Three Year Outlook Five Year Outlook The Council's Budget (2025/26 - 2029/30) - Medium Term Financial Strategy Appendix A5 2025/26 2026/27 2027/28 2028/29 2029/30 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 Adjustments to Financing & Corporate Budgets Capital Financing Costs 2,859 4,529 1,326 1,733 2,414 8,714 12,861 Rebasing - Adult Services & Health 1,381 0 0 0 0 1,381 1,381 Rebasing - Children & Young People Services 2,794 0 0 0 0 2,794 2,794 Rebasing - Place 6,140 0 0 0 0 6,140 6,140 Rebasing - Central Services 1,377 0 0 0 0 1,377 1,377 Rebasing - Chief Digital Data & Technology 800 0 0 0 0 800 800 Rebasing - Cross-Cutting 1,650 0 0 0 0 1,650 1,650 Reversal of Undelivered Savings 6,400 0 0 0 0 6,400 6,400 Increase in General Contingency 5,000 0 0 0 0 5,000 5,000 Create Contract Risk Contingency 4,000 0 0 0 0 4,000 4,000 Increase in Bad Debt Provision 2,500 0 0 0 0 2,500 2,500 Hillingdon First Enabling Developments 850 0 0 0 0 850 850 Cost of Older People Discount (80) (75) (70) (65) (65) (225) (355) Concessionary Fares 1,577 999 658 1,552 0 3,234 4,786 Housing Benefit Subsidy (Recovery of Overpayments) 100 100 100 100 100 300 500 Movement in Added Years Pension Costs (25) (25) (25) (25) (25) (75) (125) Total Corporate Items 37,323 5,528 1,989 3,295 2,424 44,840 50,559 General Fund Budget Corporate Items Annual Movement in Budget Requirement Three Year Outlook Five Year Outlook The Council's Budget (2025/26 - 2029/30) - Medium Term Financial Strategy Appendix A6 2025/26 2026/27 2027/28 2028/29 2029/30 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 (762) (530) 0 0 0 (1,292) (1,292) (1,138) (211) (57) 0 0 (1,406) (1,406) (5,064) (1,192) (230) 0 0 (6,486) (6,486) (6,585) (1,084) (786) 0 0 (8,455) (8,455) (5,247) (1,880) (2,016) 0 0 (9,143) (9,143) (7,787) (1,123) 0 0 0 (8,910) (8,910) (6,000) (11,800) (1,700) (5,000) (5,000) (19,500) (29,500) (32,583) (17,820) (4,789) (5,000) (5,000) (55,192) (65,192) (22,930) (14,168) (2,283) (5,000) (5,000) (39,381) (49,381) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 (100) (100) 0 0 0 (200) (200) (1,066) (998) (600) 0 0 (2,664) (2,664) (5,782) (1,770) (1,120) 0 0 (8,672) (8,672) (2,705) (784) (786) 0 0 (4,275) (4,275) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 (32,583) (17,820) (4,789) (5,000) (5,000) (55,192) (65,192) Savings Programme by Theme Digital Strategy (D) Workforce (W) Zero Based Reviews (Z) Income Generation & Commercialisation (C) Service Transformation (T) Specific Savings Proposals Impact on Other Funds (O) Five Year Outlook Savings by Portfolio Finance Property, Highways & Transport Children, Families & Education Residents' Services Corporate Services Annual Movement in Budget Requirement Three Year OutlookGeneral Fund Budget Savings Programme T h e m e Procurement (P) Cross-Cutting Initiatives Health & Social Care Specific Savings Proposals The Council's Budget (2025/26 - 2029/30) - Medium Term Financial Strategy Appendix A6 2025/26 2026/27 2027/28 2028/29 2029/30 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 Five Year Outlook Annual Movement in Budget Requirement Three Year OutlookGeneral Fund Budget Savings Programme T h e m e Review Garage Voids (C) (260) (180) (440) (440) Fees & Charges Uplifts (C) (227) (227) (227) Review of Commercial Leases (C) (200) (250) (450) (450) Maximisation of Council Assets (T) (75) (100) (175) (175) (762) (530) 0 0 0 (1,292) (1,292) Revenue & Benefits - Automations & Customer Contact (T) (334) (211) (57) (602) (602) Older People's Discount - Demand Adjustment (Z) (200) (200) (200) Counter Fraud: Review of Capability, Capacity and Activity - Proposal 2 (T) (195) (195) (195) Future of Financial Systems (T) (100) (100) (100) Pension Payment Cashflow Measures (Z) (95) (95) (95) Internal Audit Staffing Cost Reduction (T) (73) (73) (73) Counter Fraud Funding Strategy (C) (72) (72) (72) ZBB Vacant Post Review (T) (69) (69) (69) (1,138) (211) (57) 0 0 (1,406) (1,406) Reshaping Customer Experience and Business Support (T) (1,876) (228) (2,104) (2,104) Digital & Intelligence Cost Rebasing Review (T) (1,500) (1,500) (1,500) Digital and Technology Contract Review (P) (387) (318) (705) (705) HR Service Review (T) (378) (104) (482) (482) S106 Fee Increase (C) (263) (263) (263) Legal Structure Review - 3x Vacant Lawyer Posts (T) (187) (187) (187) Outsourcing of the Council's Film Office (T) (140) (60) (25) (225) (225) Democratic Decision-Making Structure Review (T) (100) (100) (100) Legal Service Funding Review (C) (63) (63) (63) Business Intelligence Review (T) (62) (62) (185) (309) (309) Communications Structure Review (T) (60) (60) (60) Total Finance Total Property, Highways & Transport Savings Savings Proposals The Council's Budget (2025/26 - 2029/30) - Medium Term Financial Strategy Appendix A6 2025/26 2026/27 2027/28 2028/29 2029/30 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 Five Year Outlook Annual Movement in Budget Requirement Three Year OutlookGeneral Fund Budget Savings Programme T h e m e Registration Service Income Maximisation (C) (30) (20) (20) (70) (70) Review of Civic & Ceremonial Events Function (T) (30) (30) (30) Remove Hard Copy Agendas for Statutory Meetings (T) (15) (15) (15) Delete Champions Fund Budget (Z) (10) (10) (10) DHSC Autumn Vaccinations (C) (4) (4) (4) Fees & Charges Uplifts (C) 41 41 41 Telecare Review (T) (400) (400) (400) (5,064) (1,192) (230) 0 0 (6,486) (6,486) Increase Leased Temporary Accommodation (T) (1,600) (1,600) (1,600) Temporary Accommodation Commissioning - Review Zero / Low Subsidy Accommodation (Z) (1,500) (750) (750) (3,000) (3,000) Review & Charge Parking Fine Level Banding (C) (600) (600) (600) Temporary Accommodation - re-negotiate to reduce rates with all B&B / private sector providers (T) (500) (500) (500) Review the Discount of the Hillingdon First Card Preferential Parking Rates (C) (331) (331) (331) Statutory Planning Fee Increase - Householders (C) (300) (300) (300) Christmas Lighting Sponsorship Model (T) (230) (230) (230) Review Out of Hours Noise Nuisance Service (T) (220) (220) (220) Beck Theatre Subsidy (T) (270) (270) (270) Review Seasonal Hanging Basket Displays (T) (92) (92) (92) Platinum Jubilee Leisure Centre Management Fee (C) (80) (70) (150) (150) Review of Stronger Communities Service (Z) (79) (79) (79) Review Domestic Abuse Support Contracts (P) (79) (80) (159) (159) Total Corporate Services The Council's Budget (2025/26 - 2029/30) - Medium Term Financial Strategy Appendix A6 2025/26 2026/27 2027/28 2028/29 2029/30 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 Five Year Outlook Annual Movement in Budget Requirement Three Year OutlookGeneral Fund Budget Savings Programme T h e m e Environmental Specialists Staffing Costs Realignment (Z) (66) (66) (66) Pay and Display Machine Cash Collection (C) (66) (66) (66) Business Rates Rateable Review (C) (65) (65) (65) Fees & Charges Uplifts (C) (65) (65) (65) Parking Fees and Charges: Introduce Sunday Charging (C) (60) (150) (210) (210) Fast Track Planning Service (Z) (60) (3) (3) (66) (66) Increase in Car Park Revenue from Increased Demand (C) (50) (50) (50) Review Green Flag Award Scheme (T) (43) (43) (43) Building Control Fee Uplift (Z) (42) (15) (16) (73) (73) Meeting Room Hire Revenue in Libraries (T) (40) (40) (40) Residents' Service Vacant Post Review (Z) (39) (39) (39) Discretionary Planning Fees Uplift (Z) (31) (16) (17) (64) (64) Review Hillingdon Voluntary Centre Grants (T) (30) (30) (30) Review Library Stock Budget (T) (30) (30) (30) Hillingdon in Bloom and the Autumn Show (T) (17) (17) (17) (6,585) (1,084) (786) 0 0 (8,455) (8,455) Review of Semi Independent & Shared Accommodation (T) (2,156) (216) (216) (2,588) (2,588) Social Care Delivery Model (T) (1,059) (154) (154) (1,367) (1,367) Fees & Charges Uplifts (C) (843) (843) (843) New Care Offer - Review of Operating Model (T) (626) (1,417) (1,616) (3,659) (3,659) Review of Catering Service in Care Delivery Settings (T) (194) (194) (194) Review of Early Years Operating Model (T) (187) (93) (30) (310) (310) Child and Family Support Service Staffing Review (T) (182) (182) (182) (5,247) (1,880) (2,016) 0 0 (9,143) (9,143) Total Residents' Services Savings Total Children, Families & Education The Council's Budget (2025/26 - 2029/30) - Medium Term Financial Strategy Appendix A6 2025/26 2026/27 2027/28 2028/29 2029/30 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 Five Year Outlook Annual Movement in Budget Requirement Three Year OutlookGeneral Fund Budget Savings Programme T h e m e Maximise Section 117 Funding split with ICB (C) (2,031) (2,031) (2,031) Re-negotiation of Social Care Contracts (T) (1,739) (1,739) (1,739) Post 16 Transport Demand Management Review (T) (624) (387) (1,011) (1,011) Review of Adult Social Care Demand (T) (603) (603) (603) Acquisition of Care home (T) (550) (550) (550) AI Digitisation of Operational Social Work Practices (T) (548) (548) (548) Adult Social Care Vacant Post Review (Z) (283) (283) (283) Creation Of A Care Company For Temporary Staff Via An SPV (T) (277) (277) (277) Lease Income for Sexual Health Clinics (C) (250) (250) (250) Proposal to decant Lowdell Close Registered Care Home (T) (200) (200) (200) Review of third sector Carers contract value in Social Care (T) (172) (172) (172) Review of third sector Information, Advice and Guidance (T) (170) (170) (170) Care Diagnostic Equipment (T) (150) (150) (150) Implementation of Ask SARA (Digital Solution to Support Demand Management) (T) (150) (150) (150) Decentralised Operating Model for Corporate Policy & Projects (T) (77) (77) (77) Supported Living Development of a Special Purpose Vehicle (T) 0 (736) (736) (736) Fees & Charges Uplifts (C) 37 37 37 (7,787) (1,123) 0 0 0 (8,910) (8,910) Target Operating Model (T) (5,000) (10,000) 0 (5,000) (5,000) (25,000) (25,000) Procurement Saving (P) (600) (600) (600) (1,800) (1,800) Review of Cashflow Measures (Z) (300) 0 0 (300) (300) Delay Auto Enrolment into Pension Scheme Until Post-Probation (W) (100) (100) (200) (200) Fees & Charges Future Uplifts (C) 0 (1,100) (1,100) (2,200) (2,200) (6,000) (11,800) (1,700) (5,000) (5,000) (29,500) (29,500)Total Cross Cutting Total Health & Social Care The Council's Budget (2025/26 - 2029/30) - Medium Term Financial Strategy Appendix A7 2024/25 2025/26 2026/27 2027/28 2028/29 2029/30 Three Year Outlook Five Year Outlook £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 Service Expenditure by Portfolio Property, Highways & Transport Staffing 6,528 6,978 7,051 7,192 7,336 7,483 664 955 Non-Staffing 11,827 11,359 11,054 11,285 11,522 11,765 (542) (62) Gross Expenditure 18,355 18,337 18,105 18,477 18,858 19,248 122 893 Grant Income 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Fees & Charges (6,321) (6,548) (6,548) (6,548) (6,548) (6,548) (227) (227) Other Income (3,571) (3,687) (3,741) (3,778) (3,816) (3,854) (207) (283) Gross Income (9,892) (10,235) (10,289) (10,326) (10,364) (10,402) (434) (510) Property, Highways & Transport Total 8,463 8,102 7,816 8,151 8,494 8,846 (312) 383 Finance Staffing 14,578 15,579 15,722 16,035 16,354 16,680 1,457 2,102 Non-Staffing 129,529 132,588 138,071 140,594 144,396 147,306 11,065 17,777 Gross Expenditure 144,107 148,167 153,793 156,629 160,750 163,986 12,522 19,879 Grant Income (89,920) (89,929) (89,930) (89,933) (89,936) (89,939) (13) (19) Fees & Charges (1,585) (1,585) (1,585) (1,585) (1,585) (1,585) 0 0 Other Income (14,222) (13,083) (12,786) (12,920) (12,956) (12,956) 1,302 1,266 Gross Income (105,727) (104,597) (104,301) (104,438) (104,477) (104,480) 1,289 1,247 Finance Total 38,380 43,570 49,492 52,191 56,273 59,506 13,811 21,126 Corporate Services Staffing 17,937 19,186 19,362 19,753 20,152 20,558 1,816 2,621 Non-Staffing 10,147 5,194 4,553 4,360 4,398 4,436 (5,787) (5,711) Gross Expenditure 28,084 24,380 23,915 24,113 24,550 24,994 (3,971) (3,090) Grant Income 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Fees & Charges (1,314) (1,324) (1,324) (1,324) (1,324) (1,324) (10) (10) Other Income (662) (662) (662) (662) (662) (662) 0 0 Gross Income (1,976) (1,986) (1,986) (1,986) (1,986) (1,986) (10) (10) Corporate Services Total 26,108 22,394 21,929 22,127 22,564 23,008 (3,981) (3,100) General Fund Budget Corporate Summary The Council's Budget (2025/26 - 2029/30) - Medium Term Financial Strategy Appendix A7 2024/25 2025/26 2026/27 2027/28 2028/29 2029/30 Three Year Outlook Five Year Outlook £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 General Fund Budget Corporate Summary Residents' Services Staffing 40,526 43,260 43,756 44,613 45,487 46,379 4,087 5,853 Non-Staffing 44,575 46,164 45,931 46,002 46,830 47,663 1,427 3,088 Gross Expenditure 85,101 89,424 89,687 90,615 92,317 94,042 5,514 8,941 Grant Income (5,295) (5,310) (5,313) (5,318) (5,323) (5,328) (23) (33) Fees & Charges (35,146) (35,542) (35,542) (35,542) (35,542) (35,542) (396) (396) Other Income (6,556) (6,556) (6,556) (6,556) (6,556) (6,556) 0 0 Gross Income (46,997) (47,408) (47,411) (47,416) (47,421) (47,426) (419) (429) Residents' Services Total 38,104 42,016 42,276 43,199 44,896 46,616 5,095 8,512 Children, Families & Education Staffing 37,534 39,946 40,312 41,066 41,835 42,620 3,532 5,086 Non-Staffing 40,910 37,588 36,947 36,208 37,524 38,857 (4,702) (2,053) Gross Expenditure 78,444 77,534 77,259 77,274 79,359 81,477 (1,170) 3,033 Grant Income (13,684) (14,266) (14,450) (14,750) (15,078) (15,438) (1,066) (1,754) Fees & Charges (1,823) (2,666) (2,666) (2,666) (2,666) (2,666) (843) (843) Other Income (2,756) (2,759) (2,763) (2,767) (2,771) (2,775) (11) (19) Gross Income (18,263) (19,691) (19,879) (20,183) (20,515) (20,879) (1,920) (2,616) Children, Families & Education Total 60,181 57,843 57,380 57,091 58,844 60,598 (3,090) 417 Health & Social Care Staffing 22,595 24,176 24,502 24,998 25,504 26,020 2,403 3,425 Non-Staffing 148,089 148,283 152,335 158,613 163,873 169,187 10,524 21,098 Gross Expenditure 170,684 172,459 176,837 183,611 189,377 195,207 12,927 24,523 Grant Income (9,631) (9,742) (9,785) (9,844) (9,905) (9,968) (213) (337) Fees & Charges (199) (162) (162) (162) (162) (162) 37 37 Other Income (35,430) (35,320) (35,280) (34,998) (34,726) (34,463) 432 967 Gross Income (45,260) (45,224) (45,227) (45,004) (44,793) (44,593) 256 667 Health & Social Care Total 125,424 127,235 131,610 138,607 144,584 150,614 13,183 25,190 The Council's Budget (2025/26 - 2029/30) - Medium Term Financial Strategy Appendix A7 2024/25 2025/26 2026/27 2027/28 2028/29 2029/30 Three Year Outlook Five Year Outlook £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 General Fund Budget Corporate Summary Corporate Budgets Development & Risk Contingency 500 500 500 500 500 500 0 0 Unallocated Budget Items (12,650) 16,892 16,892 16,892 16,892 16,892 29,542 29,542 Cross-Cutting Initiatives 0 (12,380) (24,180) (25,880) (30,880) (35,880) (25,880) (35,880) Corporate Budgets Total (12,150) 5,012 (6,788) (8,488) (13,488) (18,488) 3,662 (6,338) Total 284,510 306,172 303,715 312,878 322,167 330,700 28,368 46,190 Total Resources 284,510 299,795 305,463 315,080 325,168 333,781 30,570 49,271 Budget Gap 0 (6,377) 1,748 2,202 3,001 3,081 2,202 3,081 The Council's Budget (2025/26 - 2029/30) - Medium Term Financial Strategy Appendix A8 2024/25 2025/26 2026/27 2027/28 2028/29 2029/30 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 Capital Expenditure Major Projects 79,133 98,787 49,254 17,015 4,500 4,500 174,056 253,189 Programme of Works 43,775 33,515 31,150 30,020 35,773 27,124 157,582 201,357 Contingency 2,701 2,000 2,000 2,000 2,000 2,000 10,000 12,701 Total Capital Expenditure 125,609 134,302 82,404 49,035 42,273 33,624 341,638 467,247 Capital Financing Grants & Contributions (57,081) (19,572) (10,285) (10,285) (10,285) (10,285) (60,712) (117,793) Community Infrastructure Levy - Neighbourhood CIL (563) (563) (675) (675) (675) (675) (3,263) (3,826) Council Resourced Investment Community Infrastructure Levy (3,187) (3,187) (3,825) (3,825) (3,825) (3,825) (18,487) (21,674) Capital Receipts (6,303) (27,367) (10,000) (7,500) (7,000) (7,000) (58,867) (65,170) Prudential Borrowing (58,475) (83,613) (57,619) (26,750) (20,488) (11,839) (200,309) (258,784) Borrowing Projections Capital Financing Requirement 280,913 325,086 331,631 325,312 318,661 311,664 Projected External Borrowing (239,205) (305,263) (310,060) (301,539) (291,887) (281,809) Projected Internal Borrowing (26,200) (19,823) (21,571) (23,773) (26,774) (29,855) General Fund Budget Capital Programme Summary Total From 2025/26 Grand Total The Council's Budget (2025/26 - 2029/30) - Medium Term Financial Strategy Appendix A8i Live Project Budget Grants and Contributions including Neighbourhood CIL Council Resources Total Project Budget Total Released Budget Percentage Released Budget £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 % Major Projects Property, Highways and Transport 17,655 New West Drayton Leisure Centre 19,014 0 (19,014) 36,669 32,129 88% 3,372 Hillingdon Water Sports Facility 23,128 (23,128) 0 26,500 6,366 24% 6,468 Carbon Zero Initiatives 13,532 (10,101) (3,431) 20,000 20,000 100% 0 Housing Developments 40,000 (10,101) (29,899) 40,000 20,000 50% 3,525 Civic Centre Transformation 16,476 (16,476) 20,001 12,429 62% 10,142 Housing Company Financing 10,858 0 (10,858) 21,000 12,419 59% 3,875 Cranford Park Heritage Lottery Project 244 0 (244) 4,119 4,119 100% 2 Northwood Hills Library Buyback 2,390 0 (2,390) 2,392 0 0% 3,176 Uxbridge Mortuary Extension 138 0 (138) 3,314 3,314 100% 278 Charville Lane - Children Specialist House 4,341 (2,987) (1,354) 4,619 4,619 100% 0 Family Hub Programme 2,150 0 (2,150) 2,150 0 0% 11 Otterfield Road Library Buyback 1,974 0 (1,974) 1,985 0 0% 0 Harlington Road Depot Fuel Pumps & Canopy 585 0 (585) 585 0 0% 1,201 Battle of Britain Underground Bunker 430 0 (430) 1,631 1,630 100% 67 New Years Green Lane Extension 932 (200) (732) 999 0 0% 567 Asha Day Centre Refurbishment 45 0 (45) 612 612 100% 51 Motor Vehicle Workshop 465 0 (465) 516 28 5% 133 Parking Improvements 401 0 (401) 534 308 58% 55 Uxbridge Cemetery Gatehouse 522 0 (522) 577 577 100% 0 Botwell Leisure Centre Adaptations 250 0 (250) 250 0 0% 467 Flood Alleviation - Bessingby Park 165 0 (165) 632 529 84% 101 Botwell Leisure Centre Football Pitch 99 0 (99) 200 101 51% 2,071 Yiewsley / West Drayton Community Centre 43 0 (43) 2,114 2,114 100% 2,659 Cedars & Grainges Car Park Improvement Works 10 0 (10) 2,669 2,671 100% 0 Appropriation of Townfield to General Fund 100 0 (100) 100 0 0% Prior Years Budget Project 2024-2030 Project Budget Total Capital Programme The Council's Budget (2025/26 - 2029/30) - Medium Term Financial Strategy Appendix A8i Live Project Budget Grants and Contributions including Neighbourhood CIL Council Resources Total Project Budget Total Released Budget Percentage Released Budget £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 % Prior Years Budget Project 2024-2030 Project Budget Total Capital Programme Finance 0 DSG Capitalisation Support 8,000 0 (8,000) 8,000 0 0% 0 Transformation Capitalisation Support 34,000 0 (34,000) 34,000 0 0% Residents' Services 1,511 Shopping Parades Initiatives 1,594 0 (1,594) 3,105 2,455 79% 0 Waste Services Improvements 240 0 (240) 240 0 0% 0 Green Spaces - Machinery 7,500 0 (7,500) 7,500 1 0% Health & Social Care Investment in Care Home Capacity 30,500 0 (30,500) 30,500 0 0% Children, Families and Education 15,102 SRP/SEND 25,519 (5,519) (20,000) 40,621 7,166 18% 0 Additional Temporary Classrooms 2,780 0 (2,780) 2,780 0 0% 23,453 Secondary Schools Expansions 4,764 0 (4,764) 28,217 27,911 99% 95,942 Total Major Projects 253,189 (52,036) (201,153) 349,131 161,498 46% Programme of Works Property, Highways and Transport N/A Highways Structural Works 60,573 (5,354) (55,219) 60,573 6,749 11% N/A School Building Condition Works 24,113 (24,113) 0 24,113 1,268 5% N/A Disabled Facilities Grant 15,049 (15,049) 0 15,049 1,904 13% N/A Transport for London 8,771 (8,771) 0 8,771 3,107 35% N/A Property Works Programme 4,586 (70) (4,516) 4,586 924 20% N/A Street Lighting Replacement 5,550 0 (5,550) 5,550 969 17% N/A Leisure Centre Refurbishment 1,248 0 (1,248) 1,248 128 10% N/A Highways Bridges and Structures 1,800 0 (1,800) 1,800 300 17% N/A CCTV Programme 1,281 0 (1,281) 1,281 258 20% N/A Road Safety 720 0 (720) 720 268 37% The Council's Budget (2025/26 - 2029/30) - Medium Term Financial Strategy Appendix A8i Live Project Budget Grants and Contributions including Neighbourhood CIL Council Resources Total Project Budget Total Released Budget Percentage Released Budget £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 % Prior Years Budget Project 2024-2030 Project Budget Total Capital Programme N/A Environmental and Recreational Initiatives - Pollution Screening 484 (484) 0 484 104 21% N/A HS2 Road Safety Fund 338 (338) 0 338 105 31% N/A HS2 Amenity Fund 212 (212) 0 212 296 140% N/A Bowls Clubs Refurbishments 63 0 (63) 63 52 83% N/A Emergency Active Travel 41 (11) (30) 41 41 100% N/A Highways Section 106 Projects 109 (109) 0 109 58 53% Finance N/A Purchase of Vehicles 25,194 0 (25,194) 25,194 4,421 18% Corporate Services N/A Corporate Technology and Innovation 17,750 0 (17,750) 17,750 4,518 25% N/A Older Peoples Initiatives 1,200 0 (1,200) 1,200 0 0% Residents' Services N/A Chrysalis Programme 9,728 (3,826) (5,902) 9,728 1,192 12% N/A Playground Replacement Programme 1,200 0 (1,200) 1,200 125 10% N/A Sports Club Rebuild / Refurb Programme 107 (107) 0 107 107 100% N/A Environmental and Recreational Initiatives - Green Spaces 677 (677) 0 677 103 15% Children, Families and Education N/A Devolved Capital to Schools 2,310 (2,310) 0 2,310 0 0% N/A Youth Provision 1,153 (1,153) 0 1,153 174 15% Health and Social Care N/A Equipment Capitalisation - Social Care 17,100 (17,100) 0 17,100 0 0% Total Programme of Works 201,357 (79,684) (121,673) 201,357 27,171 13% Development & Risk Contingency N/A General Contingency 12,701 0 (12,701) 12,701 0 0% Total Development & Risk Contingency 12,701 0 (12,701) 12,701 0 0% 95,942 Total GF Capital Programme 467,247 (131,720) (335,527) 563,189 188,669 34% The Council's Budget (2025/26 - 2029/30) - Medium Term Financial Strategy Appendix A8ii Total 2024/25 2025/26 2026/27 2027/28 2028/29 2029/30 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 Major Projects Property, Highways and Transport 17,655 New West Drayton Leisure Centre 6,153 12,861 0 0 0 0 19,014 3,372 Hillingdon Water Sports Facility 10,128 13,000 0 0 0 0 23,128 6,468 Carbon Zero Initiatives 10,101 3,431 0 0 0 0 13,532 0 Housing Developments 0 20,000 20,000 0 0 0 40,000 3,525 Civic Centre Transformation 5,000 10,476 500 500 0 0 16,476 10,142 Housing Company Financing 5,858 0 5,000 0 0 0 10,858 3,875 Cranford Park Heritage Lottery Project 244 0 0 0 0 0 244 2 Northwood Hills Library Buyback 0 2,390 0 0 0 0 2,390 3,176 Uxbridge Mortuary Extension 138 0 0 0 0 0 138 0 Charville Lane - Children Specialist House 3,030 1,311 0 0 0 0 4,341 0 Family Hub Programme 1,750 400 0 0 0 0 2,150 11 Otterfield Road Library Buyback 0 0 1,974 0 0 0 1,974 0 Harlington Road Depot Fuel Pumps & Canopy 0 290 280 15 0 0 585 1,201 Battle of Britain Underground Bunker 50 380 0 0 0 0 430 67 New Years Green Lane Extension 150 782 0 0 0 0 932 567 Asha Day Centre Refurbishment 20 25 0 0 0 0 45 51 Motor Vehicle Workshop 320 145 0 0 0 0 465 133 Parking Improvements 175 226 0 0 0 0 401 55 Uxbridge Cemetery Gatehouse 46 476 0 0 0 0 522 0 Botwell Leisure Centre Adaptations 250 0 0 0 0 0 250 467 Flood Alleviation - Bessingby Park 62 103 0 0 0 0 165 101 Botwell Leisure Centre Football Pitch 99 0 0 0 0 0 99 2,071 Yiewsley / West Drayton Community Centre 43 0 0 0 0 0 43 2,659 Cedars & Grainges Car Park Improvement Works 10 0 0 0 0 0 10 0 Appropriation of Townfield to General Fund 0 100 0 0 0 0 100 Prior Year Budget Project Project Budget The Council's Budget (2025/26 - 2029/30) - Medium Term Financial Strategy Appendix A8ii Total 2024/25 2025/26 2026/27 2027/28 2028/29 2029/30 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 Prior Year Budget Project Project Budget Finance 0 DSG Capitalisation Support 4,000 4,000 0 0 0 0 8,000 0 Transformation Capitalisation Support 3,000 10,000 10,000 5,000 3,000 3,000 34,000 Residents' Services 0 1,511 Shopping Parades Initiatives 532 1,062 0 0 0 0 1,594 0 Waste Services Improvements 240 0 0 0 0 0 240 0 Green Spaces - Machinery 0 1,500 1,500 1,500 1,500 1,500 7,500 Health & Social Care 0 0 Investment in Care Home Capacity 6,000 4,500 10,000 10,000 0 0 30,500 Children, Families and Education 0 15,102 SRP/SEND 21,734 3,785 0 0 0 0 25,519 0 Additional Temporary Classrooms 0 2,780 0 0 0 0 2,780 23,453 Secondary Schools Expansions 0 4,764 0 0 0 0 4,764 95,664 Total Major Projects 79,133 98,787 49,254 17,015 4,500 4,500 253,189 Programme of Works Property, Highways and Transport N/A Highways Structural Works 9,573 11,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 60,573 N/A School Building Condition Works 7,028 3,417 3,417 3,417 3,417 3,417 24,113 N/A Disabled Facilities Grant 4,319 2,146 2,146 2,146 2,146 2,146 15,049 N/A Transport for London 1,481 1,458 1,458 1,458 1,458 1,458 8,771 N/A Property Works Programme 1,256 429 603 766 766 766 4,586 N/A Street Lighting Replacement 925 925 925 925 925 925 5,550 N/A Leisure Centre Refurbishment 748 100 100 100 100 100 1,248 N/A Highways Bridges and Structures 300 300 300 300 300 300 1,800 N/A CCTV Programme 349 184 187 187 187 187 1,281 N/A Road Safety 120 120 120 120 120 120 720 N/A Environmental and Recreational Initiatives - Pollution Screening 484 0 0 0 0 0 484 N/A HS2 Road Safety Fund 338 0 0 0 0 0 338 N/A HS2 Amenity Fund 212 0 0 0 0 0 212 N/A Bowls Clubs Refurbishments 63 0 0 0 0 0 63 The Council's Budget (2025/26 - 2029/30) - Medium Term Financial Strategy Appendix A8ii Total 2024/25 2025/26 2026/27 2027/28 2028/29 2029/30 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 Prior Year Budget Project Project Budget N/A Emergency Active Travel 41 0 0 0 0 0 41 N/A Highways Section 106 Projects 109 0 0 0 0 0 109 Finance N/A Purchase of Vehicles 4,511 2,955 3,375 3,832 9,585 936 25,194 Corporate Services N/A Corporate Technology and Innovation 4,518 4,946 3,384 1,634 1,634 1,634 17,750 N/A Older Peoples Initiatives 200 200 200 200 200 200 1,200 Residents' Services N/A Chrysalis Programme 2,228 1,500 1,500 1,500 1,500 1,500 9,728 N/A Playground Replacement Programme 200 200 200 200 200 200 1,200 N/A Sports Club Rebuild / Refurb Programme 107 0 0 0 0 0 107 N/A Environmental and Recreational Initiatives - Green Spaces 677 0 0 0 0 0 677 Children, Families and Education N/A Devolved Capital to Schools 385 385 385 385 385 385 2,310 N/A Youth Provision 753 400 0 0 0 0 1,153 Health and Social Care N/A Equipment Capitalisation - Social Care 2,850 2,850 2,850 2,850 2,850 2,850 17,100 Total Programme of Works 43,775 33,515 31,150 30,020 35,773 27,124 201,357 Development & Risk Contingency N/A General Contingency 2,701 2,000 2,000 2,000 2,000 2,000 12,701 Total Development & Risk Contingency 2,701 2,000 2,000 2,000 2,000 2,000 12,701 95,664 Total GF Capital Programme 125,609 134,302 82,404 49,035 42,273 33,624 467,247 The Council's Budget (2025/26 - 2029/30) - Medium Term Financial Strategy Appendix B1 Housing Revenue Account Corporate Summary 2024/25 2025/26 2026/27 2027/28 2028/29 2029/30 Five Year Outlook £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 Resources CPI+1% CPI+1% CPI CPI CPI CPI Increase in rents 7.7% 2.7% 2.0% 2.0% 2.0% 2.0% Average Weekly Rent (£) £137.67 £141.39 £144.21 £147.10 £150.04 £153.04 £15.37 Increase/(Decrease) in Number of Dwellings 210 209 213 773 316 158 1,669 Opening Number of Dwellings 10,228 10,438 10,647 10,860 11,633 11,949 10,228 Closing Number of Dwellings 10,438 10,647 10,860 11,633 11,949 12,107 12,107 Average Number of Dwellings 10,333 10,543 10,754 11,247 11,791 12,028 Gross Dwelling Rents 73,413 79,543 85,720 91,913 95,932 99,138 25,725 Void Risk Contingency inc. Regen (822) (811) (893) (975) (1,024) (1,064) (242) Net Dwelling Rents 74,235 78,732 84,827 90,938 94,908 98,074 23,839 Total Resources 74,235 78,732 84,827 90,938 94,908 98,074 23,839 Budget Requirement Roll Forward Budget 44,336 49,161 59,555 65,260 69,364 75,255 30,919 Inflation 2,211 3,533 2,108 1,218 3,272 7,165 17,295 Capital Charges 1,614 6,861 3,597 2,887 2,619 (3,999) 11,965 Savings (500) 0 0 0 0 0 0 Growth 1,500 0 0 0 0 0 0 Total Budget Requirement 49,161 59,555 65,260 69,364 75,255 78,421 60,180 Contribution to Finance Capital Programme 25,176 19,178 19,567 21,574 19,653 19,653 (5,523) The Council's Budget (2025/26 - 2029/30) - Medium Term Financial Strategy Appendix B1 Housing Revenue Account Corporate Summary 2024/25 2025/26 2026/27 2027/28 2028/29 2029/30 Five Year Outlook £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 (Drawdown) / Contribution to Reserves (101) 0 0 0 0 0 Opening HRA General Balance 15,101 15,000 15,000 15,000 15,000 15,000 In-Year Monitoring Variance Closing HRA General Balance 15,000 15,000 15,000 15,000 15,000 15,000 * Rent figures quoted above are inclusive of the different types of social housing stock e.g. formula rent, affordable rent, shared ownership rent, London Affordable Rent. Average rents for existing tenancies subject to the existing rent settlement agreement 2020/21-2025/26 limiting increases to CPI+1%. The Council's Budget (2025/26 - 2029/30) - Medium Term Financial Strategy Appendix B2 2025/26 2026/27 2027/28 2028/29 2029/30 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 Inflation Rates Workforce Expenditure (including Pension costs) N/A 3.0% 2.0% 2.0% 2.0% 2.0% 7.0% 11.0% Contracted Expenditure and Materials N/A 1.7% 2.0% 2.0% 2.0% 2.0% 5.7% 9.7% Other Expenditure N/A 1.7% 3.4% 2.0% 2.0% 2.0% 7.1% 11.1% Fuel N/A 2.0% 5.0% 5.0% 5.0% 5.0% 12.0% 22.0% Energy Gas N/A -11.1% 5.0% 5.0% 5.0% 5.0% -1.1% 8.9% Energy Electricity N/A -11.1% 5.0% 5.0% 5.0% 5.0% -1.1% 8.9% Inflation Projections Housing & Tenancy Management 24,080 3,861 997 522 2,547 6,409 5,380 14,336 Repairs and Planned Maintenance 15,071 (68) 1,161 747 777 807 1,840 3,424 Bad Debt Prov and Dev & Risk Contingency 902 23 17 18 18 19 59 95 Gross Inflation Requirement 40,053 3,816 2,176 1,287 3,342 7,235 7,279 17,856 Other Income (6,547) (283) (68) (69) (70) (70) (420) (561) Total Inflation Provision 33,506 3,533 2,108 1,218 3,272 7,165 6,858 17,295 Housing Revenue Account Inflation Provision 2024/25 Annual Movement in Budget Requirement Three Year Outlook Five Year Outlook The Council's Budget (2025/26 - 2029/30) - Medium Term Financial Strategy Appendix B3 2024/25 2025/26 2026/27 2027/28 2028/29 2029/30 Three Year Outlook Five Year Outlook £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 Rental Income (74,235) (78,732) (84,827) (90,938) (94,908) (98,074) (16,703) (23,839) Other Income (6,547) (6,831) (6,899) (6,968) (7,038) (7,108) (420) (561) Net Income (80,783) (85,563) (91,726) (97,906) (101,946) (105,182) (17,123) (24,399) Housing & Tenancy Management 24,080 27,941 28,938 29,460 32,007 38,416 5,380 14,336 Repairs and Planned Maintenance 15,071 15,003 16,164 16,911 17,688 18,495 1,840 3,424 Capital Programme Funding 25,176 19,178 19,567 21,574 19,653 19,653 (3,602) (5,523) Interest & Investment Income 16,155 22,516 26,114 29,000 31,619 27,620 12,845 11,465 Bad Debt Prov and Dev & Risk Contingency 902 925 943 961 979 997 59 95 Cross-Cutting (500) 0 0 0 0 0 500 500 Operating Costs 80,884 85,563 91,726 97,906 101,946 105,182 17,022 24,298 (Surplus) / Deficit 101 0 (0) 0 0 0 (101) (101) Opening HRA General Balance (15,101) (15,000) (15,000) (15,000) (15,000) (15,000) 101 101 In-Year Monitoring Variance Closing HRA General Balance (15,000) (15,000) (15,000) (15,000) (15,000) (15,000) 0 0 HRA Service Budgets The Council's Budget (2025/26 - 2029/30) - Medium Term Financial Strategy Appendix B4i Project Total Project 2024/25 2025/26 2026/27 2027/28 2028/29 2029/30 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 Capital Expenditure 725,198 Major Projects / Regeneration 151,035 104,922 190,784 110,629 98,520 69,308 206,055 Programme of Works 34,717 37,508 42,842 35,386 27,541 28,061 931,253 Total HRA Capital Programme 185,752 142,430 233,626 146,015 126,062 97,368 Capital Financing 152,057 Revenue Contributions 44,633 19,103 19,567 21,574 19,653 27,527 440,424 Prudential Borrowing 97,833 44,411 129,278 77,376 59,056 32,470 297,794 Grants 32,540 69,275 79,952 42,022 42,098 31,907 40,979 Capital Receipts 10,747 9,641 4,829 5,043 5,255 5,464 931,253 Total 185,752 142,430 233,626 146,015 126,062 97,368 Borrowing Projections Capital Financing Requirement 275,781 309,859 428,705 495,553 507,919 511,289 Projected External Borrowing (261,992) (296,070) (414,916) (481,764) (492,919) (496,289) Projected Internal Borrowing (15,000) (15,000) (15,000) (15,000) (15,000) (15,000) The Council's Budget (2025/26 - 2029/30) - Medium Term Financial Strategy Appendix B4ii Project Total 2024/25 2025/26 2026/27 2027/28 2028/29 2029/30 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 Major Projects 360,175 Development 861 35,592 30,999 128,209 55,125 55,125 55,125 208,725 Acquisitions 521 79,645 53,902 45,369 9,692 9,934 10,183 24,000 Contingency 4,000 4,000 4,000 4,000 4,000 4,000 592,900 Total Major Projects 1,382 119,237 88,901 177,578 68,817 69,059 69,308 Housing Regeneration Programme 124,652 Housing Regeneration Programme 370 24,152 16,021 13,206 41,812 29,461 0 7,646 Regeneration Land Assembly 7,646 0 0 0 0 0 132,298 Total Housing Regeneration Programme 370 31,798 16,021 13,206 41,812 29,461 0 HRA Programmes of Work 156,402 Works to Stock programme 27,651 29,565 34,257 27,034 18,775 19,119 49,653 Green Homes Initiatives 7,066 7,943 8,584 8,352 8,766 8,941 206,055 Total Works to Stock 34,717 37,508 42,842 35,386 27,541 28,061 931,253 Total HRA Capital Programme Expenditure 1,752 185,752 142,430 233,626 146,015 126,062 97,368 Project Estimated Unit Numbers

Consolidated General Fund Fees and Charges Schedule December 2024 Appendix C Type Current Charge Residents Current Charge Non-Residents Vat Status Proposed Charge Residents Increase Proposed Charge Non residents Increase Date of last change to charge Effective Date £ £ £ % £ % 1. Corporate Communications Advertising charges in Hillingdon People Full page B 2,408.00 2,408.00 STD 2,528.40 5.00% 2,528.40 5.00% 01-Apr-24 01-Apr-25 Half page B 1,376.00 1,376.00 STD 1,444.80 5.00% 1,444.80 5.00% 01-Apr-24 01-Apr-25 Quarter page B 717.00 717.00 STD 752.85 5.00% 752.85 5.00% 01-Apr-24 01-Apr-25 Eighth page B 431.00 431.00 STD 452.55 5.00% 452.55 5.00% 01-Apr-24 01-Apr-25 Display box B 208.00 208.00 STD 218.40 5.00% 218.40 5.00% 01-Apr-24 01-Apr-25 Back page B 2,752.00 2,752.00 STD 2,889.60 5.00% 2,889.60 5.00% 01-Apr-24 01-Apr-25 Inside front full page B 2,580.00 2,580.00 STD 2,709.00 5.00% 2,709.00 5.00% 01-Apr-24 01-Apr-25 Inside front half page B 1,462.00 1,462.00 STD 1,535.10 5.00% 1,535.10 5.00% 01-Apr-24 01-Apr-25 Advertising Notice Board Display - Rental Charge R 53.00 53.00 STD 55.65 5.00% 55.65 5.00% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 Bill posting fee - Up to 3 posters R 280.00 280.00 STD 294.00 5.00% 294.00 5.00% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 2. Revenues And Benefits Court Summons Council Tax R 125.00 125.00 NB 125.00 0.00% 125.00 0.00% 01-Apr-11 NNDR R 165.00 165.00 NB 165.00 0.00% 165.00 0.00% 01-Apr-11 3. Registrar Certificates Birth Certificates M 12.50 12.50 NB 12.50 0.00% 12.50 0.00% 01-Apr-24 Register Registration of name of child or of alteration of name M 44.00 44.00 NB 44.00 0.00% 44.00 0.00% 01-Apr-24 Correction to Register - person with custody of register M 83.00 83.00 NB 83.00 0.00% 83.00 0.00% 01-Apr-24 Correction to Register - person with custody of register on authority of General Registrar M 99.00 99.00 NB 99.00 0.00% 99.00 0.00% 01-Apr-24 Marriages/Civil Partnerships (Statutory fees) Entry of each notice M 42.00 42.00 NB 42.00 0.00% 42.00 0.00% 01-Apr-24 Notice of Marriage - Immigration Checks M 57.00 57.00 NB 57.00 0.00% 57.00 0.00% 01-Apr-24 Letter provided by General Registar confirming that no record of marriage found M 55.00 55.00 NB 55.00 0.00% 55.00 0.00% 01-Apr-24 Basic ceremony/Schedule in Superintendent's Office M 56.00 56.00 NB 56.00 0.00% 56.00 0.00% 01-Apr-24 Registrar's attendance at Registered Building M 104.00 104.00 NB 104.00 0.00% 104.00 0.00% 01-Apr-24 Ceremony Fees (Non - Statutory fees) Ceremony in Four Seasons Room (Mon-Thurs) M 281.00 281.00 STD 295.00 4.98% 295.00 4.98% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 Ceremony in Four Seasons Room (Fri) M 360.00 360.00 STD 378.00 5.00% 378.00 5.00% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 Ceremony Fee in Four Seasons Room (Sat) M 431.00 431.00 STD 431.00 0.00% 453.00 5.10% 01-Apr-23 Ceremony Fee in Four Seasons Room (Sun) M 581.00 581.00 STD 610.00 4.99% 610.00 4.99% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 Ceremony Fee in four seasons room (Out of Hours and Bank Holiday M 646.00 646.00 STD 678.00 4.95% 678.00 4.95% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 New Charge (Mon - Thurs) Nova Room (20pax) M 0.00 0.00 STD 295.00 NA 295.00 NA NA 01-Apr-25 New Charge (Mon - Thurs) Astra Suite (80pax) M 0.00 0.00 STD 530.00 NA 530.00 NA NA 01-Apr-25 New Charge (Fri) Nova Room (20pax) M 0.00 0.00 STD 378.00 NA 378.00 NA NA 01-Apr-25 New Charge (Fri) Astra Suite (80pax) M 0.00 0.00 STD 640.00 NA 640.00 NA NA 01-Apr-25 New Charge (Sat) Nova Room (20pax) M 0.00 0.00 STD 431.00 NA 431.00 NA NA 01-Apr-25 New Charge (Sat) Astra Suite (80pax) M 0.00 0.00 STD 640.00 NA 640.00 NA NA 01-Apr-25 New Charge (Sun) Nova Room (20pax) M 0.00 0.00 STD 610.00 NA 610.00 NA NA 01-Apr-25 New Charge (Sun) Astra Suite (80pax) M 0.00 0.00 STD 715.00 NA 715.00 NA NA 01-Apr-25 New Charge (Out of Hours) Nova Room (20pax) M 0.00 0.00 STD 678.00 NA 678.00 NA NA 01-Apr-25 New Charge (Out of Hours) Astra Suite (80pax) M 0.00 0.00 STD 1,020.00 NA 1,020.00 NA NA 01-Apr-25 New Charge Nova Room Hire per hour (excluding ceremony) M 0.00 0.00 STD 70.00 NA 70.00 NA NA 01-Apr-25 New Charge Astra Suite Hire per hour (excluding ceremony) M 0.00 0.00 STD 130.00 NA 130.00 NA NA 01-Apr-25 Ceremony at approved Premises (Mon - Thurs) M 538.00 538.00 EXP 565.00 5.02% 565.00 5.02% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 Ceremony at approved Premises (Fri - Sat) M 646.00 646.00 EXP 678.00 4.95% 678.00 4.95% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 Type of Fee / Charge TYPE B-Business R-Resident M-Mixed C-Concession VAT STATUS STD-Standard EXP-Exempt RED-Reduced NB-Non Business M-Mixed OTS-Outside of Scope Consolidated General Fund Fees and Charges Schedule December 2024 Appendix C Type Current Charge Residents Current Charge Non-Residents Vat Status Proposed Charge Residents Increase Proposed Charge Non residents Increase Date of last change to charge Effective Date £ £ £ % £ % Type of Fee / Charge Ceremony at approved Premises (Sun) M 717.00 717.00 EXP 753.00 5.02% 753.00 5.02% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 Ceremony Fee at approved premises (Out of Hours) M 1,024.00 1,024.00 EXP 1,075.00 4.98% 1,075.00 4.98% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 Webcasting of wedding ceremonies M 101.00 101.00 STD 106.00 4.95% 106.00 4.95% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 Citizenship ceremony Citizenship ceremony (Home Office set fee) M 130.00 130.00 NB 130.00 0.00% 130.00 0.00% 01-Apr-23 Electoral Edited registers B 30.00 30.00 NB 30.00 0.00% 30.00 0.00% 01-Apr-23 Credit reference agencies registers B 500.00 500.00 NB 500.00 0.00% 500.00 0.00% 01-Apr-23 Certificate Priority Service 24 Hour M 38.50 38.50 STD 38.50 0.00% 38.50 0.00% 01-Apr-23 Citizenship ceremony Individual Citizenship ceremony (cost in addition to statutory charge) - Midweek Charge M 143.50 143.50 NB 151.00 5.23% 151.00 5.23% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 Individual Citizenship ceremony (cost in addition to statutory charge) - Saturday Charge M 179.00 179.00 NB 188.00 5.03% 188.00 5.03% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 Civil Funerals Conducting Civil Funerals (Civil Celebrants) M 321.00 321.00 STD 337.00 4.98% 337.00 4.98% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 Other Change of Name- Deed M 75.00 75.00 NB 75.00 0.00% 75.00 0.00% 01-Apr-23 Passport Pre Marriage Form - PD2 M 20.00 20.00 NB 20.00 0.00% 20.00 0.00% 01-Apr-23 4. Facilities Management Civic Centre Room Hire Rates CR2 per hour M 31.70 31.70 EXP 33.30 5.05% 33.30 5.05% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 CR3 per hour M 42.10 42.10 EXP 44.20 4.99% 44.20 4.99% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 CR3a per hour M 38.00 38.00 EXP 39.90 5.00% 39.90 5.00% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 CR3/3a combined per hour M 63.30 63.30 EXP 66.50 5.06% 66.50 5.06% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 CR4 per hour M 50.60 50.60 EXP 53.10 4.94% 53.10 4.94% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 CR4a per hour M 38.00 38.00 EXP 39.90 5.00% 39.90 5.00% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 CR4/4a combined per hour M 63.40 63.40 EXP 66.60 5.05% 66.60 5.05% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 CR5 per hour M 63.40 63.40 EXP 66.60 5.05% 66.60 5.05% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 CR6 per hour M 63.40 63.40 EXP 66.60 5.05% 66.60 5.05% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 CR7 per hour M 29.60 29.60 EXP 31.10 5.07% 31.10 5.07% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 CR9 per hour M 31.70 31.70 EXP 33.30 5.05% 33.30 5.05% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 Interview rooms per hour M 19.90 19.90 EXP 20.90 5.03% 20.90 5.03% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 Council Chamber per hour M 121.70 121.70 EXP 127.80 5.01% 127.80 5.01% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 Middlesex Suite (Day) per hour - Take out now the Library M 110.40 110.40 EXP 115.90 4.98% 115.90 4.98% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 Middlesex Suite (Night) per hour -Take out now the Library M 154.30 154.30 EXP 162.00 4.99% 162.00 4.99% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 Bar Area per hour M 60.50 60.50 EXP 63.50 4.96% 63.50 4.96% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 05. Estates & Valuation Other Licence to assign leases: initial flat rate M 511.80 511.80 EXP 537.40 5.00% 537.40 5.00% 01-Apr-24 01-Apr-25 Thereafter: fee scale at officer rate: Principal Valuer M 112.70 112.70 EXP 118.30 4.97% 118.30 4.97% 01-Apr-24 01-Apr-25 Qualified Valuer M 90.60 90.60 EXP 95.10 4.97% 95.10 4.97% 01-Apr-24 01-Apr-25 Assistant / admin officer M 68.70 68.70 EXP 72.10 4.95% 72.10 4.95% 01-Apr-24 01-Apr-25 Licence to make alterations to leases fee scale at officer rate: Principal Valuer M 112.70 112.70 EXP 118.30 4.97% 118.30 4.97% 01-Apr-24 01-Apr-25 Qualified Valuer M 90.60 90.60 EXP 95.10 4.97% 95.10 4.97% 01-Apr-24 01-Apr-25 Assistant Valuer / admin officer M 68.70 68.70 EXP 72.10 4.95% 72.10 4.95% 01-Apr-24 01-Apr-25 Licence to change or extend leases fee scale at officer rate: Principal Valuer M 112.70 112.70 EXP 118.30 4.97% 118.30 4.97% 01-Apr-24 01-Apr-25 Qualified Valuer M 90.60 90.60 EXP 95.10 4.97% 95.10 4.97% 01-Apr-24 01-Apr-25 Assistant Valuer / admin officer M 68.70 68.70 EXP 72.10 4.95% 72.10 4.95% 01-Apr-24 01-Apr-25 TYPE B-Business R-Resident M-Mixed C-Concession VAT STATUS STD-Standard EXP-Exempt RED-Reduced NB-Non Business M-Mixed OTS-Outside of Scope Consolidated General Fund Fees and Charges Schedule December 2024 Appendix C Type Current Charge Residents Current Charge Non-Residents Vat Status Proposed Charge Residents Increase Proposed Charge Non residents Increase Date of last change to charge Effective Date £ £ £ % £ % Type of Fee / Charge Arbitration of disputes regards leases related charges : Photocopying Assistant / admin officer M 68.70 68.70 EXP 72.10 4.95% 72.10 4.95% 01-Apr-24 01-Apr-25 Transport M LBH milage rates LBH milage rates EXP LBH milage rates N/A LBH milage rates N/A 01-Apr-24 Licence to install satellite dishes per licence M 112.70 112.70 EXP 118.30 4.97% 118.30 4.97% 01-Apr-24 01-Apr-25 06. Highways Cars for Sale on the Highway Removals - full cost and storage of removed vehicle until collection by owner. B N/A N/A NB N/A N/A N/A N/A 01-Apr-24 01-Apr-25 "A"Board fees & charges - if have to remove these full costs charged to relevant party. Initial application fee B 75.00 75.00 NB 79.00 5.33% 79.00 5.33% 01-Apr-24 01-Apr-25 Once approved by Planning a further: B 140.50 140.50 NB 147.50 4.98% 147.50 4.98% 01-Apr-24 01-Apr-25 Thereafter annual fee B 216.50 216.50 NB 227.50 5.08% 227.50 5.08% 01-Apr-24 01-Apr-25 Public Rights of Way Application to change definitive map & statement M 219.00 219.00 NB 230.00 5.02% 230.00 5.02% 01-Apr-24 01-Apr-25 Highways Enquires For legal purposes requiring a written response M 73.00 73.00 NB 76.70 5.07% 76.50 4.79% 01-Apr-24 01-Apr-25 Streetworks Inspection / Licensing Sample Inspection B N/A 50.00 NB N/A 0.00% 50.00 0.00% 01-Apr-17 Defected Works B N/A 47.50 NB N/A 0.00% 47.50 0.00% 01-Apr-17 License new plant B N/A 731.00 NB N/A N/A 767.50 4.99% 01-Apr-24 01-Apr-25 License old plant B N/A 731.00 NB N/A N/A 767.50 4.99% 01-Apr-24 01-Apr-25 Statutory charge for Streetworks Overruns (min/day) B N/A 250.00 NB N/A 0.00% 250.00 0.00% 01-Apr-17 Streetworks Overruns (max/day) B N/A 10,000.00 NB N/A 0.00% 10,000.00 0.00% 01-Apr-17 Bar marks in front of vehicle crossings M 197.50 197.50 NB 207.50 5.06% 207.50 5.06% 01-Apr-24 01-Apr-25 Section 50 Street Works Licence Excavations up to 1.5m deep B 887.50 887.50 NB 932.00 5.01% 932.00 5.01% 01-Apr-24 01-Apr-25 Excavations over 1.5m deep B 2,184.00 2,184.00 NB 2,293.00 4.99% 2,293.00 4.99% 01-Apr-24 01-Apr-25 Refundable bond B 300.00 per m² 300.00 per m² NB 300.00 per m² N/A 300.00 per m² N/A 01-Nov-22 Section 96 Call out fee to inspect damage to highways infrastruture/equipment B 68.50 68.50 NB 72.00 5.11% 72.00 5.11% 01-Apr-24 01-Apr-25 Remedial works to repair damage to highways infrastructure/equipment B At cost At cost At cost plus 5% 5.00% At cost plus 25% 25.00% 01-Nov-22 01-Apr-25 Section 278 works design check Initial check of outline proposals (non-refundable) B 5,000.00 5,000.00 NB 5,000.00 0.00% 5,250.00 5.00% 01-Apr-01 01-Apr-24 Administration, design check and inspection of works B 11% of works cost or 5,000 (whichever higher); less fee for initial check 11% of works cost or 5,000 (whichever higher); less fee for initial check NB 11% of works cost or 5,250 (whichever higher); less fee for initial check 5.00% 11% of works cost or 5,750 (whichever higher); less fee for initial check 15.00% 01-Apr-01 01-Apr-24 TYPE B-Business R-Resident M-Mixed C-Concession VAT STATUS STD-Standard EXP-Exempt RED-Reduced NB-Non Business M-Mixed OTS-Outside of Scope Consolidated General Fund Fees and Charges Schedule December 2024 Appendix C Type Current Charge Residents Current Charge Non-Residents Vat Status Proposed Charge Residents Increase Proposed Charge Non residents Increase Date of last change to charge Effective Date £ £ £ % £ % Type of Fee / Charge Minor Highways Fees Vehicle crossing application fee (non-refundable) R 124.00 124.00 NB 130.00 4.84% 143.00 15.32% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 Vehicle crossing application fee (as part of planned works) (non-refundable) R 124.00 124.00 NB 130.00 4.84% 143.00 15.32% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 Vehicle Crossings contstruction fee R At cost N/A NB At cost plus 5% 5% N/A N/A 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 Vehicle Crossings contstruction fee (as part of planned works) R At 50% cost N/A NB At 75% cost 50% N/A N/A 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 Vehicle crossing supervision Fee R 229.00 229.00 NB 240.00 4.80% 264.00 N/A 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 Oversail Licences (e.g. cranes and canopies) Additional charges per hr B N/A 73.20 NB N/A N/A 76.90 5.05% 01-Apr-24 01-Apr-25 All Highways enqueries for legal purposes requiring written response M 69.60 73.20 NB 73.10 5.03% 76.90 5.05% 01-Apr-24 01-Apr-25 Heavy duty vehicle crossing application fee (non-refundable) R 945.00 945.00 NB 992.00 4.97% 1,091.00 15.45% 01-Apr-24 01-Apr-25 Heavy duty vehicle crossing supervision fee R 525.00 525.00 NB 551.00 4.95% 606.00 15.43% 01-Apr-24 01-Apr-25 Heavy duty vehicle crossings contstruction fee R At cost At cost NB At cost plus 5% 5% At cost plus 25% 25% 01-Apr-21 01-Apr-25 Additional Highways Enquiries Standard Highways Adoption Question (1 to 3 questions) M 49.80 52.55 NB 52.30 5.02% 55.20 5.04% 01-Apr-24 01-Apr-25 Additional Highways Questions (each) M 17.70 18.50 NB 18.60 5.08% 19.40 4.86% 01-Apr-24 01-Apr-25 Minor Highways Fees Building Materials (charge per application) B 209.50 212.00 NB 220.00 5.01% 222.50 4.95% 01-Apr-24 01-Apr-25 Application for Banners on Street Furniture M 215.50 215.50 NB 226.50 5.10% 249.00 15.55% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 Application for Festive Lights & Decorations M 215.50 215.50 NB 226.50 5.10% 249.00 15.55% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 Skip Licencing (charge per application. (for 1-49) B 71.65 75.25 NB 75.25 5.02% 79.00 4.98% 01-Apr-24 01-Apr-25 Minor Highways Fees Scaffold / Hoarding (charge per application) B 0.00 265.50 NB 0.00 N/A 279.00 5.08% 01-Apr-24 01-Apr-25 Scaffold / Hoarding (Additional charge per hour) B N/A N/A NB N/A N/A N/A N/A 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 Plant & Maintain Licences (Basic cost charged per application) M 243.50 265.50 NB 255.50 4.93% 279.00 5.08% 01-Apr-24 01-Apr-25 Plant & Maintain Licences (Additional cost /hr) B 71.65 71.65 NB 75.25 5.02% 75.25 5.02% 01-Apr-24 01-Apr-25 Mobile Construction Equipment (e.g. cranes on the highway) B 0.00 265.50 NB 0.00 N/A 279.00 5.08% 01-Apr-24 01-Apr-25 Mobile Construction Equipment (e.g. cranes on the highway) Additional cost per hr B 0.00 0.00 NB 0.00 N/A 0.00 N/A 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 Oversail Licences (e.g. cranes and canopies) B 0.00 265.50 NB 0.00 N/A 279.00 5.08% 01-Apr-24 01-Apr-25 Entrance to Cellars and Pavement Lights B Recharged at full cost N/A NB At cost plus 5% 5% N/A N/A 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 Complete Road Closure - by notice (TTRO) Emergency B 1,880.00 1,883.50 STD 1,970.00 4.79% 1,977.50 4.99% 01-Apr-24 01-Apr-25 Complete Road Closure - by order (TTRO) Planned B 3,960.00 3,958.50 STD 4,160.00 5.05% 4,156.50 5.00% 01-Apr-24 01-Apr-25 Events B 680.00 682.50 STD 710.00 4.41% 716.50 4.98% 01-Apr-24 01-Apr-25 Planned B 3,770.00 3,770.00 STD 3,960.00 5.04% 3,958.50 5.00% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 Events B 650.00 650.00 STD 680.00 4.62% 682.50 5.00% 01-Nov-22 01-Apr-25 TYPE B-Business R-Resident M-Mixed C-Concession VAT STATUS STD-Standard EXP-Exempt RED-Reduced NB-Non Business M-Mixed OTS-Outside of Scope Consolidated General Fund Fees and Charges Schedule December 2024 Appendix C Type Current Charge Residents Current Charge Non-Residents Vat Status Proposed Charge Residents Increase Proposed Charge Non residents Increase Date of last change to charge Effective Date £ £ £ % £ % Type of Fee / Charge 07. Libraries Charges Compact Discs - every 3 weeks R 1.55 2.40 NB 1.65 6.45% 2.50 4.17% 01-Apr-24 01-Apr-25 Compact Discs - every 3 weeks (12-17 students & young adults; Leisure card holders) R 0.75 0.75 NB 0.80 6.67% 0.80 6.67% 01-Apr-24 01-Apr-25 DVDs - per week R DELETE DELETE NB DELETE DELETE 01-Apr-24 Children's videos - per week R DELETE DELETE NB DELETE DELETE 01-Apr-24 Language Courses - every 3 weeks R DELETE DELETE NB DELETE DELETE 01-Apr-24 Language Courses - every 3 weeks (12-17 students & young adults; Leisure card holders) R DELETE DELETE NB DELETE DELETE 01-Apr-24 Video Language Courses - every 3 weeks R DELETE DELETE NB DELETE DELETE 01-Apr-24 CD & Cassettes (Talking Books) - every 3 weeks R 3.05 4.70 NB 3.20 4.92% 4.95 5.32% 01-Apr-24 01-Apr-25 CD & Cassettes (Talking Books) - every 3 weeks (12-17 students & young adults; Leisure card holders) R DELETE DELETE NB DELETE DELETE 01-Apr-24 eAudiobooks (downloadable) - every 3 weeks R DELETE DELETE NB DELETE DELETE 01-Apr-24 Holds (Reservations) - Self Placed R 0.00 1.20 NB 0.00 0.00% 1.25 4.17% 01-Apr-24 Holds (Reservations) - Staff Placed R 0.00 1.20 NB 0.00 0.00% 1.25 4.17% 01-Apr-24 Holds (Reservations) - Not in stock R DELETE DELETE NB DELETE DELETE 01-Apr-24 Holds (Reservations) - British Library Items R DELETE DELETE NB DELETE DELETE 01-Apr-24 Holds (Reservations) - Photocopies R DELETE DELETE NB DELETE DELETE 01-Apr-24 Lost Tickets R 3.05 3.30 NB 3.20 4.92% 3.45 4.55% 01-Apr-24 01-Apr-25 Lost Tickets (Child and 12-17 12-17 students & young adults) R 1.55 N/A NB 1.65 6.45% N/A 01-Apr-24 01-Apr-25 Overdue Reminders R DELETE DELETE NB DELETE DELETE 01-Apr-24 Fines Books R 0.25 0.30 NB 0.25 0.00% 0.30 0.00% 01-Apr-19 Books (12-17 students & young adults) R 0.10 0.10 NB 0.10 0.00% 0.10 0.00% 01-Apr-24 Talking Books R 0.25 0.30 NB 0.25 0.00% 0.30 0.00% 01-Apr-19 Talking Books (12-17 students & young adults) R 0.10 0.10 NB 0.10 0.00% 0.10 0.00% 01-Apr-24 Cassettes R DELETE DELETE NB DELETE DELETE 01-Apr-19 Compact Discs R 0.25 0.30 NB 0.25 0.00% 0.30 0.00% 01-Apr-19 Compact Discs (12-17 students & young adults) R 0.10 0.10 NB 0.10 0.00% 0.10 0.00% 01-Apr-24 Language Courses R DELETE DELETE NB DELETE DELETE 01-Apr-19 Language Courses (12-17 students & young adults) R DELETE DELETE NB DELETE DELETE 01-Apr-24 DVDs R DELETE DELETE NB DELETE DELETE 01-Apr-23 Junior Videos R DELETE DELETE NB DELETE DELETE 01-Apr-23 Printing & Photocopies Black and White PC Prints per A4 sheets R 0.25 0.25 STD 0.25 0.00% 0.25 0.00% 01-Apr-11 Colour PC Prints per A4 sheets R 0.55 0.55 STD 0.60 9.09% 0.60 9.09% 01-Apr-24 01-Apr-25 Black & White A4 R 0.15 0.15 STD 0.15 0.00% 0.15 0.00% 01-Apr-11 Black & White A3 R 0.25 0.25 STD 0.25 0.00% 0.25 0.00% 01-Apr-11 Colour A4 R 1.50 1.50 STD 1.60 6.67% 1.60 6.67% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 Colour A3 R 1.40 1.40 STD 1.45 3.57% 1.45 3.57% 01-Apr-24 01-Apr-25 Room hire per hour - equipped (Small/Medium/Large). Non-commercial / charity M Small 11.45 Medium 12.00 Large 12.75 Small 19.45 Medium 20.30 Large 20.70 NB Small 12.00 Medium 12.60 Large 13.40 5.00% Small 20.40 Medium 21.30 Large 21.75 5.00% 01-Apr-24 01-Apr-25 Room hire per hour - equipped (S/M/L) Commercial M Small 18.00 Medium 18.80 Large 19.10 Small 25.50 Medium 26.70 Large 27.30 NB Small 18.90 Medium 19.75 Large 20.00 5.00% Small 26.80 Medium 28.00 Large 28.70 5.00% 01-Apr-24 01-Apr-25 TYPE B-Business R-Resident M-Mixed C-Concession VAT STATUS STD-Standard EXP-Exempt RED-Reduced NB-Non Business M-Mixed OTS-Outside of Scope Consolidated General Fund Fees and Charges Schedule December 2024 Appendix C Type Current Charge Residents Current Charge Non-Residents Vat Status Proposed Charge Residents Increase Proposed Charge Non residents Increase Date of last change to charge Effective Date £ £ £ % £ % Type of Fee / Charge Family History Search Fee Family History - Census search - one address - Address & year R 5.25 7.65 STD 5.50 4.76% 8.05 5.23% 01-Apr-24 01-Apr-25 Family History - Census search - one address - same address subsequent year R 2.70 7.65 STD 2.85 5.56% 8.05 5.23% 01-Apr-24 01-Apr-25 Family History - Census search - one address - same address subsequent year to include copies of six entries R 2.70 7.65 STD 2.85 5.56% 8.05 5.23% 01-Apr-24 01-Apr-25 Family History - Local Newspapers Search - Article on one specific event R 5.25 10.95 STD 5.50 4.76% 11.50 5.02% 01-Apr-24 01-Apr-25 Family History - Electoral Register Search - 1890-1914. Name & address. Occupant at one address. (5 year Search) R 5.25 10.95 STD 5.50 4.76% 11.50 5.02% 01-Apr-24 01-Apr-25 Family History - Electoral Register Search- 1920 - onwards. Name & address. Occupant at one address. (5 year Search) R 5.25 10.95 STD 5.50 4.76% 11.50 5.02% 01-Apr-24 01-Apr-25 Family History - Directories Search - Occupant at one address or trade. (5 year Search) R 5.25 10.95 STD 5.50 4.76% 11.50 5.02% 01-Apr-24 01-Apr-25 Family History - Parish Registers Search - Entry of baptism, marriage or burial R 2.70 4.55 STD 2.85 5.56% 4.80 5.49% 01-Apr-24 01-Apr-25 Family History -Rate Books Search - Occupant at one address R 5.25 10.95 STD 5.50 4.76% 11.50 5.02% 01-Apr-24 01-Apr-25 Family History -Journals Search - Article on one specific topic R 5.25 10.95 STD 5.50 4.76% 11.50 5.02% 01-Apr-24 01-Apr-25 Family History -Photograps Search - Photos of one specific place or topic R 5.25 10.95 STD 5.50 4.76% 11.50 5.02% 01-Apr-24 01-Apr-25 Family History - Maps - Extract showing 1 area. R 5.25 10.95 STD 5.50 4.76% 11.50 5.02% 01-Apr-24 01-Apr-25 Other Research - per half hour R 22.70 30.65 STD 23.85 5.07% 32.20 5.06% 01-Apr-24 01-Apr-25 8. Filming Filming on Location Very Large (50+) Full Day B £3400-£20,000+ £3400-£20,000+ STD £3570-£21,000+ 5.00% £3570-£21,000+ 5.00% 01-Apr-25 Very Large (50+) Half Day B £2165-£7425 £2165-£7425 STD £2273-£7796 5.00% £2273-£7796 5.00% 01-Apr-25 Large (16-50) Full Day B £2475-£6190 £2475-£6190 STD £2599-£6500 5.00% £2599-£6500 5.00% 01-Apr-25 Large (16-50) Half Day B £1240-£3710 £1240-£3710 STD £1302-£3896 5.00% £1302-£3896 5.00% 01-Apr-25 Medium (6-15) Full Day B £1115-£2475 £1115-£2475 STD £1171-£2599 5.00% £1171-£2599 5.00% 01-Apr-25 Medium (6-15) Half Day B £560-£990 £560-£990 STD £588-£1040 5.00% £588-£1040 5.00% 01-Apr-25 Small (1-5) Full Day B £865-£1860 £865-£1860 STD £908-£1953 5.00% £908-£1953 5.00% 01-Apr-25 Small (1-5) Half Day B £495-£805 £495-£805 STD £520-£845 5.00% £520-£845 5.00% 01-Apr-25 Small (1-5) 1 hour B 195.00 195.00 STD 205.00 5.00% 205.00 5.00% 01-Apr-25 Small Photography per hour B £70-£105 £70-£105 STD £74-£110 5.00% £74-£110 5.00% 01-Apr-25 Medium+ Photography per hour B £155-£310 £155-£310 STD £163-£326 5.00% £163-£326 5.00% 01-Apr-25 Traffic Controls Short Hold Agreement (Half/Full) - LEAD IN: 5 Working Days B £475/£675 (per road)£475/£675 (per road) STD £499/£709 (per road) 5.00% £499/£709 (per road) 5.00% 01-Apr-25 Temporary Traffic Notice - LEAD IN: 5 Weeks B 870.00 870.00 STD 914.00 5.00% 914.00 5.00% 01-Apr-25 Temporary Traffic Order - LEAD IN: Up to 12 Weeks B 2,012.70 2,012.70 STD 2,113.00 5.00% 2,113.00 5.00% 01-Apr-25 Other Temporary Structure (Half/Full) - LEAD IN: 3 Working Days B £340/£620 £340/£620 STD £357/£651 5.00% £357/£651 5.00% 01-Apr-25 Crane License - LEAD IN: 5 Working Days B POA POA STD POA 5.00% POA 5.00% 01-Apr-25 Street Furniture Alterations - LEAD IN: 3 Weeks B POA POA STD POA 5.00% POA 5.00% 01-Apr-25 Lighting Engineer - LEAD IN: Up to 3 Weeks B POA POA STD POA 5.00% POA 5.00% 01-Apr-25 Street Filming Small (1-5) B 80.00 80.00 STD 84.00 5.00% 84.00 5.00% 01-Apr-25 Medium (6-15) B 190.00 190.00 STD 200.00 5.00% 200.00 5.00% 01-Apr-25 Large (16-50) B 250.00 250.00 STD 263.00 5.00% 263.00 5.00% 01-Apr-25 Very Large (50+) B 335.00 335.00 STD 352.00 5.00% 352.00 5.00% 01-Apr-25 Charity/Student B 35.00 35.00 STD 37.00 5.00% 37.00 5.00% 01-Apr-25 Drone Filming Drone Filming - LEAD IN: 7 Working Days B POA POA STD POA 5.00% POA 5.00% 01-Apr-25 TYPE B-Business R-Resident M-Mixed C-Concession VAT STATUS STD-Standard EXP-Exempt RED-Reduced NB-Non Business M-Mixed OTS-Outside of Scope Consolidated General Fund Fees and Charges Schedule December 2024 Appendix C Type Current Charge Residents Current Charge Non-Residents Vat Status Proposed Charge Residents Increase Proposed Charge Non residents Increase Date of last change to charge Effective Date £ £ £ % £ % Type of Fee / Charge Parking SYL/DYL Dispensation - LEAD IN: 7 Working Days B 53.00 53.00 STD 56.00 5.00% 56.00 5.00% 01-Apr-25 Parking Permits - LEAD IN: 3 Working Days B 53.00 53.00 STD 56.00 5.00% 56.00 5.00% 01-Apr-25 Bay Suspension* - LEAD IN: Res: 10wd / P&D: 5wd (Please note that longer lead in times will be required for any shoots that involve engagement with residents or suspension of residents’ bays) B £52 per bay per day £52 per bay per day STD £55 per bay per day 5.00% £55 per bay per day 5.00% 01-Apr-25 Bagging Fee B 52.00 52.00 STD 55.00 5.00% 55.00 5.00% 01-Apr-25 Unit Bases B £1485-£3710 per day £1485-£3710 per day STD £1559-£3896 per day 5.00% £1559-£3896 per day 5.00% 01-Apr-25 9. Contact Centre Blue Badge Disabled Parking Blue Badge - New R 10.00 N/A EXP 10.00 0.00% N/A N/A 01-Apr-22 Disabled Parking Blue Badge - Renewal R 10.00 N/A EXP 10.00 0.00% N/A N/A 01-Apr-22 10. Street Naming & Numbering Naming/renaming a road M 377.00 N/A NB 395.85 5.00% N/A N/A 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 Naming/renaming a commercial property/block of flats B 410.00 N/A NB 430.50 5.00% N/A N/A 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 Naming/renaming a single residential property M 137.00 N/A NB 143.85 5.00% N/A N/A 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 Numbering/renumbering of a building M 195.00 N/A 8 204.75 5.00% N/A N/A 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 Numbering of a single flat/first flat in a block M 195.00 N/A NB 204.75 5.00% N/A N/A 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 Numbering/Renumbering of a flat - multiples of 2-19 M 74.00 N/A NB 77.70 5.00% N/A N/A 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 Numbering/Renumbering of a flat - multiples of 20+ M 34.00 N/A NB 35.70 5.00% N/A N/A 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 11. Building Control Table 1 (Erection of New Housing & Flats) - Building Notice Charge -Plan charge 50% : Inspection charge 50% STANDARD FEES 1 R 1,373.00 1,373.00 STD 1,441.65 5.00% 1,608.00 17.12% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 2 R 1,729.00 1,729.00 STD 1,815.45 5.00% 1,920.00 11.05% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 3 R 2,019.50 2,019.50 STD 2,120.48 5.00% 2,184.00 8.15% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 4 R 2,376.00 2,376.00 STD 2,494.80 5.00% 2,448.00 3.03% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 5 to 10 R 4,356.00 4,356.00 STD 4,573.80 5.00% 5,160.00 18.46% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 1 to 5 Flats R 1,927.00 1,927.00 STD 2,023.35 5.00% 2,244.00 16.45% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 5 to 10 Flats R 3,920.50 3,920.50 STD 4,116.53 5.00% 4,512.00 15.09% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 10 Flats + R 266.00 p/h 266.00 p/h STD 282.00 p/h 6.02% 282.00 p/h 6.02% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 Table 1 (Erection of New Housing & Flats) - Building Notice Charge -Plan charge 50% : Inspection charge 50% REGULARISATION FEES (30% Penalty) 1 R 1,485.00 1,485.00 NB 1,559.25 5.00% 1,742.00 17.31% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 2 R 1,870.00 1,870.00 NB 1,963.50 5.00% 2,080.00 11.23% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 3 R 2,189.00 2,189.00 NB 2,298.45 5.00% 2,366.00 8.09% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 4 R 2,574.00 2,574.00 NB 2,702.70 5.00% 2,652.00 3.03% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 5 to 10 R 4,719.00 4,719.00 NB 4,954.95 5.00% 5,590.00 18.46% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 1 to 5 Flats R 2,090.00 2,090.00 NB 2,194.50 5.00% 2,431.00 16.32% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 6 to 10 Flats R 4,246.00 4,246.00 NB 4,458.30 5.00% 4,888.00 15.12% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 10 Flats + R 286.00 p/h 286.00 p/h NB 306.00 p/h 6.99% 306.00 p/h 6.99% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 Table 2 (Domestic Extension(s)) - Plan charge 40% : Inspection charge 60% STANDARD FEES Less than 40m2 R 924.00 924.00 STD 970.20 5.00% 1,155.00 25.00% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 40m2 to 60m2 R 1,148.50 1,148.50 STD 1,205.93 5.00% 1,435.60 25.00% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 60m2 (up to 100m2) R 1,333.00 1,333.00 STD 1,399.65 5.00% 1,666.30 25.00% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 100m2+ R 266.00 p/h 266.00 p/h STD 282.00 p/h 6.02% 282.00 p/h 6.02% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 Table 2 (Domestic Extension(s)) - Plan charge 40% : Inspection charge 60% REGULARISATION FEES (30% Penalty) Less than 40m2 R 1,001.00 1,001.00 NB 1,051.05 5.00% 1,251.30 25.00% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 40m2 to 60m2 R 1,243.00 1,243.00 NB 1,305.15 5.00% 1,553.80 25.00% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 60m2 (up to 100m2) R 1,441.00 1,441.00 NB 1,513.05 5.00% 1,801.30 25.00% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 100m2+ R 286.00 p/h 286.00 p/h NB 306.00 p/h 6.99% 306.00 p/h 6.99% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 TYPE B-Business R-Resident M-Mixed C-Concession VAT STATUS STD-Standard EXP-Exempt RED-Reduced NB-Non Business M-Mixed OTS-Outside of Scope Consolidated General Fund Fees and Charges Schedule December 2024 Appendix C Type Current Charge Residents Current Charge Non-Residents Vat Status Proposed Charge Residents Increase Proposed Charge Non residents Increase Date of last change to charge Effective Date £ £ £ % £ % Type of Fee / Charge Domestic Loft Conversions STANDARD FEES Less than 40m2 R 911.00 911.00 STD 956.55 5.00% 1,138.75 25.00% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 40m2 to 60m2 R 977.00 977.00 STD 1,025.85 5.00% 1,221.25 25.00% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 60m2 (up to 100m2) R 1,003.00 1,003.00 STD 1,053.15 5.00% 1,253.80 25.00% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 100m2+ R 266.00 p/h 266.00 p/h STD 282.00 p/h 6.02% 282.00 p/h 6.02% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 Domestic Loft Conversions REGULARISATION FEES (30% Penalty) Less than 40m2 R 990.00 990.00 NB 1,039.50 5.00% 1,237.50 25.00% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 40m2 to 60m2 R 1,056.00 1,056.00 NB 1,108.80 5.00% 1,320.00 25.00% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 60m2 (up to 100m2) R 1,089.00 1,089.00 NB 1,143.45 5.00% 1,361.30 25.00% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 100m2+ R 286.00 p/h 286.00 p/h NB 306.00 p/h 6.99% 306.00 p/h 6.99% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 Table 2 Other Domestic Buildings (Detached Garage/Carport or attached Conservatory) Plan charge 40% : Inspection charge 60% STANDARD FEES 0.00 Less than 40m2 R 673.00 673.00 STD 706.65 5.00% 841.25 25.00% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 40m2 (up to 100m2) R 1,003.00 1,003.00 STD 1,053.15 5.00% 1,253.80 25.00% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 100m2+ R 266.00 p/h 266.00 p/h STD 282.00 p/h 6.02% 282.00 p/h 6.02% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 Table 2 Other Domestic Buildings (Detached Garage/Carport or attached Conservatory) Plan charge 40% : Inspection charge 60% REGULARISATION FEES (30% Penalty) 0.00 Less than 40m2 R 726.00 726.00 NB 762.30 5.00% 907.50 25.00% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 40m2 (up to 100m2) R 1,089.00 1,089.00 NB 1,143.45 5.00% 1,361.30 25.00% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 100m2 + R 286.00 p/h 286.00 p/h NB 306.00 p/h 6.99% 306.00 p/h 6.99% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 Table 2 Other Works to Single Dwelling Plan charge 50% : Inspection charge 50% STANDARD FEES Installation of new WC/shower/bath or basin within existing room R 330.00 330.00 STD 346.50 5.00% 412.50 25.00% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 Removal of Chimney Breast(s) R 330.00 330.00 STD 346.50 5.00% 412.50 25.00% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 Formation of Structural Opening in wall e.g. simple through lounge R 330.00 330.00 STD 346.50 5.00% 412.50 25.00% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 Formation of Structural Opening in wall with additional building works R 501.50 501.50 STD 526.58 5.00% 626.90 25.00% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 Replacement of roof weathering (Flat & Pitched) R 330.00 330.00 STD 346.50 5.00% 412.50 25.00% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 Underpinning up to 6m R 673.00 673.00 STD 706.65 5.00% 841.25 25.00% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 Replacement or installation of 5 or fewer new windows / rooflights) R 330.00 330.00 STD 346.50 5.00% 412.50 25.00% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 Re-plastering or re-rendering R 330.00 330.00 STD 346.50 5.00% 412.50 25.00% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 Table 2 Other Works to Single Dwelling Plan charge 50% : Inspection charge 50% REGULARISATION FEE (30% Penalty) Installation of new WC/shower/bath or basin within existing room R 363.00 363.00 NB 381.15 5.00% 453.75 25.00% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 Removal of Chimney Breast(s) R 363.00 363.00 NB 381.15 5.00% 453.75 25.00% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 Formation of Structural Opening in wall e.g. simple through lounge R 363.00 363.00 NB 381.15 5.00% 453.75 25.00% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 Formation of Structural Opening in wall with additional building works R 539.00 539.00 NB 565.95 5.00% 673.75 25.00% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 Replacement of roof weathering (Flat & Pitched) R 363.00 363.00 NB 381.15 5.00% 453.75 25.00% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 Underpinning up to 6m R 726.00 726.00 NB 762.30 5.00% 907.50 25.00% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 Replacement or installation of 5 or fewer new windows / rooflights) R 363.00 363.00 NB 381.15 5.00% 453.75 25.00% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 Re-plastering or re-rendering R 363.00 363.00 NB 381.15 5.00% 453.75 25.00% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 Table 2 Conversion work Dwellings Plan charge 50% : Inspection charge 50% STANDARD FEES 0.00% Attached / detached Garage to habitable use R 673.00 673.00 STD 706.65 5.00% 841.25 25.00% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 Conversion to habitable use (e.g. conservatory) R 673.00 673.00 STD 706.65 5.00% 841.25 25.00% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 Conversion of existing building into 5 or fewer self contained flats R 1,003.00 1,003.00 STD 1,053.15 5.00% 1,253.80 25.00% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 Conversion of one flat / house into two R 1,003.00 1,003.00 STD 1,053.15 5.00% 1,253.80 25.00% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 Table 2 Conversion work Dwellings Plan charge 50% : Inspection charge 50% REGULARISATION FEE (30% Penalty) 0.00% Attached / detached Garage to habitable use R 726.00 726.00 NB 762.30 5.00% 907.50 25.00% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 Conversion to habitable use (e.g. conservatory) R 726.00 726.00 NB 762.30 5.00% 907.50 25.00% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 Conversion of existing building into 5 or fewer self contained flats R 1,089.00 1,089.00 NB 1,143.45 5.00% 1,361.30 25.00% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 Conversion of one flat / house into two R 1,089.00 1,089.00 NB 1,143.45 5.00% 1,361.30 25.00% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 Table 3 Commercial Charges - Shops & Offices (Small Extensions) Plan charge 50% : Inspection charge 50% STANDARD FEE 0.00% Less than 40m2 R 911.00 911.00 STD 956.55 5.00% 1,138.75 25.00% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 40m2 to 60m2 R 1,188.00 1,188.00 STD 1,247.40 5.00% 1,485.00 25.00% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 60m2 (up to 100m2) R 1,465.00 1,465.00 STD 1,538.25 5.00% 1,831.30 25.00% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 100m2 + R 304.00 p/h 304.00 p/h STD 324.00 p/h 6.58% 324.00 p/h 6.58% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 TYPE B-Business R-Resident M-Mixed C-Concession VAT STATUS STD-Standard EXP-Exempt RED-Reduced NB-Non Business M-Mixed OTS-Outside of Scope Consolidated General Fund Fees and Charges Schedule December 2024 Appendix C Type Current Charge Residents Current Charge Non-Residents Vat Status Proposed Charge Residents Increase Proposed Charge Non residents Increase Date of last change to charge Effective Date £ £ £ % £ % Type of Fee / Charge Table 3 Commercial Charges - Shops & Offices (Small Extensions) Plan charge 50% : Inspection charge 50% REGULARISATION FEE (30% Penalty) 0.00% Less than 40m2 R 990.00 990.00 NB 1,039.50 5.00% 1,237.50 25.00% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 40m2 to 60m2 R 1,287.00 1,287.00 NB 1,351.35 5.00% 1,608.80 25.00% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 60m2 (up to 100m2) R 1,584.00 1,584.00 NB 1,663.20 5.00% 1,980.00 25.00% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 100m2 + R 329.00 p/h 329.00 p/h NB 351.00 p/h 6.69% 351.00 p/h 6.69% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 Table 3 Commercial Charges - Detached shed or covered yard Plan charge 50% : Inspection charge 50% STANDARD FEES 0.00% Less than 40m2 R 673.00 673.00 STD 706.65 5.00% 841.25 25.00% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 40m2 (up to 100m2) R 1,003.00 1,003.00 STD 1,053.15 5.00% 1,253.80 25.00% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 100m2 + R 304.00 p/h 304.00 p/h STD 324.00 p/h 6.69% 324.00 p/h 6.69% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 Table 3 Commercial Charges - Detached shed or covered yard Plan charge 50% : Inspection charge 50% REGULARISATION FEE (30% Penalty) 0.00 Less than 40m2 R 726.00 726.00 NB 762.30 5.00% 907.50 25.00% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 40m2 (up to 100m2) R 1,089.00 1,089.00 NB 1,143.45 5.00% 1,361.30 25.00% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 100m2 + R 329.00 p/h 329.00 p/h NB 351.00 p/h 6.69% 351.00 p/h 6.69% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 Table 3 Commercial Charges - Other Minor works Plan charge 50% : Inspection charge 50% STANDARD FEES Other Minor Works R 277.00 277.00 STD 290.85 5.00% 346.25 25.00% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 Table 3 Commercial Charges - Other Minor works Plan charge 50% : Inspection charge 50% REGULARISATION FEES (30% Penalty) 0.00% Other Minor Works R 297.00 297.00 NB 311.85 5.00% 1,911.00 0.00% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 Table 3 Commercial Charges (continued) - Fitting out works (including WC's, staff kitchen etc) Plan charge 50% : 0.00% Inspection charge 50% STANDARD FEES 0.00% Up to 500m2 R 501.50 501.50 STD 526.58 5.00% 626.90 25.00% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 More than 500m2 (up to 1000m2) R 673.00 673.00 STD 706.65 5.00% 841.25 25.00% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 Formation of commercial kitchen R 501.50 501.50 STD 526.58 5.00% 626.90 25.00% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 Formation of structural opening (1 opening) R 330.00 330.00 STD 346.50 5.00% 412.50 25.00% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 Formation of structural openings (up to 5 openings) R 501.50 501.50 STD 526.58 5.00% 626.90 25.00% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 Formation of new WC / shower room / bathroom fit out R 330.00 330.00 STD 346.50 5.00% 412.50 25.00% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 New partitions to form office / room(s) in existing building (up to 10m in length) R 330.00 330.00 STD 346.50 5.00% 412.50 25.00% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 Works Valued at £1,000 - £5,000 R 501.50 501.50 STD 526.58 5.00% 626.90 25.00% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 Works Valued at £5,001 - £10,000 R 673.00 673.00 STD 706.65 5.00% 841.25 25.00% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 Table 3 Commercial Charges (continued) - Fitting out works (including WC's, staff kitchen etc) Plan charge 50% : 0.00% Inspection charge 50% REGULARISATION FEE (30% Penalty) 0.00% Up to 500m2 R 539.00 539.00 NB 565.95 5.00% 673.75 25.00% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 More than 500m2 (up to 1000m2) R 726.00 726.00 NB 762.30 5.00% 907.50 25.00% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 Formation of commercial kitchen R 539.00 539.00 NB 565.95 5.00% 673.75 25.00% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 Formation of structural opening (1 opening) R 363.00 363.00 NB 381.15 5.00% 453.75 25.00% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 Formation of structural openings (up to 5 openings) R 539.00 539.00 NB 565.95 5.00% 673.75 25.00% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 Formation of new WC / shower room / bathroom fit out R 363.00 363.00 NB 381.15 5.00% 453.75 25.00% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 New partitions to form office / room(s) in existing building (up to 10m in length) R 363.00 363.00 NB 381.15 5.00% 453.75 25.00% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 Works Valued at £1,000 - £5,000 R 539.00 539.00 NB 565.95 5.00% 673.75 25.00% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 Works Valued at £5,001 - £10,000 R 726.00 726.00 NB 762.30 5.00% 907.50 25.00% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 Table 3 General to all commercial - New mezzanine floor - Plan charge 50% : Inspection charge 50% STANDARD FEES 0.00% Up to 500m2 R 501.50 501.50 STD 526.58 5.00% 626.90 25.00% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 More than 500m2 (up to 1000m2) R 673.00 673.00 STD 706.65 5.00% 841.25 25.00% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 Replacement roof covering R 330.00 330.00 STD 346.50 5.00% 412.50 25.00% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 Underpinning (up to 10m in length) R 1,003.00 1,003.00 STD 1,053.15 5.00% 1,253.80 25.00% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 New wall / partition (up to 10m in length) R 330.00 330.00 STD 346.50 5.00% 412.50 25.00% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 TYPE B-Business R-Resident M-Mixed C-Concession VAT STATUS STD-Standard EXP-Exempt RED-Reduced NB-Non Business M-Mixed OTS-Outside of Scope Consolidated General Fund Fees and Charges Schedule December 2024 Appendix C Type Current Charge Residents Current Charge Non-Residents Vat Status Proposed Charge Residents Increase Proposed Charge Non residents Increase Date of last change to charge Effective Date £ £ £ % £ % Type of Fee / Charge Table 3 General to all commercial - New mezzanine floor - Plan charge 50% : Inspection charge 50% REGULARISATION FEE (30% Penalty) 0.00% Up to 500m2 R 539.00 539.00 NB 565.95 5.00% 673.75 25.00% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 More than 500m2 (up to 1000m2) R 726.00 726.00 NB 762.30 5.00% 907.50 25.00% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 Replacement roof covering R 363.00 363.00 NB 381.15 5.00% 453.75 25.00% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 Underpinning (up to 10m in length) R 1,089.00 1,089.00 NB 1,143.45 5.00% 1,361.25 25.00% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 New wall / partition (up to 10m in length) R 363.00 363.00 NB 381.15 5.00% 453.75 25.00% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 Table 3 Other Commercial - Plan charge 40% : Inspection charge 60% STANDARD FEES 0.00% Factory (up to 2000m2) R 304.00 p/h 304.00 p/h STD 324.00 p/h 6.60% 324.00 p/h 6.60% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 Warehouses (up to 1000m2) R 304.00 p/h 304.00 p/h STD 324.00 p/h 6.60% 324.00 p/h 6.60% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 Schools (up to 2000m2) R 304.00 p/h 304.00 p/h STD 324.00 p/h 6.60% 324.00 p/h 6.60% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 Assembly Buildings (up to 2000m2) R 304.00 p/h 304.00 p/h STD 324.00 p/h 6.60% 324.00 p/h 6.60% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 Commercial Buildings (up to 2000m2) R 304.00 p/h 304.00 p/h STD 324.00 p/h 6.60% 324.00 p/h 6.60% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 Public Houses (up to 2000m2) R 304.00 p/h 304.00 p/h STD 324.00 p/h 6.60% 324.00 p/h 6.60% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 Hotels (up to 2000m2) R 304.00 p/h 304.00 p/h STD 324.00 p/h 6.60% 324.00 p/h 6.60% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 Hospitals (up to 2000m2) R 304.00 p/h 304.00 p/h STD 324.00 p/h 6.60% 324.00 p/h 6.60% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 Commercial Quotes 304.00 p/h 304.00 p/h STD 324.00 p/h 6.60% 324.00 p/h 6.60% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 Table 3 Other Commercial - Plan charge 40% : Inspection charge 60% REGULARISATION FEE (30% Penalty) 0.00% Factory (up to 2000m2) R 329.00 p/h 329.00 p/h NB 351.00 p/h 6.70% 351.00 p/h 6.70% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 Warehouses (up to 1000m2) R 329.00 p/h 329.00 p/h NB 351.00 p/h 6.70% 351.00 p/h 6.70% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 Schools (up to 2000m2) R 329.00 p/h 329.00 p/h NB 351.00 p/h 6.70% 351.00 p/h 6.70% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 Assembly Buildings (up to 2000m2) R 329.00 p/h 329.00 p/h NB 351.00 p/h 6.70% 351.00 p/h 6.70% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 Commercial Buildings (up to 2000m2) R 329.00 p/h 329.00 p/h NB 351.00 p/h 6.70% 351.00 p/h 6.70% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 Public Houses (up to 2000m2) R 329.00 p/h 329.00 p/h NB 351.00 p/h 6.70% 351.00 p/h 6.70% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 Hotels (up to 2000m2) R 329.00 p/h 329.00 p/h NB 351.00 p/h 6.70% 351.00 p/h 6.70% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 Hospitals (up to 2000m2) R 329.00 p/h 329.00 p/h NB 351.00 p/h 6.70% 351.00 p/h 6.70% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 Commercial Quotes 329.00 p/h 329.00 p/h NB 351.00 p/h 6.70% 351.00 p/h 6.70% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 Other Sales - Historic Data Copy of official Documentation Administration Fee M STD 120.00 0.00% 120.00 0.00% New 01-Apr-25 Other Fees 0.00% Cross Boundary Administration Fee M STD 429.00 0.00% 429.00 0.00% New 01-Apr-25 Other Administration Fee M STD 120.00 0.00% 120.00 0.00% New 01-Apr-25 12. Leisure Centres Swimming-Indoor Peak - Adult R 5.20 6.00 STD 5.35 2.88% 6.20 3.33% 01-Dec-24 Peak - Adult Concession C 2.60 2.90 STD 2.70 3.85% 3.00 3.45% 01-Dec-24 Peak - Child R 2.70 2.70 STD 2.80 3.70% 2.80 3.70% 01-Dec-24 Peak -Child Concession C 1.70 1.70 STD 1.75 2.94% 1.75 2.94% 01-Dec-24 Off Peak - Adult R 4.30 4.80 STD 4.45 3.49% 4.95 3.13% 01-Dec-24 Off Peak- Adult Concession C 1.50 1.70 STD 1.55 3.33% 1.75 2.94% 01-Dec-24 Off Peak - Child R 2.30 2.30 STD 2.40 4.35% 2.40 4.35% 01-Dec-24 Off Peak Child Concession C 1.25 1.25 STD 1.30 4.00% 1.30 4.00% 01-Dec-24 Swimming-Outdoor Adult R 7.70 11.00 STD 7.70 0.00% 11.00 0.00% 01-Dec-24 Adult Concession C 5.20 7.25 STD 5.20 0.00% 7.25 0.00% 01-Dec-24 Child R 4.60 5.50 STD 4.60 0.00% 5.50 0.00% 01-Dec-24 Child Concession C 3.15 4.40 STD 3.15 0.00% 4.40 0.00% 01-Dec-24 Under 3's R 0.00 0.00 STD 0.00 0.00% 0.00 0.00% 01-Dec-24 TYPE B-Business R-Resident M-Mixed C-Concession VAT STATUS STD-Standard EXP-Exempt RED-Reduced NB-Non Business M-Mixed OTS-Outside of Scope Consolidated General Fund Fees and Charges Schedule December 2024 Appendix C Type Current Charge Residents Current Charge Non-Residents Vat Status Proposed Charge Residents Increase Proposed Charge Non residents Increase Date of last change to charge Effective Date £ £ £ % £ % Type of Fee / Charge Swimming - Other Birthday Parties Sports hall and room hire incl host (90 minutes) R 179.20 207.75 STD 184.60 3.01% 214.00 3.01% 01-Dec-24 Swimming Instruction (per lesson) Adult R 9.95 11.50 STD 10.25 3.02% 11.85 3.04% 01-Dec-24 Swimming Instruction (per lesson) Adult Concession C 7.10 7.60 STD 7.30 2.82% 7.85 3.29% 01-Dec-24 Swimming Instruction (per lesson) Child R 7.55 7.55 STD 8.00 5.96% 8.00 5.96% 01-Dec-24 Swimming Instruction (per lesson) Child Concession C 5.40 5.40 STD 5.75 6.48% 5.75 6.48% 01-Dec-24 Swimming Instruction (per lesson) One to one tuition R 28.90 32.50 STD 29.80 3.11% 33.50 3.08% 01-Dec-24 Swim Crash Course 1/2 hour per day x 5 day (per half hour) R 37.75 37.75 STD 39.00 3.31% 39.00 3.31% 01-Dec-24 Private Hire (Hillingdon Pools from 25 to 33 metres) Hourly rate (Other organisations) R N/A 165.40 STD N/A N/A 170.35 2.99% 01-Dec-24 Hourly Rate (Hillingdon Clubs) R 131.25 N/A STD 135.20 3.01% N/A N/A 01-Dec-24 Per lane per hour (Other organisations) R N/A 33.45 STD N/A N/A 34.45 2.99% 01-Dec-24 Per lane per hour (Hillingdon Clubs) R 26.60 N/A STD 27.40 3.01% N/A N/A 01-Dec-24 Private Hire (50m Pool) Hourly rate (Other organisations) R N/A 325.70 STD N/A N/A 335.50 3.01% 01-Dec-24 Hourly Rate (Hillingdon Clubs) R 245.10 N/A STD 252.45 3.00% N/A N/A 01-Dec-24 Young at Heart Single session(highgrove Pool) R 5.05 5.60 STD 5.20 2.97% 5.75 2.68% 01-Dec-24 Gym Gym Inductions ( Casual use ) Group R 22.70 26.00 STD 23.40 3.08% 26.80 3.08% 01-Dec-24 Gym Inductions ( Casual use ) Individual 1:2:1 R 33.10 36.75 STD 34.10 3.02% 37.85 2.99% 01-Dec-24 Replacement Card Charge R 3.85 3.80 STD 4.00 3.90% 4.00 5.26% 01-Dec-24 Casual Gym Session Peak R 8.95 10.20 STD 9.25 3.35% 10.50 2.94% 01-Dec-24 Casual Gym Session Peak concession C 5.70 5.90 STD 5.90 3.51% 6.10 3.39% 01-Dec-24 Casual Gym Session Off-Peak R 7.35 8.20 STD 7.60 3.40% 8.45 3.05% 01-Dec-24 Casual Gym Session Off-Peak concession C 3.60 4.30 STD 3.70 2.78% 4.45 3.49% 01-Dec-24 Coached Fitness Classes Charges R 8.40 9.10 STD 8.65 2.98% 9.40 3.30% 01-Dec-24 Coached Fitness Classes Charges concession C 6.50 7.25 STD 6.70 3.08% 7.50 3.45% 01-Dec-24 Exercise Prescription C 3.80 N/A STD 3.95 3.95% N/A N/A 01-Dec-24 Health & Fitness Membership Site Specific Peak Membership (Hillingdon Sport & Leisure Complex only including Outdoor Pool) R 61.20 73.50 STD 63.00 2.94% 75.50 2.72% 01-Dec-24 Site Specific Peak Membership (Botwell Sport & Leisure Centre, Highgrove Pool, Hillingdon Sport & Leisure Complex excluding the Outdoor Pool) R 53.55 67.40 STD 55.00 2.71% 69.40 2.97% 01-Dec-24 Site Specific Peak Membership (Queensmead Sports Centre only) R 46.60 53.30 STD 48.00 3.00% 54.90 3.00% 01-Dec-24 Off Peak Site Specific Membership R 40.45 49.00 STD 41.70 3.09% 50.50 3.06% 01-Dec-24 Main Hall Hire Hillingdon Sport & Leisure Centre (4 courts) R 53.60 64.30 STD 55.20 2.99% 66.25 3.03% 01-Dec-24 Queensmead Sports Centre (6 courts) R 76.90 88.35 STD 79.20 2.99% 91.00 3.00% 01-Dec-24 Botwell Leisure Centre (4 courts) R 53.60 64.30 STD 55.20 2.99% 66.25 3.03% 01-Dec-24 Badminton Peak - Per court (Hillingdon Sport & Leisure Complex & Botwell Sport & Leisure Centre) R 13.25 15.35 STD 13.65 3.02% 15.80 2.93% 01-Dec-24 Peak - Per court (Queensmead Sports Centre) R 13.25 14.50 STD 13.65 3.02% 14.95 3.10% 01-Dec-24 Off Peak - Per court (All Sites) R 8.20 9.45 STD 8.45 3.05% 9.75 3.17% 01-Dec-24 TYPE B-Business R-Resident M-Mixed C-Concession VAT STATUS STD-Standard EXP-Exempt RED-Reduced NB-Non Business M-Mixed OTS-Outside of Scope Consolidated General Fund Fees and Charges Schedule December 2024 Appendix C Type Current Charge Residents Current Charge Non-Residents Vat Status Proposed Charge Residents Increase Proposed Charge Non residents Increase Date of last change to charge Effective Date £ £ £ % £ % Type of Fee / Charge Other Trampoline / Martial Arts etc. R 26.50 30.25 STD 27.30 3.02% 31.15 2.98% 01-Dec-24 Queensmead SC - Netball / 5-a-side External / Al (including floodlights) (per court) R 35.70 41.20 STD 36.75 2.94% 42.45 3.03% 01-Dec-24 Cricket Lane Charges R 37.90 42.90 STD 39.05 3.03% 44.20 3.03% 01-Dec-24 Table Tennis per table R 7.90 8.80 STD 8.15 3.16% 9.10 3.41% 01-Dec-24 Sports Parties R 140.60 158.55 STD 144.85 3.02% 163.30 3.00% 01-Dec-24 Athletics Adult R 4.15 4.75 STD 4.30 3.61% 4.90 3.16% 01-Dec-24 Child R 2.25 2.30 STD 2.35 4.44% 2.40 4.35% 01-Dec-24 Meetings - Hillingdon Clubs / Schools (Monday - Friday) R 52.85 N/A STD 54.45 3.03% N/A N/A 01-Dec-24 Meetings - Hillingdon Clubs / Schools (Weekends) R 62.95 N/A STD 64.85 3.02% N/A N/A 01-Dec-24 Meetings - Other Organisations (Monday - Friday) R N/A 77.90 STD N/A N/A 80.25 3.02% 01-Dec-24 Meetings - Other Organisations (Weekends) R N/A 86.40 STD N/A N/A 89.00 3.01% 01-Dec-24 1 to 2 matches (per match) R 231.00 265.65 STD 237.90 2.99% 273.65 3.01% 01-Dec-24 3 to 5 matches (per match) R 202.10 231.00 STD 208.15 2.99% 237.95 3.01% 01-Dec-24 6 to 9 matches (per match) R 173.25 196.35 STD 178.45 3.00% 202.25 3.00% 01-Dec-24 10 or more matches (per match) R 155.95 173.25 STD 160.65 3.01% 178.45 3.00% 01-Dec-24 Astroturf Pitch Full pitch R 128.70 153.15 STD 132.55 2.99% 157.75 3.00% 01-Dec-24 1/3 pitch R 70.45 82.70 STD 72.55 2.98% 85.20 3.02% 01-Dec-24 Botwell Green Full Pitch (Botwell Green Sport & Leisure Centre) R 99.30 116.45 STD 102.25 2.97% 119.95 3.01% 01-Dec-24 Half Pitch (Botwell Green Sports & Leisure Centre) R 71.00 79.65 STD 73.10 2.96% 82.05 3.01% 01-Dec-24 Petanque Casual use R 1.55 2.45 STD 1.60 3.23% 2.55 4.08% 01-Dec-24 Full pitch (six) R 31.90 39.20 STD 32.85 2.98% 40.40 3.06% 01-Dec-24 1/6 pitch R 6.40 8.55 STD 6.60 3.12% 8.80 2.92% 01-Dec-24 Gymnastics & Other Junior Activities Gym Tots & Pre School 45 minute lessons R 6.60 6.60 STD 7.00 6.06% 7.00 6.06% 01-Dec-24 Gym Tots & Pre School 45 minute lessons concession C 5.55 5.55 STD 5.90 6.31% 5.90 6.31% 01-Dec-24 General Gym 1-5 R 6.60 6.60 STD 7.00 6.06% 7.00 6.06% 01-Dec-24 General Gym 1-5 concessions C 5.30 5.30 STD 5.90 11.32% 5.90 11.32% 01-Dec-24 Adult Gymnastics R 10.75 11.65 STD 11.35 5.58% 12.25 5.15% 01-Dec-24 Adult Gymnastics concession C 8.30 9.40 STD 8.80 6.02% 9.90 5.32% 01-Dec-24 Acro 1 Squad (8 hours per week) R 4.50 4.50 STD 4.75 5.56% 4.75 5.56% 01-Dec-24 Acro 2 Squad (14 hours per week) R 3.20 3.15 STD 3.40 6.25% 3.40 7.94% 01-Dec-24 Extra coach R 29.50 29.50 STD 31.00 5.08% 31.00 5.08% 01-Dec-24 Toddlers World R 5.30 5.30 STD 5.90 11.32% 5.90 11.32% 01-Dec-24 Toddlers World concession C 4.60 4.60 STD 4.85 5.43% 4.85 5.43% 01-Dec-24 TYPE B-Business R-Resident M-Mixed C-Concession VAT STATUS STD-Standard EXP-Exempt RED-Reduced NB-Non Business M-Mixed OTS-Outside of Scope Consolidated General Fund Fees and Charges Schedule December 2024 Appendix C Type Current Charge Residents Current Charge Non-Residents Vat Status Proposed Charge Residents Increase Proposed Charge Non residents Increase Date of last change to charge Effective Date £ £ £ % £ % Type of Fee / Charge 14. Golf Courses Golf Courses - Green Fees (Haste Hill) APR-OCT Adult 18 holes (Monday to Friday) R 23.00 23.00 STD 24.00 4.35% 24.00 4.35% 01-Apr-24 01-Apr-25 Adult 18 holes (Monday to Friday) 3 ball special offer after 12pm R 21.00 21.00 STD 22.00 4.76% 22.00 4.76% 01-Apr-24 01-Apr-25 Adult 18 holes (Monday to Friday) 4 ball special offer after 12pm R 19.00 19.00 STD 19.75 3.95% 19.75 3.95% 01-Apr-24 01-Apr-25 Adult 18 holes (weekends and bank holidays) R 28.50 28.50 STD 29.75 4.39% 29.75 4.39% 01-Apr-24 01-Apr-25 Adult 18 holes (weekends and bank holidays) 3 ball special offer after 12pm R 26.5 26.5 STD 27.75 4.72% 27.75 4.72% 01-Apr-24 01-Apr-25 Adult 18 holes (weekends and bank holidays) 4 ball special offer after 12pm R 23 23 STD 24.00 4.35% 24.00 4.35% 01-Apr-24 01-Apr-25 Adult dusk (Monday to Friday) R 16.00 16.00 STD 16.75 4.69% 16.75 4.69% 01-Apr-24 01-Apr-25 Adult dusk (Monday to Friday) Offer 1 12.50 12.50 STD 13.00 4.00% 13.00 4.00% 01-Apr-24 01-Apr-25 Adult dusk (weekends and bank holidays) R 16.00 16.00 STD 16.75 4.69% 16.75 4.69% 01-Apr-24 01-Apr-25 Adult dusk (weekends and bank holidays) Offer 1 12.50 12.50 STD 13.00 4.00% 13.00 4.00% 01-Apr-24 01-Apr-25 Senior / Junior / Student (Monday to Friday) concession C 13.50 13.50 STD 14.00 3.70% 14.00 3.70% 01-Apr-24 01-Dec-12 Junior / Student (weekends and bank holidays) concession C 16.00 16.00 STD 16.75 4.69% 16.75 4.69% 01-Apr-24 01-Dec-12 Golf Courses - Green Fees (Uxbridge) Adult 12 holes (weekends and bank holidays) R 14.50 14.50 STD 15.00 3.45% 15.00 3.45% 01-Apr-24 01-Apr-25 Adult 12 holes (Monday to Friday) R 10.50 10.50 STD 11.00 4.76% 11.00 4.76% 01-Apr-24 01-Dec-12 Adult dusk (Monday to Friday) R 8.50 8.50 STD 8.75 2.94% 8.75 2.94% 01-Apr-24 01-Dec-12 Adult dusk (weekends and bank holidays) R 9.50 9.50 STD 9.75 2.63% 9.75 2.63% 01-Apr-24 01-Dec-12 Senior / Junior / Student (Monday to Friday) R 9.50 9.50 STD 9.75 2.63% 9.75 2.63% 01-Apr-24 01-Dec-12 Junior / Student (weekends and bank holidays) R 9.50 9.50 STD 9.75 2.63% 9.75 2.63% 01-Apr-24 01-Dec-12 Golf Courses - Winter Green Fees (Haste Hill NOV-MAR) Adult 18 holes (Monday to Friday) R 19.00 19.00 STD 19.75 3.95% 19.75 3.95% 01-Apr-24 01-Dec-12 Adult 18 holes (weekends and bank holidays) R 22.00 22.00 STD 23.00 4.55% 23.00 4.55% 01-Apr-24 01-Dec-12 Adult dusk (Monday to Friday) R 11.50 11.50 STD 12.00 4.35% 12.00 4.35% 01-Apr-24 01-Dec-12 Adult dusk (weekends and bank holidays) R 12.50 12.50 STD 13.00 4.00% 13.00 4.00% 01-Apr-24 01-Dec-12 Senior / Junior / Student (Monday to Friday) concession C 11.50 11.50 STD 12.00 4.35% 12.00 4.35% 01-Apr-24 01-Dec-12 Junior / Student (weekends and bank holidays) concession C 12.50 12.50 STD 13.00 4.00% 13.00 4.00% 01-Apr-24 01-Dec-12 Golf Courses - Golf Society Prices (Haste Hill ) 18 holes (Monday to Friday) (Haste Hill) R 20.00 20.00 STD 21.00 5.00% 21.00 5.00% 01-Apr-24 01-Dec-12 18 holes (weekends and bank holidays) (Haste Hill) R 26.50 26.50 STD 27.75 4.72% 27.75 4.72% 01-Apr-24 01-Dec-12 27 holes (Monday to Friday) R 29.50 29.50 STD 30.75 4.24% 30.75 4.24% 01-Apr-24 01-Dec-12 27 holes (weekends and bank holidays) R 34.50 34.50 STD 36.00 4.35% 36.00 4.35% 01-Apr-24 01-Dec-12 36 holes (Monday to Friday) (Haste Hill only) R 37.00 37.00 STD 38.75 4.73% 38.75 4.73% 01-Apr-24 01-Dec-12 36 holes (weekends and bank holidays) (Haste Hill only) R 47.50 47.50 STD 49.75 4.74% 49.75 4.74% 01-Apr-24 01-Dec-12 Golf Courses - Hire Single trolley - Haste Hill R 4.75 4.75 STD 4.75 0.00% 4.75 0.00% 01-Apr-24 Single trolley - Uxbridge R 4.75 4.75 STD 4.75 0.00% 4.75 0.00% 01-Apr-24 Standard buggy R 26.50 26.50 STD 27.75 4.72% 27.75 4.72% 01-Apr-24 01-Dec-12 Set of clubs R 10.50 10.50 STD 11.00 4.76% 11.00 4.76% 01-Apr-24 01-Dec-12 Room hire (Haste Hill) Per hour, per room R 34.00 34.00 STD 35.50 4.41% 35.50 4.41% 01-Apr-24 01-Dec-12 TYPE B-Business R-Resident M-Mixed C-Concession VAT STATUS STD-Standard EXP-Exempt RED-Reduced NB-Non Business M-Mixed OTS-Outside of Scope Consolidated General Fund Fees and Charges Schedule December 2024 Appendix C Type Current Charge Residents Current Charge Non-Residents Vat Status Proposed Charge Residents Increase Proposed Charge Non residents Increase Date of last change to charge Effective Date £ £ £ % £ % Type of Fee / Charge Repairs (regripping) Multi Compound R 13.50 13.50 STD 14.00 3.70% 14.00 3.70% 01-Apr-24 01-Dec-12 Tour velvet (mid size) R 10.50 10.50 STD 11.00 4.76% 11.00 4.76% 01-Apr-24 01-Dec-12 Tour velvet Std R 9.00 9.00 STD 9.25 2.78% 9.25 2.78% 01-Apr-24 01-Dec-12 GC Tour std R 8.00 8.00 STD 8.25 3.13% 8.25 3.13% 01-Apr-24 01-Dec-12 Putter Grips R 10.50 10.50 STD 11.00 4.76% 11.00 4.76% 01-Apr-24 01-Dec-12 Super Stroke Putter Grips R 31.50 31.50 STD 33.00 4.76% 33.00 4.76% 01-Apr-24 01-Dec-12 9 irons Offer (GC Tour) R 63.00 63.00 STD 66.00 4.76% 66.00 4.76% 01-Apr-24 01-Dec-12 15. Breakspear Crematorium Cremation Fees Stillborn R 0.00 0.00 EXP 0.00 N/A 0.00 N/A 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 Children 6 years and under R 0.00 0.00 EXP 0.00 N/A 0.00 N/A 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 Children 7 - 11 years R 0.00 0.00 EXP 0.00 N/A 0.00 N/A 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 Children 12 - 17 years R 0.00 0.00 EXP 0.00 N/A 0.00 N/A 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 Over 17 years R 894.00 894.00 EXP 938.70 5.00% 938.70 5.00% 01-Apr-24 01-Apr-25 Over 17 years. Early Morning (9.15am and 9.30am) Mon,Tue,Wed R 456.00 456.00 EXP 478.80 5.00% 478.80 5.00% 01-Apr-24 01-Apr-25 Use of Chapel (prior to burial) 40 mins R 447.00 447.00 STD 469.40 5.01% 469.40 5.00% 01-Apr-24 01-Apr-25 Surcharge 10 mins overrun R 89.00 89.00 STD 93.50 5.06% 93.50 5.00% 01-Apr-24 01-Apr-25 Surcharge 20 mins overrun R 180.00 180.00 STD 189.00 5.00% 189.00 5.00% 01-Apr-24 01-Apr-25 Surcharge 30 mins overrun R 269.00 269.00 STD 282.40 4.98% 282.40 4.98% 01-Apr-24 01-Apr-25 Surcharge = flat base R 58.00 58.00 STD 60.90 5.00% 60.90 5.00% 01-Apr-24 01-Apr-25 Surcharge + late paper fee R 62.00 62.00 STD 65.10 5.00% 65.10 5.00% 01-Apr-24 01-Apr-25 Fee for DVD service R 69.00 69.00 STD 72.50 5.07% 72.50 5.07% 01-Apr-24 01-Apr-25 Fee to view Webcast of service R 89.00 89.00 STD 93.50 5.06% 93.50 5.00% 01-Apr-24 01-Apr-25 Cancellation fee (if less than 48 hours notice) R 180.00 180.00 STD 189.00 5.00% 189.00 5.00% 01-Apr-24 01-Apr-25 Cremation of retained organs Additional Service Time R 329.00 329.00 EXP 345.40 4.98% 345.40 4.98% 01-Apr-24 01-Apr-25 Cancellations R 182.00 182.00 EXP 191.10 5.00% 191.10 5.00% 01-Apr-24 01-Apr-25 Certificates of Cremation - overseas R 30.00 30.00 EXP 31.50 5.00% 31.50 5.00% 01-Apr-24 01-Apr-25 Scattering of Ashes R 79.00 79.00 EXP 83.00 5.06% 83.00 5.00% 01-Apr-24 01-Apr-25 Retaining cremated remains(per month) R 19.00 19.00 EXP 19.90 4.74% 19.90 5.00% 01-Apr-24 01-Apr-25 Postage & Packing in Polytainer UK only R 84.00 84.00 EXP 88.20 5.00% 88.20 5.00% 01-Apr-24 01-Apr-25 Baby Urn - poly R 15.00 15.00 STD 15.80 5.33% 15.80 5.00% 01-Apr-24 01-Apr-25 Supply New Garden Seat inc 10 years lease R 2,250.00 2,250.00 STD 2,362.50 5.00% 2,362.50 5.00% 01-Apr-24 01-Apr-25 Trees & Shrubs - rose trees inc 5 years lease R 486.00 486.00 STD 510.30 5.00% 510.30 5.00% 01-Apr-24 01-Apr-25 Trees & Shrubs - ornamental shrubs inc 5 years lease R 423.00 423.00 STD 444.20 5.01% 444.20 5.00% 01-Apr-24 01-Apr-25 Trees & Shrubs - ornamental trees (10 years) R 597.00 597.00 STD 626.90 5.01% 626.90 5.01% 01-Apr-24 01-Apr-25 Plaque for trees, shrubs, roses or seats R 132.00 132.00 STD 138.60 5.00% 138.60 5.00% 01-Apr-24 01-Apr-25 Book of Remembrance - 2 line entry R 88.00 88.00 STD 92.40 5.00% 92.40 5.00% 01-Apr-24 01-Apr-25 Book of Remembrance - 5 line entry R 155.00 155.00 STD 162.80 5.03% 162.80 5.00% 01-Apr-24 01-Apr-25 Book of Remembrance - 8 line entry R 230.00 230.00 STD 241.50 5.00% 241.50 5.00% 01-Apr-24 01-Apr-25 Book of Remembrance - 10 line entry R 281.00 281.00 STD 295.10 5.02% 295.10 5.00% 01-Apr-24 01-Apr-25 Extra - Floral Emblem R 117.00 117.00 STD 122.90 5.04% 122.90 5.00% 01-Apr-24 01-Apr-25 Extra - Full Heraldic Device R 174.00 174.00 STD 182.70 5.00% 182.70 5.00% 01-Apr-24 01-Apr-25 Memorial Cards - 2 line entry R 64.00 64.00 STD 67.20 5.00% 67.20 5.00% 01-Apr-24 01-Apr-25 Memorial Cards - 5 line entry R 93.00 93.00 STD 97.70 5.05% 97.70 5.05% 01-Apr-24 01-Apr-25 Memorial Cards - 8 line entry R 143.00 143.00 STD 150.20 5.03% 150.20 5.00% 01-Apr-24 01-Apr-25 Memorial Cards - 10 line entry R 184.00 184.00 STD 193.20 5.00% 193.20 5.00% 01-Apr-24 01-Apr-25 Memorial Booklets - 2 line entry R 87.00 87.00 STD 91.40 5.06% 91.40 5.00% 01-Apr-24 01-Apr-25 Memorial Booklets - 5 line entry R 120.00 120.00 STD 126.00 5.00% 126.00 5.00% 01-Apr-24 01-Apr-25 Memorial Booklets - 8 line entry R 184.00 184.00 STD 193.20

Cabinet addendum sheet – 12 December 2024 Part 1 - Public Cabinet Addendum Sheet 12 December 2024 Classification: Public ITEM 12 – 2025/26 BUDGET AND FUTURE MEDIUM-TERM FINANCIAL STRATEGY Amended recommendations 1 & 2 That the Cabinet: 1) Approve the draft General Fund and Housing Revenue Account budgets and Capital Programme proposals for 2025/26 (as detailed in Appendices A and B) and beyond as the basis for consultation with Select Committees and other stakeholders subject to incorporating changes set out on the addendum sheet; 2) Approve the proposed amendments to fees and charges to take effect in 2025/26 included in Appendix C, as the basis for consultation with Select Committees and other stakeholders subject to incorporating changes set out on the addendum sheet; New recommendations (in-year changes not part of the 25/26 budget for consultation) 10) Approve the revision to the Council’s leisure Fees & Charges for 2024/25 as set out in Appendix C on the addendum effective from 1 December 2024. 11) Approve the revision to the Council’s Filming Fees & Charges for 2024/25 as set out in Appendix D on the addendum effective from 1 January 2025. Reasons for recommendations Updates to the budget for consultation and in-year fees and charges changes are requested to be considered by Cabinet as set out below: Technical change to main report Following the publication of the Council’s budget strategy, it should be noted that Table 12 in the main report had a typo, with the Council’s Target Operating Model saving quoted as £29.5m but should have read £25.0m. This has been reflected in the online version of the report, but for completeness is set out in the table below: Cabinet addendum sheet – 12 December 2024 Part 1 - Public Table 12: Savings Programme 2025/26 to 2027/28 2025/26 2026/27 2027/28 2028/29 2029/30 Total £m £m £m £m £m £m Property, Highways & Transport (0.8) (0.5) 0.0 0.0 0.0 (1.3) Finance & Transformation (1.1) (0.2) (0.1) 0.0 0.0 (1.4) Corporate Services (5.1) (1.2) (0.2) 0.0 0.0 (6.5) Residents' Services (6.6) (1.1) (0.8) 0.0 0.0 (8.5) Children, Families & Education (5.2) (1.9) (2.0) 0.0 0.0 (9.1) Health & Social Care (7.8) (1.1) 0.0 0.0 0.0 (8.9) Target Operating Model (5.0) (10.0) 0.0 (5.0) (5.0) (25.0) Cross-Cutting Initiatives (1.0) (1.8) (1.7) 0 0 (4.5) Total Savings (32.6) (17.8) (4.8) (5.0) (5.0) (65.2) Fees and Charges changes for 2025/6 proposed consultation budget Following publication of the Council’s Fees & Charges schedule, inaccuracies were identified, and these have been rectified and included in the revised Appendix C to this Addendum. It is these amended fees schedule that residents and businesses will be consulted on. In-year Fees and Charges changes Recommendation 10 has been included in the Addendum to increase the Fees & Charges for leisure services in 2024/25, which are increased each year effective from December, rather than April in line with the majority of the Council’s other fees and charges. Recommendation 11 has been included in the Addendum in recognition of a new contract that the Council has entered for a film location service, with this update bringing current charges in line with those agreed as part of the contract award. Alternative options considered Cabinet could choose to vary the fees/charges further prior to consultation or amend the in-year charges. Included in addendum: • Updated Appendix C - Fees and Charges Schedule including in-year leisure fees • New Appendix D – Filming Fees and Charges Consolidated General Fund Fees and Charges Schedule December 2024 Appendix C Type Current Charge Residents Current Charge Non-Residents Vat Status Proposed Charge Residents Increase Proposed Charge Non residents Increase Date of last change to charge Effective Date £ £ £ % £ % 1. Corporate Communications Advertising charges in Hillingdon People Full page B 2,408.00 2,408.00 STD 2,528.40 5.00% 2,528.40 5.00% 01-Apr-24 01-Apr-25 Half page B 1,376.00 1,376.00 STD 1,444.80 5.00% 1,444.80 5.00% 01-Apr-24 01-Apr-25 Quarter page B 717.00 717.00 STD 752.85 5.00% 752.85 5.00% 01-Apr-24 01-Apr-25 Eighth page B 431.00 431.00 STD 452.55 5.00% 452.55 5.00% 01-Apr-24 01-Apr-25 Display box B 208.00 208.00 STD 218.40 5.00% 218.40 5.00% 01-Apr-24 01-Apr-25 Back page B 2,752.00 2,752.00 STD 2,889.60 5.00% 2,889.60 5.00% 01-Apr-24 01-Apr-25 Inside front full page B 2,580.00 2,580.00 STD 2,709.00 5.00% 2,709.00 5.00% 01-Apr-24 01-Apr-25 Inside front half page B 1,462.00 1,462.00 STD 1,535.10 5.00% 1,535.10 5.00% 01-Apr-24 01-Apr-25 Advertising Notice Board Display - Rental Charge R 53.00 53.00 STD 55.65 5.00% 55.65 5.00% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 Bill posting fee - Up to 3 posters R 280.00 280.00 STD 294.00 5.00% 294.00 5.00% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 2. Revenues And Benefits Court Summons Council Tax R 125.00 125.00 NB 125.00 0.00% 125.00 0.00% 01-Apr-11 NNDR R 165.00 165.00 NB 165.00 0.00% 165.00 0.00% 01-Apr-11 3. Registrar Certificates Birth Certificates M 12.50 12.50 NB 12.50 0.00% 12.50 0.00% 01-Apr-24 Register Registration of name of child or of alteration of name M 44.00 44.00 NB 44.00 0.00% 44.00 0.00% 01-Apr-24 Correction to Register - person with custody of register M 83.00 83.00 NB 83.00 0.00% 83.00 0.00% 01-Apr-24 Correction to Register - person with custody of register on authority of General Registrar M 99.00 99.00 NB 99.00 0.00% 99.00 0.00% 01-Apr-24 Marriages/Civil Partnerships (Statutory fees) Entry of each notice M 42.00 42.00 NB 42.00 0.00% 42.00 0.00% 01-Apr-24 Notice of Marriage - Immigration Checks M 57.00 57.00 NB 57.00 0.00% 57.00 0.00% 01-Apr-24 Letter provided by General Registar confirming that no record of marriage found M 55.00 55.00 NB 55.00 0.00% 55.00 0.00% 01-Apr-24 Basic ceremony/Schedule in Superintendent's Office M 56.00 56.00 NB 56.00 0.00% 56.00 0.00% 01-Apr-24 Registrar's attendance at Registered Building M 104.00 104.00 NB 104.00 0.00% 104.00 0.00% 01-Apr-24 Ceremony Fees (Non - Statutory fees) Ceremony in Four Seasons Room (Mon-Thurs) M 281.00 281.00 STD 295.00 4.98% 295.00 4.98% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 Ceremony in Four Seasons Room (Fri) M 360.00 360.00 STD 378.00 5.00% 378.00 5.00% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 Ceremony Fee in Four Seasons Room (Sat) M 431.00 431.00 STD 431.00 0.00% 453.00 5.10% 01-Apr-23 Ceremony Fee in Four Seasons Room (Sun) M 581.00 581.00 STD 610.00 4.99% 610.00 4.99% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 Ceremony Fee in four seasons room (Out of Hours and Bank Holiday M 646.00 646.00 STD 678.00 4.95% 678.00 4.95% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 New Charge (Mon - Thurs) Nova Room (20pax) M 0.00 0.00 STD 295.00 NA 295.00 NA NA 01-Apr-25 New Charge (Mon - Thurs) Astra Suite (80pax) M 0.00 0.00 STD 530.00 NA 530.00 NA NA 01-Apr-25 New Charge (Fri) Nova Room (20pax) M 0.00 0.00 STD 378.00 NA 378.00 NA NA 01-Apr-25 New Charge (Fri) Astra Suite (80pax) M 0.00 0.00 STD 640.00 NA 640.00 NA NA 01-Apr-25 New Charge (Sat) Nova Room (20pax) M 0.00 0.00 STD 431.00 NA 431.00 NA NA 01-Apr-25 New Charge (Sat) Astra Suite (80pax) M 0.00 0.00 STD 640.00 NA 640.00 NA NA 01-Apr-25 New Charge (Sun) Nova Room (20pax) M 0.00 0.00 STD 610.00 NA 610.00 NA NA 01-Apr-25 New Charge (Sun) Astra Suite (80pax) M 0.00 0.00 STD 715.00 NA 715.00 NA NA 01-Apr-25 New Charge (Out of Hours) Nova Room (20pax) M 0.00 0.00 STD 678.00 NA 678.00 NA NA 01-Apr-25 New Charge (Out of Hours) Astra Suite (80pax) M 0.00 0.00 STD 1,020.00 NA 1,020.00 NA NA 01-Apr-25 New Charge Nova Room Hire per hour (excluding ceremony) M 0.00 0.00 STD 70.00 NA 70.00 NA NA 01-Apr-25 New Charge Astra Suite Hire per hour (excluding ceremony) M 0.00 0.00 STD 130.00 NA 130.00 NA NA 01-Apr-25 Ceremony at approved Premises (Mon - Thurs) M 538.00 538.00 EXP 565.00 5.02% 565.00 5.02% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 Ceremony at approved Premises (Fri - Sat) M 646.00 646.00 EXP 678.00 4.95% 678.00 4.95% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 Type of Fee / Charge TYPE B-Business R-Resident M-Mixed C-Concession VAT STATUS STD-Standard EXP-Exempt RED-Reduced NB-Non Business M-Mixed OTS-Outside of Scope Consolidated General Fund Fees and Charges Schedule December 2024 Appendix C Type Current Charge Residents Current Charge Non-Residents Vat Status Proposed Charge Residents Increase Proposed Charge Non residents Increase Date of last change to charge Effective Date £ £ £ % £ % Type of Fee / Charge Ceremony at approved Premises (Sun) M 717.00 717.00 EXP 753.00 5.02% 753.00 5.02% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 Ceremony Fee at approved premises (Out of Hours) M 1,024.00 1,024.00 EXP 1,075.00 4.98% 1,075.00 4.98% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 Webcasting of wedding ceremonies M 101.00 101.00 STD 106.00 4.95% 106.00 4.95% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 Citizenship ceremony Citizenship ceremony (Home Office set fee) M 130.00 130.00 NB 130.00 0.00% 130.00 0.00% 01-Apr-23 Electoral Edited registers B 30.00 30.00 NB 30.00 0.00% 30.00 0.00% 01-Apr-23 Credit reference agencies registers B 500.00 500.00 NB 500.00 0.00% 500.00 0.00% 01-Apr-23 Certificate Priority Service 24 Hour M 38.50 38.50 STD 38.50 0.00% 38.50 0.00% 01-Apr-23 Citizenship ceremony Individual Citizenship ceremony (cost in addition to statutory charge) - Midweek Charge M 143.50 143.50 NB 151.00 5.23% 151.00 5.23% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 Individual Citizenship ceremony (cost in addition to statutory charge) - Saturday Charge M 179.00 179.00 NB 188.00 5.03% 188.00 5.03% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 Civil Funerals Conducting Civil Funerals (Civil Celebrants) M 321.00 321.00 STD 337.00 4.98% 337.00 4.98% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 Other Change of Name- Deed M 75.00 75.00 NB 75.00 0.00% 75.00 0.00% 01-Apr-23 Passport Pre Marriage Form - PD2 M 20.00 20.00 NB 20.00 0.00% 20.00 0.00% 01-Apr-23 4. Facilities Management Civic Centre Room Hire Rates CR2 per hour M 31.70 31.70 EXP 33.30 5.05% 33.30 5.05% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 CR3 per hour M 42.10 42.10 EXP 44.20 4.99% 44.20 4.99% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 CR3a per hour M 38.00 38.00 EXP 39.90 5.00% 39.90 5.00% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 CR3/3a combined per hour M 63.30 63.30 EXP 66.50 5.06% 66.50 5.06% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 CR4 per hour M 50.60 50.60 EXP 53.10 4.94% 53.10 4.94% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 CR4a per hour M 38.00 38.00 EXP 39.90 5.00% 39.90 5.00% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 CR4/4a combined per hour M 63.40 63.40 EXP 66.60 5.05% 66.60 5.05% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 CR5 per hour M 63.40 63.40 EXP 66.60 5.05% 66.60 5.05% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 CR6 per hour M 63.40 63.40 EXP 66.60 5.05% 66.60 5.05% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 CR7 per hour M 29.60 29.60 EXP 31.10 5.07% 31.10 5.07% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 CR9 per hour M 31.70 31.70 EXP 33.30 5.05% 33.30 5.05% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 Interview rooms per hour M 19.90 19.90 EXP 20.90 5.03% 20.90 5.03% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 Council Chamber per hour M 121.70 121.70 EXP 127.80 5.01% 127.80 5.01% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 Middlesex Suite (Day) per hour - Take out now the Library M 110.40 110.40 EXP 115.90 4.98% 115.90 4.98% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 Middlesex Suite (Night) per hour -Take out now the Library M 154.30 154.30 EXP 162.00 4.99% 162.00 4.99% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 Bar Area per hour M 60.50 60.50 EXP 63.50 4.96% 63.50 4.96% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 05. Estates & Valuation Other Licence to assign leases: initial flat rate M 511.80 511.80 EXP 537.40 5.00% 537.40 5.00% 01-Apr-24 01-Apr-25 Thereafter: fee scale at officer rate: Principal Valuer M 112.70 112.70 EXP 118.30 4.97% 118.30 4.97% 01-Apr-24 01-Apr-25 Qualified Valuer M 90.60 90.60 EXP 95.10 4.97% 95.10 4.97% 01-Apr-24 01-Apr-25 Assistant / admin officer M 68.70 68.70 EXP 72.10 4.95% 72.10 4.95% 01-Apr-24 01-Apr-25 Licence to make alterations to leases fee scale at officer rate: Principal Valuer M 112.70 112.70 EXP 118.30 4.97% 118.30 4.97% 01-Apr-24 01-Apr-25 Qualified Valuer M 90.60 90.60 EXP 95.10 4.97% 95.10 4.97% 01-Apr-24 01-Apr-25 Assistant Valuer / admin officer M 68.70 68.70 EXP 72.10 4.95% 72.10 4.95% 01-Apr-24 01-Apr-25 Licence to change or extend leases fee scale at officer rate: Principal Valuer M 112.70 112.70 EXP 118.30 4.97% 118.30 4.97% 01-Apr-24 01-Apr-25 Qualified Valuer M 90.60 90.60 EXP 95.10 4.97% 95.10 4.97% 01-Apr-24 01-Apr-25 Assistant Valuer / admin officer M 68.70 68.70 EXP 72.10 4.95% 72.10 4.95% 01-Apr-24 01-Apr-25 TYPE B-Business R-Resident M-Mixed C-Concession VAT STATUS STD-Standard EXP-Exempt RED-Reduced NB-Non Business M-Mixed OTS-Outside of Scope Consolidated General Fund Fees and Charges Schedule December 2024 Appendix C Type Current Charge Residents Current Charge Non-Residents Vat Status Proposed Charge Residents Increase Proposed Charge Non residents Increase Date of last change to charge Effective Date £ £ £ % £ % Type of Fee / Charge Arbitration of disputes regards leases related charges : Photocopying Assistant / admin officer M 68.70 68.70 EXP 72.10 4.95% 72.10 4.95% 01-Apr-24 01-Apr-25 Transport M LBH milage rates LBH milage rates EXP LBH milage rates N/A LBH milage rates N/A 01-Apr-24 Licence to install satellite dishes per licence M 112.70 112.70 EXP 118.30 4.97% 118.30 4.97% 01-Apr-24 01-Apr-25 06. Highways Cars for Sale on the Highway Removals - full cost and storage of removed vehicle until collection by owner. B N/A N/A NB N/A N/A N/A N/A 01-Apr-24 01-Apr-25 "A"Board fees & charges - if have to remove these full costs charged to relevant party. Initial application fee B 75.00 75.00 NB 79.00 5.33% 79.00 5.33% 01-Apr-24 01-Apr-25 Once approved by Planning a further: B 140.50 140.50 NB 147.50 4.98% 147.50 4.98% 01-Apr-24 01-Apr-25 Thereafter annual fee B 216.50 216.50 NB 227.50 5.08% 227.50 5.08% 01-Apr-24 01-Apr-25 Public Rights of Way Application to change definitive map & statement M 219.00 219.00 NB 230.00 5.02% 230.00 5.02% 01-Apr-24 01-Apr-25 Highways Enquires For legal purposes requiring a written response M 73.00 73.00 NB 76.70 5.07% 76.50 4.79% 01-Apr-24 01-Apr-25 Streetworks Inspection / Licensing Sample Inspection B N/A 50.00 NB N/A 0.00% 50.00 0.00% 01-Apr-17 Defected Works B N/A 47.50 NB N/A 0.00% 47.50 0.00% 01-Apr-17 License new plant B N/A 731.00 NB N/A N/A 767.50 4.99% 01-Apr-24 01-Apr-25 License old plant B N/A 731.00 NB N/A N/A 767.50 4.99% 01-Apr-24 01-Apr-25 Statutory charge for Streetworks Overruns (min/day) B N/A 250.00 NB N/A 0.00% 250.00 0.00% 01-Apr-17 Streetworks Overruns (max/day) B N/A 10,000.00 NB N/A 0.00% 10,000.00 0.00% 01-Apr-17 Bar marks in front of vehicle crossings M 197.50 197.50 NB 207.50 5.06% 207.50 5.06% 01-Apr-24 01-Apr-25 Section 50 Street Works Licence Excavations up to 1.5m deep B 887.50 887.50 NB 932.00 5.01% 932.00 5.01% 01-Apr-24 01-Apr-25 Excavations over 1.5m deep B 2,184.00 2,184.00 NB 2,293.00 4.99% 2,293.00 4.99% 01-Apr-24 01-Apr-25 Refundable bond B 300.00 per m² 300.00 per m² NB 300.00 per m² N/A 300.00 per m² N/A 01-Nov-22 Section 96 Call out fee to inspect damage to highways infrastruture/equipment B 68.50 68.50 NB 72.00 5.11% 72.00 5.11% 01-Apr-24 01-Apr-25 Remedial works to repair damage to highways infrastructure/equipment B At cost At cost At cost plus 5% 5.00% At cost plus 25% 25.00% 01-Nov-22 01-Apr-25 Section 278 works design check Initial check of outline proposals (non-refundable) B 5,000.00 5,000.00 NB 5,000.00 0.00% 5,250.00 5.00% 01-Apr-01 01-Apr-24 Administration, design check and inspection of works B 11% of works cost or 5,000 (whichever higher); less fee for initial check 11% of works cost or 5,000 (whichever higher); less fee for initial check NB 11% of works cost or 5,250 (whichever higher); less fee for initial check 5.00% 11% of works cost or 5,750 (whichever higher); less fee for initial check 15.00% 01-Apr-01 01-Apr-24 TYPE B-Business R-Resident M-Mixed C-Concession VAT STATUS STD-Standard EXP-Exempt RED-Reduced NB-Non Business M-Mixed OTS-Outside of Scope Consolidated General Fund Fees and Charges Schedule December 2024 Appendix C Type Current Charge Residents Current Charge Non-Residents Vat Status Proposed Charge Residents Increase Proposed Charge Non residents Increase Date of last change to charge Effective Date £ £ £ % £ % Type of Fee / Charge Minor Highways Fees Vehicle crossing application fee (non-refundable) R 124.00 124.00 NB 130.00 4.84% 143.00 15.32% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 Vehicle crossing application fee (as part of planned works) (non-refundable) R 124.00 124.00 NB 130.00 4.84% 143.00 15.32% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 Vehicle Crossings contstruction fee R At cost N/A NB At cost plus 5% 5% N/A N/A 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 Vehicle Crossings contstruction fee (as part of planned works) R At 50% cost N/A NB At 75% cost 50% N/A N/A 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 Vehicle crossing supervision Fee R 229.00 229.00 NB 240.00 4.80% 264.00 N/A 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 Oversail Licences (e.g. cranes and canopies) Additional charges per hr B N/A 73.20 NB N/A N/A 76.90 5.05% 01-Apr-24 01-Apr-25 All Highways enqueries for legal purposes requiring written response M 69.60 73.20 NB 73.10 5.03% 76.90 5.05% 01-Apr-24 01-Apr-25 Heavy duty vehicle crossing application fee (non-refundable) R 945.00 945.00 NB 992.00 4.97% 1,091.00 15.45% 01-Apr-24 01-Apr-25 Heavy duty vehicle crossing supervision fee R 525.00 525.00 NB 551.00 4.95% 606.00 15.43% 01-Apr-24 01-Apr-25 Heavy duty vehicle crossings contstruction fee R At cost At cost NB At cost plus 5% 5% At cost plus 25% 25% 01-Apr-21 01-Apr-25 Additional Highways Enquiries Standard Highways Adoption Question (1 to 3 questions) M 49.80 52.55 NB 52.30 5.02% 55.20 5.04% 01-Apr-24 01-Apr-25 Additional Highways Questions (each) M 17.70 18.50 NB 18.60 5.08% 19.40 4.86% 01-Apr-24 01-Apr-25 Minor Highways Fees Building Materials (charge per application) B 209.50 212.00 NB 220.00 5.01% 222.50 4.95% 01-Apr-24 01-Apr-25 Application for Banners on Street Furniture M 215.50 215.50 NB 226.50 5.10% 249.00 15.55% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 Application for Festive Lights & Decorations M 215.50 215.50 NB 226.50 5.10% 249.00 15.55% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 Skip Licencing (charge per application. (for 1-49) B 71.65 75.25 NB 75.25 5.02% 79.00 4.98% 01-Apr-24 01-Apr-25 Minor Highways Fees Scaffold / Hoarding (charge per application) B 0.00 265.50 NB 0.00 N/A 279.00 5.08% 01-Apr-24 01-Apr-25 Scaffold / Hoarding (Additional charge per hour) B N/A N/A NB N/A N/A N/A N/A 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 Plant & Maintain Licences (Basic cost charged per application) M 243.50 265.50 NB 255.50 4.93% 279.00 5.08% 01-Apr-24 01-Apr-25 Plant & Maintain Licences (Additional cost /hr) B 71.65 71.65 NB 75.25 5.02% 75.25 5.02% 01-Apr-24 01-Apr-25 Mobile Construction Equipment (e.g. cranes on the highway) B 0.00 265.50 NB 0.00 N/A 279.00 5.08% 01-Apr-24 01-Apr-25 Mobile Construction Equipment (e.g. cranes on the highway) Additional cost per hr B 0.00 0.00 NB 0.00 N/A 0.00 N/A 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 Oversail Licences (e.g. cranes and canopies) B 0.00 265.50 NB 0.00 N/A 279.00 5.08% 01-Apr-24 01-Apr-25 Entrance to Cellars and Pavement Lights B Recharged at full cost N/A NB At cost plus 5% 5% N/A N/A 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 Complete Road Closure - by notice (TTRO) Emergency B 1,880.00 1,883.50 STD 1,970.00 4.79% 1,977.50 4.99% 01-Apr-24 01-Apr-25 Complete Road Closure - by order (TTRO) Planned B 3,960.00 3,958.50 STD 4,160.00 5.05% 4,156.50 5.00% 01-Apr-24 01-Apr-25 Events B 680.00 682.50 STD 710.00 4.41% 716.50 4.98% 01-Apr-24 01-Apr-25 Planned B 3,770.00 3,770.00 STD 3,960.00 5.04% 3,958.50 5.00% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 Events B 650.00 650.00 STD 680.00 4.62% 682.50 5.00% 01-Nov-22 01-Apr-25 TYPE B-Business R-Resident M-Mixed C-Concession VAT STATUS STD-Standard EXP-Exempt RED-Reduced NB-Non Business M-Mixed OTS-Outside of Scope Consolidated General Fund Fees and Charges Schedule December 2024 Appendix C Type Current Charge Residents Current Charge Non-Residents Vat Status Proposed Charge Residents Increase Proposed Charge Non residents Increase Date of last change to charge Effective Date £ £ £ % £ % Type of Fee / Charge 07. Libraries Charges Compact Discs - every 3 weeks R 1.55 2.40 NB 1.65 6.45% 2.50 4.17% 01-Apr-24 01-Apr-25 Compact Discs - every 3 weeks (12-17 students & young adults; Leisure card holders) R 0.75 0.75 NB 0.80 6.67% 0.80 6.67% 01-Apr-24 01-Apr-25 DVDs - per week R DELETE DELETE NB DELETE DELETE 01-Apr-24 Children's videos - per week R DELETE DELETE NB DELETE DELETE 01-Apr-24 Language Courses - every 3 weeks R DELETE DELETE NB DELETE DELETE 01-Apr-24 Language Courses - every 3 weeks (12-17 students & young adults; Leisure card holders) R DELETE DELETE NB DELETE DELETE 01-Apr-24 Video Language Courses - every 3 weeks R DELETE DELETE NB DELETE DELETE 01-Apr-24 CD & Cassettes (Talking Books) - every 3 weeks R 3.05 4.70 NB 3.20 4.92% 4.95 5.32% 01-Apr-24 01-Apr-25 CD & Cassettes (Talking Books) - every 3 weeks (12-17 students & young adults; Leisure card holders) R DELETE DELETE NB DELETE DELETE 01-Apr-24 eAudiobooks (downloadable) - every 3 weeks R DELETE DELETE NB DELETE DELETE 01-Apr-24 Holds (Reservations) - Self Placed R 0.00 1.20 NB 0.00 0.00% 1.25 4.17% 01-Apr-24 Holds (Reservations) - Staff Placed R 0.00 1.20 NB 0.00 0.00% 1.25 4.17% 01-Apr-24 Holds (Reservations) - Not in stock R DELETE DELETE NB DELETE DELETE 01-Apr-24 Holds (Reservations) - British Library Items R DELETE DELETE NB DELETE DELETE 01-Apr-24 Holds (Reservations) - Photocopies R DELETE DELETE NB DELETE DELETE 01-Apr-24 Lost Tickets R 3.05 3.30 NB 3.20 4.92% 3.45 4.55% 01-Apr-24 01-Apr-25 Lost Tickets (Child and 12-17 12-17 students & young adults) R 1.55 N/A NB 1.65 6.45% N/A 01-Apr-24 01-Apr-25 Overdue Reminders R DELETE DELETE NB DELETE DELETE 01-Apr-24 Fines Books R 0.25 0.30 NB 0.25 0.00% 0.30 0.00% 01-Apr-19 Books (12-17 students & young adults) R 0.10 0.10 NB 0.10 0.00% 0.10 0.00% 01-Apr-24 Talking Books R 0.25 0.30 NB 0.25 0.00% 0.30 0.00% 01-Apr-19 Talking Books (12-17 students & young adults) R 0.10 0.10 NB 0.10 0.00% 0.10 0.00% 01-Apr-24 Cassettes R DELETE DELETE NB DELETE DELETE 01-Apr-19 Compact Discs R 0.25 0.30 NB 0.25 0.00% 0.30 0.00% 01-Apr-19 Compact Discs (12-17 students & young adults) R 0.10 0.10 NB 0.10 0.00% 0.10 0.00% 01-Apr-24 Language Courses R DELETE DELETE NB DELETE DELETE 01-Apr-19 Language Courses (12-17 students & young adults) R DELETE DELETE NB DELETE DELETE 01-Apr-24 DVDs R DELETE DELETE NB DELETE DELETE 01-Apr-23 Junior Videos R DELETE DELETE NB DELETE DELETE 01-Apr-23 Printing & Photocopies Black and White PC Prints per A4 sheets R 0.25 0.25 STD 0.25 0.00% 0.25 0.00% 01-Apr-11 Colour PC Prints per A4 sheets R 0.55 0.55 STD 0.60 9.09% 0.60 9.09% 01-Apr-24 01-Apr-25 Black & White A4 R 0.15 0.15 STD 0.15 0.00% 0.15 0.00% 01-Apr-11 Black & White A3 R 0.25 0.25 STD 0.25 0.00% 0.25 0.00% 01-Apr-11 Colour A4 R 1.50 1.50 STD 1.60 6.67% 1.60 6.67% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 Colour A3 R 1.40 1.40 STD 1.45 3.57% 1.45 3.57% 01-Apr-24 01-Apr-25 Room hire per hour - equipped (Small/Medium/Large). Non-commercial / charity M Small 11.45 Medium 12.00 Large 12.75 Small 19.45 Medium 20.30 Large 20.70 NB Small 12.00 Medium 12.60 Large 13.40 5.00% Small 20.40 Medium 21.30 Large 21.75 5.00% 01-Apr-24 01-Apr-25 Room hire per hour - equipped (S/M/L) Commercial M Small 18.00 Medium 18.80 Large 19.10 Small 25.50 Medium 26.70 Large 27.30 NB Small 18.90 Medium 19.75 Large 20.00 5.00% Small 26.80 Medium 28.00 Large 28.70 5.00% 01-Apr-24 01-Apr-25 TYPE B-Business R-Resident M-Mixed C-Concession VAT STATUS STD-Standard EXP-Exempt RED-Reduced NB-Non Business M-Mixed OTS-Outside of Scope Consolidated General Fund Fees and Charges Schedule December 2024 Appendix C Type Current Charge Residents Current Charge Non-Residents Vat Status Proposed Charge Residents Increase Proposed Charge Non residents Increase Date of last change to charge Effective Date £ £ £ % £ % Type of Fee / Charge Family History Search Fee Family History - Census search - one address - Address & year R 5.25 7.65 STD 5.50 4.76% 8.05 5.23% 01-Apr-24 01-Apr-25 Family History - Census search - one address - same address subsequent year R 2.70 7.65 STD 2.85 5.56% 8.05 5.23% 01-Apr-24 01-Apr-25 Family History - Census search - one address - same address subsequent year to include copies of six entries R 2.70 7.65 STD 2.85 5.56% 8.05 5.23% 01-Apr-24 01-Apr-25 Family History - Local Newspapers Search - Article on one specific event R 5.25 10.95 STD 5.50 4.76% 11.50 5.02% 01-Apr-24 01-Apr-25 Family History - Electoral Register Search - 1890-1914. Name & address. Occupant at one address. (5 year Search) R 5.25 10.95 STD 5.50 4.76% 11.50 5.02% 01-Apr-24 01-Apr-25 Family History - Electoral Register Search- 1920 - onwards. Name & address. Occupant at one address. (5 year Search) R 5.25 10.95 STD 5.50 4.76% 11.50 5.02% 01-Apr-24 01-Apr-25 Family History - Directories Search - Occupant at one address or trade. (5 year Search) R 5.25 10.95 STD 5.50 4.76% 11.50 5.02% 01-Apr-24 01-Apr-25 Family History - Parish Registers Search - Entry of baptism, marriage or burial R 2.70 4.55 STD 2.85 5.56% 4.80 5.49% 01-Apr-24 01-Apr-25 Family History -Rate Books Search - Occupant at one address R 5.25 10.95 STD 5.50 4.76% 11.50 5.02% 01-Apr-24 01-Apr-25 Family History -Journals Search - Article on one specific topic R 5.25 10.95 STD 5.50 4.76% 11.50 5.02% 01-Apr-24 01-Apr-25 Family History -Photograps Search - Photos of one specific place or topic R 5.25 10.95 STD 5.50 4.76% 11.50 5.02% 01-Apr-24 01-Apr-25 Family History - Maps - Extract showing 1 area. R 5.25 10.95 STD 5.50 4.76% 11.50 5.02% 01-Apr-24 01-Apr-25 Other Research - per half hour R 22.70 30.65 STD 23.85 5.07% 32.20 5.06% 01-Apr-24 01-Apr-25 8. Filming Filming on Location Very Large (50+) Full Day B £3400-£20,000+ £3400-£20,000+ STD £3570-£21,000+ 5.00% £3570-£21,000+ 5.00% 01-Apr-25 Very Large (50+) Half Day B £2165-£7425 £2165-£7425 STD £2273-£7796 5.00% £2273-£7796 5.00% 01-Apr-25 Large (16-50) Full Day B £2475-£6190 £2475-£6190 STD £2599-£6500 5.00% £2599-£6500 5.00% 01-Apr-25 Large (16-50) Half Day B £1240-£3710 £1240-£3710 STD £1302-£3896 5.00% £1302-£3896 5.00% 01-Apr-25 Medium (6-15) Full Day B £1115-£2475 £1115-£2475 STD £1171-£2599 5.00% £1171-£2599 5.00% 01-Apr-25 Medium (6-15) Half Day B £560-£990 £560-£990 STD £588-£1040 5.00% £588-£1040 5.00% 01-Apr-25 Small (1-5) Full Day B £865-£1860 £865-£1860 STD £908-£1953 5.00% £908-£1953 5.00% 01-Apr-25 Small (1-5) Half Day B £495-£805 £495-£805 STD £520-£845 5.00% £520-£845 5.00% 01-Apr-25 Small (1-5) 1 hour B 195.00 195.00 STD 205.00 5.00% 205.00 5.00% 01-Apr-25 Small Photography per hour B £70-£105 £70-£105 STD £74-£110 5.00% £74-£110 5.00% 01-Apr-25 Medium+ Photography per hour B £155-£310 £155-£310 STD £163-£326 5.00% £163-£326 5.00% 01-Apr-25 Traffic Controls Short Hold Agreement (Half/Full) - LEAD IN: 5 Working Days B £475/£675 (per road)£475/£675 (per road) STD £499/£709 (per road) 5.00% £499/£709 (per road) 5.00% 01-Apr-25 Temporary Traffic Notice - LEAD IN: 5 Weeks B 870.00 870.00 STD 914.00 5.00% 914.00 5.00% 01-Apr-25 Temporary Traffic Order - LEAD IN: Up to 12 Weeks B 2,012.70 2,012.70 STD 2,113.00 5.00% 2,113.00 5.00% 01-Apr-25 Other Temporary Structure (Half/Full) - LEAD IN: 3 Working Days B £340/£620 £340/£620 STD £357/£651 5.00% £357/£651 5.00% 01-Apr-25 Crane License - LEAD IN: 5 Working Days B POA POA STD POA 5.00% POA 5.00% 01-Apr-25 Street Furniture Alterations - LEAD IN: 3 Weeks B POA POA STD POA 5.00% POA 5.00% 01-Apr-25 Lighting Engineer - LEAD IN: Up to 3 Weeks B POA POA STD POA 5.00% POA 5.00% 01-Apr-25 Street Filming Small (1-5) B 80.00 80.00 STD 84.00 5.00% 84.00 5.00% 01-Apr-25 Medium (6-15) B 190.00 190.00 STD 200.00 5.00% 200.00 5.00% 01-Apr-25 Large (16-50) B 250.00 250.00 STD 263.00 5.00% 263.00 5.00% 01-Apr-25 Very Large (50+) B 335.00 335.00 STD 352.00 5.00% 352.00 5.00% 01-Apr-25 Charity/Student B 35.00 35.00 STD 37.00 5.00% 37.00 5.00% 01-Apr-25 Drone Filming Drone Filming - LEAD IN: 7 Working Days B POA POA STD POA 5.00% POA 5.00% 01-Apr-25 TYPE B-Business R-Resident M-Mixed C-Concession VAT STATUS STD-Standard EXP-Exempt RED-Reduced NB-Non Business M-Mixed OTS-Outside of Scope Consolidated General Fund Fees and Charges Schedule December 2024 Appendix C Type Current Charge Residents Current Charge Non-Residents Vat Status Proposed Charge Residents Increase Proposed Charge Non residents Increase Date of last change to charge Effective Date £ £ £ % £ % Type of Fee / Charge Parking SYL/DYL Dispensation - LEAD IN: 7 Working Days B 53.00 53.00 STD 56.00 5.00% 56.00 5.00% 01-Apr-25 Parking Permits - LEAD IN: 3 Working Days B 53.00 53.00 STD 56.00 5.00% 56.00 5.00% 01-Apr-25 Bay Suspension* - LEAD IN: Res: 10wd / P&D: 5wd (Please note that longer lead in times will be required for any shoots that involve engagement with residents or suspension of residents’ bays) B £52 per bay per day £52 per bay per day STD £55 per bay per day 5.00% £55 per bay per day 5.00% 01-Apr-25 Bagging Fee B 52.00 52.00 STD 55.00 5.00% 55.00 5.00% 01-Apr-25 Unit Bases B £1485-£3710 per day £1485-£3710 per day STD £1559-£3896 per day 5.00% £1559-£3896 per day 5.00% 01-Apr-25 9. Contact Centre Blue Badge Disabled Parking Blue Badge - New R 10.00 N/A EXP 10.00 0.00% N/A N/A 01-Apr-22 Disabled Parking Blue Badge - Renewal R 10.00 N/A EXP 10.00 0.00% N/A N/A 01-Apr-22 10. Street Naming & Numbering Naming/renaming a road M 377.00 N/A NB 395.85 5.00% N/A N/A 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 Naming/renaming a commercial property/block of flats B 410.00 N/A NB 430.50 5.00% N/A N/A 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 Naming/renaming a single residential property M 137.00 N/A NB 143.85 5.00% N/A N/A 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 Numbering/renumbering of a building M 195.00 N/A 8 204.75 5.00% N/A N/A 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 Numbering of a single flat/first flat in a block M 195.00 N/A NB 204.75 5.00% N/A N/A 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 Numbering/Renumbering of a flat - multiples of 2-19 M 74.00 N/A NB 77.70 5.00% N/A N/A 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 Numbering/Renumbering of a flat - multiples of 20+ M 34.00 N/A NB 35.70 5.00% N/A N/A 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 11. Building Control Table 1 (Erection of New Housing & Flats) - Building Notice Charge -Plan charge 50% : Inspection charge 50% STANDARD FEES 1 R 1,373.00 1,373.00 STD 1,441.65 5.00% 1,608.00 17.12% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 2 R 1,729.00 1,729.00 STD 1,815.45 5.00% 1,920.00 11.05% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 3 R 2,019.50 2,019.50 STD 2,120.48 5.00% 2,184.00 8.15% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 4 R 2,376.00 2,376.00 STD 2,494.80 5.00% 2,448.00 3.03% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 5 to 10 R 4,356.00 4,356.00 STD 4,573.80 5.00% 5,160.00 18.46% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 1 to 5 Flats R 1,927.00 1,927.00 STD 2,023.35 5.00% 2,244.00 16.45% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 5 to 10 Flats R 3,920.50 3,920.50 STD 4,116.53 5.00% 4,512.00 15.09% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 10 Flats + R 266.00 p/h 266.00 p/h STD 282.00 p/h 6.02% 282.00 p/h 6.02% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 Table 1 (Erection of New Housing & Flats) - Building Notice Charge -Plan charge 50% : Inspection charge 50% REGULARISATION FEES (30% Penalty) 1 R 1,485.00 1,485.00 NB 1,559.25 5.00% 1,742.00 17.31% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 2 R 1,870.00 1,870.00 NB 1,963.50 5.00% 2,080.00 11.23% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 3 R 2,189.00 2,189.00 NB 2,298.45 5.00% 2,366.00 8.09% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 4 R 2,574.00 2,574.00 NB 2,702.70 5.00% 2,652.00 3.03% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 5 to 10 R 4,719.00 4,719.00 NB 4,954.95 5.00% 5,590.00 18.46% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 1 to 5 Flats R 2,090.00 2,090.00 NB 2,194.50 5.00% 2,431.00 16.32% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 6 to 10 Flats R 4,246.00 4,246.00 NB 4,458.30 5.00% 4,888.00 15.12% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 10 Flats + R 286.00 p/h 286.00 p/h NB 306.00 p/h 6.99% 306.00 p/h 6.99% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 Table 2 (Domestic Extension(s)) - Plan charge 40% : Inspection charge 60% STANDARD FEES Less than 40m2 R 924.00 924.00 STD 970.20 5.00% 1,155.00 25.00% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 40m2 to 60m2 R 1,148.50 1,148.50 STD 1,205.93 5.00% 1,435.60 25.00% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 60m2 (up to 100m2) R 1,333.00 1,333.00 STD 1,399.65 5.00% 1,666.30 25.00% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 100m2+ R 266.00 p/h 266.00 p/h STD 282.00 p/h 6.02% 282.00 p/h 6.02% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 Table 2 (Domestic Extension(s)) - Plan charge 40% : Inspection charge 60% REGULARISATION FEES (30% Penalty) Less than 40m2 R 1,001.00 1,001.00 NB 1,051.05 5.00% 1,251.30 25.00% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 40m2 to 60m2 R 1,243.00 1,243.00 NB 1,305.15 5.00% 1,553.80 25.00% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 60m2 (up to 100m2) R 1,441.00 1,441.00 NB 1,513.05 5.00% 1,801.30 25.00% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 100m2+ R 286.00 p/h 286.00 p/h NB 306.00 p/h 6.99% 306.00 p/h 6.99% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 TYPE B-Business R-Resident M-Mixed C-Concession VAT STATUS STD-Standard EXP-Exempt RED-Reduced NB-Non Business M-Mixed OTS-Outside of Scope Consolidated General Fund Fees and Charges Schedule December 2024 Appendix C Type Current Charge Residents Current Charge Non-Residents Vat Status Proposed Charge Residents Increase Proposed Charge Non residents Increase Date of last change to charge Effective Date £ £ £ % £ % Type of Fee / Charge Domestic Loft Conversions STANDARD FEES Less than 40m2 R 911.00 911.00 STD 956.55 5.00% 1,138.75 25.00% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 40m2 to 60m2 R 977.00 977.00 STD 1,025.85 5.00% 1,221.25 25.00% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 60m2 (up to 100m2) R 1,003.00 1,003.00 STD 1,053.15 5.00% 1,253.80 25.00% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 100m2+ R 266.00 p/h 266.00 p/h STD 282.00 p/h 6.02% 282.00 p/h 6.02% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 Domestic Loft Conversions REGULARISATION FEES (30% Penalty) Less than 40m2 R 990.00 990.00 NB 1,039.50 5.00% 1,237.50 25.00% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 40m2 to 60m2 R 1,056.00 1,056.00 NB 1,108.80 5.00% 1,320.00 25.00% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 60m2 (up to 100m2) R 1,089.00 1,089.00 NB 1,143.45 5.00% 1,361.30 25.00% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 100m2+ R 286.00 p/h 286.00 p/h NB 306.00 p/h 6.99% 306.00 p/h 6.99% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 Table 2 Other Domestic Buildings (Detached Garage/Carport or attached Conservatory) Plan charge 40% : Inspection charge 60% STANDARD FEES 0.00 Less than 40m2 R 673.00 673.00 STD 706.65 5.00% 841.25 25.00% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 40m2 (up to 100m2) R 1,003.00 1,003.00 STD 1,053.15 5.00% 1,253.80 25.00% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 100m2+ R 266.00 p/h 266.00 p/h STD 282.00 p/h 6.02% 282.00 p/h 6.02% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 Table 2 Other Domestic Buildings (Detached Garage/Carport or attached Conservatory) Plan charge 40% : Inspection charge 60% REGULARISATION FEES (30% Penalty) 0.00 Less than 40m2 R 726.00 726.00 NB 762.30 5.00% 907.50 25.00% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 40m2 (up to 100m2) R 1,089.00 1,089.00 NB 1,143.45 5.00% 1,361.30 25.00% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 100m2 + R 286.00 p/h 286.00 p/h NB 306.00 p/h 6.99% 306.00 p/h 6.99% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 Table 2 Other Works to Single Dwelling Plan charge 50% : Inspection charge 50% STANDARD FEES Installation of new WC/shower/bath or basin within existing room R 330.00 330.00 STD 346.50 5.00% 412.50 25.00% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 Removal of Chimney Breast(s) R 330.00 330.00 STD 346.50 5.00% 412.50 25.00% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 Formation of Structural Opening in wall e.g. simple through lounge R 330.00 330.00 STD 346.50 5.00% 412.50 25.00% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 Formation of Structural Opening in wall with additional building works R 501.50 501.50 STD 526.58 5.00% 626.90 25.00% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 Replacement of roof weathering (Flat & Pitched) R 330.00 330.00 STD 346.50 5.00% 412.50 25.00% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 Underpinning up to 6m R 673.00 673.00 STD 706.65 5.00% 841.25 25.00% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 Replacement or installation of 5 or fewer new windows / rooflights) R 330.00 330.00 STD 346.50 5.00% 412.50 25.00% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 Re-plastering or re-rendering R 330.00 330.00 STD 346.50 5.00% 412.50 25.00% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 Table 2 Other Works to Single Dwelling Plan charge 50% : Inspection charge 50% REGULARISATION FEE (30% Penalty) Installation of new WC/shower/bath or basin within existing room R 363.00 363.00 NB 381.15 5.00% 453.75 25.00% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 Removal of Chimney Breast(s) R 363.00 363.00 NB 381.15 5.00% 453.75 25.00% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 Formation of Structural Opening in wall e.g. simple through lounge R 363.00 363.00 NB 381.15 5.00% 453.75 25.00% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 Formation of Structural Opening in wall with additional building works R 539.00 539.00 NB 565.95 5.00% 673.75 25.00% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 Replacement of roof weathering (Flat & Pitched) R 363.00 363.00 NB 381.15 5.00% 453.75 25.00% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 Underpinning up to 6m R 726.00 726.00 NB 762.30 5.00% 907.50 25.00% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 Replacement or installation of 5 or fewer new windows / rooflights) R 363.00 363.00 NB 381.15 5.00% 453.75 25.00% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 Re-plastering or re-rendering R 363.00 363.00 NB 381.15 5.00% 453.75 25.00% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 Table 2 Conversion work Dwellings Plan charge 50% : Inspection charge 50% STANDARD FEES 0.00% Attached / detached Garage to habitable use R 673.00 673.00 STD 706.65 5.00% 841.25 25.00% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 Conversion to habitable use (e.g. conservatory) R 673.00 673.00 STD 706.65 5.00% 841.25 25.00% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 Conversion of existing building into 5 or fewer self contained flats R 1,003.00 1,003.00 STD 1,053.15 5.00% 1,253.80 25.00% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 Conversion of one flat / house into two R 1,003.00 1,003.00 STD 1,053.15 5.00% 1,253.80 25.00% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 Table 2 Conversion work Dwellings Plan charge 50% : Inspection charge 50% REGULARISATION FEE (30% Penalty) 0.00% Attached / detached Garage to habitable use R 726.00 726.00 NB 762.30 5.00% 907.50 25.00% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 Conversion to habitable use (e.g. conservatory) R 726.00 726.00 NB 762.30 5.00% 907.50 25.00% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 Conversion of existing building into 5 or fewer self contained flats R 1,089.00 1,089.00 NB 1,143.45 5.00% 1,361.30 25.00% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 Conversion of one flat / house into two R 1,089.00 1,089.00 NB 1,143.45 5.00% 1,361.30 25.00% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 Table 3 Commercial Charges - Shops & Offices (Small Extensions) Plan charge 50% : Inspection charge 50% STANDARD FEE 0.00% Less than 40m2 R 911.00 911.00 STD 956.55 5.00% 1,138.75 25.00% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 40m2 to 60m2 R 1,188.00 1,188.00 STD 1,247.40 5.00% 1,485.00 25.00% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 60m2 (up to 100m2) R 1,465.00 1,465.00 STD 1,538.25 5.00% 1,831.30 25.00% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 100m2 + R 304.00 p/h 304.00 p/h STD 324.00 p/h 6.58% 324.00 p/h 6.58% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 TYPE B-Business R-Resident M-Mixed C-Concession VAT STATUS STD-Standard EXP-Exempt RED-Reduced NB-Non Business M-Mixed OTS-Outside of Scope Consolidated General Fund Fees and Charges Schedule December 2024 Appendix C Type Current Charge Residents Current Charge Non-Residents Vat Status Proposed Charge Residents Increase Proposed Charge Non residents Increase Date of last change to charge Effective Date £ £ £ % £ % Type of Fee / Charge Table 3 Commercial Charges - Shops & Offices (Small Extensions) Plan charge 50% : Inspection charge 50% REGULARISATION FEE (30% Penalty) 0.00% Less than 40m2 R 990.00 990.00 NB 1,039.50 5.00% 1,237.50 25.00% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 40m2 to 60m2 R 1,287.00 1,287.00 NB 1,351.35 5.00% 1,608.80 25.00% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 60m2 (up to 100m2) R 1,584.00 1,584.00 NB 1,663.20 5.00% 1,980.00 25.00% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 100m2 + R 329.00 p/h 329.00 p/h NB 351.00 p/h 6.69% 351.00 p/h 6.69% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 Table 3 Commercial Charges - Detached shed or covered yard Plan charge 50% : Inspection charge 50% STANDARD FEES 0.00% Less than 40m2 R 673.00 673.00 STD 706.65 5.00% 841.25 25.00% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 40m2 (up to 100m2) R 1,003.00 1,003.00 STD 1,053.15 5.00% 1,253.80 25.00% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 100m2 + R 304.00 p/h 304.00 p/h STD 324.00 p/h 6.69% 324.00 p/h 6.69% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 Table 3 Commercial Charges - Detached shed or covered yard Plan charge 50% : Inspection charge 50% REGULARISATION FEE (30% Penalty) 0.00 Less than 40m2 R 726.00 726.00 NB 762.30 5.00% 907.50 25.00% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 40m2 (up to 100m2) R 1,089.00 1,089.00 NB 1,143.45 5.00% 1,361.30 25.00% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 100m2 + R 329.00 p/h 329.00 p/h NB 351.00 p/h 6.69% 351.00 p/h 6.69% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 Table 3 Commercial Charges - Other Minor works Plan charge 50% : Inspection charge 50% STANDARD FEES Other Minor Works R 277.00 277.00 STD 290.85 5.00% 346.25 25.00% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 Table 3 Commercial Charges - Other Minor works Plan charge 50% : Inspection charge 50% REGULARISATION FEES (30% Penalty) 0.00% Other Minor Works R 297.00 297.00 NB 311.85 5.00% 1,911.00 0.00% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 Table 3 Commercial Charges (continued) - Fitting out works (including WC's, staff kitchen etc) Plan charge 50% : 0.00% Inspection charge 50% STANDARD FEES 0.00% Up to 500m2 R 501.50 501.50 STD 526.58 5.00% 626.90 25.00% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 More than 500m2 (up to 1000m2) R 673.00 673.00 STD 706.65 5.00% 841.25 25.00% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 Formation of commercial kitchen R 501.50 501.50 STD 526.58 5.00% 626.90 25.00% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 Formation of structural opening (1 opening) R 330.00 330.00 STD 346.50 5.00% 412.50 25.00% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 Formation of structural openings (up to 5 openings) R 501.50 501.50 STD 526.58 5.00% 626.90 25.00% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 Formation of new WC / shower room / bathroom fit out R 330.00 330.00 STD 346.50 5.00% 412.50 25.00% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 New partitions to form office / room(s) in existing building (up to 10m in length) R 330.00 330.00 STD 346.50 5.00% 412.50 25.00% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 Works Valued at £1,000 - £5,000 R 501.50 501.50 STD 526.58 5.00% 626.90 25.00% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 Works Valued at £5,001 - £10,000 R 673.00 673.00 STD 706.65 5.00% 841.25 25.00% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 Table 3 Commercial Charges (continued) - Fitting out works (including WC's, staff kitchen etc) Plan charge 50% : 0.00% Inspection charge 50% REGULARISATION FEE (30% Penalty) 0.00% Up to 500m2 R 539.00 539.00 NB 565.95 5.00% 673.75 25.00% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 More than 500m2 (up to 1000m2) R 726.00 726.00 NB 762.30 5.00% 907.50 25.00% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 Formation of commercial kitchen R 539.00 539.00 NB 565.95 5.00% 673.75 25.00% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 Formation of structural opening (1 opening) R 363.00 363.00 NB 381.15 5.00% 453.75 25.00% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 Formation of structural openings (up to 5 openings) R 539.00 539.00 NB 565.95 5.00% 673.75 25.00% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 Formation of new WC / shower room / bathroom fit out R 363.00 363.00 NB 381.15 5.00% 453.75 25.00% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 New partitions to form office / room(s) in existing building (up to 10m in length) R 363.00 363.00 NB 381.15 5.00% 453.75 25.00% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 Works Valued at £1,000 - £5,000 R 539.00 539.00 NB 565.95 5.00% 673.75 25.00% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 Works Valued at £5,001 - £10,000 R 726.00 726.00 NB 762.30 5.00% 907.50 25.00% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 Table 3 General to all commercial - New mezzanine floor - Plan charge 50% : Inspection charge 50% STANDARD FEES 0.00% Up to 500m2 R 501.50 501.50 STD 526.58 5.00% 626.90 25.00% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 More than 500m2 (up to 1000m2) R 673.00 673.00 STD 706.65 5.00% 841.25 25.00% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 Replacement roof covering R 330.00 330.00 STD 346.50 5.00% 412.50 25.00% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 Underpinning (up to 10m in length) R 1,003.00 1,003.00 STD 1,053.15 5.00% 1,253.80 25.00% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 New wall / partition (up to 10m in length) R 330.00 330.00 STD 346.50 5.00% 412.50 25.00% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 TYPE B-Business R-Resident M-Mixed C-Concession VAT STATUS STD-Standard EXP-Exempt RED-Reduced NB-Non Business M-Mixed OTS-Outside of Scope Consolidated General Fund Fees and Charges Schedule December 2024 Appendix C Type Current Charge Residents Current Charge Non-Residents Vat Status Proposed Charge Residents Increase Proposed Charge Non residents Increase Date of last change to charge Effective Date £ £ £ % £ % Type of Fee / Charge Table 3 General to all commercial - New mezzanine floor - Plan charge 50% : Inspection charge 50% REGULARISATION FEE (30% Penalty) 0.00% Up to 500m2 R 539.00 539.00 NB 565.95 5.00% 673.75 25.00% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 More than 500m2 (up to 1000m2) R 726.00 726.00 NB 762.30 5.00% 907.50 25.00% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 Replacement roof covering R 363.00 363.00 NB 381.15 5.00% 453.75 25.00% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 Underpinning (up to 10m in length) R 1,089.00 1,089.00 NB 1,143.45 5.00% 1,361.25 25.00% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 New wall / partition (up to 10m in length) R 363.00 363.00 NB 381.15 5.00% 453.75 25.00% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 Table 3 Other Commercial - Plan charge 40% : Inspection charge 60% STANDARD FEES 0.00% Factory (up to 2000m2) R 304.00 p/h 304.00 p/h STD 324.00 p/h 6.60% 324.00 p/h 6.60% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 Warehouses (up to 1000m2) R 304.00 p/h 304.00 p/h STD 324.00 p/h 6.60% 324.00 p/h 6.60% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 Schools (up to 2000m2) R 304.00 p/h 304.00 p/h STD 324.00 p/h 6.60% 324.00 p/h 6.60% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 Assembly Buildings (up to 2000m2) R 304.00 p/h 304.00 p/h STD 324.00 p/h 6.60% 324.00 p/h 6.60% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 Commercial Buildings (up to 2000m2) R 304.00 p/h 304.00 p/h STD 324.00 p/h 6.60% 324.00 p/h 6.60% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 Public Houses (up to 2000m2) R 304.00 p/h 304.00 p/h STD 324.00 p/h 6.60% 324.00 p/h 6.60% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 Hotels (up to 2000m2) R 304.00 p/h 304.00 p/h STD 324.00 p/h 6.60% 324.00 p/h 6.60% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 Hospitals (up to 2000m2) R 304.00 p/h 304.00 p/h STD 324.00 p/h 6.60% 324.00 p/h 6.60% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 Commercial Quotes 304.00 p/h 304.00 p/h STD 324.00 p/h 6.60% 324.00 p/h 6.60% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 Table 3 Other Commercial - Plan charge 40% : Inspection charge 60% REGULARISATION FEE (30% Penalty) 0.00% Factory (up to 2000m2) R 329.00 p/h 329.00 p/h NB 351.00 p/h 6.70% 351.00 p/h 6.70% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 Warehouses (up to 1000m2) R 329.00 p/h 329.00 p/h NB 351.00 p/h 6.70% 351.00 p/h 6.70% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 Schools (up to 2000m2) R 329.00 p/h 329.00 p/h NB 351.00 p/h 6.70% 351.00 p/h 6.70% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 Assembly Buildings (up to 2000m2) R 329.00 p/h 329.00 p/h NB 351.00 p/h 6.70% 351.00 p/h 6.70% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 Commercial Buildings (up to 2000m2) R 329.00 p/h 329.00 p/h NB 351.00 p/h 6.70% 351.00 p/h 6.70% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 Public Houses (up to 2000m2) R 329.00 p/h 329.00 p/h NB 351.00 p/h 6.70% 351.00 p/h 6.70% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 Hotels (up to 2000m2) R 329.00 p/h 329.00 p/h NB 351.00 p/h 6.70% 351.00 p/h 6.70% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 Hospitals (up to 2000m2) R 329.00 p/h 329.00 p/h NB 351.00 p/h 6.70% 351.00 p/h 6.70% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 Commercial Quotes 329.00 p/h 329.00 p/h NB 351.00 p/h 6.70% 351.00 p/h 6.70% 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 Other Sales - Historic Data Copy of official Documentation Administration Fee M STD 120.00 0.00% 120.00 0.00% New 01-Apr-25 Other Fees 0.00% Cross Boundary Administration Fee M STD 429.00 0.00% 429.00 0.00% New 01-Apr-25 Other Administration Fee M STD 120.00 0.00% 120.00 0.00% New 01-Apr-25 12. Leisure Centres Swimming-Indoor Peak - Adult R 5.20 6.00 STD 5.35 2.88% 6.20 3.33% 01-Dec-24 Peak - Adult Concession C 2.60 2.90 STD 2.70 3.85% 3.00 3.45% 01-Dec-24 Peak - Child R 2.70 2.70 STD 2.80 3.70% 2.80 3.70% 01-Dec-24 Peak -Child Concession C 1.70 1.70 STD 1.75 2.94% 1.75 2.94% 01-Dec-24 Off Peak - Adult R 4.30 4.80 STD 4.45 3.49% 4.95 3.13% 01-Dec-24 Off Peak- Adult Concession C 1.50 1.70 STD 1.55 3.33% 1.75 2.94% 01-Dec-24 Off Peak - Child R 2.30 2.30 STD 2.40 4.35% 2.40 4.35% 01-Dec-24 Off Peak Child Concession C 1.25 1.25 STD 1.30 4.00% 1.30 4.00% 01-Dec-24 Swimming-Outdoor Adult R 7.70 11.00 STD 7.70 0.00% 11.00 0.00% 01-Dec-24 Adult Concession C 5.20 7.25 STD 5.20 0.00% 7.25 0.00% 01-Dec-24 Child R 4.60 5.50 STD 4.60 0.00% 5.50 0.00% 01-Dec-24 Child Concession C 3.15 4.40 STD 3.15 0.00% 4.40 0.00% 01-Dec-24 Under 3's R 0.00 0.00 STD 0.00 0.00% 0.00 0.00% 01-Dec-24 TYPE B-Business R-Resident M-Mixed C-Concession VAT STATUS STD-Standard EXP-Exempt RED-Reduced NB-Non Business M-Mixed OTS-Outside of Scope Consolidated General Fund Fees and Charges Schedule December 2024 Appendix C Type Current Charge Residents Current Charge Non-Residents Vat Status Proposed Charge Residents Increase Proposed Charge Non residents Increase Date of last change to charge Effective Date £ £ £ % £ % Type of Fee / Charge Swimming - Other Birthday Parties Sports hall and room hire incl host (90 minutes) R 179.20 207.75 STD 184.60 3.01% 214.00 3.01% 01-Dec-24 Swimming Instruction (per lesson) Adult R 9.95 11.50 STD 10.25 3.02% 11.85 3.04% 01-Dec-24 Swimming Instruction (per lesson) Adult Concession C 7.10 7.60 STD 7.30 2.82% 7.85 3.29% 01-Dec-24 Swimming Instruction (per lesson) Child R 7.55 7.55 STD 8.00 5.96% 8.00 5.96% 01-Dec-24 Swimming Instruction (per lesson) Child Concession C 5.40 5.40 STD 5.75 6.48% 5.75 6.48% 01-Dec-24 Swimming Instruction (per lesson) One to one tuition R 28.90 32.50 STD 29.80 3.11% 33.50 3.08% 01-Dec-24 Swim Crash Course 1/2 hour per day x 5 day (per half hour) R 37.75 37.75 STD 39.00 3.31% 39.00 3.31% 01-Dec-24 Private Hire (Hillingdon Pools from 25 to 33 metres) Hourly rate (Other organisations) R N/A 165.40 STD N/A N/A 170.35 2.99% 01-Dec-24 Hourly Rate (Hillingdon Clubs) R 131.25 N/A STD 135.20 3.01% N/A N/A 01-Dec-24 Per lane per hour (Other organisations) R N/A 33.45 STD N/A N/A 34.45 2.99% 01-Dec-24 Per lane per hour (Hillingdon Clubs) R 26.60 N/A STD 27.40 3.01% N/A N/A 01-Dec-24 Private Hire (50m Pool) Hourly rate (Other organisations) R N/A 325.70 STD N/A N/A 335.50 3.01% 01-Dec-24 Hourly Rate (Hillingdon Clubs) R 245.10 N/A STD 252.45 3.00% N/A N/A 01-Dec-24 Young at Heart Single session(highgrove Pool) R 5.05 5.60 STD 5.20 2.97% 5.75 2.68% 01-Dec-24 Gym Gym Inductions ( Casual use ) Group R 22.70 26.00 STD 23.40 3.08% 26.80 3.08% 01-Dec-24 Gym Inductions ( Casual use ) Individual 1:2:1 R 33.10 36.75 STD 34.10 3.02% 37.85 2.99% 01-Dec-24 Replacement Card Charge R 3.85 3.80 STD 4.00 3.90% 4.00 5.26% 01-Dec-24 Casual Gym Session Peak R 8.95 10.20 STD 9.25 3.35% 10.50 2.94% 01-Dec-24 Casual Gym Session Peak concession C 5.70 5.90 STD 5.90 3.51% 6.10 3.39% 01-Dec-24 Casual Gym Session Off-Peak R 7.35 8.20 STD 7.60 3.40% 8.45 3.05% 01-Dec-24 Casual Gym Session Off-Peak concession C 3.60 4.30 STD 3.70 2.78% 4.45 3.49% 01-Dec-24 Coached Fitness Classes Charges R 8.40 9.10 STD 8.65 2.98% 9.40 3.30% 01-Dec-24 Coached Fitness Classes Charges concession C 6.50 7.25 STD 6.70 3.08% 7.50 3.45% 01-Dec-24 Exercise Prescription C 3.80 N/A STD 3.95 3.95% N/A N/A 01-Dec-24 Health & Fitness Membership Site Specific Peak Membership (Hillingdon Sport & Leisure Complex only including Outdoor Pool) R 61.20 73.50 STD 63.00 2.94% 75.50 2.72% 01-Dec-24 Site Specific Peak Membership (Botwell Sport & Leisure Centre, Highgrove Pool, Hillingdon Sport & Leisure Complex excluding the Outdoor Pool) R 53.55 67.40 STD 55.00 2.71% 69.40 2.97% 01-Dec-24 Site Specific Peak Membership (Queensmead Sports Centre only) R 46.60 53.30 STD 48.00 3.00% 54.90 3.00% 01-Dec-24 Off Peak Site Specific Membership R 40.45 49.00 STD 41.70 3.09% 50.50 3.06% 01-Dec-24 Main Hall Hire Hillingdon Sport & Leisure Centre (4 courts) R 53.60 64.30 STD 55.20 2.99% 66.25 3.03% 01-Dec-24 Queensmead Sports Centre (6 courts) R 76.90 88.35 STD 79.20 2.99% 91.00 3.00% 01-Dec-24 Botwell Leisure Centre (4 courts) R 53.60 64.30 STD 55.20 2.99% 66.25 3.03% 01-Dec-24 Badminton Peak - Per court (Hillingdon Sport & Leisure Complex & Botwell Sport & Leisure Centre) R 13.25 15.35 STD 13.65 3.02% 15.80 2.93% 01-Dec-24 Peak - Per court (Queensmead Sports Centre) R 13.25 14.50 STD 13.65 3.02% 14.95 3.10% 01-Dec-24 Off Peak - Per court (All Sites) R 8.20 9.45 STD 8.45 3.05% 9.75 3.17% 01-Dec-24 TYPE B-Business R-Resident M-Mixed C-Concession VAT STATUS STD-Standard EXP-Exempt RED-Reduced NB-Non Business M-Mixed OTS-Outside of Scope Consolidated General Fund Fees and Charges Schedule December 2024 Appendix C Type Current Charge Residents Current Charge Non-Residents Vat Status Proposed Charge Residents Increase Proposed Charge Non residents Increase Date of last change to charge Effective Date £ £ £ % £ % Type of Fee / Charge Other Trampoline / Martial Arts etc. R 26.50 30.25 STD 27.30 3.02% 31.15 2.98% 01-Dec-24 Queensmead SC - Netball / 5-a-side External / Al (including floodlights) (per court) R 35.70 41.20 STD 36.75 2.94% 42.45 3.03% 01-Dec-24 Cricket Lane Charges R 37.90 42.90 STD 39.05 3.03% 44.20 3.03% 01-Dec-24 Table Tennis per table R 7.90 8.80 STD 8.15 3.16% 9.10 3.41% 01-Dec-24 Sports Parties R 140.60 158.55 STD 144.85 3.02% 163.30 3.00% 01-Dec-24 Athletics Adult R 4.15 4.75 STD 4.30 3.61% 4.90 3.16% 01-Dec-24 Child R 2.25 2.30 STD 2.35 4.44% 2.40 4.35% 01-Dec-24 Meetings - Hillingdon Clubs / Schools (Monday - Friday) R 52.85 N/A STD 54.45 3.03% N/A N/A 01-Dec-24 Meetings - Hillingdon Clubs / Schools (Weekends) R 62.95 N/A STD 64.85 3.02% N/A N/A 01-Dec-24 Meetings - Other Organisations (Monday - Friday) R N/A 77.90 STD N/A N/A 80.25 3.02% 01-Dec-24 Meetings - Other Organisations (Weekends) R N/A 86.40 STD N/A N/A 89.00 3.01% 01-Dec-24 1 to 2 matches (per match) R 231.00 265.65 STD 237.90 2.99% 273.65 3.01% 01-Dec-24 3 to 5 matches (per match) R 202.10 231.00 STD 208.15 2.99% 237.95 3.01% 01-Dec-24 6 to 9 matches (per match) R 173.25 196.35 STD 178.45 3.00% 202.25 3.00% 01-Dec-24 10 or more matches (per match) R 155.95 173.25 STD 160.65 3.01% 178.45 3.00% 01-Dec-24 Astroturf Pitch Full pitch R 128.70 153.15 STD 132.55 2.99% 157.75 3.00% 01-Dec-24 1/3 pitch R 70.45 82.70 STD 72.55 2.98% 85.20 3.02% 01-Dec-24 Botwell Green Full Pitch (Botwell Green Sport & Leisure Centre) R 99.30 116.45 STD 102.25 2.97% 119.95 3.01% 01-Dec-24 Half Pitch (Botwell Green Sports & Leisure Centre) R 71.00 79.65 STD 73.10 2.96% 82.05 3.01% 01-Dec-24 Petanque Casual use R 1.55 2.45 STD 1.60 3.23% 2.55 4.08% 01-Dec-24 Full pitch (six) R 31.90 39.20 STD 32.85 2.98% 40.40 3.06% 01-Dec-24 1/6 pitch R 6.40 8.55 STD 6.60 3.12% 8.80 2.92% 01-Dec-24 Gymnastics & Other Junior Activities Gym Tots & Pre School 45 minute lessons R 6.60 6.60 STD 7.00 6.06% 7.00 6.06% 01-Dec-24 Gym Tots & Pre School 45 minute lessons concession C 5.55 5.55 STD 5.90 6.31% 5.90 6.31% 01-Dec-24 General Gym 1-5 R 6.60 6.60 STD 7.00 6.06% 7.00 6.06% 01-Dec-24 General Gym 1-5 concessions C 5.30 5.30 STD 5.90 11.32% 5.90 11.32% 01-Dec-24 Adult Gymnastics R 10.75 11.65 STD 11.35 5.58% 12.25 5.15% 01-Dec-24 Adult Gymnastics concession C 8.30 9.40 STD 8.80 6.02% 9.90 5.32% 01-Dec-24 Acro 1 Squad (8 hours per week) R 4.50 4.50 STD 4.75 5.56% 4.75 5.56% 01-Dec-24 Acro 2 Squad (14 hours per week) R 3.20 3.15 STD 3.40 6.25% 3.40 7.94% 01-Dec-24 Extra coach R 29.50 29.50 STD 31.00 5.08% 31.00 5.08% 01-Dec-24 Toddlers World R 5.30 5.30 STD 5.90 11.32% 5.90 11.32% 01-Dec-24 Toddlers World concession C 4.60 4.60 STD 4.85 5.43% 4.85 5.43% 01-Dec-24 TYPE B-Business R-Resident M-Mixed C-Concession VAT STATUS STD-Standard EXP-Exempt RED-Reduced NB-Non Business M-Mixed OTS-Outside of Scope Consolidated General Fund Fees and Charges Schedule December 2024 Appendix C Type Current Charge Residents Current Charge Non-Residents Vat Status Proposed Charge Residents Increase Proposed Charge Non residents Increase Date of last change to charge Effective Date £ £ £ % £ % Type of Fee / Charge 14. Golf Courses Golf Courses - Green Fees (Haste Hill) APR-OCT Adult 18 holes (Monday to Friday) R 23.00 23.00 STD 24.00 4.35% 24.00 4.35% 01-Apr-24 01-Apr-25 Adult 18 holes (Monday to Friday) 3 ball special offer after 12pm R 21.00 21.00 STD 22.00 4.76% 22.00 4.76% 01-Apr-24 01-Apr-25 Adult 18 holes (Monday to Friday) 4 ball special offer after 12pm R 19.00 19.00 STD 19.75 3.95% 19.75 3.95% 01-Apr-24 01-Apr-25 Adult 18 holes (weekends and bank holidays) R 28.50 28.50 STD 29.75 4.39% 29.75 4.39% 01-Apr-24 01-Apr-25 Adult 18 holes (weekends and bank holidays) 3 ball special offer after 12pm R 26.5 26.5 STD 27.75 4.72% 27.75 4.72% 01-Apr-24 01-Apr-25 Adult 18 holes (weekends and bank holidays) 4 ball special offer after 12pm R 23 23 STD 24.00 4.35% 24.00 4.35% 01-Apr-24 01-Apr-25 Adult dusk (Monday to Friday) R 16.00 16.00 STD 16.75 4.69% 16.75 4.69% 01-Apr-24 01-Apr-25 Adult dusk (Monday to Friday) Offer 1 12.50 12.50 STD 13.00 4.00% 13.00 4.00% 01-Apr-24 01-Apr-25 Adult dusk (weekends and bank holidays) R 16.00 16.00 STD 16.75 4.69% 16.75 4.69% 01-Apr-24 01-Apr-25 Adult dusk (weekends and bank holidays) Offer 1 12.50 12.50 STD 13.00 4.00% 13.00 4.00% 01-Apr-24 01-Apr-25 Senior / Junior / Student (Monday to Friday) concession C 13.50 13.50 STD 14.00 3.70% 14.00 3.70% 01-Apr-24 01-Dec-12 Junior / Student (weekends and bank holidays) concession C 16.00 16.00 STD 16.75 4.69% 16.75 4.69% 01-Apr-24 01-Dec-12 Golf Courses - Green Fees (Uxbridge) Adult 12 holes (weekends and bank holidays) R 14.50 14.50 STD 15.00 3.45% 15.00 3.45% 01-Apr-24 01-Apr-25 Adult 12 holes (Monday to Friday) R 10.50 10.50 STD 11.00 4.76% 11.00 4.76% 01-Apr-24 01-Dec-12 Adult dusk (Monday to Friday) R 8.50 8.50 STD 8.75 2.94% 8.75 2.94% 01-Apr-24 01-Dec-12 Adult dusk (weekends and bank holidays) R 9.50 9.50 STD 9.75 2.63% 9.75 2.63% 01-Apr-24 01-Dec-12 Senior / Junior / Student (Monday to Friday) R 9.50 9.50 STD 9.75 2.63% 9.75 2.63% 01-Apr-24 01-Dec-12 Junior / Student (weekends and bank holidays) R 9.50 9.50 STD 9.75 2.63% 9.75 2.63% 01-Apr-24 01-Dec-12 Golf Courses - Winter Green Fees (Haste Hill NOV-MAR) Adult 18 holes (Monday to Friday) R 19.00 19.00 STD 19.75 3.95% 19.75 3.95% 01-Apr-24 01-Dec-12 Adult 18 holes (weekends and bank holidays) R 22.00 22.00 STD 23.00 4.55% 23.00 4.55% 01-Apr-24 01-Dec-12 Adult dusk (Monday to Friday) R 11.50 11.50 STD 12.00 4.35% 12.00 4.35% 01-Apr-24 01-Dec-12 Adult dusk (weekends and bank holidays) R 12.50 12.50 STD 13.00 4.00% 13.00 4.00% 01-Apr-24 01-Dec-12 Senior / Junior / Student (Monday to Friday) concession C 11.50 11.50 STD 12.00 4.35% 12.00 4.35% 01-Apr-24 01-Dec-12 Junior / Student (weekends and bank holidays) concession C 12.50 12.50 STD 13.00 4.00% 13.00 4.00% 01-Apr-24 01-Dec-12 Golf Courses - Golf Society Prices (Haste Hill ) 18 holes (Monday to Friday) (Haste Hill) R 20.00 20.00 STD 21.00 5.00% 21.00 5.00% 01-Apr-24 01-Dec-12 18 holes (weekends and bank holidays) (Haste Hill) R 26.50 26.50 STD 27.75 4.72% 27.75 4.72% 01-Apr-24 01-Dec-12 27 holes (Monday to Friday) R 29.50 29.50 STD 30.75 4.24% 30.75 4.24% 01-Apr-24 01-Dec-12 27 holes (weekends and bank holidays) R 34.50 34.50 STD 36.00 4.35% 36.00 4.35% 01-Apr-24 01-Dec-12 36 holes (Monday to Friday) (Haste Hill only) R 37.00 37.00 STD 38.75 4.73% 38.75 4.73% 01-Apr-24 01-Dec-12 36 holes (weekends and bank holidays) (Haste Hill only) R 47.50 47.50 STD 49.75 4.74% 49.75 4.74% 01-Apr-24 01-Dec-12 Golf Courses - Hire Single trolley - Haste Hill R 4.75 4.75 STD 4.75 0.00% 4.75 0.00% 01-Apr-24 Single trolley - Uxbridge R 4.75 4.75 STD 4.75 0.00% 4.75 0.00% 01-Apr-24 Standard buggy R 26.50 26.50 STD 27.75 4.72% 27.75 4.72% 01-Apr-24 01-Dec-12 Set of clubs R 10.50 10.50 STD 11.00 4.76% 11.00 4.76% 01-Apr-24 01-Dec-12 Room hire (Haste Hill) Per hour, per room R 34.00 34.00 STD 35.50 4.41% 35.50 4.41% 01-Apr-24 01-Dec-12 TYPE B-Business R-Resident M-Mixed C-Concession VAT STATUS STD-Standard EXP-Exempt RED-Reduced NB-Non Business M-Mixed OTS-Outside of Scope Consolidated General Fund Fees and Charges Schedule December 2024 Appendix C Type Current Charge Residents Current Charge Non-Residents Vat Status Proposed Charge Residents Increase Proposed Charge Non residents Increase Date of last change to charge Effective Date £ £ £ % £ % Type of Fee / Charge Repairs (regripping) Multi Compound R 13.50 13.50 STD 14.00 3.70% 14.00 3.70% 01-Apr-24 01-Dec-12 Tour velvet (mid size) R 10.50 10.50 STD 11.00 4.76% 11.00 4.76% 01-Apr-24 01-Dec-12 Tour velvet Std R 9.00 9.00 STD 9.25 2.78% 9.25 2.78% 01-Apr-24 01-Dec-12 GC Tour std R 8.00 8.00 STD 8.25 3.13% 8.25 3.13% 01-Apr-24 01-Dec-12 Putter Grips R 10.50 10.50 STD 11.00 4.76% 11.00 4.76% 01-Apr-24 01-Dec-12 Super Stroke Putter Grips R 31.50 31.50 STD 33.00 4.76% 33.00 4.76% 01-Apr-24 01-Dec-12 9 irons Offer (GC Tour) R 63.00 63.00 STD 66.00 4.76% 66.00 4.76% 01-Apr-24 01-Dec-12 15. Breakspear Crematorium Cremation Fees Stillborn R 0.00 0.00 EXP 0.00 N/A 0.00 N/A 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 Children 6 years and under R 0.00 0.00 EXP 0.00 N/A 0.00 N/A 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 Children 7 - 11 years R 0.00 0.00 EXP 0.00 N/A 0.00 N/A 01-Apr-23 01-Apr-25 Children 12 - 17 years R 0.00 0.00 EXP 0.00

Cabinet Report – 12 December 2024 (Part 1 Public) INFRASTRUCTURE FUNDING STATEMENT 2023/24 Cabinet Member & Portfolio Cllr Steve Tuckwell , Cabinet Member for Planning, Housing & Growth Responsible Officer Karrie Whelan, Corporate Director of Place Report Author & Directorate Mathieu Roger – Head of Strategic Planning and Regeneration Planning And Sustainable Growth (Place) Papers with report Appendix 1: Infrastructure Funding Statement 2023/24 (circulated separately) HEADLINES Summary In accordance with the Community Infrastructure Levy (CIL) Regulations any authority that receives a contribution from development through the levy or section 106 planning obligations must prepare an Infrastructure Funding Statement (IFS). This IFS covers information on CIL and S106 receipts for the 2023/2024 financial year and reports on how they were allocated and spent. Any local authority that has received developer contributions is required to publish an IFS at least annually, by 31st December each year. It is therefore a statutory obligation for the Council to prepare and publish an IFS in time each year. Putting our Residents First Delivering on the Council Strategy 2022-2026 This report supports our ambition for the Council of: An efficient, well-run, digital-enabled council working with partners to deliver services to improve the lives of all our residents This report supports our ambition for residents of: Live active and healthy lives Enjoy access to green spaces, leisure activities, culture and arts Live in a sustainable borough that is carbon neutral Be / feel safe from harm Live in good quality, affordable homes in connected communities Stay living independently for as long as they are able Have opportunities to earn an income that supports their families This report supports our commitments to residents of: Safe and Strong Communities Thriving, Healthy Households A Green and Sustainable Borough A Thriving Economy A Digital-Enabled, Modern, Well-Run Council Cabinet Report – 12 December 2024 (Part 1 Public) Financial Cost The publication of the IFS itself does not have any financial implications. The IFS is only a record of how planning obligations have been collected and spent. It therefore contains a record of many decisions that were subject to the relevant democratic process and would have had financial implications assessed. Select Committee Residents’ Services Select Committee Ward(s) All RECOMMENDATIONS That the Cabinet: 1) Notes the contents of the Infrastructure Funding Statement (IFS) 2023/24 (Appendix 1). 2) Agrees that the IFS can be published on Hillingdon’s website by 31st December 2024. 3) Delegates any minor amendments prior to publication to the IFS to the Director of Planning and Sustainable Growth, in consultation with the Cabinet Member for Planning, Housing and Growth. Reasons for recommendation(s) The Council is required under Regulation 121A and Schedule 2 to the Community Infrastructure Levy (CIL) Regulations 2010 (as amended in 2019) to publish on its website an Infrastructure Funding Statement no later than 31 st December each year. Such a Statement includes CIL and S106 receipts, allocations and spend from 1st April to 31st March of the preceding financial year. Alternative options considered / risk management As noted above, the publication of the IFS is a statutory requirement and, therefore, the Council needs to publish one prior to 31st December 2024. Democratic compliance / previous authority Whilst the IFS is only a record of how planning obligations have been collected and spent, it contains a record of many decisions that were subject to their own relevant democratic process (e.g. via Planning Committee / Cabinet Member Approvals). Cabinet Report – 12 December 2024 (Part 1 Public) Select Committee comments The Residents’ Services Select Committee considered the Infrastructure Funding Statement at its meeting on 27 November 2024 and has made the following comments: “The Residents’ Services Select Committee acknowledges the Infrastructure Funding Statement (IFS) 2023/24 and notes the Council’s strong commitment to transparency in the col lection, allocation, and expenditure of developer contributions, including the Community Infrastructure Levy (CIL) and Section 106 agreements. The Committee is pleased to highlight several positive aspects of the report. Notably, the allocation of over £2 .5 million from Hillingdon’s CIL to projects such as the new West Drayton Leisure Centre demonstrates the Council’s dedication to enhancing community facilities and meeting residents’ needs. The Chrysalis Programme, funded through Neighbourhood CIL, continues to deliver tangible improvements, including community safety enhancements and better accessibility, directly benefiting residents. Furthermore, the publication of the IFS online ensures residents can easily access detailed information about how CIL fun ds are utilised, reinforcing transparency. The Committee is encouraged by assurances that the implementation of the new Exacom system will strengthen the link between revenue collection and expenditure. However, Cabinet may wish to consider some of the issues raised by Members regarding the transparency of linking revenue to expenditure on Section 106 funds. While the service has expressed a commitment to providing this transparency, it is noted that the Exacom reconciliation is currently approximately a th ird complete. The Council’s focus on sustainability and environmental responsibility is particularly commendable. Initiatives funded through Section 106 contributions, such as air quality monitoring, carbon offsetting, and energy -efficient lighting upgrad es in Council -managed car parks, reflects the Council's ambition to address the challenges of the climate emergency . However, it is important to note that there is a lag in the utilisation of Section 106 funding for climate change monitoring, and the Committee would welcome further efforts to ensure that the funding is utilised as quickly as possible to assist the Council in meeting its environmental targets. Additionally, the strategic allocation of over £5 million to the Hillingdon Affordable Housing Fund underscores the Council’s dedication to addressing housing needs and supporting sustainable community growth. The Committee commends the efforts of officers and stakeholders in delivering infrastructure improvements that enhance the quality of life f or Hillingdon residents. Members encourage a continued focus on deploying funds efficiently, with priority given to critical challenges such as housing, transport, and environmental sustainability. Members also welcome the ongoing review of CIL charging schedules to ensure they align with the borough’s infrastructure needs and growth targets. The Committee supports the publication of the report and looks forward to receiving future updates on the allocation and impact of developer contributions, along with how the service will take forward the points raised about the development of the Exacom system and the transparency of Section 106 funding.” Cabinet Report – 12 December 2024 (Part 1 Public) SUPPORTING INFORMATION Introduction 1. This report sets out how Community Infrastructure Levy (CIL) and fina ncial S106 Planning Obligations were collected and allocated in the 2023/24 financial year. This is a statutory requirement under Regulation 121A and Schedule 2 to the Community Infrastructure Levy (CIL) Regulations 2010 (as amended) . The legislation requires e ach planning authority to publish an Infrastructure Funding Statement (IFS) for the preceding financial year by the 31 st December. The IFS must report on the developer CIL and S106 contrib utions received and spent as well as the types of infrastructure whi ch the council, as a CIL charging authority, intends will be wholly or partly funded by CIL going forward. Background 2. Planning obligations are a planning tool used by local planning authorities to mitigate the impact of development and deliver the investment in local infrastructure and services required to support sustainable growth. 3. The London Borough of Hillingdon collects two types of planning obligations: CIL: Hillingdon’s CIL Charging Schedule came into effect in August 2014. Charges currently app ly to new residential, out of centre retail, hotel and warehousing/ storage developments. The Charging Schedule is updated in January of each year to take account of indexation to ensure that the charges set by the council stay in line with cost inflation in the wider construction sector. S106: Section 106 of the Town and Country Planning Act 1990 allows local planning authorities to seek planning contributions from developer s to make developments acceptable in planning terms, where they otherwise would not be. A S106 is a legal agreement between the developer and the planning authority setting out the agreed mitigations including financial contributions. Infrastructure Funding Statement 2023/24 4. The structure of the IFS is based on the required data from the Regulations set out above. Each section contains detailed tables of all relevant CIL and S106 obligations, which planning consent they are linked to and the totals of funds agreed, hel d, received and spent . The full IFS is provided as Appendix 1 , and this report seeks only to present a summary of key information. Cabinet Report – 12 December 2024 (Part 1 Public) Summary of Key Points Hillingdon CIL (HCIL) 5. The first section of the IFS details the income and expenditure from those developments which were liable to pay CIL within the 2023/24 financial year. The total amount of HCIL collected in the 2023/24 financial year was £2.7 million. In accordance with the regulations, 5% of this funding is used to fund the administration of the CIL collection process and the remainder can be spent on the delivery of strategic and neighbourhood infrastructure. 6. Hillingdon has taken the approach of spending all CIL receipts received within the same financial year. Consequently, the only balances held at the end of each IFS reporting period are those collected within the same financial year. 7. In accordance with the intended approach set out in the 2022/23 IFS, all HCL funds received in the 2023/24 financial year we re allocated to fund the delivery of the new Platinum Jubilee Leisure Centre curre ntly under construction in West Drayton or to support the delivery of community infrastructure projects requested through the council’s Chrysalis Programme. Income: Admin Fee £134,837.86 Total Spent £2,561,919.99 Total Collected £2,696,757.85 Expenditure: Chrysalis Programme £354,584.41 Platinum Jubilee Leisure Centre, West Drayton £2,207,335.58 Total Expenditure £2,561,919.99 8. The new leisure centre represents a major capital investment by the council and will be a vital community health facility, affirming the council's commitment to ensuring thriving, healthy households. The council’s Capital Works team is managing the construction of the centre, working alongside multiple contractors. The new leisure centre is due to open in 2025. 9. The Chrysalis Programme is partly funded by the 15% neighbourhood proportion of H CIL. During 2023/24 financial year , the Chrysalis programme has funded the following project categories through neighbourhood CIL: Cabinet Report – 12 December 2024 (Part 1 Public) Project Category Total Spend Access Improvements £72,288.12 Community Facilities Refurbishment £170,666.48 Community Safety - Alley Gating Schemes £22,862.25 Outdoor Sports & Play Facilities £64,784.88 Town Centre Improvements £23,982.68 Chrysalis Fund Total: £354,584.41 10. The remaining portion of Neighbourhood CIL was also allocated to the delivery of the Platinum Jubilee Leisure Centre. Mayoral CIL 11. The IFS also highlights that i n addition to collecting contributions for its own CIL, t he council is also a CIL collecting authority for Mayoral CIL. The CIL monies collected on behalf of the Mayor of London are transferred to Transport for London to be spent on transport infrastructure, with the borough retaining a 4% administration fee. The total Mayoral CIL amount collect ed by Hillingdon in 2023/24 was £3.2 million with £130,000 retained for administration costs. S106 Planning Obligations 12. This section of the IFS sets information on the S106 funds the council holds, new obligations agreed within the reporting year and details all of the expenditure of S106. The council’s S106 balance at the start of the reporting year was £25.4 million. S106 Income 13. As shown in the table below, taken from the IFS, £4.9 million of new income was received and £1.3 million was spent resulting in a closing balance of £28.9 million. The largest receipt was a £3 million contribution to the council’s S106 carbon offset fund from the new Colt Data Centre under construction in Hayes. Other significant areas of income include £0.8 million towards the delivery of the council’s Air Quality Management Plan and £0.4 million to implement Healthy Streets initiatives in the vicinity of new developments. 2023/24: £’000 Opening Balance 1st April 2023 25,416 Total income for the year 2023/24 4,874 Total Expenditure for the year 2023/24 1,331 Closing Balance 31st March 2024 28,959 Total Unallocated Balance for the year 2023/24 15,984 S106 Allocations and Expenditure 14. Once S106 monies have been received, the relevant spend department will then seek a formal allocation of the funding to deliver the agreed type of mitigation. It is important to note that Cabinet Report – 12 December 2024 (Part 1 Public) S106 monies received or allocated within a particular financial year will not generally be spent within the same financial year. This is because expenditure can be reliant on a development reaching a specific stage or because monies are pooled from multiple developments to deliver a larger piec e of infrastructure. Furthermore, some funds received are held as bonds to be paid back many years after completing the development. 15. The IFS shows that the total amount of new S106 allocations made in the financial year was £6.6 million. This includes the allocation of £5.1 million to wards the council’s affordable housing fund which will support the delivery of additional affordable housing units. Other allocations include £0.1 million to upgrade canal towpaths in Uxbridge, £0.2 million towards the council’s air quality monitoring service, £0.2 million to support the restoration of Cranford Park and £0.1 million on improvements on pedestrian and cycle improvements of Dawley Road. 16. The IFS then moves on to detail the expenditure of S106 in the reporting year. It shows that a total of £1.3 million was spent in 2023/24. T he five biggest individual schemes by spend amount are listed below. This includes the installation of energy efficiency light in council car parks to reduce carbon emissions and improvements to Minet Country Park in Hayes. Infrastructure Spend Date Spent Spend Description 1 Carbon Reduction - Lighting Upgrade at Cedars Car Park, Uxbridge & Blyth Road Car Park, Hayes £170,230 29 March 2024 Spent towards upgrading lighting in Council car parks to reduce carbon emissions and energy use. 2 Minet Country Park Improvements - Release No 2 £139,969 31 March 2024 Spent towards recreational/ ecological Improvements at Minet Country Park 3 Hillingdon Affordable Housing Fund £135,562 29 March 2024 Spent towards the management of Hillingdon’s S106 Affordable Housing Fund. 2023/24 4 LBH Construction, Apprenticeships and Professional Development £96,500 31 March 2024 Support for Hillingdon construction Training programme & support for LBH Construction Apprenticeships scheme 5 Contract award for the Provision of a Construction Training Coordinator Service £95,285 31 March 2024 Spent towards Qualify Me Coordinator service 2023/24 Cabinet Report – 12 December 2024 (Part 1 Public) 17. Full details on all S106 expenditure projects are included in the IFS report. New S106 Obligations 18. In addition to the receipt and spend of existing allocations the IFS also shows that the council negotiated 77 new or variations to legal agreements during the reporting period . The total value of new financial S106 obligation secured in these agreements is £8.4 million. It is important to note that these contributions will only become due if a development commences and then when it reaches the relevant trigger point. Some contributions may also alter in value post permission based on further information provided as part of the discharge of conditions. This makes it difficult to forecast likely future income from S106 agreements. A full list of all the new obligations negotiated is set out in the appendices of the IFS. Financial Implications 19. The publication of the IFS itself does not have any financial implications. 20. The IFS is only a record of how planning obligations have been collected and spent. It therefore contains a record of many decisions that were subject to the relevant democratic process and would have had financial implications assessed. RESIDENT BENEFIT & CONSULTATION The benefit or impact upon Hillingdon residents, service users and communities? CIL and S106 agreements are important tools for local authorities to use to help deliver the infrastructure needed to support development in its area. The publication of the IFS ensures these obligations can still be secured from developers and provides transparency to residents, service users and communities interested in knowing what was collected and delivered in the last financial year. Consultation & Engagement carried out (or required) The IFS is a statutory document required through the Community Infrastructure Levy (CIL) Regulations and does not require public consultation. The report will be published in the public domain for residents and businesses to read, in addition to the other information published periodically on the Council’s website. Cabinet Report – 12 December 2024 (Part 1 Public) CORPORATE CONSIDERATIONS Corporate Finance Corporate Finance have reviewed this report and concur with the Financial Implications set out above, noting there are no direct financial implications associated with the recommendations in this report. Furthermore, it is noted that the decisions contained within in the statement have been subject to the relevant governance and democratic processes. Legal In accordance with Regulation 121A of the Community Infrastructure Levy Regulations 2010 (“CIL Regs”) (as amended), as a contribution receiving authority (as defined in Regulation 121A (5) (a)), the Council must publish on its website by 31 December of eac h calendar year the annual infrastructure funding statement which comprises: (c) a statement of the infrastructure projects or types of infrastructure which the charging authority intends will be, or may be, wholly or partly funded by CIL (“ the infrastructure list”); (c) a report about CIL, in relation to the previous financial year (“ the reported year ”), to include matters listed in paragraph 3 of Schedule 2 of the CIL Regs; and (c) a report about planning obligations in relation to the reported year, to include matters listed in paragraph 3 of Schedule 2 of the CIL Regs and may include matters referred in paragraph 3 Schedule 2 (“the section 106 report”). The recommendation in this report seeks to fulfil the Council’s statutory duty under the aforementioned CIL Regs. BACKGROUND PAPERS NIL

Page 1 of 46 Infrastructure Funding Statement 2023/24 Page 2 of 46 Preface This Infrastructure Funding Statement has been prepared in accordance with the detailed requirements set out in regulation 121A and schedule 2 of the Community Infrastructure Levy 2010 (as amended) and is expected to include: • A list of the infrastructure projects or types of infrastructure projects which will be wholly or partially CIL funded. • Details of neighbourhood CIL collected and spent, and any CIL allocated but not spent. • Detail on S106 financial and non-financial obligations. Page 3 of 46 Table of Contents 1 Introduction .......................................................................................................... 4 2 Community Infrastructure Levy ............................................................................ 5 Introduction .................................................................................................................... 5 Types of CIL .................................................................................................................. 5 Hillingdon CIL Income 2023/24 ...................................................................................... 6 Hillingdon CIL Allocations and Expenditure 2023/24 ...................................................... 7 Mayoral CIL Income ....................................................................................................... 8 Future CIL Spend Priorities ............................................................................................ 9 3 Section 106 ........................................................................................................ 10 Introduction .................................................................................................................. 10 Section 106 Agreements Signed .................................................................................. 10 Section 106 Financial Balances ................................................................................... 10 Section 106 Financial Contributions Received ............................................................. 11 Section 106 Financial Contribution Allocations ............................................................. 11 Section 106 Financial Contributions Expenditure ......................................................... 14 S106 Non-Financial Obligations ................................................................................... 17 Affordable Housing ...................................................................................................... 17 4 Appendices ........................................................................................................ 18 Appendix 1: CIL Receipts ..................................................................................... 18 Appendix 2: Neighbourhood CIL Expenditure 2023/2024 ..................................... 20 Appendix 3: List of S106 agreements signed in the 2023/2024 FY. ..................... 22 Appendix 4: Non-Financial S106 obligations ........................................................ 25 Appendix 5: S106 Financial covenants secured in 2023/24 ................................. 39 Appendix 6: Platinum Jubilee Leisure Centre Progress – W Drayton ................... 46 Page 4 of 46 1 Introduction Welcome to the London Borough of Hillingdon’s Infrastructure Funding Statement for the 2023/24 financial year. This Statement will provide information on CIL and S106 receipts for the 2023/2024 financial year and report on how they were allocated and spent. The report concludes with a brief comment on future spend priorities. This report consists of the following sections: • CIL income and allocation/expenditure • S106 income, allocation and spend. • S106 non-financials delivery and spend. Page 5 of 46 2 Community Infrastructure Levy Introduction 2.1 CIL is a levy (chargeable per square metre) on developments which create one new dwelling or create over a 100 square metres of new floor space. Any charging authority which wishes to charge CIL must produce a Charging Schedule which is subject to independent examination. The purpose of the Charging Schedule is to set out the charges which will apply to different use types. Unlike S106 planning obligations which are negotiated, the rate of CIL payable on a particular type of development is mandatory. Types of CIL 2.2 T here are two types of CIL chargeable within Hillingdon: Hillingdon CIL Charging Schedule (HCIL) 2.3 Hillingdon’s CIL was introduced in August 2014. HCIL is a variable charge that applies to specific development types namely residential, offices, hotels, industrial storage and large format retail outside of town centres. In accordance with the CIL Regulations, Hillingdon’s CIL charges are uplifted in line with indexation and the charges with indexation which will apply from January 2025 shown in the table below: London Borough of Hillingdon CIL Charging rates 2014 and 2025 Use Type Charging Schedule Rate 2014 (per sq.m.) Rate including Indexation 2025 (per sq.m.) Large format retail development (A1) greater than 1,000 sq. m, outside of designated town centres £215.00 £215 x 391 / 237 = £354.70 Offices (B1) £35.00 £35.00 x 391 / 237 = £57.74 Hotels (C1) £40.00 £40.00 x 391 / 237 = £65.99 Residential Dwelling Houses (C3) £95.00 £95.00 x 391 / 237 = £156.73 Industrial (B8) £5.00 £5.00 x 391 / 237 = £8.25 All other uses £0.00 £0.00 x 391 / 237 = £0.00 N.B. Rates have been rounded to 2 decimal places so CIL liabilities may differ slightly when calculating using the formula as set out in the CIL Regulations 2010 (as amended). Mayoral CIL Charging Schedule (MCIL) Page 6 of 46 2.4 Mayoral CIL is a standard charge that applies to most new development across Greater London and is used to fund the Elizabeth Line and other major transport infrastructure. These CIL charges are set by the Mayor of London and are published on the GLA’s website. Hillingdon acts as the collecting authority for Mayoral CIL and is able to retain a 4% administration fee of all Mayoral CIL income collected. Mayoral Community Infrastructure Levy | London City Hall Hillingdon CIL Income 2023/24 2.5 The total value of demand notices issued in the reported period is £3,036,073.87. This value is of demand notices issued within the reported period that have not been suspended or superseded by new demand notices outside of the reported period. Of total value the amount from Liability Notices (liable floorspace after any relief that has been granted) is £3,012,082.07. The total value is from surcharges imposed due to breaches of the Community Infrastructure Levy Regulations is £14,722.51 and the total value of the late payment interest accrued is £9,269.29. 2.6 The total amount of CIL collected within the reported period totals £2,696,757.86. CIL payment is due on the commencement of development works. Liabilities of over £250k are payable by instalments and can be paid across more than one financial year. Table 1 shows a breakdown compares the total amount of CIL income collected in the last financial year by category: Table 1: HCIL Income 2023/24 (£) 2022/23 2021/22 Strategic HCIL (80%*) £2,157,406.31 £2,373,680.94 £5,193,333.12 Neighbourhood HCIL (15%*) £404,513.68 £443,168.75 £1,344,117.22 Total HCIL admin (5%*) £134,837.86 £148,255.27 £327,884.13 TOTAL HCIL £2,696,757.85 £2,965,104.96 £6,865.334.47 *Percentages are approximate in accordance with the CIL Regulations 2010 (as amended). 2.7 The amount of CIL collected in 2023/24 has decreased compared to the previous year by approximately £300k and almost £4 million less than in 2021/22. This downward trend reflects the wider downturn in the construction industry and fewer starts on site. There has also been a slight increase in the number of developments receiving a full affordable housing exemption as those schemes coming forward are largely one supported by affordable housing grants from the GLA. 2.8 The developments that contributed the most through CIL payments were (a full list is of sites is provided in Appendix 1): • Redevelopment of the Crown Trading Estate in Hayes for 400 homes • The Colt Data Centre development in Hayes • Redevelopment of the Former Star Public House, Uxbridge Road • Land to the rear of 25-21 Warren Road, Ickenham • Hayes Town Centre Estate Regeneration scheme Page 7 of 46 Hillingdon CIL Allocations and Expenditure 2023/24 2.9 Hillingdon’s CIL monies are allocated to fund infrastructure delivered through both the Council’s Capital Programme and the Chrysalis programme. In line with the CIL Regulations, a further 5% of the total CIL monies collected is spent on the costs of administering CIL. A summary of CIL expenditure for the 2023/24 reporting year is provided in Table 2 below. Table 2: Hillingdon CIL Expenditure 2023/24 Total (£) Total Hillingdon CIL Receipts Hillingdon CIL Brought Forward from 2022/23 0.00 Hillingdon CIL 2023/24 2,696,757.85 2,696,757.85 Total HCIL Infrastructure Financing 2,561,919.99 Strategic HCIL Platinum Jubilee Leisure Centre 2,157,406.31 Neighbourhood CIL Chrysalis Programme 354,584.41 Platinum Jubilee Leisure Centre 49,929.27 Administration Fee (5%) 134,837.86 HCIL not used & Retained (Carried forward to 2024/25) 0.00 Strategic CIL Expenditure 2.10 The strategic portion of HCIL expenditure is currently allocated to the delivery of the Platinum Jubilee Leisure centre as part of the Council’s Capital Programme. The programme sits within the Council’s Medium-Term Financial Forecast (MTFF) which is approved by Cabinet and provides information on capital expenditure, capital financing and capital receipts over a five-year period. Neighbourhood CIL Expenditure Page 8 of 46 2.11 Neighbourhood CIL funding schemes across the borough are delivered through the Chrysalis programme - local bids are accepted and reviewed for funding. In 2023/24, £354,584.41 of HCIL collected was spent on the local schemes in the Chrysalis Programme. Figure 1 below summarises the type of schemes that were funded as part of the Chrysalis Programme and the percentage of the total fund each project category spent. Please see Appendix 2 for a full breakdown of schemes. Mayoral CIL Income 2.12 In the 2023/24, £3,244,367.44 was collected in the London Borough of Hillingdon on behalf of Transport for London (TfL). These funds are transferred to the Mayor of London following the deduction of 4% administration charge which is retained by the Council. The total admin fee collected by the London Borough of Hillingdon in the previous financial year came to £129,774.67. Please find a summary table of the Mayoral CIL for the 2023/24 financial year below: MCIL Amount collected Amount Paid to TFL Admin (4%) Q1 £ 1,745,349.30 £ 1,675,535.33 £ 69,813.97 Q2 £ 1,030,935.83 £ 989,698.41 £ 41,237.42 Q3 £ 372,441.30 £ 357,543.66 £ 14,897.64 Q4 £ 95,641.01 £ 91,815.37 £ 3,825.64 Total £ 3,244,367.44 £ 3,114,592.77 £ 129,774.67 20% 48% 7% 18% 7% FIGURE 1: CHRYSALIS PROGRAMME SPEND AREA Access Improvements Community Facilities Refurbishment Community Safety Outdoor Sports & Play Facilities Town Centre Improvements Page 9 of 46 Future CIL Spend Priorities Strategic CIL 2.13 For the 2024/25 financial year the priority for the Council’s strategic CIL receipts will be allocated to fund the new West Drayton Leisure Centre. This was approved as part of the 2024/25 budget. 2.14 For the time period beyond this project, the Council is currently reviewing the infrastructure needs related to growth targets within the Development Plan. This work is being undertaken in coordination with a review of both the Local Plan and Community Infrastructure Levy (CIL). The spend will be aligned with the definition of strategic infrastructure as set out in the CIL Regulations. Neighbourhood CIL 2.15 For 2024/25 Neighbourhood CIL will continue to fund or part fund the Chrysalis Programme. Again, bids sought will fall under the following funding areas: education improvements, community safety improvements, access improvements, outdoor sports and play facilities and town centre improvements. A review of spend priorities for 2025/26 will take place as part of the budget setting process. Page 10 of 46 3 Section 106 Introduction 3.1 S106 agreements are used to mitigate the impact of development and to ensure that Hillingdon’s planning policy requirements, as set out in the Local Plan and Planning Obligations Supplementary Planning Document 2014, are met. S106 obligations include: • Site specific financial contributions for defined purposes such as highways improvements or open space. • The provision of on-site affordable housing • Non-financial obligations including requirements such as construction training and travel plans. Section 106 Agreements Signed 3.2 During the 2023/24 financial year, a total of 77 new legal agreements were signed to deliver specific financial and non-financial obligations as set out in the relevant planning legal agreements. Of these 77 legal agreements, 20 were variations to existing agreements secured through a Deed of Variation. The list of sites with legal agreements signed in 2023/24 is provided in Appendix 2. 3.3 The 77 legal agreements previously mentioned contained 247 non-financial covenants and 127 financial obligations. The list of non-financial and financial covenants secured in the 2023/24 financial year can be found in Appendix 4 and 5 respectively. 3.4 The total value of new financial planning obligations agreed during the reported year is £8,448,738.53. This figure does not include indexation (inflation/deflation) that may be applied when the money becomes due. Some amounts will also be determined in line with the trigger point at a future date. Section 106 Financial Balances 3.5 Table 3 below shows the current S106 balances held by the Council at end of the 2023/24 It also shows that during the report period £4.9 million of new S106 income was received and over £1.3 million was spent. The follow sections of this report provide more detail on the S106 financial contributions that were received, allocated and spent. Table 3: S106 Summary £'000 Opening Balance 1st April 2023 25,416 Total income for the year 2023/24 4,874 Total Expenditure for the year 2023/24 1,331 Page 11 of 46 Closing Balance 31st March 2024 28,959 Total Unallocated Balance for the year 2023/24 15,984 Section 106 Financial Contributions Received 3.6 In total £4.8 million was received in S106 contributions in the 2023/24 financial year. This compares to £10.9 million which was received in 2022/23 highlighting the same downward trend seen with CIL receipts. Table 5 below provides a summary of the contributions received by each type of obligation: Table 4: S106 Covenant Type Total Received Affordable Housing Contribution £ 78,185.71 Carbon Offset - Contribution £ 3,019,786.56 Cycling - Contribution £ 64,177.91 Public Realm - Healthy Streets Contribution £ 393,004.65 Canals and Waterways - Contribution £ 104,734.36 Air Quality - Contribution £ 803,813.36 Public Realm - Contribution £ 10,920.00 Travel Plan Bond £ 20,000.00 Highways - Contribution £ 70,425.09 Construction Training Contribution £ 26,107.45 Construction Training Costs £ 3,643.47 Construction Co-ordinator Contribution £ 18,654.10 Monitoring Fees £ 154,534.09 Travel Plan Monitoring Fee £ 5,000.00 Section 106 Financial Contribution Allocations 3.7 The total amount of money from planning obligations allocated towards infrastructure during the reported year was £6,577,005.90. A full list of allocations made is provided below in Table 5. The largest allocation of £5.1 million was made to the Hillingdon Affordable Housing Fund to support the delivery of new affordable housing within the borough. Other allocations were made to support improvements to the public realm including the canal towpath and contributions to support the delivery of the council’s Air Quality Management Plan and Climate Action Plan. Table 5: New S106 Allocations 2023/24 Infrastructure Type Allocated Date Allocated Construction Training - Build Training NVQ Scheme £92,900.00 06 September 2023 Page 12 of 46 Table 5: New S106 Allocations 2023/24 Infrastructure Type Allocated Date Allocated Contract Award for Provision of an Air Quality Monitoring Service £234,750.00 06 November 2023 Grand Union Canal towpath upgrades: Quiet Way (between Rockingham Rd & Oxford Rd) £101,677.00 06 September 2023 Contribution towards the construction of a new club house for the 2nd/9th Ruislip Scouts Group at St Catherine's Road, Ruislip £100,616.00 31 July 2023 Cranford Park Project (second release) £204,126.00 12 April 2023 Hillingdon Air Quality Action Plan (2019-2024): S106 Carbon Offset Fund (end of year financing 2022/23) £89,322.00 03 May 2023 Hillingdon Circus Accessibility Improvements £94,600.00 25 May 2023 Bakers Road, Uxbridge - Improvement Works Release No 2 £42,533.00 21 June 2023 Battle of Britain Bunker enhancements/ Blyth Road Subway Improvements (end of year financing 2022/23) £30,000.00 26 April 2023 Carbon Reduction - Lighting upgrade at Cedars Car Park & Blyth Road Car Park £170,230.00 03 May 2023 Provision of a new health centre on the former Cottage Hospital site, Pinner Road, Northwood £29,585.00 23 August 2024 North Hyde Road - Healthy Streets Scheme £80,000.00 15 August 2023 Provision of Legible London Signage onto the Grand Union Canal Yiewsley £2,500.00 15 August 2023 Dawley Road Pedestrian & Cycle Improvements Release No 6) £121,061.28 15 January 2024 Public Realm Improvements in Ruislip High Street (Release No 7) £59,868.00 17 January 2024 Improved Access onto the Grand Union Canal at Horton Road, West Drayton (Release No 8) £23,583.00 23 February 2024 Page 13 of 46 Table 5: New S106 Allocations 2023/24 Infrastructure Type Allocated Date Allocated Hillingdon Affordable Housing Fund £5,099,654.62 28 March 2024 Page 14 of 46 Section 106 Financial Contributions Expenditure 3.8 T he total amount of money from planning obligations spent during the reported year was £1,331,050.42. Of this amount £29,584.00 was transferred to the NHS to spend on the provision of local health services. The items of infrastructure that planning obligation money has been spent on and the amount spent are set out in full in Table 6 below. 3.9 The largest single item of expenditure was on the provision of an energy efficiency lighting systems within two council car parks in order to delivery a reduction in carbon emissions. Other notable items of expenditure were on improvements to Minet Country Park and the restoration of Cranford Park. A series of improvements have also been made to the borough’s public realm include parts of Uxbridge and Ruislip town centres, North Hyde Road in Hayes and Hillingdon Circus. Table 6: S106 Expenditure 2023/24 Infrastructure Spent Date Spent Spend Description Implementation of Hillingdon's Air Quality Action Plan 2019-24 (2021/2022 allocation) £16,022.86 31 March 2024 Spent towards Hillingdon Healthy Streets Project & monitoring of Hillingdon AQAP Construction Training - Build Training NVQ Scheme £51,150.00 31 March 2024 Spent towards BUILD training NVQ scheme. Contract award for the Provision of a Construction Training Coordinator Service £95,285.24 31 March 2024 Spent towards Qualify Me Coordinator service 2023/24 Contract Award for the provision Of an Air Quality Monitoring Service £19,562.50 31 March 2024 Spent towards Air Quality Monitoring Service in Hillingdon 2023/24. Management of Hales Field Park and Stockley Land parcels £19,956.00 31 March 2024 Spent towards annual management of Hales Field Park (2023/24) Phase 2 Vine Street/High Street Public Realm Improvements £76,915.65 31 March 2024 Spent towards footway & public realm improvements Environmental and Recreational Initiatives - School Pollution Screening Project Phase 5 £16,279.55 31 March 2024 Spent towards Hillingdon School Pollution Screening Programme. Page 15 of 46 Table 6: S106 Expenditure 2023/24 Infrastructure Spent Date Spent Spend Description Implementation of Hillingdon's Air Quality Action Plan 2019-24 (2022/2023 allocation) £18,574.74 31 March 2024 Spent towards Hillingdon Healthy Streets Programme, Greener Cycling project & monitoring the Council's Air Quality Action Plan 2019-24 Minet Country Park Improvements - Release No 2 £139,969.18 31 March 2024 Spent towards recreational/ ecological Improvements at Minet Country Park LBH Construction, Apprenticeships and Professional Development £96,500.00 31 March 2024 Support for Hillingdon construction Training programme & support for LBH Construction Apprenticeships scheme Enhancement of Legible London Signage, Hayes Town Centre (Release No 3) £36,000.00 31 March 2024 Spent towards additional signage to include new development in Hayes Town Centre. Lake Farm Country Park footpath improvements (Phase 2) £92,851.87 31 March 2024 Spent towards footpath improvements at Lake Farm Country Park. Public realm improvements Ruislip High Street (Release No 7) £493.20 31 March 2024 Spent towards initial costs associated with the scheme. Management of Frays Island LNR £8,100.00 31 March 2024 Spent towards management of the nature reserve. Cranford Park Project (release No.2) £1,000.00 31 March 2024 Spent toward new signage as part of the Cranford Park project. Hillingdon Air Quality Action Plan (2019- 2024) and Management S106 Carbon Offset Fund (end of year financing 2022/23) £30,000.00 31 March 2024 Spent towards expert evaluation to deliver the Council’s AQAP. Page 16 of 46 Table 6: S106 Expenditure 2023/24 Infrastructure Spent Date Spent Spend Description Carbon Reduction - Lighting Upgrade at Cedars Car Park, Uxbridge & Blyth Road Car Park, Hayes £170,230.00 29 March 2024 Spent towards upgrading lighting in Council car parks to reduce carbon emissions and energy use. Hillingdon Circus Accessibility Improvements (Release No1) £94,600.57 31 March 2024 Hillingdon Circus accessibility improvement scheme Bakers Road, Uxbridge - Improvement Works Release No 2 £10,416.30 31 March 2024 Spent towards public realm improvements to access buses in Bakers Road. North Hyde Road - Healthy Streets Scheme £50,000.00 31 March 2024 Spent towards North Hyde Road Health Streets scheme. Provision of Legible London Signage onto the Grand Union Canal Yiewsley (Release No 3) £2,273.17 31 March 2024 Spent towards Legible London signage to GU canal, Yiewsley. Provision of a new Health Centre on the Former Cottage Hospital site, Pinner Road, Northwood £29,584.63 31 March 2024 Transferred to NHS towards provision of a new health centre in Northwood Hillingdon Affordable Housing Fund £135,562.04 29 March 2024 Spent towards the management of Hillingdon’s S106 Affordable Housing Fund. 2023/24 St Andrew's Roundabout Subway Improvements, initial feasibility works (Release No 10) £32,272.71 31 March 2024 Spent towards St Andrews Roundabout feasibility works Public realm Improvements to the environment under South Ruislip Railway Bridge £22,231.29 31 March 2024 Spent towards works to improve the pedestrian environment under the railway bridge Management of the Council's Carbon Offset Fund - End of year financing 2023/2024 £65,218.92 29 March 2024 Spent towards the management of Hillingdon’s S106 Carbon Offset Fund. 2023/24 Page 17 of 46 3.10 The amount of planning obligation money spent on repaying money borrowed, including any interest, with details of the items of infrastructure which that money was used to provide are as follows: Date Amount Used Loan/Interest Infrastructure Funded N/a N/a N/a N/a 3.11 The amount of planning obligation money spent in respect of administration of planning obligations and monitoring in relation to the delivery of planning obligations during the reported year was £154,534.09. S106 Non-Financial Obligations 3.12 Non-financial obligations are those mitigation measures secured that are typically delivered by the developer through direct on or offsite provision. The types of non-financial benefits negotiated by the Council include but are not limited to: • Construction Training Apprenticeships • Highways and Public Realm works • Travel Planning • Parking Permit Restrictions • Affordable Housings Units Affordable Housing 3.13 During the reported the total number of affordable housing units to be provided as on-site provision agreed under planning obligations is 41 (41 shared ownership, 0 London Affordable Rent 0 Discount Market Sale units). 3.14 The total number of affordable housing units secured by S106 obligations that were delivered directly on site in the reporting year was 0. Page 18 of 46 4 Appendices Appendix 1: CIL Receipts Application No Site Address LBH Amount Ward 46479/APP/2021/2039 25 DENE ROAD, NORTHWOOD £ 17,198.82 NORTHWOOD 75111/APP/2022/1007 Land at Bulls Bridge Industrial Estate, NORTH HYDE GARDENS, HAYES, UB3 4QQ £ 1,113.67 BOTWELL 30837/APP/2019/3096 5 & 6 FIRS WALK, NORTHWOOD £ 52,524.49 NORTHWOOD 73298/APP/2020/1194 LAND TO THE EAST SIDE OF, NEWPORT ROAD, HAYES, UB4 8JX £ 80,989.99 CHARVILLE 73955/APP/2020/139 CROWN TRADING CENTRE, CLAYTON ROAD, HAYES £ 1,414,039.42 BOTWELL 72219/APP/2021/1535 1-3 BAKERS ROAD, UXBRIDGE, UB8 1RG £ 18,032.36 UXBRIDGE NORTH 73298/APP/2020/1194 LAND TO THE EAST SIDE OF, NEWPORT ROAD, HAYES, UB4 8JX £ 35,085.58 CHARVILLE 17502/APP/2022/331 TRANSPORT HOUSE, UXBRIDGE ROAD, HILLINGDON £ 5,159.64 HILLINGDON EAST 17502/APP/2022/331 TRANSPORT HOUSE, UXBRIDGE ROAD, HILLINGDON £ 17,198.82 HILLINGDON EAST 17502/APP/2022/331 TRANSPORT HOUSE, UXBRIDGE ROAD, HILLINGDON £ 8,782.30 HILLINGDON EAST 46479/APP/2021/2039 25 DENE ROAD, NORTHWOOD £ 36,347.31 NORTHWOOD 38421/APP/2021/4045 LAND AT TUDOR WORKS, BEACONSFIELD ROAD, HAYES £ 106,422.22 WOOD END 2022 76608/APP/2022/197 382 BATH ROAD, HEATHROW, UB7 0DH £ 8,902.40 H/ROW VILLAGES 2022 72040/APP/2016/2531 69-83 PARK WAY & 1-11, VICTORIA ROAD, RUISLIP £ 70,997.47 MANOR 76608/APP/2022/197 382 BATH ROAD, HEATHROW, UB7 0DH £ 10,697.86 H/ROW VILLAGES 2022 30837/APP/2019/3096 5 & 6 FIRS WALK, NORTHWOOD £ 10,319.29 NORTHWOOD 60992/APP/2021/3684 22 CHESTNUT CLOSE, HAYES £ 12,146.77 BOTWELL 38421/APP/2021/4045 LAND AT TUDOR WORKS, BEACONSFIELD ROAD, HAYES £ 106,422.22 WOOD END 2022 4734/APP/2020/1078 159 CHARVILLE LANE, HAYES £ 1,677.42 CHARVILLE 76956/APP/2022/3602 11 CHATSWORTH ROAD, HAYES, UB4 9ES £ 10,074.81 YEADING 2022 76956/APP/2022/3602 11 CHATSWORTH ROAD, HAYES, UB4 9ES £ 1,719.88 YEADING 2022 7772/APP/2023/623 FOUNTAIN HOUSE HOTEL, 116-118, CHURCH ROAD, HAYES £ 7,010.13 WOOD END 2022 Page 19 of 46 8057/APP/2019/3861 The former Star PH, corner of Star Road and, UXBRIDGE ROAD, HILLINGDON £ 169,226.67 HILLINGDON EAST 30682/APP/2022/479 14 CLAMMAS WAY, COWLEY £ 4,838.19 UXBRIDGE SOUTH 2538/APP/2023/229 47a COLDHARBOUR LANE, HAYES £ 4,980.49 HAYES TOWN 2022 14639/APP/2021/3517 7 DORSET WAY, HILLINGDON £ 36,754.36 UXBRIDGE NORTH 69506/APP/2014/912 49 & 51, COLDHARBOUR LANE, HAYES £ - TOWNFIELD 77265/APP/2022/2845 R/O 25-31, WARREN ROAD, ICKENHAM £ 125,893.84 ICK/HAM & S HF/D 22 28530/APP/2022/3892 966 UXBRIDGE ROAD, HAYES £ 2,856.96 WOOD END 2022 67335/APP/2018/3565 LAND ADJACENT TO, 30 HARVEY ROAD, NORTHOLT, UB5 6QT £ 12,860.07 SOUTH RUISLIP 2022 17028/APP/2020/195 20 HARVIL ROAD, ICKENHAM £ 53,418.86 ICKENHAM 57039/APP/2021/811 38 HAZELDENE GARDENS, HILLINGDON, MIDDLESEX, UB10 9DJ £ 7,053.25 HILLINGDON EAST 67335/APP/2018/3565 LAND ADJACENT TO, 30 HARVEY ROAD, NORTHOLT, UB5 6QT £ 643.00 SOUTH RUISLIP 2022 49467/APP/2022/2801 SHURGARD HOUSE, WESTMOUNT CENTRE, UXBRIDGE ROAD, HAYES, UB4 0HD £ 29,808.02 BELMORE 2022 1174/APP/2023/2859 383 VICTORIA ROAD, RUISLIP £ 11,668.57 SOUTH RUISLIP 2022 19030/APP/2021/3857 14 BAWTREE ROAD, UXBRIDGE, UB8 1PU £ 25,141.99 UXBRIDGE NORTH 321/APP/2022/2272 39 OAK AVENUE, ICKENHAM £ 7,585.57 ICK/HAM & S HF/D 22 3806/APP/2018/4093 45 NICHOLAS WAY, NORTHWOOD £ 34,416.46 NORTHWOOD 77102/APP/2022/647 LAND AT LONGFORD CLOSE, LONGFORD GARDEN, HAYES £ 16,492.78 YEADING 17502/APP/2023/989 TRANSPORT HOUSE, UXBRIDGE ROAD, HILLINGDON £ 2,157.34 HILLINGDON EAST 2022 70282/APP/2020/4133 60 LONG LANE, ICKENHAM, MIDDLESEX £ 12,053.76 ICKENHAM 34025/APP/2022/835 3 LITTLE ROAD, HAYES £ 5,456.29 TOWNFIELD 76550/APP/2021/4499 LAND AT, AUSTIN ROAD, HAYES £ 100,588.52 TOWNFIELD £ 2,696,757.86 Page 20 of 46 Appendix 2: Neighbourhood CIL Expenditure 2023/2024 Chrysalis Programme Breakdown 2023/24 £ Access Improvements Celandine Route - Ruislip Gardens to Woodville Gardens Path Works 31,017.82 Coronation Walk Footpath Resurfacing 18,159.53 Stafford Road Open Space Path Works 23,110.77 Access Improvements Total 72,288.12 Community Facilities Refurbishment Charville Lane Community Centre Roof Works 6,273.50 Eastcote Hockey & Badminton Club - Car Park, Fences & Gate Upgrade 1,810.50 Hayes & Harlington Community Centre - Windows & Doors Upgrade 26,000.00 Hillingdon Abbots Rugby & Football Club Improvements 60,751.12 Manor Farm Guide Hut Kitchen & Toilet Refurbishment 6,305.54 Mead Way Allotment Site Improvements 232.50 Stafford Road Allotment Gate & Fencing Replacement 64,394.50 Yeading Community Centres Refurbishment 4,898.82 Community Facilities Refurbishment Total 170,666.48 Community Safety - Alley Gating Schemes 111-121 Bourne Avenue AG 2,591.00 128 - 146 Yeading Lane & 4 Carlyon Road AG 2,859.50 155 - 169 Bourne Avenue AG 2,742.00 20 Bedford Road AG 1,230.00 2-3 Glamis Crescent AG 6,237.00 25-31 Cranford Lane AG 250.00 Community Safety Schemes (including alley gating) 5,273.75 Gate Adjacent to 109 Deancroft Crescent AG 980.00 North Hyde Road, Northfield Parade 304.00 Rear of Adjacent to 87 Jubilee Drive / 128 Palace Crescent AG Works 395.00 Community Safety Total 22,862.25 Outdoor Sports & Play Facilities Cavendish Recreation Ground Tennis Court Refurbishment 1,585.00 Court Park Tennis Court Refurbishment 1,272.00 Hillingdon Court Park Seating Upgrade 3,654.00 Northwood Football Club Security Improvements 13,951.10 Rosedale Bowls Club House Rewiring 150.00 Stockley Park Outdoor Gym Refurbishment 41,302.78 Warrender Park Seating & Picnic Area Upgrade 2,870.00 Outdoor Sports & Play Facilities Total 64,784.88 Page 21 of 46 Town Centre Improvements Rabournmead Drive Planting 8,484.50 Ruislip High St Public Realm Imp 15,498.18 Town Centre Improvements Total 23,982.68 Page 22 of 46 Appendix 3: List of S106 agreements signed in the 2023/2024 FY. Application Reference: Site Address: Deed Type Deed Description Deed Date 8294/APP/2022/2576 Former Emi Site Dawley Road S106 Agreement Principal Deed 24/04/2023 18399/APP/2022/411 Unit D Prologis Park Stockley Road S106 Agreement S106 Part 2 28/04/2023 18399/APP/2022/411 Unit D Prologis Park Stockley Road S106 Agreement Principal Deed Part 1 28/04/2023 43762/APP/2018/396 Maple And Poplar Day Centre Maple Road Statement of Intent Variation to original SOI 09/05/2023 43762/APP/2022/3588 Maple And Poplar Day Centre Maple Road Statement of Intent Variation to SOI 09/05/2023 49467/APP/2022/2801 Shurgard House, Westmount Centre Uxbridge Road S106 Agreement Principal Deed 16/05/2023 73201/APP/2021/630 Land East Of 1040 Uxbridge Road S106 Agreement Principal Deed 23/05/2023 73201/APP/2021/630 Land East Of 1040 Uxbridge Road S106 Agreement Part 2 23/05/2023 3348/APP/2023/138 Meadow High School Royal Lane Statement of Intent SOI Pt 2 02/06/2023 3348/APP/2023/138 Meadow High School Royal Lane Statement of Intent SOI Pt 1 02/06/2023 18218/APP/2017/3711 Kitchener House Warwick Road Deed of Variation DOV 06/06/2023 77241/APP/2022/1407 Unit 3 Clayfield Way S106 Agreement S106 09/06/2023 72906/APP/2022/2555 Unit 6 & 7 Orbital Industrial Estate Horton Road Unilateral Undertaking UU 22/06/2023 76655/APP/2021/3039 HPH4 Millington Road Deed of Variation DOV 23/06/2023 76655/APP/2023/779 HPH4 Millington Road Deed of Variation DOV 23/06/2023 21755/APP/2023/680 Wellington House, 4-10 Cowley Road Unilateral Undertaking UU 04/07/2023 1331/APP/2017/1883 Former Nestle Factory Nestles Avenue Supplemental S106 Agreement 5th Supplemental Deed 05/07/2023 1331/APP/2017/1883 Former Nestle Factory Nestles Avenue Supplemental S106 Agreement Plans for 5th Supplemental Deed 05/07/2023 1331/APP/2022/2553 Former Nestle Factory Nestles Avenue Supplemental S106 Agreement 5th Supp Agreement 05/07/2023 585/APP/2018/4168 St Andrews Park Hillingdon Road Deed of Variation 5th DOV 20/07/2023 20331/APP/2023/564 Units 2-6, 8-12, 18-20, 22 & 30 Ryefield Crescent S106 Agreement Principal Deed 26/07/2023 1058/APP/2021/3423 Paddington Packet Boat Public House High Road S106 Agreement Principal Deed 18/08/2023 59872/APP/2013/3775 The Old Vinyl Factory Site Blyth Road Deed of Variation Variation 7 Pt1 22/08/2023 Page 23 of 46 59872/APP/2013/3775 The Old Vinyl Factory Site Blyth Road Deed of Variation Variation 7 Pt2 22/08/2023 15604/APP/2020/283 Former Sea Cadets Site Watersplash Lane Statement of Intent Plans 22/08/2023 15604/APP/2020/283 Former Sea Cadets Site Watersplash Lane Statement of Intent SOI 22/08/2023 59872/APP/2022/3796 The Assembly Buildings the Old Vinyl Factory Deed of Variation 7th DOV Pt 1 22/08/2023 59872/APP/2022/3796 The Assembly Buildings the Old Vinyl Factory Deed of Variation 7th DOV Pt 2 22/08/2023 23658/APP/2021/1296 Northwood & Pinner Cottage Hosp & Northwood Health Centre Pinner Road S106 Agreement Principal Deed Pt 1 25/08/2023 23658/APP/2021/1296 Northwood & Pinner Cottage Hosp & Northwood Health Centre Pinner Road S106 Agreement Principal Deed Pt 2 25/08/2023 74738/APP/2023/844 13a North Common Road Uxbridge S106 Agreement Principal Deed 28/09/2023 10112/APP/2022/1474 Land To the East of London School of Theology Green Lane S106 Agreement Principal Deed Pt 1 12/10/2023 10112/APP/2022/1474 Land To the East of London School of Theology Green Lane S106 Agreement Principal Deed Pt 2 12/10/2023 4058/APP/2022/1788 Hillingdon Hospital Pield Heath Road S106 Agreement Principal Deed Pt 1 12/10/2023 4058/APP/2022/1788 Hillingdon Hospital Pield Heath Road S106 Agreement Principal Deed Pt 2 12/10/2023 4058/APP/2022/1788 Hillingdon Hospital Pield Heath Road S106 Agreement Principal Deed Pt 6 16/10/2023 5564/APP/2022/2356 53-55 The Broadway Joel Street S106 Agreement Principal Deed 19/10/2023 42966/APP/2023/70 INTU Shopping Centre High Street Deed of Variation DOV 01/11/2023 59872/APP/2013/3775 The Old Vinyl Factory Site Blyth Road Deed of Variation Supplemental to variation 6 02/11/2023 924/APP/2022/3603 Denville Hall Ducks Hill Road S106 Agreement Principal Deed 21/11/2023 585/APP/2019/829 Land Off Thompson Rd & St Luke's Rd, Former RAF Uxbridge HILLINGDON ROAD Deed of Variation DOV 28/11/2023 585/APP/2023/317 Land Off Thompson Rd & St Luke's Rd, Former RAF Uxbridge HILLINGDON ROAD Deed of Variation DOV 28/11/2023 76760/APP/2022/1889 14-18 Pield Heath Road & 2 Pield Heath Avenue Pield Heath Avenue S106 Agreement Principal Deed - Main 30/11/2023 76760/APP/2022/1889 14-18 Pield Heath Road & 2 Pield Heath Avenue Pield Heath Avenue S106 Agreement Principal Deed - Part 2 30/11/2023 36678/APP/2021/3370 3 Viveash Close Hayes S106 Agreement Principal Deed Pt 1 14/12/2023 36678/APP/2021/3370 3 Viveash Close Hayes S106 Agreement Principal Deed Pt 2 14/12/2023 36678/APP/2021/3370 3 Viveash Close Hayes S106 Agreement Principal Deed Pt 3 14/12/2023 19016/APP/2023/20 18 Iver Lane Cowley Uxbridge S106 Agreement Principal Deed Pt 1 18/12/2023 Page 24 of 46 19016/APP/2023/20 18 Iver Lane Cowley Uxbridge S106 Agreement Principal Deed Pt 2 18/12/2023 68663/APP/2023/1933 Former B&M Unit 217 High Street Yiewsley S106 Agreement Principal Deed 21/12/2023 52803/APP/2023/1188 Hayes Tuition Centre 52 Coldharbour Lane Unilateral Undertaking UU 04/01/2024 2082/APP/2023/516 Northwood College Educational Foundation Maxwell Road S106 Agreement Principal Deed 19/01/2024 35810/APP/2023/2106 Tavistock Works Tavistock Road Unilateral Undertaking UU 22/01/2024 12502/APP/2020/3618 London Heathrow Marriott Hotel Bath Road S106 Agreement Principal Deed Pt1 01/02/2024 12502/APP/2020/3618 London Heathrow Marriott Hotel Bath Road S106 Agreement Principal Deed Pt 2 01/02/2024 46104/APP/2020/789 Allport House, Cowley Business Park High Street Deed of Variation DOV 29/02/2024 46104/APP/2023/1158 Allport House, Cowley Business Park High Street Deed of Variation DOV 29/02/2024 12019/APP/2021/2298 Cedar House Vine Lane S106 Agreement Principal Deed Pt 2 01/03/2024 12019/APP/2021/2298 Cedar House Vine Lane S106 Agreement Principal Deed Pt 1 01/03/2024 59872/APP/2016/3454 The Machine Store & Pressing Plant, The Old Vinyl Factory Blyth Road Deed of Variation 2nd DOV - Pt 1 21/03/2024 59872/APP/2016/3454 The Machine Store & Pressing Plant, The Old Vinyl Factory Blyth Road Deed of Variation 2nd DOV - Pt 2 21/03/2024 2621/APP/2022/3293 Elystan Business Centre, Pets at Home Springfield Road S106 Agreement Principal Deed 21/03/2024 59872/APP/2022/897 The Old Vinyl Factory Blyth Road Deed of Variation 2nd DOV Pt 1 21/03/2024 59872/APP/2022/897 The Old Vinyl Factory Blyth Road Deed of Variation 2nd DOV Pt 2 21/03/2024 75221/APP/2022/2968 Beaches Yard Horton Road S106 Agreement Principal Deed Pt 1 28/03/2024 75221/APP/2022/2968 Beaches Yard Horton Road S106 Agreement Principal Deed Pt 2 28/03/2024 76768/APP/2023/675 11-13 Doghurst Avenue Harlington S106 Agreement Principal Deed 28/03/2024 Page 25 of 46 Appendix 4: Non-Financial S106 obligations Summary details of all non-monetary obligations agreed within the reported year are as follows: Covenant Type Planning Application Site Address Deed Clause Deed Date Travel Plan Com - Implement/Comply 8294/APP/2022/2576 FORMER EMI SITE, DAWLEY ROAD, HAYES, UB3 1HH S2, 1-2 24/04/2023 Travel Plan Com - Co-ordinator 8294/APP/2022/2576 FORMER EMI SITE, DAWLEY ROAD, HAYES, UB3 1HH S2, 6-7 24/04/2023 Air Quality - Contribution 18399/APP/2022/411 UNIT D PROLOGIS PARK, STOCKLEY ROAD, WEST DRAYTON, UB7 9FN S2, 1 28/04/2023 Air Quality - Contribution 18399/APP/2022/411 UNIT D PROLOGIS PARK, STOCKLEY ROAD, WEST DRAYTON, UB7 9FN S2, 2 28/04/2023 Air Quality - Contribution 18399/APP/2022/411 UNIT D PROLOGIS PARK, STOCKLEY ROAD, WEST DRAYTON, UB7 9FN S2, 3, 3.3 28/04/2023 Air Quality - Contribution 18399/APP/2022/411 UNIT D PROLOGIS PARK, STOCKLEY ROAD, WEST DRAYTON, UB7 9FN S2, 4-5 28/04/2023 Air Quality - Contribution 18399/APP/2022/411 UNIT D PROLOGIS PARK, STOCKLEY ROAD, WEST DRAYTON, UB7 9FN App 1 S2, 1 28/04/2023 Air Quality - Contribution 18399/APP/2022/411 UNIT D PROLOGIS PARK, STOCKLEY ROAD, WEST DRAYTON, UB7 9FN App 1, S2, 2 28/04/2023 Travel Plan Com - Implement/Comply 18399/APP/2022/411 UNIT D PROLOGIS PARK, STOCKLEY ROAD, WEST DRAYTON, UB7 9FN S3, 1-2 28/04/2023 Travel Plan Com - Co-ordinator 18399/APP/2022/411 UNIT D PROLOGIS PARK, STOCKLEY ROAD, WEST DRAYTON, UB7 9FN S3, 5 28/04/2023 Travel Plan Com - Co-ordinator 18399/APP/2022/411 UNIT D PROLOGIS PARK, STOCKLEY ROAD, WEST DRAYTON, UB7 9FN S3, 6-7 28/04/2023 Travel Plan Com - Sum / Bond 18399/APP/2022/411 UNIT D PROLOGIS PARK, STOCKLEY ROAD, WEST DRAYTON, UB7 9FN S3, 10 28/04/2023 Travel Plan Com - Monitoring 18399/APP/2022/411 UNIT D PROLOGIS PARK, STOCKLEY ROAD, WEST DRAYTON, UB7 9FN S3, 11 28/04/2023 Travel Plan Com - Submission/Approval 49467/APP/2022/2801 SHURGARD HOUSE, WESTMOUNT CENTRE, UXBRIDGE ROAD, HAYES, UB4 0HD S3, 1 16/05/2023 Travel Plan Com - Co-ordinator 49467/APP/2022/2801 SHURGARD HOUSE, WESTMOUNT CENTRE, UXBRIDGE ROAD, HAYES, UB4 0HD S3, 5 16/05/2023 Travel Plan Com - Monitoring 49467/APP/2022/2801 SHURGARD HOUSE, WESTMOUNT CENTRE, UXBRIDGE ROAD, HAYES, UB4 0HD S3, 6 16/05/2023 Travel Plan Com - Monitoring 49467/APP/2022/2801 SHURGARD HOUSE, WESTMOUNT CENTRE, UXBRIDGE ROAD, HAYES, UB4 0HD S3, 8 16/05/2023 Page 26 of 46 Local Emp - Con Training Contribution 49467/APP/2022/2801 SHURGARD HOUSE, WESTMOUNT CENTRE, UXBRIDGE ROAD, HAYES, UB4 0HD S4, 1 16/05/2023 Local Emp - Scheme/Strategy/Report 49467/APP/2022/2801 SHURGARD HOUSE, WESTMOUNT CENTRE, UXBRIDGE ROAD, HAYES, UB4 0HD S4, 2-4 16/05/2023 Local Emp - Co-ordinator Contribution 49467/APP/2022/2801 SHURGARD HOUSE, WESTMOUNT CENTRE, UXBRIDGE ROAD, HAYES, UB4 0HD S4, 5-7 16/05/2023 Local Emp - Scheme/Strategy/Report 49467/APP/2022/2801 SHURGARD HOUSE, WESTMOUNT CENTRE, UXBRIDGE ROAD, HAYES, UB4 0HD S4, 8-9 16/05/2023 Local Emp - Con Training Contribution 49467/APP/2022/2801 SHURGARD HOUSE, WESTMOUNT CENTRE, UXBRIDGE ROAD, HAYES, UB4 0HD S4, 10-11 16/05/2023 AH - Tenure/Mix 73201/APP/2021/630 Land East of 1040, UXBRIDGE ROAD, HAYES S1, 1 23/05/2023 AH - Specification/Scheme 73201/APP/2021/630 Land East of 1040, UXBRIDGE ROAD, HAYES S1, 2 23/05/2023 AH - Specification/Scheme 73201/APP/2021/630 Land East of 1040, UXBRIDGE ROAD, HAYES S1, 3 23/05/2023 AH - Review Mechanism 73201/APP/2021/630 Land East of 1040, UXBRIDGE ROAD, HAYES S1, 8, 1-1-1.3 23/05/2023 AH - Specification/Scheme 73201/APP/2021/630 Land East of 1040, UXBRIDGE ROAD, HAYES S1, 8, 1.4 - 1.5 23/05/2023 AH - Specification/Scheme 73201/APP/2021/630 Land East of 1040, UXBRIDGE ROAD, HAYES S1, 8, 1.6 23/05/2023 AH - Review Mechanism 73201/APP/2021/630 Land East of 1040, UXBRIDGE ROAD, HAYES S1, 8, 2 23/05/2023 AH - Specification/Scheme 73201/APP/2021/630 Land East of 1040, UXBRIDGE ROAD, HAYES S1, 8, 4 23/05/2023 AH - Specification/Scheme 73201/APP/2021/630 Land East of 1040, UXBRIDGE ROAD, HAYES S1, 8, 6 23/05/2023 Highways - Works 73201/APP/2021/630 Land East of 1040, UXBRIDGE ROAD, HAYES S5, 1 23/05/2023 Highways - S278/38 Agreement 73201/APP/2021/630 Land East of 1040, UXBRIDGE ROAD, HAYES S5, 2-6 23/05/2023 Travel Plan Resi - Implement/Comply 73201/APP/2021/630 Land East of 1040, UXBRIDGE ROAD, HAYES S6, 1 23/05/2023 Travel Plan Resi - Implement/Comply 73201/APP/2021/630 Land East of 1040, UXBRIDGE ROAD, HAYES S6, 2-4 23/05/2023 Travel Plan Resi - Co-ordinator 73201/APP/2021/630 Land East of 1040, UXBRIDGE ROAD, HAYES S6, 5-6 23/05/2023 Parking Permits and Restrictions 73201/APP/2021/630 Land East of 1040, UXBRIDGE ROAD, HAYES S9, 1-2 23/05/2023 Council Covenant(s) 3348/APP/2023/138 MEADOW HIGH SCHOOL, ROYAL LANE, HILLINGDON Clause 5 02/06/2023 Carbon Offset - Monitoring/Reporting 3348/APP/2023/138 MEADOW HIGH SCHOOL, ROYAL LANE, HILLINGDON S1, 3-4 02/06/2023 Carbon Offset - Monitoring/Reporting 3348/APP/2023/138 MEADOW HIGH SCHOOL, ROYAL LANE, HILLINGDON S1, 5-6 02/06/2023 Local Emp - Construction Training 3348/APP/2023/138 MEADOW HIGH SCHOOL, ROYAL LANE, HILLINGDON S2, 1-2 02/06/2023 Page 27 of 46 Local Emp - Con Training Contribution 3348/APP/2023/138 MEADOW HIGH SCHOOL, ROYAL LANE, HILLINGDON S2, 7-8 02/06/2023 Highways - Works 3348/APP/2023/138 MEADOW HIGH SCHOOL, ROYAL LANE, HILLINGDON S3, 1 02/06/2023 Highways - S278/38 Agreement 3348/APP/2023/138 MEADOW HIGH SCHOOL, ROYAL LANE, HILLINGDON S3, 2 02/06/2023 Energy/Sustainability - Monitoring 77241/APP/2022/1407 Unit 3, Clayfield Way, West Drayton, UB11 1FH S1, 3-4 09/06/2023 Air Quality - Low Emission Strategy 77241/APP/2022/1407 Unit 3, Clayfield Way, West Drayton, UB11 1FH S2, 1 09/06/2023 Air Quality - Low Emission Strategy 77241/APP/2022/1407 Unit 3, Clayfield Way, West Drayton, UB11 1FH S2, 2 09/06/2023 Variation 76655/APP/2021/3039 HPH4, MILLINGTON ROAD, HAYES, UB3 4AZ Clause 3 23/06/2023 Parking Permits and Restrictions 21755/APP/2023/680 WELLINGTON HOUSE, 4-10, COWLEY ROAD, UXBRIDGE, UB8 2XW S1, 1 04/07/2023 Parking Permits and Restrictions 20331/APP/2023/564 UNITS 2-6, 8-12, 18-20, 22 & 30, RYEFIELD CRESCENT, NORTHWOOD S1 26/07/2023 Highways - Works 1058/APP/2021/3423 PADDINGTON PACKET BOAT PUBLIC HOUSE, HIGH ROAD, COWLEY UXBRIDGE S2, 1, 1.1 18/08/2023 Highways - S278/38 Agreement 1058/APP/2021/3423 PADDINGTON PACKET BOAT PUBLIC HOUSE, HIGH ROAD, COWLEY UXBRIDGE S2, 1.2 18/08/2023 Highways - Scheme/Specification 1058/APP/2021/3423 PADDINGTON PACKET BOAT PUBLIC HOUSE, HIGH ROAD, COWLEY UXBRIDGE S2, 1.6 18/08/2023 Travel Plan Com - Submission/Approval 1058/APP/2021/3423 PADDINGTON PACKET BOAT PUBLIC HOUSE, HIGH ROAD, COWLEY UXBRIDGE S3, 1, 1.1 18/08/2023 Travel Plan Com - Monitoring 1058/APP/2021/3423 PADDINGTON PACKET BOAT PUBLIC HOUSE, HIGH ROAD, COWLEY UXBRIDGE S3, 1, 1.4 18/08/2023 Travel Plan Com - Co-ordinator 1058/APP/2021/3423 PADDINGTON PACKET BOAT PUBLIC HOUSE, HIGH ROAD, COWLEY UXBRIDGE S3, 1, 1.5 18/08/2023 Parking Permits and Restrictions 1058/APP/2021/3423 PADDINGTON PACKET BOAT PUBLIC HOUSE, HIGH ROAD, COWLEY UXBRIDGE S4 18/08/2023 Local Emp - Construction Training 1058/APP/2021/3423 PADDINGTON PACKET BOAT PUBLIC HOUSE, HIGH ROAD, COWLEY UXBRIDGE S5, 1, 1.1-1.4 18/08/2023 Local Emp - Co-ordinator Contribution 1058/APP/2021/3423 PADDINGTON PACKET BOAT PUBLIC HOUSE, HIGH ROAD, COWLEY UXBRIDGE S5, 1, 1.5-1.6 18/08/2023 Page 28 of 46 Local Emp - Con Training Contribution 1058/APP/2021/3423 PADDINGTON PACKET BOAT PUBLIC HOUSE, HIGH ROAD, COWLEY UXBRIDGE S5, 5-6 18/08/2023 Student Accommodation Management Plan 1058/APP/2021/3423 PADDINGTON PACKET BOAT PUBLIC HOUSE, HIGH ROAD, COWLEY UXBRIDGE S6 18/08/2023 AH - in Perpetuity 1058/APP/2021/3423 PADDINGTON PACKET BOAT PUBLIC HOUSE, HIGH ROAD, COWLEY UXBRIDGE S7, pt 2. 1 18/08/2023 AH - in Perpetuity 1058/APP/2021/3423 PADDINGTON PACKET BOAT PUBLIC HOUSE, HIGH ROAD, COWLEY UXBRIDGE S7, Pt 3, 1, 1.1-1.2 18/08/2023 AH - Nominations Agreement 1058/APP/2021/3423 PADDINGTON PACKET BOAT PUBLIC HOUSE, HIGH ROAD, COWLEY UXBRIDGE S7, Pt 3, 1.3- 1.4 18/08/2023 AH - Nominations Agreement 1058/APP/2021/3423 PADDINGTON PACKET BOAT PUBLIC HOUSE, HIGH ROAD, COWLEY UXBRIDGE S7, Pt 3, 2 18/08/2023 AH - Specification/Scheme 1058/APP/2021/3423 PADDINGTON PACKET BOAT PUBLIC HOUSE, HIGH ROAD, COWLEY UXBRIDGE S7, Pt 4 18/08/2023 AH - Review Mechanism 1058/APP/2021/3423 PADDINGTON PACKET BOAT PUBLIC HOUSE, HIGH ROAD, COWLEY UXBRIDGE S7, Pt 5, 1-2 18/08/2023 AH - Payment in Lieu 1058/APP/2021/3423 PADDINGTON PACKET BOAT PUBLIC HOUSE, HIGH ROAD, COWLEY UXBRIDGE S7, Pt 5, 6 18/08/2023 AH - Payment in Lieu 1058/APP/2021/3423 PADDINGTON PACKET BOAT PUBLIC HOUSE, HIGH ROAD, COWLEY UXBRIDGE S7, Pt 5, 16-17 18/08/2023 Parking Management - Scheme/Plan 1058/APP/2021/3423 PADDINGTON PACKET BOAT PUBLIC HOUSE, HIGH ROAD, COWLEY UXBRIDGE S8, 1.2 - 1.2.1 18/08/2023 Parking Management - Scheme/Plan 1058/APP/2021/3423 PADDINGTON PACKET BOAT PUBLIC HOUSE, HIGH ROAD, COWLEY UXBRIDGE S8, 1.1 18/08/2023 Owners Covenants 15604/APP/2020/283 FORMER SEA CADETS SITE, WATERSPLASH LANE, HAYES, UB3 4QS Clause 5 22/08/2023 AH - Specification/Scheme 23658/APP/2021/1296 NORTHWOOD & PINNER COTTAGE HOSP & NORTHWOOD HEALTH CENTRE, PINNER ROAD, NORTHWOOD, HA6 1TH S1, Pt 1. 1.1- 1.3 25/08/2023 Carbon Offset - Contribution 23658/APP/2021/1296 NORTHWOOD & PINNER COTTAGE HOSP & NORTHWOOD HEALTH CENTRE, PINNER ROAD, NORTHWOOD, HA6 1TH S4, 2-4 25/08/2023 Page 29 of 46 Travel Plan Com - Sum / Bond 23658/APP/2021/1296 NORTHWOOD & PINNER COTTAGE HOSP & NORTHWOOD HEALTH CENTRE, PINNER ROAD, NORTHWOOD, HA6 1TH S7, 10-11 25/08/2023 AH - Review Mechanism 23658/APP/2021/1296 NORTHWOOD & PINNER COTTAGE HOSP & NORTHWOOD HEALTH CENTRE, PINNER ROAD, NORTHWOOD, HA6 1TH S1, Pt 2. 1.1.1- 1.5 25/08/2023 AH - Review Mechanism 23658/APP/2021/1296 NORTHWOOD & PINNER COTTAGE HOSP & NORTHWOOD HEALTH CENTRE, PINNER ROAD, NORTHWOOD, HA6 1TH S1, Pt 2. 1.1.6 25/08/2023 AH - Review Mechanism 23658/APP/2021/1296 NORTHWOOD & PINNER COTTAGE HOSP & NORTHWOOD HEALTH CENTRE, PINNER ROAD, NORTHWOOD, HA6 1TH S1, 2 25/08/2023 AH - Specification/Scheme 23658/APP/2021/1296 NORTHWOOD & PINNER COTTAGE HOSP & NORTHWOOD HEALTH CENTRE, PINNER ROAD, NORTHWOOD, HA6 1TH S1, 4 25/08/2023 AH - Review Mechanism 23658/APP/2021/1296 NORTHWOOD & PINNER COTTAGE HOSP & NORTHWOOD HEALTH CENTRE, PINNER ROAD, NORTHWOOD, HA6 1TH S1, 5 25/08/2023 AH - Specification/Scheme 23658/APP/2021/1296 NORTHWOOD & PINNER COTTAGE HOSP & NORTHWOOD HEALTH CENTRE, PINNER ROAD, NORTHWOOD, HA6 1TH S1, 9 25/08/2023 Healthcare - Provision 23658/APP/2021/1296 NORTHWOOD & PINNER COTTAGE HOSP & NORTHWOOD HEALTH CENTRE, PINNER ROAD, NORTHWOOD, HA6 1TH S2 25/08/2023 Energy Strategy/Specification 23658/APP/2021/1296 NORTHWOOD & PINNER COTTAGE HOSP & NORTHWOOD HEALTH CENTRE, PINNER ROAD, NORTHWOOD, HA6 1TH S3, 25/08/2023 Highways - Works 23658/APP/2021/1296 NORTHWOOD & PINNER COTTAGE HOSP & NORTHWOOD HEALTH CENTRE, PINNER ROAD, NORTHWOOD, HA6 1TH S6, 1 25/08/2023 Highways - S278/38 Agreement 23658/APP/2021/1296 NORTHWOOD & PINNER COTTAGE HOSP & NORTHWOOD HEALTH CENTRE, PINNER ROAD, NORTHWOOD, HA6 1TH S6, 2 25/08/2023 Travel Plan Resi - Implement/Comply 23658/APP/2021/1296 NORTHWOOD & PINNER COTTAGE HOSP & NORTHWOOD HEALTH CENTRE, PINNER ROAD, NORTHWOOD, HA6 1TH S7, 1-4 25/08/2023 Travel Plan Resi - Co-ordinator 23658/APP/2021/1296 NORTHWOOD & PINNER COTTAGE HOSP & NORTHWOOD HEALTH CENTRE, PINNER ROAD, NORTHWOOD, HA6 1TH S7, 5-6 25/08/2023 Travel Plan Com - Implement/Comply 23658/APP/2021/1296 NORTHWOOD & PINNER COTTAGE HOSP & NORTHWOOD HEALTH CENTRE, PINNER ROAD, NORTHWOOD, HA6 1TH S8, 1-2 25/08/2023 Page 30 of 46 Construction / Logistics Plans 23658/APP/2021/1296 NORTHWOOD & PINNER COTTAGE HOSP & NORTHWOOD HEALTH CENTRE, PINNER ROAD, NORTHWOOD, HA6 1TH S9 25/08/2023 Delivery and Servicing Plan 23658/APP/2021/1296 NORTHWOOD & PINNER COTTAGE HOSP & NORTHWOOD HEALTH CENTRE, PINNER ROAD, NORTHWOOD, HA6 1TH S10 25/08/2023 Travel Plan Resi - Implement/Comply 23658/APP/2021/1296 NORTHWOOD & PINNER COTTAGE HOSP & NORTHWOOD HEALTH CENTRE, PINNER ROAD, NORTHWOOD, HA6 1TH S11 25/08/2023 Local Emp - Con Training Contribution 23658/APP/2021/1296 NORTHWOOD & PINNER COTTAGE HOSP & NORTHWOOD HEALTH CENTRE, PINNER ROAD, NORTHWOOD, HA6 1TH S12, 1 25/08/2023 Local Emp - Scheme/Strategy/Report 23658/APP/2021/1296 NORTHWOOD & PINNER COTTAGE HOSP & NORTHWOOD HEALTH CENTRE, PINNER ROAD, NORTHWOOD, HA6 1TH S12, 2-4 25/08/2023 Local Emp - Co-ordinator Contribution 23658/APP/2021/1296 NORTHWOOD & PINNER COTTAGE HOSP & NORTHWOOD HEALTH CENTRE, PINNER ROAD, NORTHWOOD, HA6 1TH S12, 5-7 25/08/2023 Local Emp - Scheme/Strategy/Report 23658/APP/2021/1296 NORTHWOOD & PINNER COTTAGE HOSP & NORTHWOOD HEALTH CENTRE, PINNER ROAD, NORTHWOOD, HA6 1TH S12, 9-11 25/08/2023 Council Covenant(s) 74738/APP/2023/844 13A NORTH COMMON ROAD, UXBRIDGE, UB8 1PD S2 28/09/2023 Owners Covenants 4058/APP/2022/1788 HILLINGDON HOSPITAL, PIELD HEATH ROAD, HILLINGDON, UB8 3NN Clause 6 12/10/2023 Council Covenant(s) 4058/APP/2022/1788 HILLINGDON HOSPITAL, PIELD HEATH ROAD, HILLINGDON, UB8 3NN Clause 7 12/10/2023 Transport for London 4058/APP/2022/1788 HILLINGDON HOSPITAL, PIELD HEATH ROAD, HILLINGDON, UB8 3NN S1, Ph 1, 1 12/10/2023 Transport for London 4058/APP/2022/1788 HILLINGDON HOSPITAL, PIELD HEATH ROAD, HILLINGDON, UB8 3NN S1, Ph1, 2 12/10/2023 Transport for London 4058/APP/2022/1788 HILLINGDON HOSPITAL, PIELD HEATH ROAD, HILLINGDON, UB8 3NN S1, Pt B, Ph 2, 1 12/10/2023 Highways - S278/38 Agreement 4058/APP/2022/1788 HILLINGDON HOSPITAL, PIELD HEATH ROAD, HILLINGDON, UB8 3NN S2, Pt A, Ph 1 12/10/2023 Highways - S278/38 Agreement 4058/APP/2022/1788 HILLINGDON HOSPITAL, PIELD HEATH ROAD, HILLINGDON, UB8 3NN S2, Pt B, Ph 2 12/10/2023 Car Club 4058/APP/2022/1788 HILLINGDON HOSPITAL, PIELD HEATH ROAD, HILLINGDON, UB8 3NN S6 12/10/2023 Local Emp - Construction Training 4058/APP/2022/1788 HILLINGDON HOSPITAL, PIELD HEATH ROAD, HILLINGDON, UB8 3NN S7, 1-3 12/10/2023 Local Emp - Con Training Contribution 4058/APP/2022/1788 HILLINGDON HOSPITAL, PIELD HEATH ROAD, HILLINGDON, UB8 3NN S7, 7-9 12/10/2023 Page 31 of 46 Land 4058/APP/2022/1788 HILLINGDON HOSPITAL, PIELD HEATH ROAD, HILLINGDON, UB8 3NN S8 12/10/2023 Delivery and Servicing Plan 4058/APP/2022/1788 HILLINGDON HOSPITAL, PIELD HEATH ROAD, HILLINGDON, UB8 3NN S9 12/10/2023 Travel Plan Com - Submission/Approval 4058/APP/2022/1788 HILLINGDON HOSPITAL, PIELD HEATH ROAD, HILLINGDON, UB8 3NN S10, 1.1 12/10/2023 Travel Plan Com - Co-ordinator 4058/APP/2022/1788 HILLINGDON HOSPITAL, PIELD HEATH ROAD, HILLINGDON, UB8 3NN S10, 1.2 12/10/2023 Travel Plan Com - Submission/Approval 4058/APP/2022/1788 HILLINGDON HOSPITAL, PIELD HEATH ROAD, HILLINGDON, UB8 3NN S10, 3 12/10/2023 Parking - Provision 4058/APP/2022/1788 HILLINGDON HOSPITAL, PIELD HEATH ROAD, HILLINGDON, UB8 3NN S11 12/10/2023 Parks/POS - Works/Provision 4058/APP/2022/1788 HILLINGDON HOSPITAL, PIELD HEATH ROAD, HILLINGDON, UB8 3NN S12 12/10/2023 Carbon Offset - Monitoring/Reporting 4058/APP/2022/1788 HILLINGDON HOSPITAL, PIELD HEATH ROAD, HILLINGDON, UB8 3NN S14, A-B 12/10/2023 Carbon Offset - Monitoring/Reporting 4058/APP/2022/1788 HILLINGDON HOSPITAL, PIELD HEATH ROAD, HILLINGDON, UB8 3NN S14, Pt A, 1-2 12/10/2023 Carbon Offset - Monitoring/Reporting 4058/APP/2022/1788 HILLINGDON HOSPITAL, PIELD HEATH ROAD, HILLINGDON, UB8 3NN S14, 12-13 12/10/2023 AH - in Perpetuity 4058/APP/2022/1788 HILLINGDON HOSPITAL, PIELD HEATH ROAD, HILLINGDON, UB8 3NN S17, 1, 1.1-1.2 12/10/2023 AH - Nominations Agreement 4058/APP/2022/1788 HILLINGDON HOSPITAL, PIELD HEATH ROAD, HILLINGDON, UB8 3NN S17, 1, 1.3 - 1.5 12/10/2023 AH - Specification/Scheme 4058/APP/2022/1788 HILLINGDON HOSPITAL, PIELD HEATH ROAD, HILLINGDON, UB8 3NN S17, 1, 1.6 12/10/2023 AH - Specification/Scheme 4058/APP/2022/1788 HILLINGDON HOSPITAL, PIELD HEATH ROAD, HILLINGDON, UB8 3NN S17, 1, 1.7 12/10/2023 AH - Disposal of Units by Sale 4058/APP/2022/1788 HILLINGDON HOSPITAL, PIELD HEATH ROAD, HILLINGDON, UB8 3NN S17, 2 12/10/2023 AH - Disposal of Units by Sale 4058/APP/2022/1788 HILLINGDON HOSPITAL, PIELD HEATH ROAD, HILLINGDON, UB8 3NN S17, 3 12/10/2023 AH - Review Mechanism 4058/APP/2022/1788 HILLINGDON HOSPITAL, PIELD HEATH ROAD, HILLINGDON, UB8 3NN S17, 4, 4.1 - 4.5 12/10/2023 AH - Specification/Scheme 4058/APP/2022/1788 HILLINGDON HOSPITAL, PIELD HEATH ROAD, HILLINGDON, UB8 3NN S17, 4, 4.6 12/10/2023 AH - Specification/Scheme 4058/APP/2022/1788 HILLINGDON HOSPITAL, PIELD HEATH ROAD, HILLINGDON, UB8 3NN S17, Pt B, 4, 4.7 - 4.8 12/10/2023 AH - Specification/Scheme 4058/APP/2022/1788 HILLINGDON HOSPITAL, PIELD HEATH ROAD, HILLINGDON, UB8 3NN S17, Pt D, 4, 4.18 - 4.19 12/10/2023 AH - Specification/Scheme 4058/APP/2022/1788 HILLINGDON HOSPITAL, PIELD HEATH ROAD, HILLINGDON, UB8 3NN S17, 5 12/10/2023 Page 32 of 46 Car Club 4058/APP/2022/1788 HILLINGDON HOSPITAL, PIELD HEATH ROAD, HILLINGDON, UB8 3NN S18, 1-3 12/10/2023 Car Club 4058/APP/2022/1788 HILLINGDON HOSPITAL, PIELD HEATH ROAD, HILLINGDON, UB8 3NN S18, 4-5 12/10/2023 Local Emp - Construction Training 4058/APP/2022/1788 HILLINGDON HOSPITAL, PIELD HEATH ROAD, HILLINGDON, UB8 3NN S19, 1-3 12/10/2023 Local Emp - Con Training Contribution 4058/APP/2022/1788 HILLINGDON HOSPITAL, PIELD HEATH ROAD, HILLINGDON, UB8 3NN S19,12-13 12/10/2023 Parking Permits and Restrictions 4058/APP/2022/1788 HILLINGDON HOSPITAL, PIELD HEATH ROAD, HILLINGDON, UB8 3NN S20, 1-2 12/10/2023 Parks/POS - Scheme/Specification 4058/APP/2022/1788 HILLINGDON HOSPITAL, PIELD HEATH ROAD, HILLINGDON, UB8 3NN S21, 1-3 12/10/2023 Travel Plan Resi - Submission/Approval 4058/APP/2022/1788 HILLINGDON HOSPITAL, PIELD HEATH ROAD, HILLINGDON, UB8 3NN S22, 1, 1.1 12/10/2023 Travel Plan Resi - Co-ordinator 4058/APP/2022/1788 HILLINGDON HOSPITAL, PIELD HEATH ROAD, HILLINGDON, UB8 3NN S22, 1, 1.2 12/10/2023 Travel Plan Resi - Submission/Approval 4058/APP/2022/1788 HILLINGDON HOSPITAL, PIELD HEATH ROAD, HILLINGDON, UB8 3NN S22, 2-5 12/10/2023 Travel Plan Resi - Co-ordinator 4058/APP/2022/1788 HILLINGDON HOSPITAL, PIELD HEATH ROAD, HILLINGDON, UB8 3NN S22, 6-7 12/10/2023 Carbon Offset - Monitoring/Reporting 4058/APP/2022/1788 HILLINGDON HOSPITAL, PIELD HEATH ROAD, HILLINGDON, UB8 3NN S24, 1, 1.1 12/10/2023 Council Covenant(s) 4058/APP/2022/1788 HILLINGDON HOSPITAL, PIELD HEATH ROAD, HILLINGDON, UB8 3NN S28 12/10/2023 AH - Review Mechanism 10112/APP/2022/1474 LAND TO THE EAST OF LONDON SCHOOL OF THEOLOGY, GREEN LANE, NORTHWOOD, HA6 2UW S2, 1, 1.1-1.3 12/10/2023 AH - Review Mechanism 10112/APP/2022/1474 LAND TO THE EAST OF LONDON SCHOOL OF THEOLOGY, GREEN LANE, NORTHWOOD, HA6 2UW S2, 1, 1.4-1.6 12/10/2023 AH - Review Mechanism 10112/APP/2022/1474 LAND TO THE EAST OF LONDON SCHOOL OF THEOLOGY, GREEN LANE, NORTHWOOD, HA6 2UW S2, 2 12/10/2023 AH - Specification/Scheme 10112/APP/2022/1474 LAND TO THE EAST OF LONDON SCHOOL OF THEOLOGY, GREEN LANE, NORTHWOOD, HA6 2UW S2, 7.1 12/10/2023 Carbon Offset - Monitoring/Reporting 10112/APP/2022/1474 LAND TO THE EAST OF LONDON SCHOOL OF THEOLOGY, GREEN LANE, NORTHWOOD, HA6 2UW S3, 1 12/10/2023 Carbon Offset - Monitoring/Reporting 10112/APP/2022/1474 LAND TO THE EAST OF LONDON SCHOOL OF THEOLOGY, GREEN LANE, NORTHWOOD, HA6 2UW S3, 5-6 12/10/2023 Page 33 of 46 Owners Covenants 5564/APP/2022/2356 53-55 THE BROADWAY, JOEL STREET, NORTHWOOD, HA6 1NZ Clause 11 19/10/2023 Owners Covenants 5564/APP/2022/2356 53-55 THE BROADWAY, JOEL STREET, NORTHWOOD, HA6 1NZ Clause 5 19/10/2023 Parking Permits and Restrictions 5564/APP/2022/2356 53-55 THE BROADWAY, JOEL STREET, NORTHWOOD, HA6 1NZ S1 19/10/2023 Variation 42966/AH/96/1862 NASHS YARD, GEORGE ST, CHIPPENDALE WAYE,, HIGH STREET, UXBRIDGE Clause 3, 3.1- 3.4 01/11/2023 Variation of Definitions 42966/AH/96/1862 NASHS YARD, GEORGE ST, CHIPPENDALE WAYE,, HIGH STREET, UXBRIDGE Clause 3 3.5 - 01/11/2023 Variation of Definitions 59872/APP/2013/3775 THE OLD VINYL FACTORY SITE, BLYTH ROAD, HAYES The Schedule 02/11/2023 Highways - Works 924/APP/2022/3603 DENVILLE HALL, DUCKS HILL ROAD, NORTHWOOD S2, 1 21/11/2023 Highways - S278/38 Agreement 924/APP/2022/3603 DENVILLE HALL, DUCKS HILL ROAD, NORTHWOOD S2, 21/11/2023 Local Emp - Scheme/Strategy/Report 924/APP/2022/3603 DENVILLE HALL, DUCKS HILL ROAD, NORTHWOOD S5, 1-3 21/11/2023 Local Emp - Con Training Contribution 924/APP/2022/3603 DENVILLE HALL, DUCKS HILL ROAD, NORTHWOOD S5, 7-8 21/11/2023 Local Emp - Con Training Contribution 924/APP/2022/3603 DENVILLE HALL, DUCKS HILL ROAD, NORTHWOOD S5, 9-10 21/11/2023 Travel Plan Resi - Implement/Comply 924/APP/2022/3603 DENVILLE HALL, DUCKS HILL ROAD, NORTHWOOD S6, 1-2 21/11/2023 Travel Plan Sch - Co-ordinator 924/APP/2022/3603 DENVILLE HALL, DUCKS HILL ROAD, NORTHWOOD S6, 5 21/11/2023 Travel Plan Resi - Monitoring 924/APP/2022/3603 DENVILLE HALL, DUCKS HILL ROAD, NORTHWOOD S6, 6 21/11/2023 Travel Plan Resi - Monitoring 924/APP/2022/3603 DENVILLE HALL, DUCKS HILL ROAD, NORTHWOOD S6, 11 - 14 21/11/2023 Variation of Definitions 585/APP/2019/829 Land off Thompson Rd & St Luke's Rd, Former RAF Uxbridge, HILLINGDON ROAD, UXBRIDGE, UB10 0GJ Clause 3, 3.1- 3.3.1a 28/11/2023 Variation of Definitions 585/APP/2019/829 Land off Thompson Rd & St Luke's Rd, Former RAF Uxbridge, HILLINGDON ROAD, UXBRIDGE, UB10 0GJ Clause 3, 3.1- 3.3.1b 28/11/2023 Variation of Definitions 585/APP/2019/829 Land off Thompson Rd & St Luke's Rd, Former RAF Uxbridge, HILLINGDON ROAD, UXBRIDGE, UB10 0GJ Clause 3, 3.1- 3.3.1c 28/11/2023 Owners Covenants 76760/APP/2022/1889 14-18 Pield Heath Road & 2 Pield Heath Avenue, PIELD HEATH AVENUE, UXBRIDGE, UB8 3NF Clause 5 30/11/2023 Notice Submission 76760/APP/2022/1889 14-18 Pield Heath Road & 2 Pield Heath Avenue, PIELD HEATH AVENUE, UXBRIDGE, UB8 3NF Clause 12 30/11/2023 Travel Plan Resi - Implement/Comply 76760/APP/2022/1889 14-18 Pield Heath Road & 2 Pield Heath Avenue, PIELD HEATH AVENUE, UXBRIDGE, UB8 3NF S3, 1 30/11/2023

Cabinet report – 12 December 2024 (Part 1 Public) PUBLIC PREVIEW: MATTERS TO BE CONSIDERED LATER IN PRIVATE Cabinet Member(s) As appropriate Cabinet Portfolio(s) As appropriate Officer Contact(s) Mark Braddock – Democratic Services Papers with report None HEADLINES Summary A report to Cabinet to provide maximum transparency to residents on the private matters to be considered later in Part 2 of the Cabinet meeting and agenda. This will enable Cabinet Members to openly discuss such matters generally in public, and via the Council’s live broadcast of the meeting, without prejudicing their later consideration in private. Putting our Residents First Delivering on the Council Strategy 2022-2026 This report supports our ambition for residents / the Council of: An efficient, well-run, digital-enabled council working with partners to deliver services to improve the lives of all our residents This report supports our commitments to residents of: A Digital-Enabled, Modern, Well-Run Council Financial Cost As set out in the report. Relevant Select Committee As set out in this report under each item – however, this item is not for scrutiny call-in as it is information only. Ward(s) As set out in the report RECOMMENDATION That Cabinet note the reports to be considered later in private and Part 2 of the Cabinet agenda and comment on them as appropriate for public information purposes. Cabinet report – 12 December 2024 (Part 1 Public) Reasons for recommendation Why are certain reports considered in private? As a transparent, democratic organisation, the Council’s Cabinet will consider matters in public on Part 1 of this Cabinet agenda. However, there will inevitably be some reports that will need to be considered in private. T hese would generally relate to contracts , property transactions or commercially sensitive information , for example, tender bids from commercial organisations , which if made public, could prejudice the Council’s ability secure value -for-money for resident taxpayers. This information is also called ‘exempt’ information and is considered in Part 2 of any Cabinet agenda by applying the relevant section of the Part 1 of Schedule 12 (A) to the Local Government Act 1972 (as amended), in that the report contains certain information and that the public interest in withholding that information outweighs the public interest in disclosing it. How can the public find out more about the private reports? To ensure maximum transparency when the Cabinet considers such private reports: 1) They are first given advance notice on the Cabinet’s Forward Plan in summary form setting out the reason why they will be considered in private . The Forward Plan is a public document setting out all the expected decisions the Cabinet will make over the coming year, except those that are urgent, and is available on the Council’s website to view; 2) This report provides a fuller public preview of the matters to be discussed in Part 2 of this Cabinet meeting and gives an opportunity for Cabinet Members t o highlight issues of significance within and for public information purposes, without prejudicing their later fuller consideration in private. It also sets out the recommendations in general terms that are being proposed for a decision on. 3) Consideration of this report will also be broadcast live on the Council’s YouTube channel: Hillingdon London, and available for viewing afterwards, for wider democratic engagement. 4) After these private reports are considered in Part 2 of this Cabinet meeting, Cabinet’s full decisions on them will then be published on the Council’s website the day after the Cabinet meeting, along with the decisions on the other matters already considered in public. Alternative options considered Cabinet could resolve to release any private report into the public domain in extraordinary or highly exceptional cases , where it considers the public interest in disclosing the information outweighs the public interest in withholding it. However, to ensure greater transparency on all private matters considered, this public preview item is advised as the most suitable way forward. Legal comments Such private matters are considered in accordance with Local Government Act 1972 (as amended) Access to Information provisions and also The Local Authorities (Executive Arrangements) (Meetings and Access to Information) (England) Regulations 2012. This report enables such matters to be discussed in public as far as is possible under the relevant legislation. Cabinet report – 12 December 2024 (Part 1 Public) SUPPORTING INFORMATION ITEM 15 – UPDATE AND LEASING OF THE EARLY YEARS NURSERIES Relevant Cabinet Portfolio(s) Corporate Services & Property Relevant Ward(s) Pinkwell; South Ruislip and Uxbridge Relevant Select Committee Corporate Resources & Infrastructure Information This Cabinet report will consider property leasing arrangements for the early years nurseries at Nestles Avenues, South Ruislip and Uxbridge. This follow’s Cabinet’s decision in 2023 to consider alternative provision at the three sites following consultation. The proposals support the Council’s commitment to ensure sufficient childcare for working parents or parents who are studying or training for employment, in line with the national expansion of Early Years Entitlements effective from April 2024. ITEM 16 – IRRECOVERABLE CORPORATE DEBT Relevant Cabinet Portfolio(s) Finance & Transformation Relevant Ward(s) Pinkwell; South Ruislip and Uxbridge Relevant Select Committee Corporate Resources & Infrastructure Information This report to Cabinet will consider the write-off of irrecoverable Non-Domestic Rates debt. These are debts that have been deemed irrecoverable due to various reasons such as insolvency, statute-barred status, or being uneconomical to pursue further. The write-off will allow the Council to maintain accurate records and focus on debts with a higher chance of recovery and contribute to sound financial management. ITEM 17 – INCREASING CAPACITY OF NURSING BEDS IN THE BOROUGH Relevant Cabinet Portfolio(s) Corporate Services & Property; Health & Social Care Relevant Ward(s) - Relevant Select Committee Health & Social Care Information Cabinet will consider a report looking at an approach to tackle the increased demand for nursing and dementia care places in the Borough, managing the increasing cost of placements and to help ensure that residents have access to quality care locally. Cabinet report – 12 December 2024 (Part 1 Public) ITEM 18 – REACTIVE WINDOW & DOOR REPLACEMENT & REPAIRS SERVICE CONTRACT Relevant Cabinet Portfolio(s) Corporate Services & Property Relevant Ward(s) N/A Relevant Select Committee Corporate Resources & Infrastructure Information Cabinet will consider a report to appoint a dedicated contractor to handle urgent reactive repairs and planned window and door replacements in Hillingdon's social housing portfolio, following a competitive tender exercise. This will support Hillingdon tenants by improved housing conditions through timely repairs, which will also provide energy-efficient upgrades, whilst also maintaining compliance with regulatory standards. ITEM 19 – RESIDENTIAL PROPERTY ACQUISITIONS PROGRAMME Relevant Cabinet Portfolio(s) Corporate Services & Property; Planning, Housing & Growth Relevant Ward(s) N/A Relevant Select Committee Corporate Resources & Infrastructure Information The purpose of this report is to consider a procurement exercise to provide external support for the Council’s plan to acquire homes for social rented housing. This initiative is aimed at increasing the supply of Hillingdon-owned social housing and reducing homelessness, and thereby the cost of temporary accommodation.